ee ee es halk ie a eeu tnd? dre pit PH ese stds pe oat: ” ab th ip bereat ies n a. varaee oft. }, MOL peats 4) ar A Deron rei seper ef ire hs Siisaataectteee ied M a (tae ¥ be) Payette: Brey } = oye atta ro tee Wedatarase yO vied ios id ‘ it ee as 4 ofr td Sed ean aed | ye d ¢ pitts t) ate i te hair saat sepa I » | Perse este eR Dy Dh) eae Pi 3 ‘ 474; “ bere ptt ae 5, y rita re itd: ated ( aes it dada ei see reall tiny Pat ee ; jas (ate oat yg hy gt 9G arts dod ied ret ’ - aisha ai ag eauene J ps RT oad s Ss : ae adene es adits * tee @ t08: : ‘ i Ain nats ate miedtat tai ive i hehtd aTilayy +4 PS MSE ae ht ete at BP os ee ” . << q aS ee ¥ af toe “ BO ada Gis sds pe BAB hh ” f : fd ba - pe we boy 2 . Siw’ P20 os 4 od as Pl ea cba 3s 4.9 eee Pa talg Lansdale 4 a { 4 bb BH J] “ ages ie See Lpperbe. BRT ie ais ~ 4 ae * * +e mL ye b 28 ay el pe i Satis ate ere \s < ‘ 4 2 pete erery Se ; ; “. > a4 at 4 Mtetertyayas Wa diadee 6 a-i-2. san elbhecexezes +3 * A acG- 6 ‘enn ~ a eyes Soe te he he => ‘2 #76 rs aca? sey Pry! * 4 a abe Gites: amen Tg we ~ 4 ee tre an Wo me + he Panett Bilao} “ : : jc see N Sata) i ae Ses fee RED tak ed ipa BS Se Pe ed ee ; re | 54 yaya hy 12 Tye yaaa ta 4c Be ene ] Py LPT) ey 4, ere Be mpot etn ee 1 ; Pe arat pie. A aca net ang 4 1 * sii “ nwete) Sitiaue ) “a 4 tr] $59 oa teh ee Pp *) TT ANvahy , d:904 442 tha tal “ “438 ti Sa sie ‘toe ae oy dteee ug S29 we : d s id : cera e 28) hein wy é “a oe i45 , © Loe as hen" Oe yy = toate siete ety " % 9, 7 Safe oe ae ete 7 Prep mS ‘ + eS oe 2 aie. , raat ee Bp 1 aay Mf ' sD Me id Mi aah heh 4 t / i Ky, on fay Patihan ys 8 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY, AND OF LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) CONDUCTED BY — Sir W. JARDINE, Barr., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esq., F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh, AND RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G:S. VOL. V.—SECOND SERIES. LONDON:“% PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR. SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH: CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1250. **Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitic felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”’— LINNZUS. 2 © 0 © © 6 © ow ee es 6 Lhe sylvan powers Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock | Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. TaAyLor, Norwich, 1838. CONTENTS OF VOL. V. [SECOND SERIES.] NUMBER XXV. Page I. Observations on the Conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii, By- the Rev. W. Smirn, F.L.S. (With a Plate.) ........sesessseees eencesacce IJ. On the Terebrating Mollusca. By Wituiam Cuark, Esq. ...... 6 III. Descriptions of 4phides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S. ......... 14 IV. Contributions to the Botany of South America, By Joun Migrs, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. BOC eee reese SPOS EHH SHS sOSseeseesene eeeeeeeroes eeerte 29 V. Observations on the Structure of the Orchidaceae, particularly the Vandea, By Profs dbad, Eamailin Wdgi ROE RR ae 36 VI. On the occurrence of Charadrius virginiacus, Borkh,, at Malta. By H. Bs Seniexvanb; WLA., FS ios, srcnegsvevereensepaniine ges dona 7 a VII. Notice of a new Genus of Cestoid Worm. By M. P. J. Van Benepen. Communicated by J. T. Antipas, A.B., M.B.(Lond.) ... 42 VIII. Description of a new species of Veronica. By Joun Batt, MUR.L As cn. ccsesccnceses oo saegdssoppecvetscteswacenostsscbsvceesseceedseestoody 47 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Ipswich Museum............ 48—69 Botanical Notes, by J. Ball, Esq.; Echinorhinus spinosus, by W. P. Cocks, Esq.; On the Presence of Entophyta in healthy living Animals, by Dr. Leidy ; Description of a new species of Parrot, by G. R. Gray, Esq., F.L.S.; On Decay in Fruit; Presidency of the Linnzan Society ; Meteorological Observations and Table. 70—80 NUMBER XXVI. IX. On the British species of Chara. By Cuarues C, Banineron, M.A., F.L.S. &e. ee@eter se teeneoe Peereserrereeeeee Seer eoeeeeeeeeereeteereeeee ° . iv CONTENTS. Page X. Observations on the species of Zermitide of West Africa, de- scribed by Smeathman as Termes bellicosus, and by Linnzus as 7’. fa- talis, By T.S.Savace ...:... CoscsbestectbescbVesboveedsscesceccaccceosetve 92 XI. On a supposed new species of Glyceria. By Frepericx TownseEnp, B.A........ ent ah neeGes hs GATE EIA NEEG Paced s boos cooweasee 104 XII. Supplementary Notes on British Odostomie. By J. G. Jer- greys, F.R.u& LS. oc lee. toreeeeeteaeteeerceesenceeceveeeesceseeseesacanseeens 108 XIII. Notes upon the smaller British Moths, with descriptions of some nondescript or imperfectly characterized species. By Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. &c. ..... idecccmnagsenrcenscenererocareseseessserecctenscqevesacssoues 110 XIV. On Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth, found on the shores of Lough Mourne, County Antrim, with a record of species living in the waters of the Lake. By the Rev. W. Smiru, F.L.S. .........ecessceseeee 121 XV. Notes on Chalcidites, and descriptions of various new species. By: Franess: Ware) Fa Se iiss ie sh ceeeas onvende nds caksevessneteretecdep eds 125 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical spite of Edinburgh ; Ipswich Museum .......... Pisa NolbaveuncvoesUeudteols ca cases dee en'c 1383—152 Notice of speciinens of the Wheat Midge from Nova Scotia, by J. W. Dawson; On the Characters and Intimate Structure of the Odo- riferous*Glands of the Invertebrata, by Dr. Leidy; Journey to explore the Natural History of South America; On the genus Gregorina; Nyctotherus, a new genus of Polygastrica allied to Plesconia, by Dr. Leidy; Meteorological Observations and Ne FINS Be Cos asAE SARA SPU RRAT SAAD 465449 + vpep geile das hav eaeias® 152—160 NUMBER XXVI. XVI. On the recent Foraminifera. By Witiiam Crarx, Esq. ... 161 XVII. On the Watery Secretion of the Leaves and Stems of the Ice-plant (Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, L.). By Dr. Aueustus Voetcxer, Prof. of Chemistry Royal Agricult. College, Cirencester... 171 XVIII. On the Anatomy of the Freshwater Bryozoa, with de- scriptions of three new species. By Atsany Hancock, Esq. (With four BTAl@e.) 5:00 derckne says canvanseng spasiedee sp sas idee seeaame RIN ERKhEAS ec tes 9 173 XIX. Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Jonn Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. ...... sls Cetin aah uabedds 06 ta bbowrsicdde cad ssee'es 204 XX. Notes on Montacuta Jerruginosa. By Josnua Autper. (With BE ALE: as vvnctessconch sees cab ievaains Ube Meat ies ers escces cecese gscdeseiee .. 210 XXI. Characters of several new East Indian and South African Helices, with remarks on some other species of the Genus occurring at the Cape of Good Hope. - By W. H. Benson, Esq. wi.sececeseeesdeseees 213 CONTENTS. Page New Books :—The Natural History of Ireland.—Vols. I. and II. Birds, comprising the Orders Raptores, Insessores, Rasores, and Gralla- tores, by William Thompson, Esq. ....+.ssessseeseereeseeers doonedoese 218 Proceedings of the Zoological Society .....ssssseeeesesseeeeenenenes 224—233 Notice of Powerful Bears, probably cozval with the Great Fossil Deer of Ireland; On the employment of Tar to preserve Wheat from the Attack of the Weevil, by M. Caillat; Dr. Robert Ball; Metamor- phoses of Donacia sagittaria ; Wild Animals of Ancient Britain ; ‘Errata*in Mr. Babington’s paper on Chara; Meteorological Ob- servations and Table .csiiii.. siicsccssccsccescsseseescesetentec 234—240 NUMBER XXVIII. XXII. Notes on the Salmon and Bull-trout. By Joun Biacxwatt, PBs. srsccagp ance Sapdiigg singh au bade decknuphenbenosysoupadeeeseg see cacsbseepeus 241 XXIII. Contributions to the Botany of South America, By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. ......40- deaanenonssdcceans MIEN IPR Ns 247 XXIV. Heights of some points of the Cotswold Hills, with some experiments with the Aneroid Barometer. By W. Henry Hyerr, Esq., FRS, (s5.c000e0 Sess oceund ib yok oes earns vagens sinaincaeids copbensons sevens 255 XXV. On the Embryogeny of Hippuris vulgaris. By Joun Scorr Sanverson, F.B.S.E., Member of the Royal Medical Society of Edin- apes SRF ae dh WIA He, Aceti sda ebea aaah cag edeuestapeainge 259 XXVI. Notice of some of the rarer Plants observed in Orkney during the Summer of 1849. By Joun T. Syme, Esq. ............200000 266 XXVII. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S.... 269 XXVIII. Notes on a species of Hydra found in the Northumber- land Lakes. By Ausany Hancock, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......... 281 Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin- BRB EE Plas nk nvey Ma, Nitsa here SIE. 290—309 Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Family Caprimulgide, by John Cassin ; Former existence of Gigantic Bears in Ireland ; On some new genera and species of Entozoa, by Dr. Leidy; On the mouthless Acari which have been formed into the genus Hypopus, by_F, Dujardin ; Meteorological Observations and Table ... 310—3820 NUMBER XXIX. XXIX. On the Nostochinee.. By Joun Ratrs, M.R.C.S. (With two Plates.) — ssecsccose Spendeinscssecpuacceboodsanedbesre needhds dependhitnonsdaane 321 vi CONTENTS. Page XXX. On Trichites, a fossil genus of Bivalve Mollusks. By Joun Lycrer, 23qis; (With 2, Plate. )ai. sss ecsacsawzsverataniekadadaeosaasne caabieees 343 XXXI. Characters of nine new or imperfectly described species of Planorbis inhabiting India and China. By W.H. Benson, Esgq....... 348 XXXII. Observations on the Littorinide. By Witiram Crark, Evils 1. a sakcnecuicacancaacasbanaskeaan ann te lasesseneasiccssenccoess agheransogunds 352 XXXIIL. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berkexey, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......... 365 XXXIV. On the species of Cercolabes confounded under the name of C. prehensilis, By J. E, Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Pres. Bot. Soc. &c. ... 380 XXXV. On the characteristic Fossils of the Chalk Formation. By L. Von Bucn. Communicated by Prof. J. Nicon ......ccccceceenseeesees 381 XXXVI. Descriptions of British Aphides. By Francis Waker, FL Be cavecateh cus sans (ee anad wid ead ae GaA GST EMR Caiase tj vceeqacasseeie cde Gan tnaras 388 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linneean Society; Botanical Society of Edinburgh Coe errceeseserecacves @eerece eacese @eerccccscce 3895—424 On the Pathology of the Silk-Worm (Bombyx Mori, L.) ; Examination of the Blood, by F. E, Guérin-Meneville; British Museum; Echi- nocactus Eyriesii, by J. Toulmin Smith, Esq. ; Cause of the Potato Disease ; On the Nature of the Gregarine, by Dr. F. Stein; Way in which Toads shed their Skins; Meteorological Observations and Paes ies eslieeecivedd da citbes tba ddeddive déddsdfacosscddiccded 424—432 NUMBER XXX, XXXVII. Notes on an Examination of Lamarck’s species of Fossil Terebratule. By Tuomas Davinson, Esq., Member of the Geol. Soc. of France. Illustrated by figures of all the species drawn from the original specimens. (With three Plates.)...... Sbgisstvebesdivesdesedenverste 433 XXXVIII. On the Internal Structure of Zerebratula pectuncu- loides, Schl., Terebratula pulchella, Nils., and Terebratula Deslong- champsii, nob. By Tuomas Davipson, Esq. (With a Plate.) ......... 449 XXXIX. On some Inhabitants of the Freshwater Muscles. By CO, VOGT ocicliteresesacccsectpenpesstesvessccuccpsvscosesseccsccusses ie Susatepets 450 XL. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M, J. ee M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With two Plates.)..........cseeesseees 455 XLI. On Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. By Joun Miers, Esq, Us FT So: wanes ence sedadane oactiedavgess sovke ves osen's ihwsssantss sinoeanel 467 XLII. On the genus Waltonia. By Tuomas Davinson, Esq. (With & Plate.) ...cccccasseresecerccccstnerscresesersaserseaennucseaesecscecscssesoeaeaees 474 CONTENTS. vii Page XLII. On the Opereulum of Gasteropodous Mollusca, and an at- tempt to prove that it is homologous or identical with the second Valve of Conchifera. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. .........cccsee ees AOE ye 476 XLIV. On Cannabis indica, Indian Hemp. By Avexanper Cuats- tison, F.B.S.E., Member of the Royal Medical Society ...............++ 483 Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edinburgh ...........sessseecsseeeees Mihis taasestenes 493—509 On Scolicia prisca, a Fossil Annelide of the Chalk, by A. de Quatrefages ; Description of a new species of Gorgonia from Australia, by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.; Yellow Rain—Distribution of Plants; Popular Impressions in Toma regarding the Natural History of certain Animals, by H. Torrens, Esq., B.A. &c.; on Cyprea umbilicata and C. eximia of Sowerby, by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S,; the Hippopota- mus at the Zoological Gardens, by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.; Meteoro- logical Observations and Table — ............... Weg shed beets ths 509—519 Index SPeeedseseteeenne POCO e OSes eee esrerenesaesseesere maine Re Ree eeeeonas 520 _ PLATES IN VOL. V. Piate I. Conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii. Il. III. F V. VI. Anatomy of Hydra.— Montacuta ferruginosa. VII. Anatomy of Hydra. Vv “ } British Nostochinez. ~X. Trichites nodosus. xi} New British Fungi. XIII. XIV. XV. Lamarck’s Terebratule.—Structure of Terebratula pectuncu- loides.—Waltonia Valenciennesii. Anatomy of Freshwater Bryozoa. } Lamarck’s Terebratulz. ERRATA. Page 353, line 3, for misdated read misstated. —— 362, line 26, for corde read corda. Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist. §.2.Vol.5.PU1 S De C. Sowerby se* Smith del! ‘ Revi We. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] $6 icdocconneserdens per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes : Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores : Floribus et pictum, diva, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ec. 1. No. 25. JANUARY 1850. vw i I.— Observations on the Conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii. By the Rev. W. Surru, F.L.S. { With a Plate. ] "THE conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergit (Menegh.), under the name of Closterium lunula, has been described in a paper by M. Morren, ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 2nd ser. tom. v. 1836, but the pheenomenon does not appear to have met the eye of any late observer in this country, and js wholly unnoticed by the acute and careful authors of the ‘ British Desmidiee.” __ I have had an opportunity, during two successive seasons, of noticing the circumstance in question, and the facts elicited seem to vary in some important respects so materially from those re- corded by M. Morren, and are in themselves so different from the ordinary phenomena which acconipany the conjugation of other Closteria, or indeed of any other of the Desmidiee, that I have thought it might be interesting to those engaged in such inves- tigations to state the particulars which have fallen under my notice. On the 23rd March 1848, I first discovered Clostertwm Ehren- bergii in astate of reproduction. On this occasion the period of conjugation had evidently nearly expired, as but few individuals were in that condition, and the mucus stratum, which results from the aggregation of conjugating fronds, had almost wholly Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. v. 1 2 Rev. W. Smith on the Conjugation of disappeared. On the 29th of January 1849, I again, in a differ- ent locality, met with conjugating fronds, and on this occasion in great abundance and in very perfect condition. Conjugation was evidently but just commenced, the mucus envelope was ge- neral, the fronds exhibited the peculiar condition of the internal granular mass which betokens the approaching change, and were in those relative positions which, as will be seen hereafter, indi- cate a tendency to unite in the formation of sporangia. A few days later, multitudes of individuals were found in every stage of conjugation, and the process continued until the beginning of March, towards the middle of which month few perfect fronds could be discovered, and the sporangia, hitherto in vast numbers, were fast disappearing: the mucus which held them in suspen- sion, and floating on the surface of the water, having become dissolved, they were only to be discovered upon a very careful search, entangled in the filaments of other plants or mixed with the earth at the bottom of the pool. At a later period, and in the locality of 1848, I found a few conjugated fronds on the 7th of May 1849. The period of conjugation of this species would therefore ap- pear to be during the first three or four months of the year. M. Morren has noted it to occur in April, and again in June, re- marking, that probably two generations had lived in this inter- val. This opinion does not however seem to be borne out by the facts I have observed, as in no case have I been able to detect the plant in the same locality for more than a month or six weeks at one time, nor has it ever reappeared in any quantity in the same pool. I have occasionally found single fronds of Closterium Ehrenbergii in running water, but on all the occasions previously mentioned, it has occurred in clear shallow pools or marshes formed by springs on the open moorlands between Wareham and Corfe Castle. i I proceed to notice the phenomena of conjugation as they successively presented themselves. The first is an alteration in the granular condition of the endochrome. This, from a light yellowish green, passes to a much darker shade, and the larger granules or “diaphanous vesicles” of Ralfs, which were ori- ginally few in number and arranged in a somewhat. irregular longitudinal series (Pl. I. fig. 1), become exceedingly numerous and pervade the entire frond. While this change is about taking place, the fronds approach in pairs, approximating by their con- cave surfaces, and finally coming into such close neighbourhood that their inflated centres are in contact and their extremities slightly overlapped (fig. 2). In a short time, probably in the course of twenty-four hours, a remarkable change takes place both in the appearance and condition of the fronds ; a mass of Closterium Ehrenbergii. 3 delicate mucus is secreted around the approximated fronds ; these remove to a little distance from each other, undergo “ self-divi- sion,” and present altogether an irregular oval figure, the outline of which is formed by the periphery of the mucus, the four divi- sions of the fronds being placed in the middle in a somewhat quadrilateral manner (fig. 3). During the progress of self-divi- sion the internal membrane of the cell-wall becomes enlarged at the suture or line of separation, and projects in the form of an irregular cone with a blunt or rounded apex forming a beak, whose side view presents a triangular outline. This beak be- comes filled with endochrome, either by the dilatation or increase of the contents of the half-frond, and the divided frond assumes the appearance of one with two unequal segments, being what M. Morren calls “ une Closterie & deux cones inégaux ” (fig. 3). On these membranous expansions, at the concave surfaces of the fronds and close to the original sutures, there appear, almost simultaneously with the formation of the beaks, two circular projections, which rupturing at their apices, give egress to the delicate sacs which inclose the endochrome, and which drawing with them their contents and meeting with the endochrome-sacs emitted through similar projections from the other half-fronds, form by their connection irregular masses which quickly conso- lidate and assume the appearance of perfectly circular, smooth dark-coloured balls, the sporangia of Ralfs and seminules of Morren (figs. 4, 5). The discharge of the endochrome and formation of the spo- rangia are accomplished with much rapidity, and may often be seen taking place in the field of the microscope, the whole ope- ration not occupying more than a few minutes. It will be seen from an inspection of the figures, that during the formation of the sporangia there appears to be a second development of mu- cus in the form of rings around the reproductive bodies ; this is probably only the effect of the pressure produced by the growth of the sporangia on the mass of investing mucus. It will also be seen that the pale transverse band adopted by Ralis as a cha- racter of the genus Closterium, and which in figs. 1 and 2 occu- pies the centre of the undivided frond, is, upon self-division taking place, removed a little towards the extremities of the half- fronds (fig. 3). The reason as well as the cause of this motion [ am unable to explain, but it seems to confirm the propriety of adopting the band itself as a permanent and important cha- racter. With regard to the subsequent changes which take place in the sporangia, the time which elapses before they produce young fronds, and the mode in which such evolution of a fresh race is accomplished, I have not been fortunate enough to ascertain any- 1* 4 Rev. W. Smith on the Conjugation of thing with certainty. I preserved a mass of the conjugated fronds and multitudes of the perfect sporangia in water, which I frequently changed, for more than four months, but could not de- tect any appearance of young fronds, nor did I notice any mate- rial change in the sporangia until decomposition supervened with the increased temperature of the season. M. Morren contends that a sporangium becomes converted into a single frond, and gives a series of figures in illustration of the changes which the sporangium undergoes until it becomes “ une Closterie 4 deux cones inégaux” (fig. 7 a, b, c,d). Nowas I have shown that this form is the result of the self-division of the ordinary frond and invariably precedes conjugation, I am disposed to think that M. Morren has mistaken fronds thus divided, and afterwards thrown out of their relative positions, for modified sporangia. Certai it is that among myriads of conjugated fronds and their sporangia I have been unable to trace the gra- dations figured by M.-Morren, nor have I on any occasion de- tected the slightest modification in the sporangia after their full maturation. A divided frond smaller than the others, or one in which the self-division has been arrested, may occasionally be discovered, but the very rarity of such examples precludes the idea that such forms result from the normal development or growth of the sporangia. How the species in Clostertum Ehrenberg may be renewed, appears still involved m the same uncertainty as that which en- velopes the propagation of every other species of Desmidiee. Self- division in the case before us seems only to accompany conju- gation, and will not, as in the other Desmidiee, account for the existence at certain periods of vast multitudes of the fronds. Another mode of increase, analogous to the propagation by zoo- spores in Spheroplea crispa and other Alge, has been assigned to the Desmidiee, and it has been alleged that the endochrome escapes in the form of zoospores, and becomes transformed into newfronds. M. Morren not only affirms this to be the case, but gives a figure illustrative of the conversion of these zoospores, or as he terms them “ propagules,” into new fronds. Mr. Ralfs merely observes that the escape of the granular contents of the mature frond is probably one mode by which the Desmidiee are increased. He however regards the ‘‘ swarming of the granules” (a curious circumstance observable in the Desmidiee and other Algee, and which I am disposed to regard as a disturbance at- tendant upon the decay of the granular mass) as identical with the movement of the zoospores, and after accurately describing the phenomenon, goes on to state, that with the history of these granules after their escape from the frond he was altogether un- acquainted. Mr. Ralfs afterwards gives a figure (British Des- Closterium Ehrenbergii. 5 midiez, pl. 27), upon the authority of his coadjutor Mr. Jenner, representing the bursting of the sporangium and the growth of the young fronds from its contents m Closterium acerosum, so closely resembling the figure by M. Morren of the conversion of the propagules of Clostertum Ehrenbergu to young fronds, that [ cannot but believe a similar phenomenon to have been noticed by both observers, and am inclined to accept the view of Mr. Jen- ner as the correct one, and to regard propagation by zoospores or “ propagules”’ as one not yet satisfactorily established in the Desmidiee. Increase by self-division, where a single frond separates into two equal parts, and generates at the suture two new segments respectively attached to the old, and thus forms from itself two perfect fronds, is one mode by which these minute organisms multiply with amazing rapidity; but this is merely a repetition or increase of the individual ; the species must be renewed by another method, and that I believe to be the result of conjuga- tion, or in other words, the conversion of the sporangial contents into young fronds ; the subject however still requires elucidation from the cautious and skilful use of the microscope. I may remark in conclusion, that in a generic arrangement, based upon the reproductive organs, Closterium Ehrenbergii will stand apart from all other Desmidiee. In it alone a pair of con- jugating fronds produce two sporangia. It is however allied to others of the present genus through Closterium lineatum, the spo- rangium of which, according to Mr. Ralfs, is binate, and shows a disposition to separate into two parts. Wareham, November 1, 1849. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. A single frond of Closterium Ehrenbergii in its ordinary condition. Fig. 2. Two fronds approaching and in the apposition which precedes con- jugation. Fig. 3. Conjugating fronds undergoing self-division, the upper showing the protuberances through the torn apices of which the contents of the divided fronds pass into the sporangia. fig. 4. Conjugating fronds showing the passage of the endochrome-sac and its contents. Fig. 5. Conjugated fronds having perfected their sporangia. Fig. 6. Development of the “ propagules ” into young fronds (after Morren). Compare with the figure given in the ‘ British Desmidiez,’ pl. 27, of the conversion of the sporangial contents into young fronds in Closterium acerosum. Fig. 7. a,b, c,d. Development of a sporangium into “ une Closterie & deux cones inégaux,” from Morren. The figures are all magnified 100 linear. Length of ordinary frond ,'; of an inch; greatest breadth of ditto 73,4; length of divided frond +35; length of beak 43,4; diameter of sporangium 54. 6 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the II.—On the Terebrating Mollusca. By Wii11am Crark, Esq. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, Oct. 12, 1849. ‘¢ Scire tuum, nihil est, nisi te scire hoc, sciat alter.” Tu1s quotation, from one of the most sagacious of the satirists, is not meant to be applied here, as A. Persius employs it, to lash the imordinate vanities of authors craving to have their lucubra- tions committed to the press, but in its simple sense, as an in- contestable aphorism, that unless we communicate our ideas and what we know to others, our knowledge is vain and nought. In conformity with this application of the sentiment above, I pro- pose to state some important facts which | believe at present are not generally known relative to the -bormg Pholades and other Acephala, and particularly on the identity of Pholadidea papy- racea and Pholas lamellata of authors, together with some curious facts in the organization of the Bivalve Mollusca. To carry out these views, it will in the first place be necessary, to enable malacologists to form just conclusions on the matters I have sketched out, to furnish them with a correct account of the animals of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata, accom- panied by a short summary of comparison, after which I trust I shall be able to place the vewata questio of the boring functions of the Acephala on the irrefragable bases of certainty ; and lastly, T shall communicate a most curious fact connected with the tes- taceous Acephala, which, if hitherto unknown and now established, must be considered most important, inasmuch as it will add a function of the first consideration to the ceconomy of these ani- mals. Pholadidea papyracea, Brit. Moll. Pholas papyracea, auctorum. Animal elongated, subcylindrical; mantle closed, except a small rayed aperture for the foot, as long as one exists, and which corresponds in position with a similar aperture in the membrane connecting the doming of the shell, and is styled by Dr. Turton a “ spiracle,” but which may perhaps in this species, the only one of the Pholades that has it, be for the purpose of a partial issue, or rather protrusion, without the solution of con- tinuity of the ventral membrane of the animal, of the hyaline cylindrical appendage which exists in all bivalves, to secure for it a point of support when the foot becomes so much diminished as not to afford one. In all other bivalves this stylet is not visible, being imbedded in the body and upper part of the pedi- cle of the foot, which is the leaning-stock or point of resistance, % Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 7 except in the Anomiea, Ostree and Pectinide, in which, as the foot is reduced almost to nothing, the mass of the body is the only point dappui; but when the dome of the shell of the Pho- ladidea papyracea is removed, the dark basal point of the stylet presents itself in the centre of the mottled belly, precisely where the foot is placed in the group of the Pholades, and in this case it appears to act as a substitute. The siphonal apparatus consists of a long elastic sheath, which is often protruded to double the length of the shell, but in a state of half-extension it becomes highly corrugated ; it is clothed with a dull red-brown epidermis, under which it is bluish white ; the margin of its terminus is finely fringed with short white cirrhi; within the sheath are the anal and branchial tubes, the former with the margin quite plain, but exserts a tu- bular hyaline process; the latter is encircled. by about twenty _ white cirrhi of different lengths. The liver is green, and situated as usual on the dorsal range. There are on each side the body a pair of pale reddish brown elongated suboval branchiz, the upper one being much the smallest, which are finely striated on the outer surfaces ; their pos- terior extremities suddenly become linear, and are then deposited in the branchial tube ; there are also two long flat linear palpi on each side, with lanceolate poimts; these are more striated than the branchie. The body is centrally subglobose, but tapers pos- teally and anteally to a blunt terminus, and the whole of it pre- sents, especially in the genial season, a mottled mass of flaky white subrotund spots or dots, with one of the termini of the elastic appendage appearing in the centre of the anterior extre- mity. With regard to the foot, as I have already observed, not a trace is visible, having vanished for reasons to be spoken of in another place. Pholadidea papyracea, Brit. Moll. Pholas lamellata, auctorum. Animal nearly of the form we have just described; mantle closed, except a large aperture for the passage of the foot, which in this form of the P. papyracea is most apparent. The branchial processes and siphonal tubes are, in the most minute points, similar to those organs in the form styled Pholadidea papyracea . to which we refer; the body, as in it, is subglobose, and pro- duced posteally and anteally to an obtuse point, and it is gene- rally of a bluish hyaline colour, with some fine anastomosing lines throughout its surface, but has nothing of the mottled ap- pearance of Pholadidea papyracea; the shape of the branchiz is the same as in its congener, but their striz are more delicate and colour of the palest yellow ; these are the mere variations of ado- lescence, and generally prevail where specific identity cannot be 8 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the doubted, and they are deposited partially as im its congener, m the branchial tube ; the palpi and liver exhibit no variation. | now come to the most decided difference between the two ani- mals; the foot, im the form we are now describing, is propor- tionally larger than im any other of the Pholades, of hyaline tex- ture, springing from the centre of the body with a long cyhin- drical pedicle ; it has a subclavate appearance, truncate at the terminus, which is of suboval form and pointed anteally and pos- teally, and there is no outward visible trace of the curious elastic stylet common to all bivalves, and so conspicuous in the ventral tissue of the form Pholadidea papyracea. I will now make a short comparison of the two forms : it will be observed’ that it is stated, in the form Pholadidea papyracea, that the mantle is'closed, except a very small aperture or “spiracle”’ for the foot, if it still exists; but in the form Pholas lamellata there is a large aperture for a foot, that is, larger in proportion than m any of the Pholades. The branchiz, palpi, and elabo- rate siphonal apparatus are precisely the same with only varia- tions of colour ; the bodies of the two are of the same shape, but differ in colour and markings, the one being intensely mottled, the other hyaline ; the body of the one having no foot attached to it, but the other a very /arge one. These are the principal variations, and certainly constitute a very general difference of aspect between the animals of the two forms, and it must be ad- mitted that conchologists and even malacologists, who have not ‘examined with care all the conditions’ and incidents attached to ‘them, have hada prima facie case for doubting their identity ; but notwithstanding these great and visible discrepancies, I think I shall, by a suite of facts, observations, and reasoning thereon, be able decisively to settle their specific identity. But before I apply to this discussion, I propose to communi- cate what I consider to be the real agent of the Acephalous Mol- lusea in the operation of excavating their dwellings. This abrupt inroad on a subject only just mooted, will however, from the facts adduced, shorten the discussion when we revert ‘to the subject we have for the moment abandoned, as they will I think satis- factorily account for some of the great variations of aspect be- tween the Pholadidea papyracea and the so-called Pholas lamellata and other apparent anomalies. I disclaim ‘all merit for the great “discovery of the animal functions that are the principal agents of the excavating ‘powers of the Acephala, and which will I think for ever set at rest the endless discussions thereon, by placing the subject on the indestructible bases of certainty. This great result is due to the genius and talents evinced by Mr. Albany Hancock, in his paper in the ‘ Annals’ of October 1848, “ On the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks.” If any con- siderations are due to me, they are of the most negative character, Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 9 and only consist in the circumstances, that during the summers of 1848-9 I sedulously for several weeks examined the Pho- lades, both in situ and in the closet, when after a careful inves- tigation I arrived at the same conclusions with respect to the boring agents of the bivalves as Mr. Hancock; and I have the notes of them now by me, written before Mr. Hancock’s publi- cation, which I intended to lay before the public; that gentle- man has anticipated me, the whole merit is his, and I cordially apply to him the motto, “ Palmam qui meruit, ferat.” I will now state some facts which perhaps have escaped Mr. Hancock’s at- tention, corroborative of his positive discovery. I revert for a moment to the consideration of the identity of Pholadidea papyracea and the Pholas lamellata of authors, on which point Professor Forbes and. Mr. Hanley, in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ have concurred, having in some measure relied on my authority communicated many years ago. The investigation in the last: summer (1848) was undertaken by me both with the view of making an attempt to discover the terebrating powers of the Acephala, particularly of the Pholades, and for farther proofs of the identity of the two forms. styled by authors Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. In the course of my examinations I was startled by the great variations in the organs of the two forms of this Pholas, which, twenty years ago, when I first examined this species, appear not to have so rigorously excited my notice; doubts arose in my mind, that I might be wrong in my former determinations of identity, and I wrote to Dr. Battersby to express them to him and Mrs. Griffith, both of Torquay ; the latter a lady naturalist, who has taken great interest in this question ; but in the present summer of 1849; after a continued investigation of fourteen weeks, my doubts were dispelled, and I stated personally to Dr. Battersby, that after a careful review of all the evidences that pre- sented themselves, I reverted to and relied on my original deter- minations of identity of the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea. This: change of opinion arose from the observation that in the — -adult Pholadidea papyracea, the mottled appearance of the belly, so dissimilar to that of the form Pholas lamellata, was due to the extension of the reproductive membranous organs of the ovarium and the spermatozoa, occupying the space usually appropriated to the foot, which I found had disappeared. This anomalous appearance excited. my attention, and the reflection that with nearly absolute ceteris paribus, in the generalities of all the Pho- lades, there was ‘no substantial reason why one species should always be deprived of the foot, when all the others possessed that appendage, and ‘as I/had come to the conclusion, that it was the boring instrument, I felt assured that this anomaly was only 10 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the an apparent one, dependent on certain conditions connected with the growth of the animal ; and as the very large anterior gape in all the Pholades is the site of the powerful foot, and is never closed up during their existence, except in this species, I became fully convinced, that the foot,—having finally performed its tere- brating functions, the animal consequently having arrived at full growth (the test of which is the doming and formation of the ealiciform incipient tubing, which is in Pholadidea papyracea, the last vestiges of the protecting tubes of the Teredinide)—had become absorbed, on the well-known principle, that an organ from want of use is often, especially in the lower animals, followed by its total disappearance. This vanishing, depaupe- ration, and withering away of a foot now become useless, and as it were extinct from its complete inclosure, after it had per- formed its appointed duty of excavation, is in strict conformity with Lamarck’s views (see page 158, last edition of the ‘ Ani- maux sans Vertébres ’). Thus two most important facts are made evident by this phenomenon, which incontestably proves that the foot, agreeably to Mr. Hancock’s views, is the excavator of the animal’s dwelling; ‘and it stamps with additional consideration, the Lamarckian doctrine of the progression and advancement of animality resulting from a want requiring to be supplied, which is effected by the concentration of the whole mass of vital energies, the circulation, nervous influences, aided by caloric, the gases, electricity, &c., in forcing and producing the supply of the parti- — cular want. That great philosopher instances the addition of tentacula to the Helices in explanation of his views; and this doctrine is strongly corroborated, if the fact of the obliteration of the foot in Pholadidea papyracea is considered, e contrario, as a retrocession in animalization. This phenomenon also proves that nature never permanently retains what is superfluous, or refuses, as far as its power extends, to supply urgent require- ments. _ This important proof of the soundness of the laws promul- gated by M. Lamarck, that nature mechanically produces the progressive march of animal improvement, almost makes us in- cline to assent to the high and metaphysical researches of that great naturalist, that the doctrine is not without foundation, that the first sparks of vitality arise from gravitation and molecular adherence, aided by the gases put in action by caloric, electri- city, &c.* If we adopt this view, we admit that the germ of vita- lity communicated to matter arises from the mechanical power entrusted to nature; but we must not for a moment forget that * We would respectfully declme following our correspondent in these speculations.—R. T. Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 11 nature can do no more than perform the high behests of the Deity, nor exceed those limits of action confided to her by the Great Kuler of the universe, who is the ens entium, and the first cause of all that exists. I revert to the boring Mollusca. Mr. Hancock has in many consecutive pages taken the pains to show, that mechanical boring, the solvents, and the ciliary currents, cannot be the causes of excavation. I shall not for a moment dwell on these agents, which are utterly worthless, and incapable of producing the effects attributed to them; but it may not be amiss to adduce some further observations corroborative of Mr. Hancock’s position, that the foot is the true terebrating agent. As regards the Pholades, Saxicave, and the Venerirupis perforans of authors, they all inhabit the great littoral tracts of red sandstone on the Devon coasts, near Exmouth; this stone is composed of mole- cular grains so feebly conglomerated, that there is not the least necessity for the surface of the foot to be armed with siliceous points ; the most gentle rubbing of that muscular coriaceous or- gan will amply suffice to hollow out the cubicula of the molluscan inhabitants of the red sandstone on the Devon coasts. The Pho- lades. at Exmouth, and I believe elsewhere, are rarely or ever found in calcareous substances ; the Savicave are always in the sandstone ; the Modiolina gastrochena is never taken but in the coralline zone,—I speak of Exmouth,—and bores both stones and shells, as well as often forms its case of coarse agglutinated grains of sand or corally spoil. When the Sazicave and Modiolina gas- trochena are located in calcareous deposits, it is probable that nature in this case provides the foot or mantle with siliceous points ; but I think the attrition of the foot, aided by fine simple sea-sand, is sufficient to rub down the cavities as fast as the ani- mals grow. I corroborate by a thousand observations, that in the Saxicave and Modiolina gastrochena, which have the foot slender and feeble, their mantles are strengthened by the most powerful muscular bands and fillets, which vary so much in shape, disposition and intensity, that I have in some cases used them successfully for specific distinction; and I have not the least doubt, as. Mr. Hancock states, that this powerfully-armed ventral portion of the mantle of the closed boring Acephala is fully adequate to rub down their habitations. I believe that the foot or mantle of the entire class of Acephala has the power of terebrating, if circumstances require the exercise of it. It may be observed that many of the Pholades are not in all cireum- stances borers ; many of them,—I may name the Pholas dactylus and P. candida at Exmouth, in the sandy districts,—pass their entire existence in pure sand; the same condition attaches to the Venerirupis perforans and many other bivalves. As to the borers 12. Myr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the in wood, as the exotic Pholas striata, the Teredines, and Xylo- phaga dorsalis, the foot is the undoubted agent of perforation, and in this class is probably armed with rasping additions, and it cannot be doubted has the power to rub down the hardest oak faster than the animal can require; in fact, the harder wood, - as oak, is more easily comminuted than the spongy deal or elm plank. I take leave of this part of my present paper by again acknow- ledging the great service Mr. Hancock has conferred on malaco- logical science, by definitively, as I think, determining the true functional causes of the terebrating powers in the Acephalous Mollusca. 7 I return to the question of the identity of the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea. 1 have already shown that the great va- riation in colour and markings between the adult Pholadidea papyracea and the young shell styled Pholas lamellata is the effect of generative influences, and that its conspicuous foot, when it arrives at full growth, which is testified by its becoming :com- pletely domed, is depauperated and finally obliterated. ‘These two great and principal variations of aspect between the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea, resultmg from states of transition, ha- ving I trust been satisfactorily disposed of, and every other part of the animal exhibiting a prototype similarity, it is impossible, as I think, to entertain further doubts of the positive identity of the two shells usually termed by authors Pholas papyracea and P. lamellata. 1 may add, that it has been asked im objection, how is it that twenty Pholadidea papyracea are taken for one Pho- las lamellata,; and. that the two forms are not more frequently met with in the transition states? This objection quickly yields to a just view of the Pholades as regards habitat and other in- fluences. ! The Pholades are usually mhabitants of the littoral zone, but by no means always so, as some ‘species also mhabit the more pelagic zones ; the littoral shells arefound im the superficial area of the red ‘sandstone rocks from half-tide to the lowest. littoral limits, and’ probably beyond, where they are unapproachable, at the depth of a very few inches ; the whole area of the lower por- tion of the littoral zone is occupied by péle-méle colonies of Pho- las parva, Saxicava rugosa and Pholadidea papyracea, generally of adult proportions, with an intermixture of a comparative pau- city of the form Pholas:lamellata. The Pholas dactylus and P. candida usually inhabit the higher levels of the littoral zone. The fact of the deficiency of the young of the Pholadidea papyracea is occasioned solely by the pre-occupation of the area of the sand- stone rocks by the species I have mentioned, mostly adult; and when the genial season of reproduction arrives, the fry are ejected, Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 13 and vast numbers become, as I believe is the case with all the Mollusca, at least the majority, the prey of the Echimodermata, Crustacea and other enemies ; therefore only a comparatively few survive, to continue the race and keep up the stock diminished by the annual demand for them, rarely for bait, but chiefly to supply the cabinets of the sheli-collectors. These are the causes which fully account for the circumstance of twenty adult Pho- ladidea papyracea oceurring for one in a) state of adolescence ; thus, in conformity with the Malthusian doctrine, the ground being ‘pre-occupied, no more stock can’ be admitted: until some of the older colonists are removed, and reproduction is: conse- quently limited by the ova becoming the prey of a multitude of enemies. I will say a few words on the pelagic »Pholades inhabiting masses of stone dredged up in the littoral zones of the Devon coasts, six or-eight miles from land. . These shells, whether they are the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea, or the Pholas parva or P. dactylus, ave always dwarf. I have:a curious series of minute and completely adult Pholadidea papyracea not exceeding a quarter of an inch in length. Such shells are considered by the inexperienced observer as proofs that at all. ages the Pholadidea papyracea is completely covered with a dome and continues gra- dually to increase : this is impossible, as when the dome and cali- ciform ‘posterior extremity are once formed, all further growth is for ever terminated. The pelagic Pholades rarely exceed half an inch in length, consequently these dwarf forms are the result of locality, depth of water and many other conditions. In the deeper zones; the young forms of the present species, instead of being found in the proportion of one to twenty of the adult; shells, ap- pear in equal numbers: this discrepancy in the proportions of the young shells inhabiting the littoral and pelagic zones, must arise from the circumstance that in the deeper waters there is more room for reproduction, more sustentation and fewer ene- mies ; this view corroborates the doctrine above, accounting for the disparity of numbers in the littoral zones between the young and old shells of this species. I have omitted to mention that I possess: these’ shells in a' genuine state of transition taken by myself in situ, and not produced by the arts of fraudulent dealers. , I terminate the present paper by stating a fact of the greatest importance in the eeconomy of the Bivalves, which I believe is not generally known, and which was discovered by me twenty years since, but not then promulgated, except to a few friends, and lately I named it to Professor Forbes: though the fact was new then, I do not vouch that it is so now, as from my long seces- sion from malacological pursuits, many of the recent discoveries, 14 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. scattered in the various works on natural history, may have escaped my aftention. All malacologists are acquainted with the existence of the hya- line cylindrical elastic stylet that is found in the bodies of all bivalves, whether great or small; I have seen this organ men- tioned in a work on natural history that has escaped my memory, _ with the addition that its use is entirely unknown. Whilst dis- secting the Pholadidea papyracea and other Pholades, in which this stylet is easily detected, and in which the larger end is im- bedded in the muscular fundus of the body and foot, instead of drawing it forth as I had often done, I was induced to trace its course, and found that it terminated in the stomach, and had attached to it a light yellow doubled-up corneous subtriangular plate, wrinkled into three bluntly pointed lobes at one end, and at the other a membrane by which it is affixed to the elastic stylet. This discovery at once made evident the use of this ap- pendage, and that it was an elastic spring to work the corneous plate or attritor, by the muscular action of the foot and body, to divide and comminute the food, and especially the minute crus- taceous and testaceous alimentary matters received into the sto- machal cavity ; it appears then that this appendage acts as a giz- zard, and the Bivalve Mollusca are thus supplied with a mastica- tory apparatus very analogous to the gizzards of some of the Gasteropoda. I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, WiriiAM Crark. IlI.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S. [Continued from vol. iv. p. 202.] 72. Aphis Persice, Sulzer, &c. Aphis Persice has been described by several authors, but I believe that this name will apply to two species, and I defer giving the references until I can ascertain to which of these they most probably belong. This Aphis feeds on the peach, Amygdalus Persica, in Europe and in North America, and on the sloe (Prunus spinosa) ; the latter tree is its original habitation, but the introduction of the peach into England caused a partial change in its nourishment. It sometimes passes from the peach to the cherry, and multi- plies thereon. Schmidberger states that there are sixteen gene- rations in one year, and that. some of the young ones of the second generation acquire wings. The viviparous wingless female. It appears on the buds of the peach-tree before the end of March, and when young is very Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 15 dark green, but when full-grown it is pale green, oval, convex, plump, and smooth, but not shining : the front is slightly convex, and not notched: the limbs are pale yellow; the feelers towards their tips, the tip of the mouth, the feet, and the tips of the shanks and of the nectaries are brown: the feelers are rather less than half the length of the body ; the first and the second joints are not angular ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth; the nectaries are about one-sixth or one-eighth of its length. Ist var. Pale green mottled with dark green. 2nd var. Pale yellowish green. 3rd var. Of a fine amber colour. Intermediate varieties also oceur, 4th var., &c. In midsummer the masses on the young shoots are very thick, and the insect then has a great variety of tints; its colour passes from pale red or green to the hue of a mellow peach, or to dark red, and sometimes the whole of the body is black: the legs are red; the four hinder thighs except the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 5th var. Pale red, shining, reddish green beneath: the back, with the exception of a line along the middle and the borders of the segments, is red : the feelers are black, green at the base, and shorter than the body : the mouth is green ; its tip, the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are black: the fore-thighs, the base of the other thighs, and the shanks except their tips are yellow. On the cherry in July. 6th var. Bright red, with four or more indistinct rows of little black dots along the back! the head is dark red : the feelers are white, dark red at the base, black towards the tips, and rather more than half the length of the body : the mouth and the legs are dull white; the tip of the mouth, the eyes, the nectaries, the hind-thighs except the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. End of July. In this form it is especially subject to the attacks of its enemies: Trombidium holosericeum devours it ; and an Aphidius, an Allotria, Ceraphron Carpenteri, and Myina Chaonia are its parasites. 7th var. The feelers are brown, pale yellow at the base; the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the nectaries are pale yellow with brown tips, and are one-sixth or one-eighth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. 8th var. The body is black, and other varieties occur when it 16 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. is more or less varied with red: there are no tubercles in front of the head. The viviparous winged female. The pupa appears before the end of April, and the wings are unfolded in May. The insect is then black: the fore-chest and the abdomen are green ; the former has a broad black band across it, the dise of the latter is black, and there are rows of black spots on each side : the feelers are slender, and nearly or quite as long as the body; the base of the third joint is pale yellow; the fourth joint is very much shorter than the third ; the fifth is much shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is nearly as long as the third, and thrice the length of the sixth : the mouth is pale green with a brown tip: the nectaries are black, and about one-sixth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the feet, the tips of the thighs and of the shanks, and nearly the whole of the hind-thighs are black: the wings are colourless, and longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are: pale green ; the wing-brands are pale brown, and the veins are darker ; the second vein diverges from the first, but is nearly parallel to the third ; the forks of the latter begin usually at one-third and at two-thirds of the length ; the fourth is slightly curved at its base, but nearly straight towards its tip; the angle of the brands whence it springs is very shght. Ist var. The abdomen is dark reddish green, with a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are shorter than the body : the mouth is dark yellow; its tip is black: the nectaries are as long as one-twelfth of the body: the thighs are black with the exception of the base: the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow. ! 2nd var. The abdomen is black: the nectaries are about one- tenth of the length of the body: the mouth is red with a black tip: the shanks, with the exception of their tips and the fore- thighs towards the base, are also red: the wing-brands are dull buff. End of July. : 8rd var. Dark brown: the abdomen is dull yellow ; the disc of its back and a-row of spots on each side are black : the feelers are black, very slender, and a little longer than the body: the mouth is yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are dull dark yellow, and as long as one-eighth of the body: the legs are black, slender, and rather long ; the thighs towards the base and the shanks with the exception of their tips are yellow. End of September. In October this variety, which is of large size, occurs in abun- dance beneath the leaves, and is surrounded by flocks of bright green little ones, which as they continue to grow assume a bright pale red or yellow colour, and a variety of other tints. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions uf Aphides. 17 4th var. The body is black: the abdomen is dark reddish reen. , Variations of the wing-veins. 1st var.—There is no upper branch in the first fork of the third branch-vein, but the lower branch is subdivided. 2nd var. There is no second fork. 8rd var. The lower division of the second fork sends forth an additional branch which does not reach the border of the wing. The oviparous wingless female, This appears in October, and is f: bright red and yelvet-like, slightly oval, rather convex : the head is black: the disc of the abdomen is dark red ; the feelers are black, white towards the base and as long as the body : the nec- taries are white; with black tips: the legs are white ; the tips of the thighs are pale brown; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. | 7 The winged male. The body is black :, the abdomen. is dark yellowish red, with a row of black spots on each side : the feelers are black, and as long as the body; the mouth is dull yellow, black towards the tip: the nectaries are pale yellow, with black tips, and:as long as one-fourth of the body: the thighs. are black, pale yellow at the base; the shanks are dark reddish yellow, their tips and the feet are black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the brands are pale brown; the veins are brown. lst var. The abdomen is dark red. 2nd var. The disc of the abdomen is blackish. 8rd var. The abdomen is very dark green, almost black above : the feelers are longer than the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth, is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is less than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is longer than the fourth, and thick till near their tips :. the base of the mouth is dull yellow : the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the thighs at the base and the shanks except their tips are yellow. It pairs with the oviparous female at the end of October and in the beginning of November, Length of the body 3-14 line;.of the wings 23-44 lines. The wingless and the winged females as usual appear alter~ nately, and the peach-tree sometimes loses all its leaves from their ravages. _Mormica nigra is almost. constantly attracted by it on the peach-tree; but when it swarms on the sloe in hedges, its original condition, large troops of Formica rufa come to feed on its honey. © 73. Aphis Rumicis, Linn. Aphis Rumicis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 734.5 ; Faun. Suec. 979; Fabr. Syst. Ins. 0. 885. 11; Syst. Ent. 735. 10; Ent. Syst. iv. 213. 12 ; Syst. Rhyn. 296. 12; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1.111. Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 2 18 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 1204; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2203 ; Stew. El. Nat. Hist. ii. 110; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i, 81. 58. A. Papaveris, Fabr. Gen. Ins. 803; Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 38. Syst. Rhyn. 299. 38; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2202 ; Schrank, Faun. Boie. u. 1. 118. 1225; Rossi, Faun. Etruse. 263. 1392; Leon Duf. Rech. sur les Hémipt. iv. 242. pl. 9. fig. 114, 1153 Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 162. A. Fabe, Scop. Ent. Carn, 139. 408; Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. 2210; Kirby and Spence, Intr. Ent.i.175 ; Bingley, Hist. Nat. iil. 189 ; Curt. Journ. Royal Agric. vol. vil. 418. pl. R. f..21, 22, x. pt. 1 pl. Us f. T=4. A. Atriplicis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 216. A. Aparines, Pabr. Syst. Ent. 735. 8; Sp. Ins. 385. 2? 9; Ent. Syst. iv. 211. 10; Syst. Rhyn. 291. 5? 10; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2208 ; Schrank; Faun. Boic. ii. 105. 1183. A, armata, Hausm. Til. Mag. 1. 439. 30. A, Cracca, Linn. Syst, Nat. 1.735. 13; Faun. Suec. 986; Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 390. 46; Deg. Ins. i. 39. 5 or 8? pl. 2. fig. 14, AD Scop. Ent. Carn. 407 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2205 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 111. 119; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 86. 62. A. Vicie, Fabr. Sp. "Tus: ii, 890. 46; Ent. Syst. iv. 220. 51; Syst. Rhyn. 301. 51. A. Thlapseos, Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 118. 1227. A. Gali? Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 87. 63. A. Geniste, Scop. Ent. Carn. 1389. 409 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. ‘Nat. i. 2210; Fons. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 103; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 90. 66. A. Laburni, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 85. 61. A. Euphorbia? Kalt.'Mon. Pflan. 94. 69. Rumicifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™¢ série, v. 478. | Meconaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™¢ série, v. 478. ° Craccifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™° série, v. 478. Genistifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent, 2™¢ série, v. 478. A, Acetose, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 734. 6; Fabr. Syst. Ins. 1. 389. 43; Ent. Syst. iv. 220. 49; Syst. Rhyn. 301. 49; Geoff. Ins. 496. 9; Reaum. Ins, ii. 286; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2203. A. Galii Scabri? Schrank, Faun. Boie. ii. 1. 105. Cinara Rumicis, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. 1. 747. A. Dahlia? Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 628. The collier or black dolphin feeds on the following plants :— Papaver Rhezeas. Rumex crispus. somniferum. conglomeratus. Hydrolapathum. Tragopogon pratense. Rumex acutifolius. Serratula arvensis. obtusifolius. Centaurea Calcitrapa, Acetosa. Euphorbia Paralias. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 19 Arctium Lappa. Chenopodium album. Solanum. Senecio vulgaris. Scabiosa. Arctium minus. Inula dysenterica, Valeriana officinalis, Carduus lanceolatus. Hypericum perforatum. Eryngium campestre. hirsutum. Fumaria officinalis, quadrangulare. Cochlearia Armoracia. Scorzonera. Datura Stramonium.,. Capsella bursa-pastoris. Cichorium Endivia. Lycopersicum esculentum. _ Brassica Rapa. Erodium cicutarium. Lotus corniculatus. Faba vulgaris. Pisum sativum. Phaseolus vulgaris. coccineus. Ononis. Spinacia oleracea. Vicia. Mentha hirsuta, Cracca, Lamium purpureum. Digitalis purpurea. Cnicus arvensis. palustris, Anthriscus. Egopodium. 7Ethusa. Galium Aparine. verum. Mollugo. Achillzea Ptarmica. Nerium Oleander. Atriplex hastata. Lactuca. Matricaria Chamomilla. Chrysanthemum segetum. leucanthemum. Helichrysum chrysanthemum. Beta vulgaris. Cytisus Laburnum. Genista tinctoria. anglica. Ulex europzeus. Asparagus officinalis. Sium latifolium. Dahlia superflua. frustrania. Polygonum Persicaria. Myosotis scorpioides, Solidago virgaurea. Pastinaca sativa. Daucus Carota. Anagallis arvensis. Angelica sylvestris. Verbena. Persicaria, Urtica urens. Viburnum Opulus, &c. &c. The winged race migrate to the bean in May, and then bring forth their offspring, which at the end of June leave the withered flowers, and fix themselves along the sutures. of the pods where their mouths can find an entrance. The viviparous wingless female. When young it is linear, and dark red: the limbs are paler: when full-grown it is oval, con- vex, plump, and dull black, and has a row of punctures on each side : the feelers are white with black tips, and much shorter than the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is hardly shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth; the seventh is full as long as the third; the mouth is white with a black tip: the nectaries are as long as one- eighth of the body : the legs are white ; the hind-thighs excepting. ee base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are lack. Ist var. The body is dark green. 2nd var. The body is purplish blaek. 20 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 3rd var. The body is bronze black. Ath var. |The body is shining. 5th var..The body is covered with a white bloom. -. 6th var. There are two stripes. of white powder on the back. 7th,var, The feelers,and the mouth are black, dull white towards the base. 8th var,,-The feelers are nearly as long as the body. 9th, var. The nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body. body. var: The nectaries areas long as one-twelfth,of the d Vth var. The tips only of the hind-thighs are black. 12th var. The legs are quite black. 18th var. Like the last, but) the shanks and the fore-thighs are ‘dull white. 14th var..'The body.is dull sooty black, oval, short, and plump: the front is convex, and has a tubercle on each side: the feelers are much shorter than the body ; the first and the second joints are not angular ; the fourth joint is:much shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. 15th var. The body is black, shining, and has a slight purple tint: the feelers are white, black at the base and towards the tips, shorter than the body: the eyes and the mouth are black; the base of the latter is dull white : the nectaries are as long as one- sixth of the body : the legs are white ; the hind-thighs, excepting the base, the knees, the, feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 16th. var... The body, is.dull black: the feelers are white, blackish at the tips, and half the length ofthe body : the base of the mouth is dull white: the legs axe white; the fect and the tips.of the shanks are, black: when very young it is dark green with paler limbs. 17th var. The body is.very dark green, of moderate size, some- times nearly black: the feelers are dull white with black tips, and nearly as long as the body: the mouth is also dull white ; its tip and: the eyes, are, black.:,.the nectaries. are black, and.as long as one-fourth of the body:: the Jegs are white : the knees, the feet, the tips.of the shanks, of the hind-thighs, and.sometimes also of the middle thighs, are black.. On Genista anglica during the summer. : 18th var.? The body is oval, dull dark red, covered with a white bloom : the feelers are white. with. black tips, and hardly more than half the length of the-body: the mouth is white ;its tip and the eyes are black : the, nectaries are black, and as long as one-eighth of the body:,the legs are yellowish white; the Mr. PF. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 21 knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are’black : it is smaller and narrower than the preceding variety, and’ its colour’ is less intense; when very young it is linear} and sometimes of a wi red or green colour: the pupa agrees in colour with the wingless Aphis, and has sometimes a green tinge.’° This, which may be a distinct species, also feeds on Genista anglica. 19th var. The body is black, oval, convex, plump, smooth, and shining, but often covered with a white bloom: the antennz are white with black tips, and about half the length of the body ; sometimes they are black, dull white towards the base: the mouth is white, black towards the tip: the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: there is a short tube‘at the tip of the abdomen : the fore- and the middle-legs are sometimes black, but more often white, with the exception of their knees, feet, and the tips of their shanks: the hind-legs are black with white shanks. On the furze in the autumn, often attended by Formica nigra: 020th vary Black, oval, convex, of moderate ‘size: the feelers are pale green, and shorter than the body ; their tips are black’: the mouth also is pale green ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries.are pale green, and rather less than one-sixth of the length of the body ; their tips are black : the legs are pale green, and moderately long; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. Its colour when young is dull dark green. On Dahlia superflua in the middle of June 1846. | 21st var. Very dark green, sometinies almost black : the feel- ers and the mouth are dull white with black tips, and the former are nearly as long as the body: the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are white; the knees, the feet, and the tips of ‘the shanks and of the hind-thighs, and sometimes also of the middle-thighs, are black. On Genista anglica in June. 22nd var. Velvet-like black: the feelers are white with a black tip to each joint, and a little shorter than the body : the nectaries are shorter than one-twelfth of the body: the legs are white with the exception of the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks. Middle of October. 23rd var. Deep black: the feelers are white, and more than half the length of the body; they are brown at the base and towards the tips: the mouth is black: the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are white ; the four hinder thighs excepting the base, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 24th var. The nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are black; the shanks are yellow with black tips: the wing-ribs are white; the wing-brands are pale brown ; the veins are brown ; sometimes it is covered with a white bloom, and its 22 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. feelers are gray towards the base and at the tips. When young the fore-part of the body is green; the limbs are white, but the feelers are sometimes pale green. 25th var. Small, black, shining, not very convex, with a slight green tinge, and having a row of punctures on each side of the body: the feelers are about half the length of the body : the mouth is dull green with a black tip: the nectaries are not one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are dull green. 26th var. Black: feelers black, shorter than the body, pale towards the base; the nectaries about one-eighth of the length of the body : legs yellow; four hinder thighs excepting the base, knees, feet and tips of shanks, black. 27th var.. Body dull reddish green. 28th var. The body is dark green. 29th var. The body is small, black, slightly covered with a white bloom, increasing in breadth from the head till near the tip of the abdomen, which has a rim on each side: the feelers are shorter than the body : the nectaries are about one-eighth of its length. Found on Galium Mollugo in October near Newcastle by Mr. Hardy. Length of the body 1-1} line ; of the wings 23-31 lines. - The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it has a row of white spots on each side of the abdomen, and its rudimentary wings are very dark green: the fore-border and the hind-border of the fore-chest are dark green: the abdomen is black, but its colour is not so intense as that of the chest, and sometimes it is slightly tinged with green: the feelers are black, and shorter than the body: the eyes are black and shining: the mouth is black; its base ‘is dull green: the nectaries are black, and rather less than one-sixth of the length of the body: the legs are black, and moderately long; the shanks, and the fore- thighs except their tips are yellow: the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the wing-brands and the veins are pale brown; the second vein diverges from the third, but more from the first ; the first fork of the third vein begins after one-third, and the second still more beyond two-thirds of the length ; the fourth is curved moderately and equally throughout its length ; the angle of the brand whence it springs is distinct. Much infested by Leptus Aphidum. lst var. While a pupa it is pale dull olive-green, and covered with a white bloom ; the wings are unfolded m the beginning of July, and the insect is then small, black, and shining : the abdo- men is very dark green or black, and has a slight white bloom beneath : the feelers are black, and a little shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is a little shorter than the third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth, but - Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 23 more than half its length ; the seyenth is longer than the fifth: the mouth is dark green ; its tip, the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are nearly one-fifth of the length of the body ; the legs are black ; the shanks except their tips, and some- times the thighs of the fore-legs are dull yellow; in the four hinder, legs, the. shanks except their. tips, and) sometimes the thighs from the middle, to the base. are. pale yellow: the wings. are colourless, and much, longer. than. the, body; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the, wing-brands are; dull. yellow or brown, and the veins are of the latter,colour., It often frequents the mulberry in the autumn, and brings forth its young jones thereon. 2nd var. The body is black: the abdomen is very dark green : the feelers are black, and nearly as long as the body ; the mouth is also very dark green with a black tip; the nectaries and the tube at the tip of the abdomen are black, and the former are as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are black ; the base of the fore-thighs and the shanks except their tips; are dark yellow :,the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands are pale brown; the veins are brown. 3rd _yar.The body is, black :., the abdomen is,dark green : the feelers are a little shorter than the body.: the mouth is dull yel- low. with a black tip : the nectaries are, black, and as long as one- sixth of the body : the legs are black ; the base of the fore-thighs and the shanks except their tips are dark, yellow ;, the wing-ribs and the rib-vems.are.pale yellow ;.the brands are pale brown ; the other veins are darker. | 4th var. The body is, black and. very.small: the feelers area little shorter than the, body,: the nectaries areas long as.one- eighth of the body : the wing-ribs and the rib-vems.are yellow ; the brands are brown: the other,.characters, like, those of .the preceding variety. 5th var. While a pupa it resembles in colour the 11th variety of the wingless Aphis, but the, white parts are more. dull :, there is a row. of white powder spots on each side of the body.:, the rudimentary wings are pale green. 6th var., The body is black and somewhat shining : the feelers are rather more than. half the length of the body : the mouth does not. reach, the middle hips: the nectaries are about one- twelfth of the length of the body : the wings are longer than the * body ; the wing-ribs are dull green ; the brands and the veins are brown, 7th var.. While a pupa it is pale dull olive-green, covered with a white bloom, and its limbs agree m colour with those of the wingless female.on the broom. . When winged it is small, black, and shining: the abdomen is very dark green, or black, with a slight 24 Mr, F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. white bloom beneath: the feelers are. black, and a little shorter than the body ; the fourth joint isa little shorter than. the third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth, but more than half its length ; the seventh is longer than the fifth: the mouth is dark green ; its tip and the eyes are black: — the nectaries and the legs are black; the former are nearly one- fifth of the length of the body; the shanks except their tips and the four hinder thighs from the base'to the middle are yellow: the wings are much longer.than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands are dull yellow; the veins are brown. On Genista anglica during the summer. 8th var. Like the preceding, but the fore-thighs and the fore- shanks are dull yellow with black tips; the four hinder shanks are pale yellow with black tips: the wing-brands are brown. 9th var. While a pupa it is gray: the abdomen is black, with three interrupted white bands, and has also four white spots near the tip : the rudimentary wings are dull green. 10th var. The body is small, and black : the feelers are longer than the body : the eyes are red: the nectaries are as long as one- sixth of the body : the legs are yellow; the thighs from the mid- dle to the tips, the feet, and. the tips of the shanks, are black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the other veins-are pale brown. 11th var. The body .is black, stout, and shining :-the feelers are much, shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and. the eyes) are black: the nectaries are black, and about one-sixth of the length of.the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the hind-thighs.except the base,.the feet, and the tips of the other thighs and. of the shanks, are brown: the wing-ribs and the brands are dull. yellow ; the veins are brown. On Rumez erispus. While a pupa thelegs are, black ;. the fore-thighs are yellow at the base:.the rudimentary wings are. dark green. ; 12th var. The four,hinder thighs are quite black. 13th var., The body, is|deep black: the feelers are black, and shorter, than, the, body): the eyes and the mouth are black ; the base of the. latter,is/ dull. white; the nectaries are black, and as long, as.one-cighth.of the bedy: the four hinder thighs, the feet, the knees, and the/tips/ of the shanks are black: the wing-ribs are pale yellow,;, the brands are’ pale green ; the veins-are pale brown. 5, lov | ! 14th var., With a row of white spots on each side of the back. 15th var. Like the last, but. the feelers are much shorter than the body,:..the, mouth is. dark, green. at the base: the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body the legs are black ; the fore-thighs atthe base, and the shanks excepting. their) tips are dull yellow: the wing-vibs and the brands are brown, Mr. F. Walker’s' Deseriptions of Aphides. 25 The oviparous wingless female. Found with the preceding, which it much resembles, but the hind-shanks are black, wide, and slightly curved. The eggs are laid in the beginning of October, and occur in abundance on the spikes of the furze. The winged male. While a pupa it resembles the wingless Aphis: the feelers are rather more than half the length of the body: the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body; the legs are dull pale green ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the rudimentary wings are dull green. When the wings are unfolded it is black, and very small: the feelers are nearly as long as the body; the fourth joint is very nearly as long as the third; the fifth is as long as the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the shanks except their tips, and the four anterior thighs at the base’ are ee : the wing-ribs are yellow; the brands and the veins are rown. : 74. Aphis Symphyti, Schrank. Aphis Symphyti, Schrank, Faun. Boie. ii. 1. 107. The viviparous wingless female. In August 1847 T found this species: in great profusion under the leaves’ of the ‘comfrey (Symphytum officinale) near Tottenham, but could see it nowhere else, notwithstanding the common occurrence of the plant. The grub of Agromyza?, of an orange colour and above one Ime in length, frequently devours it; an Aphidius and an’ Allotria are also among its enemies. It isa small ‘species, oval, plump, bright yellow, with dark green nectaries; the head is often dark green, and sometimes this colour extends partly or wholly over the body, and is more or less mingled with ‘yellow. ‘It discolours the leaves of the comfrey, which are nevertheless adorned by its bright and many-coloured clusters.. The forehead is convex in the middle, and has a slight tubercle on each side at the base of the feelers: the mouth reaches the middle hips: the feelers are setaceous, and shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is shortér than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than'the fourth; the sixth isa little more than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth: ‘the fore-chest has a suture across the middle; its sides are slightly convex : the nec- taries vary in length from one-sixth to one-twelfth of the length of the body, and in some cases where they are shortest, the legs also are very short, and the feelers are. much less'than half the length of the body: the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs ; the shanks are straight. Ist var. The body is dark green, with a white bloom, and mottled with paler green; the feelers are yellow with brown tips, 26 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. and a little shorter than the body: the eyes are black : the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and nearly as long as one-fourth of the length of the body : the tube at the tip of the abdomen is pale green : the legs are yellow, and moderately long; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. 2nd var. The body like the last, but with a metallic lustre. ) The viviparous winged female. This, as usual, has a dark colour on the chest;-the breast, and some parts of the abdomen... Soon after the middle of the fore-border of the wing its main vein begins to widen rather abruptly into an irregularly spindle-shaped brand : the fourth vein springs from a hardly perceptible angle of this brand, and is moderately curved ; the third vein is obsolete at its source ; it is forked after one-third of its length, and forked again long after two-thirds of its length: im some instances the lower branch and in others the upper branch of the second: fork are wanting: the first vem diverges from the second more than the second ‘diverges from the third. It sometimes contains ten young ones, all of the same size. 1st var.. While a pupa it resembles the wingless insect, but the body is elliptical, the feelers and the legs are darker, the rudimentary wings are pale green... The winged.Aphis is black : the borders of the fore-chest are green: the abdomen is dark green: the feelers are black, and shorter than the body: the mouth is black, dark green at the base : the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are black, and moderately long; the fore-thighs are yellow at the base: the wings are colourless, and very much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands and the veins are brown. Length of the body 3—# line; of the wings 13-21 lines. 79. Aphis Nymphee, Linn. _ Aphis Nymphee, Linn. Syst. Nat. ui. 714. 10; Faun. Suec. 983; Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 214. 18; Syst. Rhyn. 297. 18; Schrank, Faun.’ Boic. un. 1. 117) 1224; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat: i. 2204; Miller, Ins. 1264; Turt. 1. 703 ; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 104. 79; Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. A. Butomi, Schrank, Faun: Boic. 1. 114. 1212. _ Nympheifex, Amyot, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 478. This species feeds on the following water-plants: Nymphea alba, N. lutea, Alisma Plantago, Butomus umbellatus, Potamo- geton natans, Sagitiaria sagittefolia, Utricularia vulgaris, Hydro- cotyle vulgaris, Fontederia cordata, and some other species. It has an unfailing supply of moist and nourishing food, and ac- cordingly seems to multiply more abundantly than any other species. The viviparous wingless female. Deep olive-green, shining, and Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 27 having a metallic tint: the front has a:tubercle in the middle and a smaller one on each side: the feelers are black, very often pale green at the base, and much shorter than the body ; the first and the second yeins are not angular ; the fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is about thrice the length of the sixth : the mouth is dull green ; its tip and the eyes are black : there is a red spot, sometimes obsolete, on each side of the abdomen by the nectaries which are reddish. yellow with black tips, and about one-sixth of the length of the body : the legs are black, moderately long, and slightly covered with a white bloom. The young one is comparatively pale, narrow, flat, and linear. lst var. Reddish green, mottled with black. 2nd var. Nearly black. The viviparous winged female. This much resembles the pre- ceding form, with the exception of its darker colour, and of the usual difference in structure : the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the first vein hardly diverges more from the second than the latter does from the third; the third vein has its first fork after one-third, and its second still further beyond two-thirds of its length; the fourth vem is more curved at its base than towards its tip, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. Length of the body 1 lne ; of the wings 3 lines, Variation in the wing-veins. The upper division: of the second fork is wanting. The glutinous matter which covers this species assumes, like that of Aphis Roboris, a fine red colour when mixed with Canada balsam. 76. Aphis Sambuci, Linn. _ Aphis Sambuci, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 734. 4; Faun. Suec. 998 ; Fabr. Syst. Ins. ii. 384. 3; Ent. Syst. iv. 211. 4; Syst. Rhyn. 294. 4; Lister, Ins. 397. 40; Geoff. Ins, i. 495. 38; Frisch. Ins. ii. 14, pl. 18 ; Réaum, Ins. ii. 281-350. pl. 21. fig. 5-15 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2202; Bonnet, Hist. Nat. i.; Berk. Syn.i. 110; Stew. El. ii. 110; Turt. ii. 703 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. i. 1. 111. 1202; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 83. 60. Cinara Sambuci, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. 1. 827. Sambucifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This is oval, dull, very plump, and of a deep green colour : the sutures of the segments beneath are more distinct than those above : the feelers are slender, seta- ceous, almost white, and about one-third of the length of the body: the mouth is pale green: the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are dark green, and about one-twelfth of the length of 28 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. the body : the legs are dull pale green, slender, and rather short ; the knees are somewhat darker. On the leaves of the elder in the middle of March 1846. Ist var. Extremely dark green, apparently black, covered with a white bloom, and having a row of punctures on each side of the body : the front is slightly convex, and not notched : the feelers are black; and,/rather more than half the length of the body ; the first andthe second joints are not angular ; the fourth ‘joint is much*shorter than the third the fifth is a little shorter than’ the fourth:;the»sixth 1s: much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is much more slender than the sixth, and nearly twice its length : the eyes are also: black : thé mouth is very dark green: the nec- taries are black, and about one-eighth of the length of the body, and shghtly tapermg: the legs are very dark green; and. mode- rately long. When young it is green, linear, and: somewhat narrow and flat, » In thick: swarms on the shoots: of the elder, which are sometimes quite hidden by the clusters, from the end of May to July. vat 2nd var. Like the preceding, but with a reddish tinge. 3rd var. 'The-body is ‘green. rl ine 4th var. The nectaries are about one-sixth of the length of the body. Tie viviparous winged female. While a pupa it is elliptical, rather paler. and more flat than the wingless female, and it has interrupted white bands across the abdomen: the chest and the rudiments of: the wings are green, and they have sometimes:a reddish tinge.’ When winged the body is rather large, black, ~ shining, nearly linear : the feelers are black, stout and thick, and more than half the length of the body; the fourth jomt is much shorter than the third; the fifth is full as long as the fourth; the sixth is rather more than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is longer than the sixth: the abdomen beneath and the mouth are very dark green: the nectanes are black, and about one-sixth of the length of the body : the legs are black; the fore-thighs are dark green at the base: the wings are slightly gray, and. not much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are yellowish white; the brands are pale brown; the veins are black, strongly marked, and very slightly clouded ; the first vein diverges more from the second than the second from the third; the latter is obsolete at its source, and its first fork is after one-third, and its second still more after two-thirds of its length ; the fourth vein is moderately curved at its base, nearly straight towards its tip, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. Length of the body 1-1} line ; of the wings 23-34 lines. FTo be continued. | Me. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. 29 1V.—Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Joun Mrzrs, Esq., F.R.S., F.L,S. [Continued from vol. iv. p. 863.) SALPIGLOSSIS, _ Uponva former occasion (Au. op. ii. p. 172) many reasons were adduced to show why the tribe of the Salpiglossidee, as constituted by Mr. Bentham (DC. Prodr. x. 190); could not be maintained, and I proposed to limit that tribe simply to Salpiglossis, Browalha, Leptoglossis,and anew genus Pteroglossis, all being distinguished. by their singularly dilated stigma and the peculiar mode of zsti- _ vation of the corolla. A careful examination of Leptoglossis schwenckioides has simce then offered reasons for placing. that genus among the Petuniee. The Salpiglossidee, however, as thus limited, are evidently most intimately allied to the Petuniee, agreeing with them in a somewhat similar form of stigma, the development of their stamens, their capsular fruit, and the very spiral form of the embryo in Salpiglossis, and differmg from them only in their didynamous stamens and the estivation of) the corolla. The didynamous arrangement of the stamens does not appear to me to offer a sufficient reason for keeping them in an ordinal point of view apart from the Petuniee, and for retaining them in the Scrophulariacee ; indeed in the Petuniee and Nico- tianee; we find an evident tendency towards a didynamous struc- ture, for one of the stamens is constantly shorter than the others, which are in two pairs, while the anther of the fifth is always somewhat smaller, and frequently) almost ‘sterile; :and_on the other hand, I have observed: occasionally: in Salpiglossis\ a fifth fertile stamen, showing a disposition to'return to its normal con- dition’; and I have also before: me:an imstance of:a flower with three pairs of stamens, varying in length, with a seventh shorter one, the anther of which, though smaller than the others, is fer- tile. The position of the Salpiglossidee m the natural ‘system appears to me therefore manifestly in the fanuly which | propose to call Atropacee, or if considered only as a suborder, Atropine, according to the arrangement there shown (doc. cit. p: 165). There is little in the genus Sa/piglossis that calls for observa- tion; one peculiar feature however claims attention, the singular form of its pollen-grains: these are comparatively large and rea- dily distinguished under a common lens, each granule consisting of four agglutinated spherical globules similar in form: to the simple pollen-grains’ of -most ‘Solanacee and» Scrophulariacee : three of these globules are-on the same plane, the other being superimposed in the centre, thus forming a sort of rounded tetra- hedron, and they adhere so completely that they cannot be sepa- 30 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. rated without bursting. The fact is noticed by Mr. Hassall in his memoir “ On the Structure of Pollen” (Ann. Nat. Hist. viii. 100), who states that so curious a circumstance is not singular, as it occurs in Oxyanthus in Cinchonacee, Leschenaultia in Goode- niacee, and in some species only of Epilobium in Onagracee : the same is also observable im all the genera of the Epacridee and of Ericacee, with the exception of Clethra, where they ‘are _ simple. From these analogous facts it is evident that this com- pound structure of the pollen-grains is not of sufficient import- ance to affect in arly way the ordinal position of Salpiglossis. Mr. Bentham mentions only a single species of this genus, as he considers all our garden kinds as mere varieties of S. sinuata. On this head I may remark, that I found in Chile, plants which I always considered to be two very distinet species, viz: S. sinwata (my S. glutinosa) and my S. purpurea (Trav. ii. p. 531); but I have little doubt that S. picta, 8. Barclayana, S. fulva, 8. inter- media, &e. are all hybrid productions from these two species. » I always met with S. stnvata growing near the coast, its corolla being constantly of a yellowish white, with brownish stripes ; on the contrary, I invariably found S. purpurea at a much greater elevation near the foot of the main Cordillera, or within its gorges, its flowers being always of a dark lilac, with deep purple lines, and never of the yellowish hue so conspicuous in S. sinuata. I cannot however refer to my original specimens, as they were un- fortunately lost off Cape Horn with my general Chile collections ; but the coloured drawings of both species made in 1820, and which I have preserved, serve to impress these facts strongly on my memory. From the several dried specimens of Salpiglossis in Sir William Hooker’s herbarium collected by Gillies, Cuming and Bridges, we may detect at a glance the two different species. The following I consider as the amended diagnosis of this genus :— Saupiextossis, R. & P. (char. emend.).—Calyx tubulosus, 10- nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus subzqualibus, attenuatis, obtu- siusculis. _ Corolla infundibuliformis, tubo imo cylindraceo, superne campanulata, compressa, limbo 5-lobo, obliquo, sub- bilabiato, lobis profunde emarginatis, superiore majore, erec- tiore, zestivatione reciprocativa*. Stamina 5, inclusa, quorum 4 didynama, quinto breviori, sterili ; filamenta subulata, ¢ con- strictione tubi orta; anthere ovate, 2-lobee, basi cordate, sub- versatiles, lobis adnatis, rima marginali dehiscentibus ;. pollen compositum, e granulis 4 aggregatis, quorum 1 superpositum. Ovarium conicum, disco carnoso sub-2-lobo impositum, 2-locu- lare ; placente centrales, dissepimento utrinque adnate, multi- * Ann. Nat, Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. iii. p. 172. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. 31 ovulate. Stylus exsertus, apice compressus, imerassatus, sub- incuryus. _ Stigma majusculum, transverse dilatatum, semi- lunare, bilabiato-emarginatum. . Capsula oblonga, calyce per- sistente tecta, 2-locularis, septicido-2-valvis,,valvis, chartaceo- coriaceis, 2-fidis, placenta centrali demum solutis... Semina plu- rima, minuta, subangulata, hilo laterali; testa striato-rugosa. Embryo intra albumen carnosum spiraliter curvatus, teres, ra- dicula arcuata, ad angulum. basalem spectante, cotyledonibus 4.-plo longiore.—Herbe Chilenses glanduloso-pubescentes ; folia alterna, lanceolata, inferioribus sinuato-laciniatis, petiolatis, su- perioribus linearibus, sessilibus, sinuatis, floriferis linearibus, subbracteiformibus. . Inflorescentia paniculata, floribus pedicel- latis, pedicellis extra-axillaribus ; corolla. straminea vel. pur- purea, lineis anastomosantibus picta. 1. Salpiglossis sinuata, R. & P. Syst. Veg. 163; Prodr. tab. 19. S. glutinosa, Miers, Trav. 1.531. S.straminea, Hook. Ezot. Fl. po 229. 8. picta, Sweet, Br. Fl. Gard. tab. 258 ; Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 3365 ;—omnino viscoso-pubescens, foliis infe- rioribus' laxis, lanceolatis, acute pinnatifido-incisis, superiori- bus breviter petiolatis, inciso-dentatis, laciniis acutis, floralibus sessilibus, lmearibus, integris, bracteiformibus ; corolla lineis vidlaceis’ picta, tubo lutescente, limbo stramineo.—Chile, ora littorali, an herb. Hook. (Gillies, Mathews, Cuming, Bridges). This plant, well known in our gardens, grows to the height of 2 or 3 feet. Its leaves are of more delicate texture, always longer, narrower, and more deeply incised into acute segments than in the following species: they are 5 inches long, including the petiole, on which they are decurrent, and 14 inch broad, or 7 lines across at the base of the incisures. I observe a note upon my drawings, stating that in this species, the two lower stamens, between which the sterile one is situated, form the longest pair, while in S. purpurea the same stamens form the shorter pair, and I have found this im the dried, specimens I Have examined, but I cannot at this distance of time assert it to be a fact of constant occurrence, 2. Salpiglossis purpurea, Miers, Trav. ti. p. 531 ;—viscoso-pubes- cens, foliis radicalibus confertis, elliptico-oblongis, apice obtu- siusculis, imo in petiolum elongatum cuneatis, margine grosse et obtuse dentatis, crassis, caulinis integrioribus, lanceolatis, obtusis, petiolo abbreviato, floralibus linearibus, sessilibus, brac- teiformibus ; corolla tubo purpureo, limbo violaceo, reticulatim picta.—In Andibus Chilensibus, v. s. in herb. Hook., Gillies (S. andicola, MSS.). Yar. 8. atropurpurea, Graham. Corolla reticulatim nigro-picta, limbo profunde purpureo. Cuming. 32 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Pteroglossis. This plant seldom exceeds a height of 15 or 18 inches: it has a stronger and more woody stem, and may easily be distinguished from the former species by its radical leaves, which are of thicker texture, broader in proportion, shorter and more elliptic, with short obtuse teeth, and not deeply divided with acute incisures, as in S. picta: the radical leaves, including the attenuated pe- tiole, are 3; inches in length, the limb being 2} inches long and 11 limes broad. PrEROGLOsSIS, Among the very curious and interesting plants collected by Bridges in the vicinity of Coquimbo, is one that will constitute a new genus, near Salpiglossis. It is a plant with pinnatifid leaves, only in a few of the lower axils, those above being reduced to a linear form; its ascending stems are widely diffuse in many spreading dichotomous branchlets, which are very slender and terete ; the leaves at each axil are gradually diminished to the size of very short linear bracts, which support a few solitary one- flowered peduncles. The corolla, though smaller, has much the shape of that of Salpiglossis, with didynamous included stamens, and it possesses the peculiar estivation of the Salpiglossidee. The most remarkable feature consists in the unusually broad ex- pansion of its stigma, which hoods the lower pair of stamens, somewhat after the manner of Nierembergia, its winged appen- dages being quite membranaceous, decurrent for some length upon the style, and marked with numerous parallel radiating nervures, which terminate in its lacerated or crenulate margins, The name above proposed. is derived from mrepov, ala, and yAdooa, lingua, because of its broadly winged stigma. PreroeLossis (gen. nov.).—Calyz tubulosus, subcylindricus, breviter 5-dentatus, 10-nervis, dentibus acutis. Corolla in- fundibuliformis, tubo imo coarctato, hinc ventricoso, 15-striato, limbo expanso, inzequaliter 5-lobo, sub-bilabiato, lobis omni- bus emarginatis, superiori longiori et latiori, sstivatione reci- procativa*. Stamina 4, didynama, inclusa, postica longiora ; filamenta dilatata, apice angustata. Anthere ovate, 2-lobe, imo divaricate, apice sine connectivo in sinu apicifixee, rima marginali dehiscentes. Ovarium disco carnoso sub 2-lobo im- positum, stipitatum, 2-loculare, placentis centralibus disse- pimento adnatis, multiovulatis. Stylus apice dilatatus, in- flexus. Stigma bialatum, emarginatum, superne carinatum, infra planum, glandula viscoso in-sinu notatum, alis latis, membranaceis, in stylum longe decurrentibus, radiatim nervo- sis, margine sublaceratis, staminibus inferioribus amplecten- * Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. iii. p- 172. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Pteroglossis. 33 tibus. . Capsula calyce persistente tecta, 2-locularis, 2-yvalvis, valvis semibifidis, placenta centrali demum solutis.. Semina ignota,—Planta Chilensis subglabra, vadice. lignosa perenni, caulibus plurimis adscendentibus, gracilibus, lawis, divaricatim ramosis ; folia alterna, inferioribus sinuato-pinnatifidis ; pedun- culi wniflori, axillares, paniculam laxam efformantes. 1. Pteroglossis laxa;—subglabra, ramosissimna, ramis plurimis, teretibus, gracilibus, laxe divaricatis, nodis distantibus ; foliis axillaribus, inferioribus oblongis, sinuato-pinnatifidis, in pe- tiolum spathulatis, sub lente minutissime pubescentibus, me- diis linearibus, supremis floriferis in bracteis parvis decrescen- tibus : pedunculis solitariis, viscoso-pubescentibus, unifloris ; floribus parvulis ; corolla straminea, lineis violaceis picta.— Coquimbo, in herb. Hook... (Bridges, nv. 1839). This plant has very much the habit of Sehwenkia americana: the root is ligneous, as well as a short perennial woody stump, from which’ arise several somewhat erect branches 12 to 18 inches long, which are evidently deciduous ; these are, slender, terete;’ glabrous, flexuosely brachiate at each axil, and again dichotomously branched : below, the axils are more approximate, above widely distant. The lower leaves are sinuato-pinnatifid, about 1 to 14 inch long including the petiole, and 3'lines broad including the segments ; to the naked eye they appear quite smooth, but under the lens they are seen to be invested by nu- merous, very short, minute haus: these leaves gradually dimi- nish to the size of = to 1 mch long and only half a line broad, and as they ascend they become smaller, till they arrive at the terminal floriferous branchlets, where they assume the form of linear bracts, scarcely a line in length and 4th of a line broad; from each of these springs a very slender oltndulit pubescent peduncle, about half an inch in length, bearing a solitary flower ; the calyx is 13 line long, tubular, and crowned by five equal fleshy erect teeth ; the corolla is about 4 lines long, of a yel- lowish colour, marked by about fifteen violet-coloured, parallel, branching lines ; the tube is contracted and cylindrical below for one-third of its leneth; above this it is ventricose, with a border of five, oblong, rounded and emarginate patent lobes, the upper one of which is somewhat longer and broader ; they assume in eestivation that peculiar mode of plication which I have called reciprocative (loc. cit. 172); the didynamous stamens are in- cluded, arising from the contracted portion of the tube; the ovarium is oblong, 2-grooved, imbedded in a fleshy 2-lobed cup borne upon a short stipitate support, and surrounded by the in- duvial remains of the corolla; the style is slender, the length of the stamens, inflexed at its apex, and gradually widening consi- Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 34 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leptoglossis. derably by the broad decurrent wings of the stigma, which hood the anthers of the somewhat shorter pair of stamens: the stigma is broad, membranaceous, deeply emarginate at its apex, consti- tuting two distinct rounded wings, marked by numerous -radia- ting nervures ; it forms altogether a galeate head, flattened on the under side! and keeled-on the upper. surface by the prominent sharp margin of the style, which carmated edge is termmated in the smus by a viscous globular gland. The capsule is small, consisting of two bifid valves, parallel to the dissepiment, and inclosed by the persistent calyx. I had no opportunity of exa- mining its seeds *. f \ LEPTOGLOSSIS. This genus W was founded by Mr. Bentham, in the ‘ Botany’ of the Voyage of the Sulphur, for a Peruvian plant, which has not yet been figured, nor have the details of its structure been hitherto delineated or minutely examined. It possesses much the habit of a Browallia, to which it offers some resemblance in the form of its corolla; but it differs from that genus in having a fifth sterile stamen and in the shape of its stigma, which is intermediate between that of Pteroglossis and of Salpi- glossis or Nierembergia. No opportunity had presented itself for examining the estivation of the corolla of Leptoglossis when I offered the remarks upon the tribe of the Salpiglossidee (Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. in. 173) ; but recent observation has enabled me to state that it is decidedly imbricative, and as far as can be judged from well-macerated dried specimens, it is apparently of that modification which I have called replicative (Joc. cit. 173), the postical lobe being altogether interior, as in Nierembergia and Petunia. The alliance of Leptoglossis is clearly with the two latter genera, agreeing with the former in its small lanceolate leaves, its calyx, its slender tubular corolla, in the dilatation of its stigma, in the long stipitate support of the ovarium, in its persistent hypogynous glands, and in its stipitate capsule. With the latter genus it agrees in the obliquity of the border of its corolla, and the somewhat palate-like enlargement of the tube below the throat. The position of Leptoglossis is manifestly among the Petuniee, and not in the Salpiglossidee, as suggested in the tabular arrangement (/oc. cit. p. 165). It appears to me to hold no relation whatever to Schwenkia. The following generic character has been made, after a careful analysis of the plant referred to :— Lertoexossis, Bth.non D.C. Char. emend.—Calyz brevis, tu- bulosus, nervis 15 in seriebus 5 ternariis pressius ordmatis, * This plant, with its analytical details, will be shown in plate 52 of the ‘Tilustr. South Amer. Plants.’ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leptoglossis. 35 interstitiis eveniis membranaceis, 5-anguloso-sulcatus, 5-den- tatus, dentibus acutis linearibus callo-mucronatis. Corolla tubularis, elongatus, tubo imo carnosulo 5-sulcato constricta, medio subcylindrica, in faucem antice breviter ventricosa, limbo obliquo, 5-lobo, lobis suborbicularibus, 2 anticis mino- ribus reflexis, postico erectiusculo, estivatione imbricata, veri- similiter replicativa. Stamina 5, qualia, inclusa, quorum 4 didynama, cum quinto sterili ; filamenta subdilatata, tenuis- sima, posticorum e coarctatione tubi orta, anticorum dimidio breviora medio corollz inserta, sterili sub-breviore intermedio ; anthere in faucem conniventes, stigmate deflexo circumplexe, 2-lobze, in sinu apicifixee, lobis basi divaricatis, apice sine con- nectivo connatis, et rma marginali bivalvatim. transverse hian- tibus ; posticorum dimidio minore ; sterili oblonga, cassa, erecta. Pollen simplex, globosum, 3-sulcatum. Ovarium oblongum, co- nicum, longiuscule stipitatum, glandulis 5, carnosis, coloratis, subliberis, rotundatis, summo stipitis connatis, et discum hy- pogynum cupuliformem persistentem fingentibus, 2-loculare, placentis centralibus, multiovulatis, dissepimento utrinque ad- natis.. Stylus tenuis, inclusus, apice incurvatus, compressus, valde dilatatus. Stigma emarginato-2-labiatum, lobis_ latis- simis, brevibus, truncatis, intus incrassatis et viscoso-glandu- losis, inferne longe auriculatis et membranaceis, antheras am- plectentibus. Capsula calyce persistente tecta, 2-locularis, septicide 2-valvis, valvis semibifidis, placenta centrali demum solutis. Semina plurima, parva, reticulato-favosa ; cetera ig- nota.—Herba Peruviana viscoso-pubescens ; folia alterna, parva, sessilia, lanceolata, integra ; cymez plurime, alterne, terminales, ex axillis foliorum superiorum lateraliter orte, longe et paten- tim pedunculate ; flores parvuli, pedicellati, conferti; corolla albida. 1. Leptoglossis Schwenkioides, Bth. Voy. Sulph. 143 ;—undique viscoso-pubescens ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, 1-neryiis, apice callosis, sessilibus, in turionibus seepe fasciculatis, supe- rioribus decrescentibus ; corolla tenui, glabra, intus imo re- trorsim pilosa.—Peruvia, v. s. in herb. Hook. (Huamantango, Barclay ; Peru, Mathews, no. 1011 ; Cuming, no. 1010). This plant has very much the habit of some of the small-leaved species of Petunia ; its branches are virgate, the leaves 6 to 9 lines long, 1 to 12 line broad; the floral branchlets are about 1 inch long, generally with three to five flowers at the extremity of each ; the pedicels are very short ; the calyx 2 lines in flower, 3 lines in fruit ; the tube of the coroHa is 8-9 lines in length, 1 line broad, the border 3-4 lines in diameter ; the capsule is 2 lines long *. * A figure of this species, with sectional details, will be given in plate 53 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ 36 Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacee. "¥.-+-Observations on the. Structure of the Orchidaceee, particu- larly the, Vandex. . By. Prof. H. EF. Link *. LinDLeEy, who has contributed so much to the knowledge of the Orchidacee, gives them the following character in his ‘ Vege- table Kingdom.’ He ascribes to them a trifoliate calyx, a tri- foliate, corolla, the third segment of which, the labellum, is of very different, form from the other two; further, three stamens, of which either the two outermost are abortive, and only the in- termediate one bears an anther, or the intermediate one is abor- tive, and the two outer bear anthers ; finally, three divisions of the stigma. In reference to the stamens and the stigma he wholly follows R. Brown. But he directs attention to an ano- maly, relating to the stigma, which consists in the fact that the seminiferous portions of the ovary are not opposite to the lobes of the stigma, but alternate with them, as the seedless portions occur in a line with the lobes; so that we ought therefore to say that the ovary consists of six carpellary leaves, __R, Brown came to the idea that the Orchidacee have properly three stamens, from the circumstance that there occurs very fre- quently, especially in the New Holland Orchidacez, on each side of the anther-bearing column, an appendix which represents those stamens, He observes indeed, that those appendices also oecur when, from a higher degree of development, three stamens are present, for we have examples of this; and he does not con- ceal that these appendices are devoid of vessels, but he adds that he does not consider the presence of these as determining an organ. It appears to me however, in opposition to the opinion of this celebrated observer, that the presence of such vessels 1s indispensably necessary to the determination of an organ. For in all the organs of the Phanerogamia the vascular bundles (of spiral or pseudo-porous vessels, or both together) form the foun- dation of the organ, nay, even determine its form, and there is no organ of any importance without them, In the Naiadeze, and if instead of Phanerogamia we use the more definite word Pha- nerophytes, in the Mosses, tubes or elongated cells occur instead of them in the interior of the organ. From this it follows that they are the sap-bringing vessels. It 1s requisite to know there- fore what is the condition of the vascular bundles in the column of the Orchidacean flower, when stamens and style are united. Before we enter upon this inquiry, the followmg remarks are necessary. All botanists, except Linneus, make the labellum a division or leaflet of the perigone and of its imner circle, which * Extract from a Treatise read before the Berlin Academy of Sciences ; translated from the ‘ Botanische Zeitung,’ by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S. Prof, Link on the Structure of the Orchidacem. 37 Lindley calls the corolla. Yet the labellum never stands in a cir¢le with the two leaflets of this corolla, but always with the column (columna, gymnostemium), in which stamens and style are blended together ; indeed in most cases it is itself confluent with this. Gindley himself mentions this, and adds, that in some species of the Cape genus Pterygodium the labellum proceeds from the apex of the column. If in these cases we should ‘assume an external adherence of the labellum to the column, which how- ever in some, especially in Scaphyglottis, could not be supposed, on account of the insensible transition, then the base of it ought to stand in a circle with the leaflets of the corolla, which never happens. Even in the cases where the labellum appears quite separate from the column, in Cattleya, many Mazillarie, and also in our indigenous species of Orchidacez, there is always a confluence of the base with the column, above the leaflets of the corolla. It does not admit of doubt, that the prevalence of the number three in the class of Monocotyledons gave rise to the idea that the labellum belongs to the corolla. But facts are pre- ferable to opinions. Moreover if we examine the upper side of the column in the indigenous Orchidacee, e. g. in Orchis itself, we see a part, broad below and running up into a point above, embracing the two anther-cells. This is evidently a connecticulum ; that is, the upper expanded part of the stamen, which bears. the two chambers of the anther. If we make a transverse section, first through the upper part of the column, where the excavation of the stigma is still shallow, we see a large vascular bundle on the outer side; further in, another smaller ; but not a trace of a vascular bundle on either side. Lower down, where the cavity of the stigma is much expanded, we find three vascular bundles, but in a straight line from the upper surface to the cavity of the stigma. The three vascular bundles cannot therefore denote three stamens, but belong only to the one stamen and the style, in which the vascular bundles usually surround the stigmatic canal on two or three sides. ‘The lateral wings, which are here very thick and arched, certainly have delicate spiral vessels, but horizontal in direction, while if they belonged to stamens they ought to run vertically from below upward. When we examine, further, the column of one of the Vandee or Epidendree, we find the operculum of the anther, which like- wise represents a connecticulum, distinctly surrounded by another part, which is very often furnished with various appendices and wings, clearly belonging to the external envelope of the column. I have given an enlarged transverse section in my Anatomical Plates, pl. 19 & 20, from Epidendrum elongatum. Here the stig- matic canal is surrounded by a quantity of vascular bundles, 38 Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidaceex. among which one on each side might readily be supposed. to indicate a stamen ‘on each side. |The other canal, which is there represented, originates from the confluence of the labellum with the column, and whenever fertilization was artificially effected, I found pollen--tubes in this canal also. Similar transverse sections of the-column of other Vandee always exhibit a quantity of vas- _cular bundles surrounding the stigmatic canal. It is clear there- fore that there is still another part which surrounds the column, and with the labellum represents a special organ, which must be referred to the Linnean nectary or to an accessory corolla (para- corolla). This accessory corolla has two lips; one, the upper lip, blended with the column, the lower lip beig the labellum. The comparison of the Orchidacez with the Alpiniacez lies near, and indeed has been occasionally made, although mostly superficially. The calyx of the Alpiniacee is spathaceously tri- fohate, and, according to Lindley, corresponds to the calyx of the Orchidacez : the corolla of the Alpimiacee always has two divisions ; the outer tripartite envelope can only be compared, ac- cording to Lindley, with the corolla of the Orchidacez, where however that third leaflet is wanting, being absorbed, as it were, mto the labellum situated above it.. There is nothing in the flower of the Orchidaceze corresponding to the inner division of the flower of the Alpiniaceze, unless the envelope of the column, above spoken of, is taken into consideration. This, together with the labellum, corresponds to the inner portion of the flower of the Alpiniacez, in which there is always a well-marked labellum, and very often, for instance in Hedychium and Globba, an upper lip, which is merely not blended with the stamens and style as in the Vandee. This upper lip is often wanting and the label- lum exists alone, as im Alpinia, Zingiber and Kempferia, just as in our indigenous Ophrydee. The connecticulum is very much expanded in the Alpiniacez, and so it is in the common anthers of the Ophrydee, as well as in the calyptrate anthers of the Vandee, and indeed in all Orchidaces the two anther-cells are connected above by a membranous or fleshy portion, which may be aptly named a connecticulum. As to the anthers, I will merely observe that the pollen of the Vandee does not always lie naked upon the cellular body which serves as its basis, but is inclosed in a delicate membrane of an- gular parenchymatous cells, as I have distinctly seen im many, particularly in Huntleya violacea. Cypripedium is not diandrous. The column divides into two branches, each of which bears an anther-cell with two. pollen- masses. This division of the column alone distinguishes, this genus from the rest. Only one anther exists, but its chambers are very much separated, as is usual in the Alpiniacee. My re- Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacee. 39 searches were made on Cypripedium spectabile, as the commonest species in our gardens. When we examine a transverse section of the column, it may readily be imagined that the two anthers are actually separate. There are three vascular bundles around the stigmatic canal, and besides these, another above and one on each side, as if belonging to two anthers. But we see just the same in Calanthe veratrifolia, to which we certainly cannot ascribe two separate anthers. As a general rule however, there exist other vascular bundles besides the three situated around the stigmatic canal ; these have already been spoken of. In regard to the stigma, there is no doubt that we must, with Robert Brown, call it three-lobed. In every transverse section made through the column, we find a triple excavation of the stigmatic canal. These excavations are often divided again. Thus we find it'in' Gongora maculata, of which I have given a mag- nified representation in the Anatomical Plates (Heft 1. tab. 20) ; also in Stanhopea eburnea and Masillaria macrochila, &e. Lind- ley’s. view ‘that the capsule is composed of six carpellary leaves is confirmed by transverse sections at the apex of the germen. Ihave nothing new to add to what I formerly made known relating to the remarkable structure of the germinating embryo (Select: Anatomico-Botanical Plates, part 2. pl. 7); and I. still believe that the embryo is not a tuber, in its rudimentary con- dition; but is nevertheless formed in an analogous manner. It might be said that the formation of tubers is an especial peculiarity of the Orchidacez, for when the roots are not tuber- ous, the stem strives to become so.. The pseudo-bulbi, as Lind- ley calls them, are tuberously-developed internodes. The in- ternal structure is the same as in the stem of Monocotyledons in general ; woody bundles are situated in a circle ina loose paren- chyma ; only here, from the thickness. of the internode, there are more circles than is usual elsewhere. A. speciality occurs. in these. Each woody bundle is composed, as usual, internally of spiral vessels, on the outside of which lie pseudo-porous vessels ; to these follow pseudo-porous parenchymatous cells which be- come successively narrower, and at last appear as prosenchyma- tous cells ; at the outside, where the larger parenchyma begins, lie the tubercular tubes of which I will speak immediately. To- ward the interior, near the axis of the tuberous internode, we find the same series, only the pseudo-porous vessels are wanting. Those tubes which I have mentioned are relatively rather wide, without transverse septa, so far as I have examined, and, at re- gular intervals, stand elliptical papille surrounded by a rim of the same form. At first sight they appear like the common so- called pores or bright spots, but they project distinctly from the front of the tubes, and are more or less filled with a dark gra- 40 Mr. H.E. Strickland on the occurrence of nular mass, which however is sometimes absent. They stand on all, sides of the tubes, both toward the axis and toward the pe- riphery,of the:mternode. I have found them in all the Orchi- dace that.L have, examined, but) never in stems which are not thickened, nor in, the leaves*. , , Finally, a few observations, on. the aérial roots of the Orchi- dace... They. seldom pass into the earth, even when this is placed.in their way; they grow on long and freely in the air, nay sometimes.in an upward direetion.. Only to the eracked bark of trees, to,which the.plants) are attached, they adhere by means of fine hairs... Meyen observed that the outer layer of these roots is composed of spiral cells; and this layer is of tolerable thick- ness. This is sueceeded by a rather lax parenchyma, but in the vicinity .of the, ligneous nucleus, as L will, temporarily call it, scattered, spiral cells. occur again, their convolutions being more lax. The ligneous nucleus is composed, as in the roots of all Monocotyledons, of one or more circles.of vascular bundles, in a parenchyma of narrow cells, which are narrower than in the rind, and therefore form. no.true pith...In the hairs a delicate-spiral fibre is rolled up in close convolutions, but the base is expanded and’ devoid of spiral fibres, althongh spiral cells lie beneath. Moreoyer these hairs, like all radical hairs, have no transverse septa. ,.The occurrence of abundance of ‘spiral cells directly in these. aérial roots, which very seldom descend into the earth, may contribute to the discovery of the at present enigmatical function of these cells, since they never absorb nor carry onward coloured fluids, like the. spiral vessels. -VL—On the. occurrence of Charadrius virginiacus, Borkh., at ‘Malia. By H. EH. Sorickitanp, M.A., F.GS. I HARDLY know whether the occurrence of a new or unrecorded species of bird at Malta is to be regarded as forming an addition to the Huropean fauna, because geographers are I believe not yet agreed as to whether Malta belongs to Europe.or to Africa. But m either case the discovery of Charadrius virginiacus at Malta is not the less interesting, for this species has not as yet, I believe, been noticed in either of those two quarters of the globe to which that island’is intermediate. , I have lately found an accidentally mislaid letter, addressed tome in. 1846 by Capt. H. M. Drummond, 42nd R.H., whose. valuable papers on the birds of Corfu, Crete, Macedonia, and »°* Lindley remarked the éxistence of these tubercles in Oncidium altis- simum, in his “Introduction to Botany,’ but gave no particular account of thém.-—A. H. Charadrius virginiacus af Malta. 41 Tunis are well known to the readers of the ‘Annals.’ In this letter he mentions having procured at Malta “a little golden plover, which, on comparing with C. pluvialis, I find quite di- stinct, bemg only the size of C. morinellus, and much longer in the tarsus. It was shot in company with another of the same species in March 1845. They are occasionally observed in Malta every second or third year, generally early im spring, and have never been noticed in company with C. pluvialis, but generally solitary or in pairs. They have not been observed with black on the breast: ‘The man who shot it informs me that he has fre- quently ‘killed them, and that he can immediately recognise them by the note, which is peculiar, differing from that of C. plu- vialis, and more resembling that of C. hiaticula.” Capt. Drummond has subsequently been m England, and showed’ a specimen of this bird to Mr. Yarrell, who ascertained it to be the Charadrius virginiacus. This species possesses a far more extensive geographical dis- tribution than the better-known Charadrius pluvialis. The latter occurs throughout Europe, and is recorded as far east as Trebi- zond‘and Siberia. But C. virginiacus not only frequents the whole of North and South America, but extends over the Poly- nesian Islands to the Malay Archipelago and India, as well as to Australia and New Zealand*. We have now evidence of its visiting Malta for a short time early in spring, a fact which clearly proves that it must winter in Africa, and, occasionally at least, pass the summer m some part of Europe, though it has never yet been obtained in either of these continents. This has probably been owing to the resemblance of its plumage to that of C. pluvialis, which bird is recorded by Malherbe in his ‘ Faune Ornitholo- gique de la Sicile,” by Schembri in his ‘Catalogo Ornitologico del Gruppo di Malta,’ and by Von der Mile in his ‘ Beitrage zur Ornithologie Griechenlands,’ but without any indication of their having noticed the C. virginiacus. The distinctions between C. pluvialis and C, virginiacus are numerous, and are carefully pomted out by Sir W. Jardine in his edition of ‘ Wilson’s American Ornithology,’ vol. ii. p. 362. It will therefore suffice to mention here that C. virginiacus is rather smaller than C. pluvialis, has rather longer tarsi, and has the under wing-covers and axillary feathers of a gray brown, while in C. pluvialis they are pure white. * The Australian C. xanthocheilus of Jardine’s ‘ Illustrations of Orni- thology,’ plate 85, and of Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vol. vi. plate 13, is certainly identical with C. virginiacus. The true C. xanthocheilus of Wagler inhabits New Zealand (in company with C. virginiacus) ; and, ac- cording to Mr. Gray’s Catalogue, there are three specimens of it in the British Museum from Van Diemen’s Land, though it seems to be omitted by Mr. Gould. 42. M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. American’ specimens of C. virginiacus are somewhat. larger than the Indian and Maltese ones. Both varieties however have been recently found by Capt. Drummond in Bermuda. In a list of the Birds of Bermuda by Mr. H. B. Tristram, which is on the point of being published by Sir W. Jardine in his ‘ Contri- butions to Ornithology, these two varieties are regarded as di- stinct species, as appears from the following passage: “ No. 46, Charadrius marmoratus [1. e. virginiacus|, American golden plover. No. 47, Charadrius... . .?, an unnamed species smaller than the American and perfectly distinct. Not unfrequent here. It has been also found’ in Malta by Capt. Drummond, 42nd R.H.” VII.—Notice of anew Genus of Cestoid Worm. By M. P. J. Van BenepEN*... Communicated by J.T. Artipen, A.B., M.B., (Lond.), Tue researches of M. Beneden in the lower forms of animal existence have rightly secured him the reputation of an original, diligent, and careful observer ; and every communication there- fore from him deserves the attention of the naturalist. This leads.us to give: an abstract of his notice of a new genus of Ces- toid Worms, and:of a proposed amended arrangement of them. M. Beneden discovered the new entozoon at the commence- ment of the’ spiral’ intestinal lamima of the skate, in company with other worms of the genus Bothriocephalus. Before enter- ing ow its description, he would premise that, as the Cestoidee go through several phases of existence, a species 1s not represented by the adult state only, but by its several successive generations by gemmation,:and: of which the last only: is furnished with sexual organs; and that:it is'consequently necessary to describe separately those various phases and. to give them special names. Thus the first' stage of existence may be called the scolezoid, being that ofthe scolex or young worm on its escape from the ovum; the second, the) strobiloid, from the word strobilus of M> Sars, designating the analogous stage of the Meduse; the third and last, the proglottoid, from the term proglottis, applied by M. Dujardin to the separated joints of the Cestoidee. Owing to the striking: peculiarities of the newly-discovered worm, M. Beneden has felt it necessary to constitute a new ge- nus, of which it is at present the only example. This new genus is designated Echinobothrium, and presents the following cha- racters :-— First, or Scolexoid generation, unknown. * Extracted from vol. xvi. of the ‘ Bulletin de Académie Royale de Belgique.’ M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. 43 Second, or Strobiloid. The body elongated, flattened, termi- nated by a distinct head, assuming the form of a hammer, and having two rows of hooks; neck. supporting three rows of spines on each side. The lemniscus protrudes in the median line. Length of worm 5 to 6 millimetres. Third, or Proglottoid. Body elongated, rounded, no external opening except that for the lemniscus to escape; lemniscus rugose at. the base, and when unrolled nearly as long. as the. body. Length of body 1 millimetre. Ova very minute, ;35th of a mil- - limetre in diameter. Echinobothrium typus. Scolexoid stage unknown, In the Strobiloid, a distinct head, neck and trunk exist. The general form is that of Helminthoid worms,—that one mostly assumed by naturalists to be the perfect condition of such beings. The head resembles in its great mobility that of Scolex, or of Tetrarhynchus. It may elongate itself into the figure of an arrow- head, or become contracted into a rounded form; and such changes take place with astonishing rapidity. .The head is flat- tened like the rest of the body, and has two overlying very con- tractile fleshy lobes apphed to one another. Within the head and towards its fore-part lies a bulb, rather more transparent than the surrounding tissues, and supporting two rows of hooks, — one beneath the other, as seen on viewing the flat surface of the head. This bulb expands itself abruptly, giving off a process on each side the head, which then resembles in figure that of the hammer-headed shark. The hooks previously seen within the head now fringe the extremities of these processes, and in situa- tion resemble that of the eyes of the fish just named. , This ap- pearance is to be seen only in certain positions of the head. Nine of these hooks have been counted disposed in ‘one row ; they are all of about the same length and shape, tapering to a point which is curved inwards, and exhibit near their middle a slight enlargement. They are very readily detached. In the interior of the head, posterior to, and nearer the sur- face than the bulb, are four flexuose cords, extending thence to the last. joint of the animal... These cords resemble those. met with in most Tenioid worms, and which M. E. Blanchard has, in some examples, succeeded in injecting. The neck is clearly defined by constrictions, from the head in front and the trunk behind. It is nearly as long as the head, flattened like it, but narrower; and on each side is armed with three rows of spines, m which circumstance this worm differs from all other Helminths. The spines are nearly of the same length, straight, tapering, with a trifid base imbedded in the soft substance of the animal. Each row has twelve to thirteen closely 44 M.Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. implanted but distinct spines, directed backwards, and like those of the head easily separable. The trunk forms the remainder of the body, made up of nu- merous, segments, first indicated by delicate lines, and towards the posterior extremity by deep constrictions, which ultimately end. in transverse fission. The individual jomts constitute the last or adult phase of the worm. on the completion of their development, which may occur before their separation from the strobiloid animal. The four cords.seen in, the latter belong also to this third generation, which however alone possesses a sexual system. * The development of these segments is by gemmation, differing it will be found in no essential points from that in Polypes, if an extended, view. of the process be taken. Third or Proglottoid generation. Along with yet entire arti- culated worms, joints are met with living independently as Tre- matodes, but are the analogues of complete or adult Meduse derived from the fission of the Strobila. After their separation from the strobiloid parent, these joints increase in size so consi- derably as to equal,that of two or three yet attached segments. They also, undergo a change of form ;—losing their flat rib- bon-like form, they become rounded or purse-shaped. In gene- ral characters and in their movements they resemble Planarie, but have been yet more frequently confounded with Trematoda. Their investing integument offers nothing peculiar. Its sur- face presents neither. cilia nor folds, but is oceasionally furrowed. Its continuity is uninterrupted, except at the opening by which the lemniscus escapes; no mouth or respiratory organ being apparent. . The internal. or gans maintain an adhesion with the external wall. No evidence supports the notion that the organ variously called the lemniscus, cirrhus, cirrhule, and penis, belongs to the reproductive apparatus; and the observation of the passage of spermatozoa by it is illusory, for we have examined this organ in every stage of development, and at the period of its greatest vigour, without perceiving the least indication of such a passage. The anatomical character of the lemniscus is also opposed to such a phenomenon. In our opinion this appendicular organ performs the same office as the tubes of the Tetrarhynchus, viz. that of affixing the animals to the tissues, or of infolding them more completely i in the mucus in which they live. Its position varies in different genera: in the Helminth in question it occupies the median line about the posterior third of the body. It is distinguishable when inclosed in its sheath ; 1s M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. 45 larger at the base, where it is covered with asperities, and when unrolled nearly equals the body in length. The lemniscus is also lodged in a sac resembling the sheath of the tube of Tetrarhynchus, and unrolls itself like that tube. A very perceptible retractor muscle arises from the bottom of the sheath, and thence extends to the extremity of the lemniscus. We agree with Sicbold, that, like as in the Trematoda, the Nematoidea and other worms, there exists one organ for the'for. mation of the germ, and another for that’ of the vitellus. ‘The germigenitor (germigéne) oceupies almost the whole length of one side of the body, having a coiled form, and is — detected when containing germs. The vitellogenitor (vitellogéne) is made up of cells more or less round, often very clear, and which are’ distributed’ throughout the parenchyma | in large number. Ova in their interior are often to be seen in course of development.’ We believe'that the cells rupture, scattering the vitelline globules in the cavity of the body, which then ‘envelope the germinal vesicles after they have undergone contact with the spermatozoa. | A dull white organ is also seen in the ‘centre of the body, which, when the animal is compressed, appears a tortuous cord, like the testes of insects. It has distinct walls, and may be com- pletely uncoiled. We have supposed this tube might terminate at the base of the lemniscus, but have been unable to determine this opinion by observation. We regard this organ as the testes, but do not think it discharges its product externally: In the interior of the body we have observed ova in course of development, having experienced the ‘action of the ‘spermatozoa; but as there is no perceptible opening externally, we are compelled to admit fecundation to result from the spermatozoa of the same animal, which implies complete hermaphrodism. Helminthologists generally admit the existence’ of natural vents for the escape of the reproductive products, but, m the worm described, nothing of the sort/is seen.’' When'the ‘skin of an animal, on the object-glass of the microscope, ruptures, the ova escape through the rent. The ova are very small, measuring but 35th lof'a millimetre, but are not otherwise remarkable. It is worth’ while to obser ve, however, the great difference in size the ova present: in anithals closely allied. Thus in Bothriocephalus flos the ova at the time of their discharge have eight or nine times the volume, and‘admit of the ready observation of their cells in process of organization. Affinities —The Echinobothriumis allied to the Bothriocephale, but cannot be included in that or any established genus. In seeking to classify this worm we have been struck with the sin- 46 M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. gular confusion presented by the genus Bothriocephalus, and with the necessity of another arrangement of Cestoid worms. The primary character to be adopted is taken from the pre- sence or absence of hooks on the head, according to which we divide the Cestoidee into Acanthocephale and. Anacanthocephale. The first, the more numerous, forms two very natural families, one of which has a circle of hooks with four surrounding sucking- discs, whilst the second. possesses from two to four extremely contractile lobes. The former family is that of the Tenioidee, the latter that of the Bothrioidee, which includes a portion of the Bothriocephale. The Anacanthocephale are at present constituted of a single family, embracing all the unarmed Bothriocephale. We present the following as. the first. sketch of an arrange- ment of the. Cestoidee, for numerous investigations are. still needed to acquaint us with all the genera at each epoch of their development, CESTOIDE. Section I, ACANTHOCEPHALE. Family I. Tenividee. Genera. Tenia. . . . . . Tenia Solium. Halysis . . . . . H. genette (Gerv.). Trienophora. . . . T. nodosus. Family Il. Bothrioidee. . Genera. Acanthobothrium, n.g. Bothriocephalus bifurcatus. Echinobothrium, n. g.. E. typus. Dibothryorhynchus . D. lepidopii. Tetrarhynchus . . . Rhyne. corollatus. Section II. ANACANTHOCEPHALZ. Family I. Bothriocephalide. Genera. Phyllobothrium, n. g.. Bothriocephalus tumidulus. B. flos. Fimbriaria? . . . +. Tenia malleus. Bothridium . . . . B. megalocephalum. Bothriocephalus... . B. latus. B. punctatus. Schistocephalus . ._ B., solidus. Cryptocephalus, n. g. Mr. J. Ball on a new species of Veronica: 47 VIII.—Deseriztion of a new species of Veronica. By JoHN Batt, M.R.I.A. Severa., years agoI gathered upon the steep, crags of the Pagna della Croce, one of the highest peaks of the Apuan Apen- nines, specimens of a Veronica which accidentally remained un- examined until the present year. Although resembling in many respects V. aphylla, L., my specimens differ in so many essential particulars, that, 1am induced to distinguish them by a specific name ; and I subjoin a description of the proposed new speciés, together with that of V. aphylla, from which the diagnosis will more readily be made. . ) V. longistyla, nobis. Caule brevissimo, repente, ceespitoso, filiformi ; foliis inferioribus minimis, superioribus subrosulatis, omnibus ob- ovato-spathulatis, aeutiusculis, grandiuscule erenato-serratis ; pe- duneulo scapiformi adscendente, vix pollicari, supra in pedicellos, 2—4 erectos, bracteis linearibus et capsulis 3-4 longiores, diviso ; corolla parva, filamentis styloque breviort; capsula matura late obcordata, profunde emarginata, calycem sesquilonga, stylo bre- viori, seminibus lentiformibus, a/bo-hyalinis, glabris. Herba tota pilis brevissimis articulatis, superne glandulosis, adspersa. V. aphylla, L. Caule brevissimo ceespitoso ; foliis rosulatis, late obovato-spathulatis, obtusis subintegerrimis ; pedunculo scapiformi erecto, 1-3 pollicari ; supra in pedicellos 2-4, dracteis capsulisque vie duplum longiores, diviso; corolle segmentis latis, filamenta stylumque superantibus; capsula matura obovato-elliptica, sinu brevissimo emarginata, calyce et stylo duplum longiore ; seminibus lentiformibus, luteis, glabris. Herba tota pilis articulatis, glandu- - losis, crebris, obtecta. : V. longistyla differs at first sight from V. aphylla in its smaller size, more slender habit, and in its less abundant and less glan- dular pubescence ; but the most certain characters must be sought in the completely different shape and much smaller size of the cap- _sule, and in the much greater length of the style, which is longer instead of being one-half shorter than the ripe capsule, as in V. aphylla. I have to call attention to the description of the capsule of V. aphylla given by Mr. Bentham in the tenth volume of the ‘Prodromus.’ It is there stated that the capsule is obcordate, and that eminent botanist, to whom I have submitted a specimen of V. longistyla, observes, “I do not find so much difference in the form of the capsule;” he however further observes, “T have but one specimen of V. aphylla in good fruit.” Ihave gathered V. aphylla in fruit in Dauphiné, in the cantons of Berne, Glaris, Tessin, and Valais in Switzerland, in the Tyrol, and in several parts of the Carpathians, and with the specimens before me I do not find any difference in the form of the ripe fruit, which is as I have above 48 Zoological Society. described it, with a very slight notch at the summit, and by no means obcordate. The descriptions of other eminent authors are by no means concordant. According to Koch and Wahlenberg the capsule is obcordate ; Bertoloni describes it as “ subrotundata emarginata ;”? while Reichenbach says, “ capsula obovato-trian- gulari, vix emarginata.” I am disposed to believe that the Italian plant known to Bertoloni, and possibly also the specimen in good fruit preserved in Mr. Bentham’s herbarium, may be V. longi- styla, while the common alpine plant known to Reichenbach is the true V. aphylla. The difference of habit and appearance between the plant here described and the ordinary V. aphylla might be referred to the peculiarity of its birthplace upon the arid marble rocks of the Carrara Apennines; but it would be a large concession to the views of those who most believe in the modifying influence of external conditions, to suppose that they can so far change the form of the essential organs of vegetation as would be required if these plants be not specifically distinct. Having lately received Corsican specimens of Veronica repens, Lois., from my friend M. Jordan of Lyons, I may remark that that plant appears to me to be a mere variety of V. serpylli- folia, L. It differs from the mountain form of that plant, known to the Scotch. botanists as V. humifusa, Dicks., in no respect except in the somewhat more hairy segments of the calyx, and apparently in the leaves being rather more fleshy than in the Scotch plant. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | Jan. 9, 1849.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF DELPHINIDS. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. The species which form the subject of the present communication were collected by Dr. Dickie, R.N., during his voyage in the Pacific, and have been transferred by him to the British Museum. Devtreuinus Evrropta. : Nose of skull rather longer than the length of the brain-cavity, rather dilated on the sides before the notch, very convex and rounded above; triangle elongate, produced before the tooth-line, concave on the sides, and strongly keeled in the centre behind; hinder edge of blow-hole rather prominent. Intermaxillar wide, convex above, leaving a rather broad open space in front. Palate rather concave in front, convex in the centre behind, the hinder part keeled on each side. Zoological Society. 49 - Lower jaw thick, blunt, and rather produced beyond the upper im front. Skull rather compressed behind. Teeth vi rather slender, cylindrical, conical at the top. The frontal ridge half the distance between the notch and the convexity of the condyles ; condyles large, rather oblique ; foramen magnum rather wider than high. in. lin. ‘Length, entire ......... eae lke 15 0 of beak ..... rg hue ore ci aw ge 8 OF teethn-hne Ve ioe 6 10 of lower jaw ..... Neto e 1 v1 Width at notch 2208S. 2. 3° 6 atGrpie HOM co. SIGE Gi 5 at middle of beak... 0... 210 of middle of intermaxillar:. 1.3 at. condyles above ..... «1: 3 3 Height of each condyle........... 1,93 Skull from notch, 2.0.0.3 ..ee0048- 6.10 LAGENORHYNCHUS CLANCULUS. Skull wide and rather high behind; beak flat, outline wide at the base, rapidly tapering and acute in front, but rather convex on the sides ; sides slightly rounded, the hinder edge near the notch only slightly turned up and rounded ; lower jaw high behind ; triangle extending to near the middle of the beak. Teeth = ther acute at the top ; the lower front one very small. Intermaxillaries broad, hard. small, cylindrical, curved, ra- in. lin. Trees Oneire ants acealn oe 14. 6 Or Dem ee oe ye OF UKE 336-8) TRY ee PS — of teeth-line ............ 6 6 OF LOWER TOW! Set a es EE 3 of symphysis of lower jaw.. 1 4 Width at notch 2. 65. bee caide oe A. 32 Be OF re ee Se BU Gone at middle of beak ........ BF of intermaxillar in middle . 1 4 of condyles above ........ 2 10 Hab. Pacific. Very peculiar for the elongation and reflexion of the .beak before the notch, and the regular beveling of the sides of the beak. LAGENORHYNCHUS THICOLEA. Skull rather narrow behind ; beak elongate, almost one-fifth longer than the length of the head, rather dilated and concave above behind, with the side edges in front of the notch elongated, keeled, and turned up ; the middle of the beak flat, with flat shelving sides, the shelving part being broader, and forming a slight keel in front. Intermaxillaries flat, gradually tapering. Triangle to the middle of the beak concave on Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 4, 50 Zoological Society. the sides, and keeled in the middle behind. ‘Teeth’ + rn ot very slender, curved, elongate, conical, tapering, acute; the eae very small, yolme, lin, Ecunth of skull entire. .......14.,.6, end. of nose injured. of beak a..:. lepugea SH tite of teeth-line 7, of lower jaw .....-12.. 3. entire... Width,at orbits... 6.5.4. FER Se VE Srcak at notch . MEY at middle of ea a 232 — of intermaxillary 1 2 Pa tadte 7.8. se Width of condyles ...... °3 0 Hab, West Coast of America. 2. DESCRIPTIONS OF APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF ApreRa, From New Zeanann:') By Apam Wuire, F.LS.2x17e.,, Mycae (Creniza) ANTIPODUM. Chelicera deeper than long, ochrey-brown, the top at’ the’ base somewhat hollowed, smooth ; “sides smooth, front and tip with several short hairs. Cephalothorax rotundo-ovate, pale ochrey-brown, the sides in front somewhat grooved, Eyes situated on a slight elevation in front of cephalothorax : the two posterior eyes on each side close to each other. Legs of a pale brown, but deeper in colour than the cephalothorax. Abdomen of the same pale brown as the legs, covered with rather long hairs; the tail nearly as long.as the anaornyn, the terminal joint elongate, slender, gradually thinner. Hab. New Zealand. Myeare (Creniza) HEXOPS. Chelicera deep: black, much deeper than long; above somewhat narrowed; the top and ‘the greater. part of the sides quite smooth ; the front and a narrow. line on the: sides slightly punctured, each of the punctures supplied with a hair. Cephalothorax ‘fulvous yellow, oval, somewhat truncated. behind and slightly sinuated ; two small silky whitish spots on the fore-part behind the first row of eyes; eyes situated, on a slight elevation of cephalothorax, which is deep brown; a narrow brown line extending down the middle of the back, but not reaching the end. Legs of a pale brown, sparingly furnished with rather long hairs ; the femoral joints somewhat thickened. Abdomen black, covered with shortish hairs, which in some lights have a greyish tinge ; the hairs on the under side of the body greyish. Tail about half the length of abdomen; the last joint the longest, and gradually more slender from the base. Hab. New Zealand (Port Nicholson). This species is very remarkable from its possessing only six, eyes, DoLOMEDES LATERALIS. Cephalothorax of a very pale brown, with a faintish line down the Zoological Society. 51 - middle; a very distinct,white line from the anterior angle of the ce- phalothorax, continuing down the side and carried along each side of the abdomen; the cephalothorax and abdomen on the inner edge of the white line of a deeper brown colour ; the legs and palpi of a pale ochrey-yellow, with many black hairs. Chelicera covered with greyish hairs. Hab. New Zealand. This species, which is described from a male, differs from the Dolo- medes mirificus, Walck. Apt. i. 355, and the Dolomedes sagittiger, as well in markings as in size. DOLOMEDES SAGITTIGER. : Cephalothorax of a very deep brown ; the extreme edge of the sides, where the legs are inserted, pale; a wide yellowish longitudinal line from the anterior angle of cephalothorax; the outside edges with some brown points; the inner edge with some sinuations; the band does not reach the end of the cephalothorax ; the middle of the eepha- lothorax with a narrow white line extending from behind. the second line of eyes, almost to the end; on each side of it in front a short interrupted line, somewhat rounded in front. | Abdomen deep brown, the sides of a palish hue as faras the middle. The eyes of the first row very small. | Legs deep brown, with darker coloured hairs. \ Hab. New Zealand. This species seems to be closely related to Dolomedes mirificus, Walckenaer, Aptéres, i. 355. | . Arrus Darwinit. | Chelicera black, with greenish reflexions, punctured and striated in front, and somewhat impressed at the end ; ‘palpi pale brown. |. Cephalothorax deep blackish brown, highly polished, considerably paler in the middle of the back ; front part projecting very consider- ably over the chelicera; the front edge behind the first.row of eyes with several tufts of short close-set black hairs. | Eyes with the middle pair of first row very large; the lateral eyes of first row placed somewhat behind the middle pair, and larger than the two hind eyes; the eyes on the second line very small, nearer the lateral eyes of first row than those of the third. Legs: First pair very long, deep blackish brown ;, femoral joint rather longer than the tibial, which 1s double the length of the genual joint ; the tarsal joint pale at the end; a small spine near the end of the femoral jomt on the inside; a longer spine about the middle of the genual joint; three spines placed after each other on the, inner edge of tibial joint ; second, third and fourth pairs of legs of a pale yellow, smooth, with a few short bristly hairs on the mside and outside, Abdomen small, at the base projecting slightly over the cephalo- thorax with a broad pale line down the middle; an impressed dark longitudinal line in the middle. Hab. New Zealand. This makes a third species of Attus from New Zealand ; the other * 52 Zoological Society. two recorded species are Attus abbreviatus, Walck. Aptéres, i. 477, and Attus Cookii, Walck. i. 478. Most probably the Attus Phri- noides, Walck. i. 479, is from the same country, and doubtless many other species will yet be found. SPHASUS GRACILIPES. Cephalothorax and abdomen covered with shining silvery hairs. Legs fulvous. | Cephalothorax narrowed in front, with a slight groove from the end of the narrowed part on each side extending to the middle of the back ; the posterior part ovate. Abdomen nearly three times the length of the cephalothorax, much- elongated and attenuated at the end. Hab. New Zealand. EpPErIrRA VERRUCOSA, Walckenaer, Aptéres, ii. 135. Hab. New Zealand. The specimens in the Museum collection are not in very good con- dition, but seem to agree in nearly every important particular with the species to which I have referred it; the posterior lateral eye however can. scarcely be said to be almost on the same line as the anterior. TEGENARIA ANTIPODIANA. Labium nearly as wide as long, truncated at the end. Cephalothorax gradually convex above, deep ferruginous brown, with two wide longitudinal fulvous bands. Legs ringed with yellow and brown, the first two legs with the rings obsolete. Abdomen as long as cephalothorax, but not quite so broad, appa- rently without any impressed points in the middle. ; This species appears to differ from the Tegenaria australensis, Walckenaer, Apteéres, ii. p. 12. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, in many particulars, especially in the marking of the cephalothorax and the shape of the labium. DANDRIDGIA DYSDEROIDES. Chelicera as long as the cephalothorax. Cephalothorax elongated, square in front, slightly wider just behind the middle; a slight groove down the middle. Eyes situated on two lines, the posterior line the longer; the two middle eyes of first line nearer each other than the outer eye; the posterior line with the middle eyes rather nearer each other than the side eyes. Legs elongated, first pair the longest, second pair rather longer than the fourth, the third considerably shorter than the fourth. Abdomen small, shorter than cephalothorax, smooth. Hab. New Zealand. Named after Mr. Joseph Dandridge, an apothecary, who lived in Moorfields more than a hundred years ago, and who has left copious evidence in his MSS. (now preserved in the British Museum) of his love of arachnology. PHALANGIUM LIsTERI. Chelicera enormously long; first joint not quite so long as the Zoological Society. 53 second, and like it rough, with outstanding short spines, the end ve slightly thickened ; the end of the second joint gradually. thickened, with two claws, one fixed, with a small tooth inside near the base, followed by a deepish notch ; the moveable claw with a largish tooth about the middle, which fits into the notch of fixed claw. Hab. New Zealand. CHELIFER PALLIPES. : | Claws and body of a deep brown, the legs pale, the claws with a greenish hue, and furnished with many pale hairs; abdominal seg- ments edged with palish; the femoral joints of legs much-com- pressed. Hab. New Zealand. 3. NoTICE OF THE CAPTURE OF ORTHAGORISCUS MOLA OFF THE Cuesit Bank, Dorsetsuire. By Masor Parwey. In this communication, which was addressed in the form of a letter to Mr. Gray, Major Parlby stated that in the beginning of June 1846 the specimen in question was observed almost daily in the West Bay, sometimes sailing about slowly with half its dorsal fin above the sur- face of the water, sometimes moving with great rapidity, playing about and splashing the water violently, or blowing like a whale or grampus. As it generally kept off and on between the mackerel and the shore, the fishermen attributed their ill success with the shoals, which never left the deep water, to the presence of this unusual visitant ; and it is remarkable that on the day after its capture they took upwards of 20,000 fish. | The capture happened on the 13th of June, in consequence of the Sunfish swimming directly into the centre of the line of nets. When entangled in the first net it exerted itself so powerfully that it broke through, and was only secured by the yawl or outer net and the co- operation of about forty men, who finally succeeded in landing it on the Chesil Bank : and even here its vigour was so great that it dashed about the pebbles, according to the fishermen’s account, like a shower of grape. It.expired in about three hours, after uttering “hideous groans,” like those of a horse dying of the staggers. | On the capture becoming known to Major Parlby and Mr. Fox, surgeon, of Weymouth, they hastened to inspect the fish, and found that the skin was entirely covered with a white mucous slime, upon the removal of which the real colour of the integument was discovered to be of a dull dirty brown colour, and the texture to resemble the most beautiful shagreen. Major Parlby and Mr. Fox having jointly purchased the fish, pro- ceeded to have it prepared for the British Museum, to which insti- tution they subsequently presented it. | The dimensions are as follow :— ft. in, EMBED eiccsragie Prim, Firaiee 6 3 Height of dorsal fin ........ 2 5 Breadth of it at base ........ rs Height of ventral fin ........ 2.3 0 GPE ., see hw hee gine gece Tee 54 Zoological Society. Lie anuary 23.++William’ Yarrell,) Esq., Wace President in the edits oT he’ following’ papers’ were read : — pie, Se }. ON SOME-NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF rs MO es : : By Joan Epwarp Gravy, Ese, FsR.S. ere. The older authors have described two species of White-nosed Mon- keys which have been called Hocheurs by the French. ’“In'the' British Museum we have specimens ofeach of these species, and also of two very distixict kinds, which appear either not to have occurred to preceding authors, or to have been confounded by them with the species described by Erxleben. CERCOPITHECUS MELANOGENYS. The Black- eheeked Monkey. | Dark olive, minutely yellow grisled ; face, cheek, forehead, chest aud hands black ; a large cordate spot on the nose ‘and a small spot on each temple white. Throat, under-part of the body and inside of the legs whitish ; 'the front of the shoulders, outside of the limbs, end of the tail blackish. Ears, the middle of the back, and upper part of the tail, rufous. In the British Museum collection there is a half-grown’ specimen of this species which died in a menagerie near London, and was said to have come from Western Africa. The Black-cheeked Monkey is easily known from Cercopithecus nictitans by its yellow punctulated fur and cordate form of the spot on the nose ; the latter character equally distinguishes it from Cerco- pithecus petaur ista, from which it is also separated by the black- ness of its cheeks and the greyness of the outside of the limbs, and the redness of the middle of the back and the tail. This species was indicated in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for 1845, but ‘is redeseribed here for the purpose of comparison with the next. | (nRcorirHecus LupiIo. The Ludio. Blackish, minutely yellow grisled ; face, temple, crown of the head, shoulders ‘and fore-legs, black ; outer side of the hinder legs and end of tail blackish ; large oblong Spot on the nose white; throat, upper part of the inside of arms, and lower‘ side of the body, ‘whitish ; rump and under side of base of tail dark reddish brown. Hab. West Africa. Tn the British Museum there is a nearly full-grown specimen of this species, which was procured from a menagerie in Liverpool, and was said to have been brought from the west coast of Africa. This is at once known from two other species which have the fur punctated with yellow, viz. C. petaurista and C. melanogenys, by the large size and erect oblong form of the white spot on the nose, and especially by the absence of any white on the cheek or temples ; it is easily distinguished also by the general black tint of the fur, and especially by the red hairs of the rump. In the course of last year there was exhibited in the Gardens of the Society a short-tailed American monkey, which was regarded by several ~ Zoological Society. 55 eminent zoologists'as a speciés of Cebus which had lost part of its tail ; but there was a peculiarity in the position of the thumb as regarded the fingers, which at once showed that whatever might be the natural length of its tail, it evidently did not belong to the ee as at present restricted. ‘The examination of the animal after death showed that it was a most distinct genus, and nearly related to, if not a variety of, Brachyurus Ouakari of Spix. I may observe that the genus Brachyurus was established by Spix in his work.on American Monkeys for two, species, viz. 1, the Stmia Chiropotes of Humboldt (the 8. Sagulata of Trail), which has been generally referred to the genus Pithecia ; and 2. Brachyurus Ouakari. Spix in the same work restricted the genus Pithecia to the Saki or Long-haired American Monkeys. . , The examination and comparison of the skuli of the, short-tailed monkey and of the allied genera have induced me to think that the American Monkeys with long hairy tails, and with six grinders, may be divided into two very natural subfamilies, characterized. by the position and form of the cutting teeth. : The first of these groups I should propose to call, Callitrichina: they have small erect cutting teeth, forming a regular series with the canines. This group contains the genera Callithrizand Chrysothria, with small diurnal eyes, and Nyctipithecus, with large nocturnal eyes. The second group, which may be called Pithectana, have the cutting teeth large, converging together, and separated from the canines. by a large space, and their under ones more or less shelving. This group contains three genera, viz. :— tee 1. Pithecia.. The fur elongate, dry, harsh ; the tail, club-shaped ; the crown like a wig, and the chin slightly bearded ; the lower cutting teeth rather shelving. | att This is the genus Pithecia, as restricted, by Spix, the Yarkea ot Lesson, containing P. monachus, P. leucocephalus, and P. rufiventer of Geoffroy. Spix (tab. 37. f. 4) figured'a skull which appears ‘to belong ‘to a species of this genus, but he does not indicate its name. 2. Brachyurus. , The fur silky, short ; tail elongate club-shaped ; the crown like a wig, and the chin largely bearded on each side; the lower cutting teeth are rather shelving ; limb short.and straight. Con- taining Cebus satanas of Hoffmanseg, which is the, type of Spix’s genus. ‘aa Lesson has given the name of Chiropotes to this group, and Cucajao to a second group, established on the Simia melanocephalus of Hum- boldt, which is probably only a badly stuffed specimen of this species. Spix, in his, work on Brazilian Monkeys, figures.a skull which ap- pears to belong to this genus, but it is like several others on the same plate, without any name, t. 37. f. 5. 3. Ouakaria. The fur short, silky ; tail short, subcylindrical, the crown with short hair; the chin scarcely bearded ; the lower cutting teeth very much shelving ; legs elongate. This genus forms part of the genus Brachyurus of Spix; and if Spix had not evidently deseribed the teeth, &c.. of his first species in 56 Zoological Society. his generic character, I should have been induced to have retained for this group the name of Brachyurus, which is more applicable to it than to the one to which it is applied; and indeed M. Isidore Geof- froy appears to have so applied it. Several species have been described which chiefly differ in the length of the tail; as, 1. Ouakaria Spixit; Brachyurus Ouakari, Spix, Brazil, t. 8, with the tail about one-third the length of the body. 2. Ouakaria calvus ; Brachyurus calvus, I. Geoff. Rev. Cuvier. 1847, 137, much paler in colour, but it is very doubtful if the shortness of the tail does not depend on the imperfection of the specimen, and the colour on partial albinism. We have specimens of B. calvus in the British Museum, presented -by M. Bourcier. The skull may be thus described :— , The cutting teeth projecting ; the upper one broad, especially the two middle ones; lower one elongate, narrow, more sloping, and projecting like those of Indri. Canines conical, far away from the cutting teeth, leaving a large vacancy ; flattened in front ; they are flattened before and behind, placed rather obliquely, with a sharp inner edge. The skull is very unlike that of the Cebide ; most allied to that of Pithecia 7 leucocephala,but the cutting teeth in that species are not so proclined. The converging, slender, shelving, cutting teeth in the lower jaw of this genus, as well as its slender limbs and the shortness of its tail, bear a certain resemblance to the Indri amongst the Lemuride. © The form of the lower jaw also offers a good character for the distinction of the genera. 1. Lower jaw not dilated behind. 2. Lower jaw dilated behind. Atelina (part). Mycetina. Ateles. Mycetes (much). Cebina. Lagothrix (moderately). Cebus. | Atelina (part). Pitheciana (part). Brachyteles (moderately). Pithecia. Callitrichina. Jacchina. ~ Callithrix. Jacchus. Chrysothrix. Midas. Nyctipithecus. Pitheciana (part). Brachyurus. Ouakaria. 92, DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HERPESTES. By J. E. Gray, Ese., F.R.S. Etc. HERPESTES PUNCTULATUS. Reddish grey, minutely black and grey punctured ; face redder. Zoological Society. 57 Under-fur black ; long hair brown, upper half whitish, with a broad, black, subapical band and a bay tip. Tail-end black. Hab. South Africa; Fort Natal. This species is allied to H. Mutgigella in size, appearance, and the black tip of the tail, but differs from that species in being redder, and in the face being red bay. | It agrees with H. badius, A. Smith, in the colour of the end of the tail; but that species differs from it in the nearly uniform bay colour and in the length of the hair. I may here remark, that H. badius offers two very distinct varieties, one being uniform red bay, the hair bemg of a uniform colour ex- cept a few just over the shoulder-nape which have a black subapical ring. ‘This is the variety figured by Dr. Smith in the ‘ South African Zoology.’ The other with most of the hairs of the back and sides having long white tips edged below with a black band, giving the back a grisled appearance. The foregoing papers were followed by an address from Dr. MeL- vILLE, M.R.C.S., in continuation of his observations commenced on December 12, 1848, concerning the Ipzat Verresra, of which he has furnished the following abstract :— I employ the term ‘ vertebra’ in the extended sense in which it is used by M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire and Prof. Owen, as equivalent to a . segment of the endo-skeleton, or to the proximal, more or less ossi- fied, element of that skeleton. The ideal or typical vertebra is the most complicated possible ver- tebral segment, exclusive of the ichthyic or other peculiarities ; it furnishes the key to the actual vertebree in the same individual series or in the skeletons of the different vertebrate classes. An actual vertebra may exist as a unity prior to, or evens during chondrosis, but becomes resolved by ossification into a variable num- ber of distinct and independent ultimate elements ;. which therefore are not repetitions of one and the same elementary ‘body’ or ‘lamina.’ The number of these ultimate elements varies in the actual ver- tebree in the same spinal column, and also in those constituting the skeletons of the different vertebrated animals. The ideal vertebra contains the greatest number of these elements, most of which form arches attached to, or springing from, a central piece or element, and protecting the great nervous and vascular axes and the visceral system. The upper or neural arch is composed generally of three elements, two lateral, (neural laminge, or neuropomata) ; and an upper or mesial piece, (neural spine, or neuracantha), which may be subdivided in ' the median plane. The inferior or heemal arch is also constituted when most developed (tail of the lepidosiren) by three elements; the two lateral (heemal laminee or “hgiopomata) and the azygos inferior one (angiacantha or heemal spine), which is never subdivided. This arch is most 58 Zoological Society. generally present in’ the caudal region, disappears in the trunk, and reappears in the cervix: In man ‘it only exists at the jenetiont of the oceipital and atlantal vertebrae, forming the so-called ‘body of the atlas,’ which is' regarded by me as the’ hemal arch of the third cranial vertebra displaced backwards to the (Sagat interspace, as in the caudal region. ‘The ‘visceral arch, which is also inferior but external to the last, may be regarded as composed of an azygos inferior and two lateral elements: The former is the sternal segment and may be subdivided mesially! Each lateral piece is also resolvable generally into an upper segment (vertebral rib or pleura); and a lower one usually cartila- ginous (sternal rib or hypopleura), which may be subdivided into two or three pieces (three in Plesiosaurus). The segmentation of the vertebree is partly due to the laws which preside over their genesis, and partly determined by teleological causes. Several of the elements unite to form the vertebra of the anthro- potomist ; thus the constituents of the neural arch coalesce with the centrum in the dorsal vertebree ;: while in those of the cervical, lum- bar and sacral regions, the abortive pleural complements also are an- chylosed to the elements just mentioned. ‘In fishes, the lower part of the vertebral body is formed by the ex- panded bases of the angiopomata, which meet those of the neuropo- mata and enclose the proper centrum; but in the higher vertebrata the greater development “of the centrum excludes the angiopomata from | any share in the body, and displaces them backwards to the m- tervertebral interspace next’ in succession. The coexistence of the visceral and heemal arches is seen in fishes, in the cervical region ‘of many lacertee, and in the tails of the lizards and crocodiles, &el Therefore the one is not convertible into the other, as has been supposed ‘by Professor Owen; whov regards the sternum and sternal ribs in the thorax as the equivalents of the angiacantha and angiopo- mata, the latter being dislocated from their normal attachment to the centrum and suspended to the extremities of the corresponding pleural elements constituting ‘the sternal ribs, while the former is expanded and sometimes divided mesially to form the sternum. I am therefore ‘compelled to suggest a new nomenclature of the elements of a typical vertebra more conformable to nature than that employed by Professor Owen, who has used the same term for several distinct objects, and given two different appellations to the one and the same element. My view of the typical: vertebra is that which has been adopted by the distinguished German anatomists Miller, Rathke, &c. The cranial vertebree are three in number, and may be named, from before backward, the frontal, parietal and occipital vertebree. The supposed nasal vertebra has no existence, the bones presumed to constitute it belonging to different categories. Each cranial vertebra is composed of a centrum, a neural and a visceral arch; the heemal arch is present only in the third’or occipital vertebra forming the so-called ‘ body of the atlas.’ Zoological Society. 59 Between the neural arches of the cranial vertebra pass out diverti- exile of the cerebral vesicles to. the ‘sense-capsules,’ as well.as the ordinary cerebro-spinal sensero-motor nerves. ‘The primary segments of the brain are three in number. The special sense nerves, and those of the cerebro-spinal system, correspond in, number. to, the cranial vertebral segments. The auditory capsule is intercalated, between the neuropomata of the second and third cranial yertebree,;. the, optic nerve issues between those of the first and second, while. the, corre- sponding capsule is contained in the orbital cavity, protected) by cer- tain bones, pro-orbital, meso-orbital and meta-orbital, &e.; the olfac- tery capsules are situated in front of the first vertebra, and are thus enabled to approximate mesially, separated only, by the prolongation of the body of the frontal vertebra. The occipital vertebra has for its abaaee the hasi-nesipital, for iis neuropomata’ the ali-occipital, and. for its neuracantha, the..supra- occipital, which is sometimes divided into two. The basi-sphenoid is the centrum of the second or parietal vertebra ; ° the neuropomata are termed ali-parietals, andthe) divisions, of, the neuracantha, parietals. The centrum of the frontal or most anterior vertebral segment is formed by the pre-sphenoid, the neuropomata by the ali-frontal, and the divided neuracantha by the frontals. The squamosal and mastoid bones. may be regarded.as belonging to the same category as the ossa Wormiana, namely, \the ncossnry neuropomatous pieces. The post-petrosal bone in the Chelonia. is erroneously regarded. by Professor Owen as the equivalent in the occipital vertebra, of the an- gioparal element of the body of the vertebra in fishes, or, of the infe- rior transverse process in the higher vertebrata, smee both receive the same name in his system. The mastoid is also regarded by Prof,,Owen as s the,‘ abana sis” of the:parietal vertebra. The visceral arch of the frontal vertebra. is pete by the palato- maxillary apparatus exclusive of the pro-maxilla, and, by the malleus leucus with the lower jaw in the mammalia, or by the os quadratum and Meckel’s cartilage with the appendages in. birds and reptiles. The corresponding arch of the parietal is formed by the anterior horn of the hyoid bone, and that of the occipital by the posterior cornua and body of the same bone. February 13.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary reported that a male Giraffe had been fawned in the menagerie on the previous day... The produce of the mother, who was imported in 1836, thus amounted to five males, all of whom. with one exception, were in full health and vigour. The papers communicated were— 1. DescRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TOMIGERUS, Spix.. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. erc. TOMIGERUS PRINCIPALIS, n. Sp. Tom. testd rotundato-trigonalis, 60 au Zoological Society. compressiusculd, tenui, levigatd, pallescente, lineis brunneis non- nullis, per paria dispositis, cinctd; spird subelatd, anfractibus quinque, quorum duobus primis nigricantibus, tertio quartoque pallidis, brunneo-unifasciatis, ultimo magno, postice gibbo, infra planulato ; aperturd ax paralleld, auriformi ; peristomate late expanso, albo, margine dextro producto, rotundato-subangulato; aperturd intus lamellis sents instructd, duabus in pariete aper- turali, quarum posticd compositd, tribus in margine basali, und compositd postice furcatd antice bifidd in margine dextro. This is the largest species of this genus we remember to have seen ; for which reason we have named it 7’. principalis. It is of a some- what triangular form, rounded at the angles, and rather compressed, not being nearly so globular as the remaining three species. The substance of the shell is rather thin, it is smooth and of a pale colour with several brown transverse lines disposed in pairs; the spire is rather elevated, consisting of five volutions, of which the first and second are small and very dark-coloured, the third and fourth are pale with a brown band, and the fifth is large, and gibbose posteriorly, its anterior margin white, and it is flattish and brown anteriorly ; the aperture is parallel to the axis, ear-shaped, with a broadly expanded white peristome, whose right margin is produced and forms a rounded angle; the aperture is furnished within with six lamellar teeth, two on the columellar side, of which the posterior is compound, three within the basal margin; and a single compound plate which is fur- cate posteriorly and bipartite anteriorly within the right hand margin. In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From Pernambuco. 2. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEWLY DISCOVERED SPECIES OF Cycutostoma. By G. B. Sowrersy, F.L.S. 1. CycLostoma rormosuM. Cycl. testd suborbiculari, subdepres- sd, tenuiusculd, spiraliter striatd, tricarinatd, fulvo-rufescente ; spird brevi, acuminata, anfractibus quinis rapide crescentibus, rotundatis, carinis duabus validis, albicantibus castaneo-arti- culatis; anticé striis subobsoletis, gradatim majusculis, cari- ndque tertid umbilicum circumferente; suturd validd, levi ; aperturd magna, ferée circulari, posticé paululim acuminatd, peritremate latiusculo reflexo, incisuris parvis tribus, ad carinas externas idoneis ; umbilico magno, profundo, spiraliter striato, striis exterioribus gradatim majusculis. This very handsome Cyclostoma bears a general resemblance to C. Cuvierianum, though easily distinguishable by having three distinct keels, by having a more acuminated apex, and by the latter having the spiral strice decussated by other sharp striz parallel with the lines of growth. The C. formosum is nearly orbicular, though some- what depressed ; it is rather thin and smooth, and of a reddish fulvous or brown colour : its spire is rather short, but acuminated, consisting of five volutions which are of a roundish form and increase rapidly, and are ornamented with two keels which are of a pale colour, spotted with chestnut brown: anteriorly the striz are rather indistinct, but Zoological Society. 61 larger; and there is a thick keel surrounding the umbilicus; the suture is distinct and smooth, but belted posteriorly by the middle keel ; the aperture is large, nearly circular, slightly acuminated poste- riorly, with a rather broad reflected peritreme, in which are three little cuts answering to the ends of the external keels ; the umbilicus is large and deep, spirally striated within; the outer strize being the larger. From Madagascar, in the collections of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre, and Mr. Cuming. 2. CycLosTOMA APLUSTRE. Cycl. testd suborbiculari, tenuius- culd, levi, albicante, fasciis nonnullis posticis, angustis, castaneis, subinterruptis, striisque tenuissimis spiralibus, ornatd ; spird le- ~ watiusculd, subacuminatd, apice obtuso; anfractibus quinis rotun- datis, creberrime transversim striatis, striis posticis fortioribus, anticis feré obsoletis ; umbilico magno, intus spiraliter striato, striis tenuissimis; aperturd ferée circulari, postice paululium acuminatd, peritremate tenut, acuto, supra umbilicum paululiim reflexo. A species somewhat resembling C. ligatum, but differing in several characters. It is suborbicular and thin, smooth, whitish, posteriorly with several narrow slightly interrupted chestnut-coloured bands and close-set very slender spiral strize; the spire is rather elevated and acuminated, but the apex is obtuse: volutions five, very regularly rounded, and very finely transversely striated, the transverse strie decussating the spiral strize, and the posterior strie being the most distinct, the anterior being almost undistinguishable: the umbilicus is large, very finely spirally striated within; aperture large, nearly circular, slightly acuminated posteriorly, with a thin, sharp-edged peritreme which is rather wide and slightly reflected over a part of the umbilicus. From Madagascar, in the collection of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre. 3. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Buxtimus. By Lovey Reeve, F.L.S. Buttmmus rrroratus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, medio ven- tricosd, anfractibus sex, subrotundatis, striis tumidis elevatis interruptis oblique exsculptis, infra suturas peculiariter con- centricé crenulatis, columellé stricté uniplicatd; rufescente- purpured, epidermide tenut cinerascente, fulvo hic illic punctatd, indutd, columelld cerulescente-albd, labro incarnato-roseo. Hab. ? This beautiful species, received by Mr. Cuming from A. L. Gubba, Esq. of Havre, is materially distinct from any hitherto described. It is of a swollen ovate form with the spire rather sharply acuminated, and the columella is distinguished by a sharp winding plate. The ground colour of the shell is a reddish purple, the last whorl being particu- larly characterized by a thin ash-coloured epidermis sprinkled with light fulvous spots all inclining towards the lip, which is of a delicate flesh-pink. 62 Zooloyical Society. 4. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Box Torrorse FROM: Mexico. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S) ere. In a collection of reptiles recently received from Mexico are two specimens of a Box Tortoise, which, beside differing from the com- mon box tortoise of North’ America, 3 in being of a more elongated form, both agree in two characters, which are not found in that species or in “any other species of the genus; first, in haying an additional vertebral plate ; and secondly, in the hind feet being onl armed with three large claws: there is no appearance of the Burth claw, and even scarcely any rudiment of the fourth toe found in the other specimens of this genus, and in all other Hmyde. This species will form a section or subdivision of the genus, which may be called Onychotria. Cisrupo (OnycHuorria) Mexicana... Three-toed Box Tortoise. Shell, oblong, dark-brown, pale, spotted, and rayeds spot, and rays sometimes confused. Vertebral plates, with a nearly continued keel, and. with, a small intermediate one between the usual, fourth i fifth plates, The hinder margin acute revolute. The head pale brown; the legs yellow or orange spotted, with five unequal claws. The hind legs brown, uniform, with only three large claws, the middle and the front one largest. The sternum flat; the gular plates wide in front, and. suddenly narrowed. behind. Hab. Mexico. There was a specimen of the Kinosternon scorpiodes, and of the Gopher, Testudo, gopher, in the same collection: the latter only dif- - fered from, the usual North American specimen in being rather larger and blacker, February 27.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following paper were read :— 1. DESCRIPTION OF SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF MARGINELLA. ‘By Joun’'S. Gaskorn. MARGINELLA QUADRILINEATA. Marg. testéd oblongo-ovatd, pal- lidé virescente, nitidd; lineis rufis quatuor, equidistantibus, transversis ; basi rotundatd, levi; aperturd latd antice pre- cipue; canali latissimo ; labio lato, marginato, ultra apicem extenso; columelld anticé quadriplicatd, plicis duabus anticis concurrentibus canalem intermediam formantibus ; apice oblito. Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform, opaque, pale-greenish colour, highly polished, with four distinct, nearly equidistant, very narrow, uninterrupted, even, red lines or bands, surrounding the shell from the upper or outer edge of the incrassated margin of the lip, which con- tirtuing within the columella, extend over the earliest formation of whorls: these lines are equally conspicuous on the inside of the last whorl, and no doubt throughout the whole inside of the shell." The same pale-greenish colour pervades the inside as the outer part ; base Zoological Society. 63 round,and-smooth); aperture wide, especially at, the anterior portion, where the columella suddenly contracts in diameter, subspiral, curved posteriorly; channel very broad, which and the.edge of the lip are subpellucid and whitish ; at the anterior part.of the columella are four prominent rather tenuous plaits: the first two epnieie and form the inner side of the channel ; the two posterior are on the columella ; between the inner side of the channel and the, anterior third of the columella is a.concavity ; lip thick, smooth, extends beyond the apex, no trace of crenulation, strongly marginated, and the margin has its upper edge or rim of a darker colour than the shell ; it proceeds over the arch of the channel, and becomes obliterated. just above the third plait ; apex imperceptible. on Fhe ) Long, ;%°; of an inch; wide, 4,5, of an inch... ~ Hab. ——? The only specimens I have seen of this species are an adult’ shell in the cabinet of Mr. Metcalfe, and an adult and a young one’in myown ; all of which were brought to this country in H.M.S. the Samarang. It cannot be confounded with any known species of Marginelila ; the four narrow conspicuous red lines or bands, the two anterior plaits being a bifurcation of the inner wall of the channel, the wide aperture, and general form of the shell are ample distinctives. MARGINELLA PuDICA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, albidd, fasciis sex vel septem, transversis, continuis, pallidissime viridi-fulvis ; maculis distinctis pallidissimé brunneis interruptis ; basi rotun- datd ; aperturd latiusculd ; labio crasso, marginato, ultra api- cem extenso ; columelld quinqueplicatd ; canali lato et profundo ; margine interno labii minute denticulato ; apice lato, obtuso. Shell oblong-ovate, of a white colour, having six or seven very faint greenish-brown bands traversing the shell from the border ‘of the aperture to the upper edge of the margin, interrupted by rather large, distinct, very light-brown spots or markings; these bands have be- tween them broad white lines, which are the colour of the shell; the posterior end of the shell is in an evenly projecting ridge or varix, surrounding the spire; base round, colour of the shell; aperture rather wide, curved (bowed); lip thick, extending a little beyond the apex, as described in reference to the posterior portion of the shell ; margin rather thick, and extending over the arch of the channel ; the columella is furnished with five plaits, the. three anterior are promi- nent, especially the second, which extending over the base obliquely, forms,a thickened varix ; small obtuse denticulations exist along the whole inner edge of the lip ; channel deep and wide ; apex broad and obtuse. ' , Long, +78; of an inch; wide, 548, of an inch. Hab. Central America, | Cab, Metcalfe, Gaskoin, Cuming. In size, form, markings, fewer plaits, the denticulations on the inner edge of the lip, &c., separate this species from all others; its nearest affinity may be the Marginella tessellata, Lam., although , even that affinity is very distant; in the size remarkably so, 64. Zoological Society. ‘Marcinenna\tripiicata. Marg. .testd ovatd, ventricosd, ful- — wescente, levi, nitiddque ; aperturd angustd ; Lace tenui; infleaos, | marginato ; columella antice triplicatd 3) ecanali. nullo.; spud ’ subelatd, anfractibus distinctis, apice acutiusculo. Shell ovate, ventricose, of a general light fawn colour, without bands or other’ markings, smooth and shining } : Base round, aperture Yather natrow ; lip thin, much-inflexed, margimated ; three fine White plaits aré situated ‘at ‘the anterior portion of the columella, equidistant ; the first forms the termination of the columella, the second passes ver sli¢htly ‘on to the base, in a’ parallel direction to the first, the third not at all’so’; these plaits convey an idea as though they were differ-~ ently produced to those of the generality of the Marginelle ; ‘that is, in ‘not being formed’ on the columella, but as though the columella had béen delved in itself, leaving the lines or plaits projecting ; ‘and ” the’sémblance“of a fourth’ plait is given by the depth an abruptiess ” of the notch ‘beyond the third’: Lee none ; spire slightly ‘prom nent, with geig whorls ;' apex ‘Subacute. ate Lone, g, 2a of an inch’; Wi eye. of an inch. “Hab: ee Philippities, Wee"! The'gibbosity’ id Hae tapering of this shell, the re of its’ coloration, in having but three plaits} and those at'the’ anterior énd ” of the columella, and its ‘short but perfect ‘spire, een ann it from any species yet described.” * a, T had ‘intended, ‘on determining to describe this’ shell) 't6 Have “re: tained for it the appellation by which it’ is so well known‘to many” naturalists and collectors—Marginella angystoma, although by whont'” so designated I have been unable to learn, it never having before been described nor figured’; but finding afterwards that M. Deshayes‘has described and published a fossil species found at ‘Grignon tinder ‘that name, I'am obliged to forgo’ my wish, arid have ‘called it from perhaps a more leading characteristic—Marginella triplicata. ‘MARGINELLA SERRATA. Marg. ‘testd elongatd, subcy ylindric’, : pallida; aperturd angustd; columelld anticé quadriplicatd ; labio\ tenui,,inflewo, valde serrato:dentibus; sex vel.,octodecim ; \margine crassa; apert sibelatd, anfractis distinctis, HHO obtu- siusculowscn \\ohas Shell elongated, subeylindsical, ofa very light greyish colour, some- times with light brown cloudings,; base rather round, aperture narrow, columellar side nearly straight, with four nearly transverse equidistant plaits at the ‘anterior portion, the first continuing to form the inner side of the channel, the second and the third passing. obliquely for- watds over the base;,and the fourth in no degree so ; lip slightly spiral, inflexed, thin, ‘and deeply serrated at, its entire edge, forming sixteen. to.eighteen,teeth ;| margin thick, and. continuous, over the arch, of the}channel, and, ‘like the lip, is of .a lighter colour than, the,rest.of the;shell 5 ;spire somewhat pabenyenty whorls. distinct ; apex sather ) obtuse.) (wot of Long, 255 of an: inch; wide; =} Too ofanjinch. |. . aio TRUBTS diab / The Mauritius, | | Cab. Cuming: Zoological Society. 65, This species approaches nearest in form to the Marg. triticea of Lam., but has a much narrower aperture, and the edge of the lip is strongly serrated its entire length. MARGINELLA CONTAMINATA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, pallide floris lactis colore; extus tenuissimé striatd; aperturd lati, labio erasso, columelld sexplicatd, plicis tribus anticis prominen- tioribus ; margine lato, planulatoque ; apice prominente obtu- sissimo. Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform pale cream colour, without bands or markings; internally the colour is somewhat darker; ex-_ ternal texture of the shell is finely striated : the strive terminate ante- riorly at the thickened varix over the arch of the channel curving to- waaiha the columella, and in a similar manner at the edge of the white deposit around the spire ; base round, aperture wide, slightly curved; on the columella are six or more white plaits, the three anterior being rather prominent, the first continuing to form the inner side of the channel; the second forms a varix on the base of the shell; the channel broad and deep; a white deposit exists on the columella within the aperture, which widens and thickens outwardly from about the anterior fourth of the aperture, covering the plaits and proceeding over the arch of the channel, forming there a ridge or varix at its posterior edge, and diminishing in width as it approaches the lip, along the whole length of which it continues forming a broad flat margin, and terminates around the spire, which is also covered by it: apex slightly prominent, very obtuse. Long, | inch; wide, 5°, of an inch. , Hab. ——? Cab. Cuming, Gaskoin. | It differs from Maryinella cornea, Lam., in its more elongated form, the number, distribution and construction of the plaits, in its broad, flat margin, in the thinness and planeness of the lip internally, the varix at the anterior part of the base, &c. MARGINELLA LINEATO-LABRUM. Marg. testé ovatd, levi, an- fractibus posticé rotundatis, pallide flavescente, nigro lineato- punctatd; spird prominente; basi rotundatd; aperturd latis- simd ; columelld quadriplicaté ; labio crassiusculo, marginato, lineis octo vel novem transversis, supra labrum et marginem continuis. Shell ovate, smooth, the whorls even (not crenulated), of a light yellow-brown colour, having on the last whorl nine rows of distinct small black spots, or short markings, obliquely longitudinally placed, the two posterior rows of which are continuous along the whorls of the spire even to the apex ; spire very prominent, whorls rather gib- bous; base round ; aperture very wide ; the columella has four white prominent plaits, the two anterior passing obliquely outwards, the first to form the inner elevated side of the channel, the two posterior are transverse ; lip, slightly bowed, is thick and marginated, and has eight or nine nearly equidistant, dark-reddish, somewhat broad lines crossing its edge and continuing over the margin ; margin continuous, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. b s@ 66 Zoological Society. but with much less thickness, over the arch of the channel, and with the first “i anterior plait ; channel broad and deep, obtuse. pone of an inch ; wide, 3°; of an'inch. ~~ ot O ab. nk Cab. Cuming. * The only: specimen T have ‘seen of this peculiar species is' not in xd condition ; when so, it must’ be very beautiful. Tt differs from Mar- ginella Faba, Linn. ‘in the everinéss of the shoulders of the whorls, its Tess attenuated form, and the linear markings of the mar gin, &e. 100, Manorverta PULCHERRIMA, Marg. testd oviformi, sfulvescente, nfasens albis qunque, angustis, ¢ransversis, maculis linearibus | | migres, in,centros fasciarum conspicuts 5 ; interstitiis Fascid prima ad, secundam. fasciam, tertidque ad quartam, lineis _plurinis tenuissimis fulvescentibus longitudinalibus notatis ; Apertura alba, latiusculd ;,columelld quinque-plicatd; labio tenui ; apice distincto;, Shell. oyiform, shining, of a light fawn colour, with five transyerse, distinct, ‘narrow, even, uninterrupted white bands surrounding the shell, from \the edge of the lip, the two anterior terminating at, the columellar, edge, of the aperture, the others proceeding inwards over the columella ;,the posterior is always the least distinct (conspicuous) : floating, as it ;were,:in.the centre of these white bands, are very dark- brown: or,black, equidistant, linear markings or streaks, and similar markings. incolour and form radiate obliquely on the slight ridge which encireles..the spire: the spaces of the shell between the an- terior band, and, the second, and between the third and the fourth, are occupied by numerous, fine, longitudinal and parallel light-brown lines, the other.spaces between the bands are irregularly marked with the same colouring, varying in individual specimens, in intensity of coloration; especially.in.the middle space (that between the third and the fourth bands); base. round; aperture white, rather wide, flexuous posteriorly ; five plaits,on. the columella ; the three anterior project ; the first,is, continuous.with the inner side of the channel, the second takes a similar direction behind it, passing obliquely over the base of thej shell, and next this is a white varix following outside the aperture a similar direction, on which are four or five dark-brown spots ; lip thin, no mar gID,; apex perceplible, Long, 2%, of an,inch; wide, 45 of an inch. Hab..West, Indies. Cab. British Museum, Metcalfe, Gaskoin, &c. Differs.from the Voluta .catenata,of Montagu* (Marginella of others) in having but four, distinct, and one rather obscure, bands; in these being uninterrupted, and the linear markings floating in their centres, and not linking interrupted or disjointed portions of the bands, as in M. catenata; in the dark colour, and the more oviform shape. I have hitherto found this species among parcels of Marginella sagit- tata of Hinds, * Which I believe to be a West Indian production only, and not as Montagu was led to suppose, a British species. I have found the Marginella catenata fre- quently among the small West Indian Marginella, as have many others, and from no other source did Montagu himself obtain it. Ipswich Museum. 67 IPSWICH MUSEUM. On Thursday the 13th December was celebrated the seeond Anni- versary of this very promising Institution. By half-past twelve there was a very numerous and respectable assemblage, when the Rev. Samuel Hinds, D.D., Lord Bishop of Norwich, entered, accompanied by ithe Rev..Robert Eden, ,M.A.,.F.S,A., his, Lordship’s Chaplain, the Revds. the Professors Sedgwick and Henslow, the Rey: Ei. Sidney, the Hoa. and Rev. F. De, Grey, the Rev. A. B. Power, the, following Fellows of the Linnzan, Geological, Astronomical and Zoological Societies, Mr. G. Ransome; Mr. May, Mr. John Gould, Mr. Richard ‘Taylor, Capt. Ibbetson, Mr. G. Waterhouse,’ Mr. J. S$: Bowerbank, Mr. L. Reeve and other gentlemen, several of whom weré most hos- pitably entertained during their stay in Ipswich by G@. Ransome, Esq., and C. May, Esq. ach The Bishop of Norwich having taken the chair addressed the meeting as follows :—Mr. Kirby, the time-honoured’ President of this Institution, being unable to attend as usual, it has fallen to my lot to occupy the chair. Before entering on the business of the day, however, permit me to express the great gratification I feel at the opportunity which this meeting has afforded me of introducing myself to some sort of acquaintance with a great number of ‘those among whom my lot, is now cast, and whose welfare it will be my duty henceforward, as well as, I assure you, my earnest desire, to ‘‘pro- mote in every possible way. I may be permitted to express, at' the same time, my sympathy with the sadder feeling which, no doubt, my occupancy of this chair today will have awakened in the minds of many, who remember their connection with one who is now no more ; one who was not only a zealous friend of the Ipswich’ Museum, but an ardent supporter and patron of every enterprise which had for its object the intellectual advancement and the ‘moral’ elevation’ of his fellow-men. I regret that my habits and pursuits but ill qualify me to contribute to this meeting the enlivening anecdote and the interesting information which he, on these occasions, always had at command, from the stores of his own observation, and from his researches ‘in a parti- cular branch of Natural History ; but T wish to assure you that Iam not the less alive to the value of this Museum and of Museum meet- ings, especially a Museum which is the resort and the property of the humbler classes, of the artisan, the mechanic, the mere day work- ing man. That I believe is the distinctive feature of this Institu- tion. I know of no other characterized in the same manner. Now, I conceive this to be a very interesting point of view. No question, perhaps, at this moment, is more important, socially and morally, than the question, how the humbler classes of our brethren, those who haye to earn their daily bread by the sweat of their brow,— how they are to employ their little leisure time, so as at once ‘to make it available for the relaxation and recreation that are necessary for them, and, at the same time, to be improving themselves? A museum appears to me to combine the two objects most excellently ; it is amusing and it is instructive. The objects which they find in the Museum, together with the instruction which they derive from 5x 68 Ipswich Museum. other sources here, constitute a, knowledge which comes .across them in, their daily, avocations :, things which cross their, path, in, the field, or, in their,.workshop, and, which would never, otherwise, perhaps, have been so much as observed, now. become the ;means.,of. interest, of instruction, and: of improyement, to them: The Museum. 4s inthis manner, [should say, to,them. the acquirement,of a new faculty,, of anew, power, ;/,and.L;cannot but, hope; and believe, although, the In- stitution has .been \in,.existence, but, two years, that, the, result, has been altogether satisfactory, and even beyond what. could, haye been expected, from, it;,,.I,shalk not, detain the meeting longer from so,much that,is.valuable and interesting, to,which we are looking;forward, and L shall, therefore, at once call, upon Mr. Ransome to;read the Report. George Ransome, Esq.,.then read the,Report, containing a.yiew, of the objects and progressof the Institution, from which we give the following passage :— ERS A Sag od And, how,, it may be, asked, does the Institution intend. te aceom- plisly these) purposes.!, or how. dees it tend to, advance the education of the people?) If; any, presume that we;merely gratify an idle curt osity, we answer, that we haye evidence to_assure. us that we not only ery; greatly increase the gleaners of knowledge, but, that, we, add to the number,of the real cultivators and reapers.in the fields of science, and. especially, in, the various departments of Natural History,;...We lay the foundation. of future inquiry ;, we awaken the mind;; .From the advantages) afforded. them.in the Museum, by the. sight, of speci- mens,, by, lectures; and. classes, the; visitors become admirers.;; the ad- mirers, students; the students, collectors ; the collectors, donors,.pre- senting, specimens, and.adding their ideas to the parent stock. Such is| the, assistance we,haye,receiyed, and. are continually receiving, not only, from sourshome friends, but, from, those who visit foreign lands,’ | A.tribute .of .well-merited.gratitude and respect. was then paid ,to the memory of, Dr. Stanley, the late. bishop of the diocese, and;:the -dJamented President, of the Linneean, Society. | Maton 4) f{Weyhave now,amelancholy part.of our Report. to dwell,upon, the Joss by death..of, Dr; Stanley,, the late Bishop of Norwich, .ancarly friend,and a,generous, patron. of the Museum... Its design and object were peculiarly dear to him ;, he was.a warm advocate in its behalf-—- he. was greatly. instrumental in promoting its success, He gaye, us the right, hand, of fellowship, and adyanced our interests to the utmost, of his power. ) We,owe-him a lasting debt of gratitude, and his bust,and faithful, portrait. will long continue to associate his name and. memory with an Institution which he admired, loved and cherished,”’ The. Rev,., Professors Sedgwick and Henslow, and the Rev. E..Sid- ney, also..dwelt, upon, the many. excellences of Dr. Stanley, in. terms of the, most,.affectionate remembrance. Seyeral gentlemen, having addressed the meetmg, Mr. Ransome proposed. the, names. of,the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, the. eminent cryptogamic. botanist, G,, Water- house, Esq., and Dr. A. B. Garrod, as Honorary Members. Mr. R. Ransome rejoiced ;in common, with the company present, at, the success of the Institution; thus,far it-had:eminently prospered, The working classes had shown,,their, esteem for it .by the extraordinary amount of their visits, and that, too, without one single instance, of Ipswich Museum. 69 either disorderty conduct or damage to anything ‘in the’ Museum. He ‘hailed’ the ‘circumstance of the Bishop coming forward to walk in ‘the ‘steps of his highly respected predecessor, ‘as anomen ‘for the fitire’ success’ of ‘the ‘Institition! °°" 9% 400 2&8 Bovnt 08 ao90 STAG The Bishop’ of Norwich was much’ obliged ‘to ‘the’ meeting ‘for ‘the kind compliment, ‘and for the hearty weléome which he'had fouiid' im Ipswich. Th supporting that Institution, in’ giving it what éneourage- ment and countenance’ were in his power, in treadmg im the footsteps of his lamented’ and ‘honoured ‘predecessor, he ‘felt that ‘he was' doing no more than a bare duty, for he could not but recollect that the Mu- setim ‘was ‘a Museum for the people. He could ‘not ‘but congratulate the meeting onthe result of what had taken place that day. «These meétings were a most important arrangement in conjunction with the ‘Museum itself; ‘he might say that they gave life ‘to the dead’ speci- mens with which they were surrounded. | sonic Sa geht The Dinner, which was numerously attended, was presided over by J.C. Cobbold, Esq., M.P. for Ipswich, supported by H?"E. ‘Adair, fisq:, M.P., A. 8S» Adair, ‘Esq., M.P.; and J.'H. Hardcastle,’ Esq?, M.P.; the Bishop of Norwich, ‘and many’ of the’Clergy.' ° His Lord- ship, in ‘responding to a toast from the chair, remarked’ that twas quite true, as the Chairman had observed, that this ‘was ‘the’ first occasion upon which he had ‘been’ called’ to' respond’ to the toast’ of “The Bishop and Clergy of the Diocese.” It was’ peculiarly gratify- ing’ to him' that the first occasion of lis doing so should be at ‘a’ meet- ing of this ‘particular description. It was a token of an improved ‘and enlightened spirit of the age. The time, he hoped, was’ now ‘qitite gone by, when scientific and natural truth was ‘considered not only at variance ‘with, and distinct from, religious’ truth, but ‘principally in opposition to it.’ As Professor Sedgwick ‘had very forcibly pomted out’ that’ morniiig,’ the Word and’ Works’ of ‘God ‘were only’ books which we must trace to the same Diviné’ atithorship—different vo- lumes of a revelation of mercy ; and h¢' was ‘persuaded, that the more they compared the one'with the other, ‘in’an Honest ‘and right’ spirit, the more He would’ enable us’ to illustrate and ‘confirm’ ‘the ‘oné by the other. "The Museum’ and’ its meetings ‘had ‘a direct connection with the° ministry ;' for an Institution which tended ‘obviously’ to withdraw the humbler classes from’ debasing scenes' ahd’ habits, ard which ‘rendered these classes industrious, sober, ‘and’ honest; was’ah {nstitution that was co-operating with the ministrations of the’ clergy ; toa certain extent it occupied the same ground, that was ‘to’ say, ‘it prepared the objects of their ministrations for the more’ ready ap- plication of the Divine word.—A meeting like the’ present’ was''com- mon ground for all. Whatever might be our differences or disagréee- ments on''politi¢s or on religion, here, at least, we were whited+we were one. The Museum; and its meetings, which were very important adjuncts; furnished us with the materials of a temple of charity. On the’ previous Wednesday ‘evening ‘a highly interesting’ lecture had been delivered’ by’ Professor’ Owen upon’ the’ extinct’ gigantic wingless birds of New Zealand, which we hope to’ notice in ‘a'fature number. 70 Miscellaneous. MISCELLANEOUS. BOTANICAL NOTES. Odontites verna, Reich., and its allies.—In the course.of. a. very short tour in the eastern Pyrenees during the past autumn; I did not fail.to: observe the forms of this. group which happened. to.come in my way, especially with a view to distinguish the plant which I have deseribed ina recent numberof this Journal. as O. Bertolonii ; I failed however to find any forms which should not be referred to.O. verna. The state of, the latter-plant which I found abundantly in cultivated land inthe, mountainous region of northern Catalonia, has larger fruit than it is usually found to possess, but the form of the capsule and calyx-segments 1s quite normal, and. does not approach to. my O. ro- tundata. I have recently received from M. Jordan of Lyons spe- cimens of three forms of this group detected by that accurate observer in the, neighbourhood, of Lyons, and named by him respectively Euphrasia verna, Bell., EL. serotina, Lam., and EL, divergens, Jordan. The first.of these agrees with the common European Odontites verna ; the second is the more slender plant which J have distinguished as var. elegans, and which is not in my opinion specifically distinct); the third is a plant with which I was not previously acquainted, and which appears to have strong claims to rank as a distinct species. In habit, and in the size and form of the capsule, it resembles O. Berto- lonii, but the leaves, instead of being ovate and distinctly toothed, are almost linear, with one or two scarcely perceptible teeth, those of the branches being usually entire ; the calyx-segments are short (one- third of its length) and triangular, as in O. rotundata, and M. Jor- dan observes that they are adpressed to the ripe capsule, which is not the case in the common species. This latter character it is dif- ficult to verify im dried ‘specimens, but it appears to be likewise cha- racteristic of O. rotundata. The flowers are too imperfect for de- scription in M. Jordan’s specimens of O. divergens, but they appear to be much smaller than in the other allied species. Rhinanthus major and R. angustifolius.—In the tenth volume of DeCandolle’s' ‘ Prodromus,’ Mr. Bentham enumerates England amongst the native localities of both the above-named species of - Rhinanthus, although the former alone has hitherto been enumerated as a British plant. If, as Mr. Bentham seems to consider, the cha- racter derived from the presence or absence of a membranous edge to the seeds be not trustworthy, it is difficult to assign any more con- stant character’ by which to distinguish these species ; but such has not been the result of my observations, so far as they have extended. I shall briefly note the forms with which I am acquainted :— R. major, Ehrh.?, Benth. in DeC. Prod. Hairy calyces and broadly winged seeds. France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany and Hungary. (J. B. spec. in herb.). R. major, 3. alpina, Benth. Calyces nearly or quite glabrous, seg- ments more acute, broadly winged seeds... Alps, Apennines, Riesen- gebirge, and Carpathians. (J. B. spec. in herb.). A. specimen without, ripe fruit from the herbarium. of the late Pro- Miscellaneous. 71 fessor Graham, marked ‘ Durham, 1836,” seems to me to agree with this form, but I have not seen any undoubted English specimens, R. angustifolius, Gmel. Calyces glabrous, with acute segments, leaves very narrow, seeds nearly or quite wingless, Scotland (Fort George, Professor Balfour ; corn-fields im Nairn, Mr. Stables). This plant appears to me to be rare on the continent ‘of Europe. I have found it near Cracow ;° but though Mr. Bentham says, “im Europe mediee et preesertim australioris pascuis,” I have never'seen specimens from the south of Europe. It is true that if the character derived from the seeds be not permanent, it is very difficult to distin- guish this from R. major, 3. alpina, Benth., as the latter plant has frequently very narrow leaves ; but as I have already observed, I am not able to confirm the asserted variableness of the form of the seeds, which are constantly winged in all the specimens of 2. major which I have examined. | 2 ils to gion s91ds to extort It may be suspected that two other described species, R» bucealis, Wallr.,; and R. Reichenbachii, Drejer, constitute between them 'a\va- riety of R. angustifolius, having the same relation to that ‘plant that the common European R. major has to the variety 8. alpina of Bentham. J Baur, | ECHINORHINUS SPINOSUS. , | _ Falmouth, Dee.7, 1849.. Srtr,—I send a short description of a splendid. specimen. of. the “ Echinorhinus spinosus,” Blainy., caught yesterday.a.few miles from the harbour. by one of Mrs..Chard’s trawl-boats—for your, Journal, should you consider it worth insertion. Erocesl ei 7 Lam, Sir, your obedient. servant, R. Taylor, Esq. : : 4, -W..P. Cocks. Description.—Head. depressed ;. eyes bright, copperish; nose ob- tuse; mouth large ; teeth in both jaws broad,and low, the edge nearly horizontal. Body thick, 2 feet in depth,and 7.in length (from snout to commencement of caudal fin) ; pectoral fins small, truncated ;.dor- sal two, placed very far back, opposite to abdominal, fins, Surface of skin polished. and .covered. with strong. bony spines of various sizes and heights, arising from cireular bases from 4th to4ths of an inch in diameter. i Colour.—Back and sides dark leaden gray ; abdomen, throat, &c., dirty yellowish white, clouded all over, with light. gray and. brown ; base of fins brownish. A white line extended from the base of the. pectoral. fins to: com- mencement of the caudal. . Five large branchial apertures. It weighed more than 200 lbs. On the Presence of Entophyta in healthy living Animals. By Dr. Leipy. From the opinion so frequently expressed, that contagious diseases and some others might have their origin and reproductive character through the agency of eryptogamiec spores, which, from their minute- ness and lightness, are so easily conveyed from place to place through 72 Miscellaneous. the atmosphere by ‘means ofthe gentlest zephyr; or even the:eva- poration continually taking place from the earth’s surfaces and:from the numerous ‘facts already: presented of the presence: of cryptogamic vegetation ity many: cutaneous diseases and upon other diseased:sur- faces, I was led to reflect upon the possibility of plants:of this de- seription ‘existing in healthy aiimals, as a: natural condition ; or, at least, apparently so, as im the ease of entozoa. Upon considermg ‘that the conditions essential to vegetable growth were the same'as those-indispensable: to animal life, [felt convinced that entophyta -owould:be foundin healthy living animals, as well; and probably as fre- -iquently;;as entozoax® The:constant presence ‘of «myeodermatoid fila- oments’ growing ‘upon ‘the human: teeth, the teeth of the ox, sheep, pig, &e.y favoured ‘this idea; and accordingly I instituted a course of “dnvestigations, which led: to the discovery of several well-characterized - forms of vegetable growth, of which, at present, I will give but a short ‘description, ‘ “AON = a. ° oe = at S y =. a . = > RS Ra Te ee *% ' °F Vesugig’ | -soryuing 22 | -yormsrqo uno” — |2atus-sarguing 28 “yormsty ES = “St “Urey “PUL *I9JVWOW IY J, *T9JIMLOIV = 5 ° * ‘RANNUG ‘asunpy younpung 70 Suoysno[D °C *AadyY 247 49 puy faurns-salusnag ‘asunpyy yjuvdaddpy yo ‘requng *M ‘A903 297 49 {NOLSOg gp ‘\\WaA “A 49 fuopuo'T anau ‘MOIMSIHA Jv Ajaro0g joungnoysozy ayy fo uapavy ayz yw uosdwoyy "1 49 apou suoynasasgy yonFojos0ajayyr THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SECOND SERIES.] No. 26. FEBRUARY 1850. a. wi IX.—On the British species of Chara. | By Cuartes C. Basineton, M.A., F.L.S. &c.* : Since the genus Chara ceased to be considered as Phanerogamic and. was placed as a Natural Order of Cryptogamic: plants, its species have been excluded from our popular floras, and conse- quently suffered undeserved neglect from British botanists: The kindness of my friend Professor Henslow having recently placed in my hands a set of foreign specimens of Chara, which had been sent to him by, Professor Alex. Braun of Freiburg. in Breisgau, together with that botanist’s notes upon some English Chare submitted to his inspection, I have been induced to attempt the arrangement of our native species in a more complete manner than has as yet been done. Ba Since the time of Smith, who described all the British species known to him in his ‘ English Flora’ (i. 6) which was published in 1824, only one complete account of our species has appeared, viz. that by Hooker(Eng. Fl. v. pt: 1.242) m the year 1833, for Hassall’s notice of them (Brit. Freshwater Alg.1.94) cannot be considered as original. In that work Sir W. J. Hooker has characterized. eight species, viz. 1. translucens; 2. flexilis ; 3. ni- difica ; ‘4. gracilis ; 5. vulgaris ; 6. Hedwigit ; '7. aspera ; 8. hispida. More recently two have been added to this list, one by the Rev. M..J. Berkeley (Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2824) as the C. pulchella (Wallr.), which is considered in this paper as forming one species in combination with C. Hedwigw under the name of C. fragilis ; and another by Mr. D. Moore (Lond. Journ. Bot. 1. 43).as-the C. latifolia (Willd.):. The former botanist. has also greatly elu- cidated the obscure subject of specific distinctions in this genus by his elaborate’ remarks in the same work under C. Hedwigii (Eng. Bot. Suppl. 2762). We have still to add an elegant little plant detected many years since in the fens of Cambridgeshire by Professor: Henslow,-and formerly supposed to be-C. gracilis, * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Jan. 10, 1850. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. v. 6 82 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. but confidently referred by Professor Agardh, when in the year 1833 we had the pleasure and advantage of his company in an excursion into the fens, to his C. hyalina. Owing to the total absence until recently of nucules or globules from the specimens obtained, this plant has not, I believe, been published as a native species, although very many named samples of it have been dis- tributed amongst botanists by Professor Henslow and myself. In this paper I have identified it with the C. tenuissima (Desv.), as is indeed done by Agardh, although he has preferred the name of C. hyalina; and have added to the list the C. polysperma (A. Braun), C. syncarpa (Thuil.), C. mucronata (A. Braun), C. prolifera (A. Braun), C. Borrert (Bab.), and C. crinita (Wallr.), thereby raising the number of our species to sixteen. _ All these species, except two, are preserved in the herbaria of Prof. Henslow and myself, and as neither of us has paid any pe- culiar attention to this genus, but only collected such specimens as came accidentally under our notice, it is highly probable that several additions to the list will soon be made, and it is chiefly with the view of leading to such discoveries that it is now pub- lished. In France, according to the list given by Lamotte (Cat. des Pl]. Vase. de l'Europe centrale) in 1847, nineteen species are found; in Germany we learn from the same book that there are eighteen species. Reichenbach (Fl. Germ. exe. 148 and 843) in 1883 described sixteen German species ; and Fries (Summa Veg. Scand. 60) records fifteen species as natives of Scandinavia, but adds the remark, ‘‘ spec. nondum pl. explor.” Since a considerable part of this paper was written, a valuable memoir by Prof. A. Braun has appeared in the ‘ Kew Miscellany ’ (i. 193), entitled “ Chare australes et antarctice,” but including remarks upon the differences between the supposed genera Chara and Nitella, and pointing out new characters for their distinction. | Notwithstanding the apparent value of these characters, I have thought it better to retain the name of Chara for the whole of | the group until they have been carefully studied in the living plants, and their constancy and universality more fully proved. They are prefixed to the usual sectional characters in the en- suing arrangement of the species, in which I have followed that given by Prof. Braun in the above-mentioned memoir. I have also largely availed myself of the same distinguished botanist’s valuable paper in the ‘ Flora, oder Botanische Zeitung’ of Re- gensburg (xvill. 49), and his “‘ Esquisse monographique du genus Chara” in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ (ser. 2.1. 350), and have found the account of the species given by Mutel in his ‘Flore Francaise’ (iv. 159), and the plates in the ‘ Atlas de la Flore de Paris’ by Cosson and Germain, very useful. =p Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 83 “Nat. Order. CHARACE AN, Rich. Genus Cuara, Linn. Section I. Nitella. Crown of the nucule of “ten cells, form- ing two circles one lying upon the other, never spreading, gene- rally falling off before the maturation of the seeds ” (A. Braun). Stems more or less pellucid, composed of a single tube. A. Nitelle vere. Globules terminal at the furcation of the branchlets. a. Furcate. Branchlets only once divided with one-jointed segments, 6—8 in a whorl, similar. 1. C. flexilis (Linn.) ; nioncecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets pointed but not mucronate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules and globules together in the forks of the branchiets without bracts. C. flexilis, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624 (in part); Eng. Bot. t. 1070; A. Braun in Flora, xvii. 50; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2. i. 351. C. Brongniartiana, Wedd. in Cat. Fl. Paris. 152. Nitella Brongniartiana, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 682; Atl.t.40C. Rather slender, green, pellucid. Primary branchlets seldom more than once divided. Sometimes the axillary branchlets are much more divided and clustered, when it has passed for C. nidi- fica with collectors. Nucules with six strie. Henley near Ipswich, Buddle. Yarmouth, Mr. D. Turner. Berrington Pool, Salop, Rev. HE. Williams. In the river at Bed- ford, Dr. Abbot ; Smith. Richmond, Yorkshire, Mr. J. Ward. Stowting, Kent, Rev. G. EH. Smith. Whitehorn, Wigtonshire ; Clova, Forfarshire, Prof. Balfour. Reche Lode, and Lord’s Bridge near Barton, Cambridgeshire. | Annual. May. “April to August,” Sm. 2. C. syncarpa (Thuil.) ; dicecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets bluntish apiculate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules or globules at the forks of the branchlets without bracts. C. synearpa, “ Thuil. Fl. Par. 473;” A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 51 ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 352; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 160. Nitella synearpa, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 682 ; Atl. t. 39 (not good). A slender diaphanous plant closely resembling C. flewilis, but dicecious. Nucules with five strie and scarcely any crown. It is the supposed C. gracilis of Mr. W. Wilson in Hook. Bot. Mise. i. 836. No. 2. Woodmancote, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Cwm Idwel, Caenarvon- shire. Ma’am, Galway. Annual. May. 6* 84 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. b. Mucronate. Branchlets usually repeatedly divided, terminal seg- ments of two joints, last joint usually resembling amucro. Branch- lets 6-8 in a whorl, similar. : 8. C. translucens (Pers.); moncecious, stem thick equal flexible transparent, sterile branchlets simple not jomted, upper ones end- ing in two or three short points, fertile whorls of small trifur- cate branchlets very small and closely placed, nucules small oblong usually in threes just below the three bracts surround- ing the terminal globule. C. translucens, Pers. Syn. Pl. i. 531; Eng. Bot. t.1855 ; 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. 51; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2.1. 352; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 245 ; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 160. Nitella translucens, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 682; Atl. t. 40 B. A strong plant. Fertile whorls so disposed amongst the branchlets as to appear to be capitate. Globules solitary. Nu- cules with seven striz. The fruit appears to be wrongly drawn in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ | Deep stagnant pools. “ Near Shrewsbury, Rev. EH. Walliams ; Browston and Belton, Suffolk, Six W. J. Hooker; Scotland ;” Sir J: E. Smith. Bagnley Moor, Cheshire, Mr. W. Wilson. Tot- teredge, Middlesex, Mr. E. Forster. Loch Lubnaig, Perthshire ; Lochnaw, Wigtonshire ; near Liverpool ; Prof. Balfour. Near the Fairlop Oak in Hainault Forest, Essex. Annual, July. 4. C. mucronata (A. Br.) ; moncecious, stem slender equal flex- ible transparent, branchlets strongly mucronate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules and globules together at the forks of the branchlets without bracts. | | C. mucronata, 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 351; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 161. Nitella mucronata, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 683; Atl. t. 40 D. Rather thick for its length. Secondary branchlets once or twice forked or trifid, the terminal subdivisions rather shorter than the others. “ Nucules with four or five strie.” Marsh ditch at Hast Grinstead, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual. July. | 5. C. gracilis (Sm. !); moncecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets in lax whorls repeatedly divided imto three or four segments, terminal segments mucronate shorter than the others, globules and nucules each solitary but to- gether at the subdivisions of the branchlets without bracts. C. gracilis, Sm.! Eng. Bot. t. 2140; Reich.! Iconog. t. 793; A. Braun! in Flora, xviii. 53; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2.1. 351; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 160; Hook, Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 245 (in part). Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 85 Nitella gracilis, Agardh Syst. Alg. 125; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 683; dtl. t. 41 E. A very small and slender plant, its branchlets spreading in a lax open manner, and much longer than those of C. tenuissima. Nucules subglobose, with four or five striz, large in proportion to the plant. My judgement of this species is formed from the plate in ‘Eng. Bot.’ and a small but good specimen of the original plant, for which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer. Mr. Wilson’s C. gracilis from Cwm Idwel is C. syncarpa. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual, September ? 6. C. tenuissima (Desv.) ; moncecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets short in dense compact subglobose whorls repeatedly divided into 3-7 segments, terminal segments mu- cronate longer than the others, globules and nucules each so- litary but together at the subdivisions of the branchlets with- out bracts. C. tenuissima, Desv. “ Journ. Bot. ii. 313 ;” Reich.! Iconog. t. 792 ; A. Braun! in Flora, xviii. 53; Mutel Fl. France, iv. 159. C. glomerata, 4, Braun! in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. 1. 351, not N. glo- merata, Coss. et Germ. C. batrachosperma, Reich. Iconog. t. 794. - Nitella tenuissima, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 681 ; Atl. t. 41 F. N. hyalina, dgardh! Syst. Alg..126, not DeCand. A very small slender plant, its short much-divided branchlets forming little globular compact masses which are often much in- crusted. Nucules subglobose, with 6-8 striz, three times the diameter of the branchlets and placed outside of them. Globules much larger than the nucules. I have recently (Aug. 6, 1849) found a profusion of ripe nu- cules and a few globules upon this plant in Bottisham Fen, and with the assistance of Messrs. J. D.C. Sowerby and J. W. Salter have succeeded in satisfactorily ascertaining their positions to be in accordance with the section in which the plant is here placed. In peaty ditches and pits in the fens of Cambridgeshire. Annual. July, August. B. Tolypella (A. Braun). Globules placed laterally on the nodes of the chief ray of the branchlets between the lateral rays (bracts) which are always shorter than the chief ray.—Rays of many gradually decreasing joints. Note.—This little group of singular plants presents more dif- ficulty than either of the other sections, and I am very far from being convinced that a correct view of it is taken below. My 86 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. original idea was that the plants only formed one species, but further study has convinced me that they are far too different to allow of their being lumped to that extent, and I am reduced to the necessity of considering them all as distinct. They appear to be very short-lived, and in all probability will be found to produce two crops in the year, one in the spring and the other autumnal. 7. C. Smithit; dicecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets blunt those forming the primary whorls simple sterile long jointed (?), the others on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first node, globules stalked subtended by the three shorter bracts, nucules unknown. C. nidifica, Sm. Eng. Bot. 1703 (principal figure). A small plant remarkable, like the following species, for its bird’s-nest-like masses of branchlets which spring from the axils of the simple branchlets forming the primary whorls. It is only known to me from the figure in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ and from some re- marks for which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer, and upon which the above specifie character is founded. As the C. nidifica (Mill.) is stated by Professor A. Braun (Hook. Kew. Misc. 1. 200) to be “peculiar to the north of ‘Europe, and particularly to the Baltic,’ and can therefore scarcely be the same as this plant, which was found “in a ditch which I believe the tide never reaches” (Borrer in Eng. Bot. Suppl. fol. 2762, note) ; and as the plate in ‘ Fl. Danica’ is far too im- perfect to allow of its identification with either of our Tolypelle ; [ have thought it better, with the concurrence of Mr. Borrer, to confer a new name upon this plant, which was unfortunately made the representative of his C. nidifica by Smith by placing a figure of it in the principal place on the plate im ‘ English Bo- tany.’ I have the authority of the same botanist for saying that the following species was the plant really intended to bear that name. ‘The confusion has originated from the idea prevalent at the time when the figure was published, that the dicecious plant from Lancing was a form of the moncecious one found at Cley. Unfortunately these plants are so evanescent that it is only by chance that they are again found in their original localities, where their seeds probably remain dormant. until favourable circum- stances cause them to germinate. Lancing, Sussex (1804-5), in a ditch which the tide probably never reaches ; not in Shoreham Harbour, as erroneously stated in ‘English Botany.’ Mr. Borrer. Annual. Autumnal. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 87 8. C. prolifera (A. Braun) ; monecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets blunt those forming the primary whorls simple sterile long usually of three or four joints, the others on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first node, globules sessile (?) in company with one or more nucules and “ sub- tended by the three shorter bracts.” C. prolifera, 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. 56 ;° Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. i. 352. C. glomerata, Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 161, not 4. Braun nor N. glo- merata, Coss. et Germ. A small plant easily confounded on a superficial view with the preceding, from which it is distinguished by being moncecious. Nucules small with faintly marked striz. Granules apparently sessile. The presence of decided bracts distinguishes this plant and the preceding and following from C. polysperma and C. flex- ilis, the species with which they are in the most danger of being confounded. There can be no doubt that the three smaller ap- pendages are really bracts, although, in all probability, the longer (fourth) one is a subdivision of the branchlet. In brackish (?) ditches. Cley, Norfolk, Mr. D. Turner, Cop- ford, Essex. _ Annual, April. “ August to October,” Sm.. 9. C. Borrerit; moneecious, stem slender equal flexible transpa- rent, branchlets strongly mucronate those of the primary whorls sumple sterile long jointed, the others, on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first and also sometimes second node, globules stalked or sessile in company with several nucules and subtended by the three shorter bracts. | C. nidifica, Borr.! in Eng. Bot. Suppl. fol. 2762, note. Closely resembling C. prolifera and C. nidifica, but consider- ably larger ; agreeing with them in most respects, but essentially different in its branchlets being “ suddenly contracted below the’ acute apiculus.” It also differs by sometimes producing a second cluster of bracts and fructification on its branchlets, and also oc- casionally having one on the larger “ bract,” which is thus shown to be more correctly a subdivision of the branchlet than a bract. The three true bracts are placed on the under side of the branchlet and at right angles with it, the fourth supposed “bract” is lateral and usually points upwards; and their ar- rangement is believed to be exactly like that in C. prolifera and C. Smith. This plant is chiefly known to me from the descrip- tion in ‘ English Botany,’ and from some manuscript notes, for 88 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer ; and as it does not seem to have been noticed elsewhere, I have ventured to record it as a new species, and honour it with the name of my valued friend. In a marsh ditch at Henfield, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual. July. 10. C. polysperma (A. Br. !); moncecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets finely pointed those of the pri- mary whorls sterile once or twice unequally branched: middle subdivision longest, the other branchlets on axillary branches numerous densely crowded much subdivided with short inter- nodes, nucules and globules placed at the nodes of the branch- lets “ between the lateral rays’ (or bracts ?). C. polysperma, 4. Braun “ Fl. Bad. Crypt. ;? Flora, xvii. 56; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 352, Mutel Fl. France. iv. 162. C. fasciculata, “Amici,” A. Braun. A small plant resembling the preceding species, and having like them bird’s-nest-like masses of branchlets. My specimens are slightly incrusted, as is stated to be the case in those found in France. Nucules small with faintly marked strie. Granules small. I gathered this species in the year 1833 near Haslingfield in Cambridgeshire, but have not been able to find it there again. As numerous specimens were obtained by a party at that time, it is probably preserved in many collections under the name of C. nidifica, with which denomination it was sent to Prof. Braun and named by him as above. Mr. Borrer possesses specimens found at Livermere near Bury St. Edmonds by the Rev. G. R. Leathes. Annual.* April. Section IL)» ‘Chara. Crown of the orttells of “ five cells forming a simple circle and sometimes spreading, persistent ” (A. Braun). Stems usually coated with smaller tubes. Chare vere. Granule taking the place of one of the bracts.— Diplostephane (A. Br.). A double row of spines (stipules) at the base of each whorl. a. Stem coated with as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl.—Branchlets coated. ll. C. crinita (Wallr.) ; dicecious, stem slender coarsely striated thickly beset with setaceous patent clustered spines, branchlets abbreviated, bracts whorled slender equal, nucules narrowly ob- long shorter than the bracts. C. erinita, Wallr. Ann. Bot. 190.t.3; A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 70; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2.1. 355; Mutel Fl. Franc, iv. 165. C. canescens, Reich. Fl. ewe. 150. Hippuris, &c., Plukn; Phytog. t. 193. f. 6. Wallr. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 89 Stems slender, erect, flexible even when dry, smooth, not opake, densely crowded, slightly branched, pale green. Lower whorls rather distant, upper ones gradually closer, of 8-10 short branchlets each-with six nodes and a whorl of five bracts at each node. Bracts usually as long as the internode. Nucules soli- tary with thirteen strie and a prominent crown. My British specimens are of the male plant only. Wallroth refers Pluknet’s Irish Lae to this with certainty ; I have doubts. In stagnant ponds. Burdock Pool, Falmouth, Cornwall, Rev. W. L. P. Garnons. b. Stem coated with twice as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl. Branchlets coated, uppermost jomts sometimes naked. 12. C. vulgaris (Linn. ?) ; moneecious, stems scabrous finely stri- ated brittle, upper part of the branchlets without external tubes, bracts only on the inner side of the branchlets long : two 2—4: times as long as the nucules, and two equaling them. C. vulgaris, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624 (in part) ; Eng. Bot. t. 336; Ag. Syst. Alg. 128; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 246. C. feetida, 4. Braun “Fl. Bad. Crypt.;? Flora, xviii. 63; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. 1. 354; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 162 ; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 679 ; Atl. t. 37. Plant diffuse, almost always incrusted. Branchlets appearing, at the first view, jointless, minutely pomted. Nucules with thirteen strie and a short crown, accompanied by the globule. Bracts thick. Varying greatly in appearance, size and roughness, sometimes hispid, sometimes much denuded of the outer tubes in the upper part. A very much condensed form is the C. montana (Schultz), Reich. Fl. exsic. 2143. The Linnean. C. vulgaris appears to include this and several other species. Ditches and streams: common. C. montana, Gilsland, Cum- berland, Mr. W. Christy. Annual. June to August. 13. C. hispida (Linn.); moncecious, stem thickened upwards spirally sulcate rough brittle beset with setaceous spines, branchlets elongated, bracts whorled (inner ones much longer), nucules ovate shorter than the bracts solitary, accompanied by a globule. C. hispida, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624 ; Eng. Bot. t. 436; Wallr. Ann. Bot. 187.t. 4; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1, 246; A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 66; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 355; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 163; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 679 ; Atl. t. 38 B. Stems opake, greenish white, usually incrusted, covered with 90 Mr. C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. minute tubercles; spines generally very numerous, sometimes almost wanting; whorls of elongate, acuminate (by having the terminal segment denuded of outer tubes) branches, each of which has about six nodes and a whorl of 4-5 short bracts at each node. Pits and deep ditches, especially on a pieaty soil. Annual. May to August. 14. C. tomentosa (Linn.) ; dicecious (?), stem thickened upwards spirally suleate rough brittle armed with scattered abtuse pa- pille, branchlets incurved, bracts unilateral ovate-oblong mu- cronate-acute, nucule shorter than the bract on each side of it longer than the three in front. : C. tomentosa, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624; Fries! Herb. Norm. v. ak Mu- tel Fl. Franc. iv. 163; Reich. | FU. exc. 150. C. latifoha, Willd. ! « Berol. Schr. wi. 129 ;” Hook. Icon. ¢ Doe. C. ceratophylla 8. macroptila, 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. 65 ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 355. The granules and nucules are probably upon different plants. Stem opake, whitish green, covered with very minute tubercles, and bearing distant somewhat whorled short obtuse papille. Branchlets like the stem ; their terminal division thicker, inflated, of one pellucid tube. Bracts pellucid, barren ones unilateral (?). “ Nucule with a large ovate bract on each side, and three small linear-oblong ones in front, also having three minute acute tu- bercles on the opposite side of the stem. Globule from a whorl of two or three large bracts not having smaller ones in front, but with two or.three tubercles on the opposite side of the stem.” Hooker. In the foreign..plant.(Reich. Fl. exsie. 92, which is the au- thentic C. latifolia, Willd.), the bracts are apparently whorled. Fries’s specimen (Herb. Norm. y. 100) is without any incrusta- tion, smooth and scarcely twisted. Our plant is certainly the C’. tomentosa (Linn.), C. latifolia (Willd.), and the C. ceratophylla (Wallr.) is a variety of it. Belvidere Lake, Westmeath, Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. c. Stem coated with three times as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl. 15. C. aspera (Willd.) ; dicecious, stem finely striate smooth flexible beset with setaceous patent spines, branchlets abbre- viated, bracts whorled slender (two inner ones ionger), nucules - narrowly oblong shorter than the bracts. C. aspera, “ Willd. in Berol. Mag. d. N. iti. 298 3’ Wallr. Ann. Bot. 185. t.6.f.3; 4. Braun! in Flora, xviii. 71 ; ae Sc. Nat. ser. 2. i. 300.5 Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 164; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 680 ; Atl. 38 D; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2738; Fries! Herb. Norm. iii. 100. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 91 Stems erect, not opake, pale green, densely crowded ; spines usually scattered, often very short, or irregularly collected in whorls (when it much resembles C. crinita, Wallr.) ; whorls of 6-9 branchlets of six nodes and a whorl of 4-5 bracts at each node ; bracts as long as the internode or shorter than it. Nucules solitary, with twelve or thirteen strie and a prominent crown. Distinguished from C. crinita, as is well remarked by Prof. A. Braun in his letter to Prof. Henslow, “by the more slender outer tubes of the stems.” I am doubtful concerning the plant figured by Greville (Scott. Crypt. Fl. t. 339), for he places nucules and granules upon the same plant. - In stagnant water. Orkney, Mr. Clauston. Prestwich Car, Northumberland, Mr. Robertson; Greville. Irthing, Durham, Mr. Bowman; Hooker. Cleifiog Farm, four miles from Holy- head, Anglesea, Mr. Wilson. Carlton, Notts, Mr. Borrer. Bur- dock Pool near Falmouth, Cornwall, in company with C. crinita, Rev. W. L. P. Garnons. Loch of Skaill, Orkney, Miss Watt. In the river Shannon near Portumna, Galway, Mr. D. Moore ; Prof. Balfour. 16. C. fragilis (Desv.) ; moncecious, stems slender finely striated smooth not spinous, last 1-3 joints of the branchlets without external tubes, bracts on the inner side of the branchlets about as long or longer than the oblong nucules. C, fragilis, “‘Desv. ap. Lois. Not. Fl. Frane.137 ;” A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 68; dan. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 356; Reich.! Fl. exsic. 94; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 164 ; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 680; Atl. t. 38 C. C. pulchella, Wallr. Ann. Bot. 184. t.2; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2824 ; Ag. Syst. Alg. 129. C. Hedwigii, 4g. Syst. dig. 129; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t: 2762: Slender, green, not incrusted. ‘Main stem and branches usually with equally long branchlets. _Nucule with thirteen or fourteen strize and a long crown, accompanied by the globule. Bracts usually shorter than the nucules, but one equaling them in length ; sometimes (C. fragilis longibracteata, A. Braun!, C. de- licatula, Ag.?) longer than them. The C. Hedwigi scarcely differs except. in being very brittle when dry, the bracts shorter, and the branchlets of the main stem usually much longer than those of the branches. Ponds. Sussex, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. Derwentwater, Rev. E. A. Holmes. Serk, Rev. T. Salwey. Paradi, Guernsey.—Var. lon- gibracteata; West Chiltington Common, Sussex; Berrington Pool, Shropshire.—-C. Hedwigit ; East Grinstead, Sussex ; Sand- wich, Kent, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. Annual. June to August. 92 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. X.— Observations on the species of Termitide of West Africa, described by Smeathman as Termes bellicosus, and by Linnaeus as T’, fatalis. By T. S. Savace*. Havine read a condensed account and many extracts from the communication of Dr. Smeathman to the Royal Society of London on the insect in question, it seemed to me that no room was. left for the discovery of additional facts. But, resi- ding in the locality, of the Termes, I felt a desire to know per- sonally their ceconomy ; first, from motives of interest in the general subject of natural history ; and secondly, in order to discover some way of preventing their supposed attacks on our buildings. As I proceeded, I noticed some mistakes made by Dr. Smeath- man or his many copiers, which induced me to record my own observations. Of these the following is a summary. I would here remark, that I have never seen the original nor. entire publication of Dr. Smeathman’s paper; but what I have seen, is sufficient to show that he was an acute observer, a man of indomitable perseverance and accurate to a remarkable degree. The best account that [ have read of his paper is that of ‘Edward Newman, Esq. 7 F.R.S., in his § Familiar Introduction to the History of Insects” It is free from the marks of a pru- rient imagination, and indicates more of a desire to relate the simple truth in the history of the insect than any that I have seen. The figures, however, which stand at the head of | his account are decidedly bad. The first thing that strikes a. visitor who is familiat with Adamson’s and Smeathman’s observations, when he arrives on the coast of Africa, is the great sparseness of the Termites’ hills. Instead of “ acres so thickly covered as to appear like the huts of native settlements,” his eye may wander over acres without seeing one ; one cause of this sparseness may have arisen to some extent from the introduction of civilization, The visitor usually lands first at the European or American settlements, where the hills in their immediate vicinity are mostly destroyed. This has been done, first, from the notion that the insect ‘“ ate down their dwellings ;” and, secondly, from the superiority of the clay of which they are constructed, which is used for building purposes. At no point, however, between Cape Verd and the Gaboon river, will the stranger remark them for their numbers. They more frequently occur on plane and flat lands; making their appearance especially soon after the lands have been cleared for planting, at which time trees are left girdled and prostrate to decay. '* From the Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. iv. No. 11. Mr. T. S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 93 The features which first strike the beholder are their great size and form. These have been well represented by Smeathman, though two hills cannot be found exactly like. Their contour is generally that of a hay-stack—the surface never regular, always marked with protuberances and upward projections, often not unlike “ turrets,” as termed by Smeathman. Sometimes the hill presents the aspect of a mound having been worn down by the heavy rains, or, if in the vicinity of a village, by children playing upon it. In such cases they may be forsaken. When they present distinct upward projections or turrets, they are known to be in the process of enlargement. This is always the mode in which these insects increase their domiciles, Turrets are projected one after another, and the intervening spaces filled out, so as to make a continuous surface. Within each of these turrets is a cavity which leads down as a passage into the inte- rior of the hill, or terminates in some other passage, keeping up a free communication throughout the structure. When- hills present in their general outline the form of a hay-stack, they have arrived at their maximum size. Their height in such cases is from 12 to 15 feet perpendicular measurement, the cireum- ference at base from 50 to 60 feet; at two-thirds the. height, or around the base of the “dome,” from 30 to 40 feet. The materials have for their base clay, generally strongly tinged with oxide of iron in the recent state; after exposure to the sun and atmosphere it takes on a light colour, approaching a dull yellow, in some cases white. There is an admixture, more or less, of other substances incidentally occurring, as gravel, leaves, straw, &c. Sometimes the clay presents a dark, slaty aspect, which is in- correctly stated in books to be an indication of a different species of insect. This fact is owing to different-coloured clays exist- ing in ‘different localities. | The strength of these structures is incalculably great; as an evidence of this, Smeathman states that they are often mounted by wild bulls, and four men were known to stand on one to spy a vessel at sea. But more than this, they would sustain more wild bulls and men than could possibly mount them. The particles of clay are cemented together by a fluid excreted from the mouth of the insect (not as Smeathman says, by gums elaborated from the different kinds of wood on which they feed). This, by ex- posure to the sun and atmosphere, becomes exceedingly hard and tenacious on the surface, added to which, the action of the well- known principle in mechanical philosophy involved in the arched form of the structure gives to it a vast degree of strength. This feature in the ceconomy of the Termes fatalis—the strength of 94 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. the domiciles—is a wise provision in nature. It guards the hills against the heavy wasting rains of the country, and enables them to resist the shock of decayed falling trees, which so often occur on recently cleared grounds. When it is known that it is the practice of the natives of Africa not to plant the same piece of ground two years in succession, but let it lie fallow four or five year's, and clear up a new spot every year, and as many trees are girdled and left to decay and fall, the wisdom of this feature will be understood. On clearing away the shrubbery and grass around the base of a hill, several covered ways or clay tubes will be seen leading to neighbouring stumps and decayed logs. These tubes, sometimes 12 inches in diameter at base, gradually diminish, ramifying as they proceed outward. If their connection with the hill be broken, as many holes will be seen, constituting mouths of pas- sages, which run in a sloping direction to a depth of 12 or 18 inches under the domicile. These passages expand into basement rooms, bounded by clay pillars, supporting a series of archwork on which rest the “cellular work,” “royal apartments,” and superincumbent interior portions of the structure. The exterior of the hill consists of a clay wall varying in thick- ness on the different sides from 6 inches to 13 foot. Through- out this wall there are cavities, cells and passages, anastomosing and running from the base to the apex, forming a communica- tion with the “ dome.” Within, at the base, elevated to a height of one to two feet above the surface of the ground, and central in respect to the circumference of the hill, is the apartment of the king and queen, styled by Smeathman “the royal chamber,” surrounded by many other apartments or chambers, containing eggs and young of various sizes and stages of growth, all sup- ported by the archwork mentioned. It will be observed, that Mr. Smeathman states that the “royal apartments” are on a level with the surface of the ground ; but, in every case, 1 have found them elevated from 1 to 2 feet, de- pending on the height of the structure. Indeed, at certain sea- sons, this elevation becomes a matter of necessity in many lo- ealities. Were it otherwise, the royal pair would be in danger of inundation during the long and violent rains of that country. Immediately above the royal apartments, extending across and up the sides of the hill to about two-thirds their height, are the “nurseries ” of Smeathman, a yellow, dry, comb-like gra- nulated substance, mclosed in moist red clay, so moist that it can be made by the hands into balls. In this substance are nu- merous narrow serpentine cavities or cells, containing eggs and young in different stages. Scattered on the surface are perceived, in a recent state, many minute white globular fungi. Imme- Mr. T. 8. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 95 diately above, and interior to the nurseries, lie the ‘‘ magazines” of Smeathman, rising to the height of about a foot. . These are a cellular arrangement of soft clay, filled with a dark brown gra- nulated substance, supposed by Mr. Smeathman to be the “food.” It is very moist, and appears to be vegetable substance, commi- nuted and reduced to this state by the insect. Between the royal. apartments and nurseries is the first-floor of Smeathman; immediately above the magazines is the second ; then comes the “ dome,” a large cavity in the upper part of the structure, With the dome there is.a communication by nume- rous passages. with the different. parts of the hill, and thus a free circulation of warm air kept up, giving a uniform temperature to the domicile, The principles of philosophy known in the tendency of air to an equilibrium, its ascent when rarefied, condensation and descent, in coming in contact with a colder, medium, thus securing a uniformity of temperature, are all involved in this peculiarity of structure. . : The statement of Dr. Smeathman respecting the primary size and subsequent mode of increase of the royal apartments is.a matter of deduction, though undoubtedly correct. In small hills the queen is found of corresponding size. As the hills increase, the size of the queen and her apartments are known to increase. The adjacent portions must be taken downto meet this enlarge- ment. This is true also of other portions of the structure. As the outer projections, or turrets, are sent up from within, and the intervening spaces filled out, a portion of what, was, previously the exterior must be removed, to admit of the expansion of the interior arrangements, the nurseries, magazines, &c., This change and removal must be more or less true, also, of almost all parts of the domicile. The community was divided by Smeathman into three orders : Ist, the workers ; 2nd, soldiers; 3rd, the perfect insects, male and female, or king and queen; a fourth order or state was sub- sequently noticed by Latreille among another species in the south of France, at. Bordeaux (Termes lucifugus)... It was afterwards observed in the East Indies, and incidentally noticed by an ano- nymous writer in manuscript on a Ceylonese species (Kirby and Spence’s Introduct. vol. ii. p. 33). This was the nympha or pupa state of the workers, in which rudimental wings were ob- served, The same state. was inferred and. averred of 7. fatalis, by Messrs. Kirby and Spence, and adopted by compilers. I have never known this inference to be confirmed by any observer wri- ting on the African species; but I am happy in being able to assert the fact from personal observation, and, furthermore, to declare the same of the soldiers. I have seen both with rudi- mental wings distinct. Messrs. Kirby and Spence suppose the 96 Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. pup to be equally active with their respective larvee, which is not the case ; they are exceedingly delicate and sluggish. Of these several orders, the labourers are by far the most nu- merous. They seem to be susceptible of two divisions—Jlarger and smaller labourers. The latter exceed the former in numbers, and are found chiefly in the domicile. The work about the hill, such as constructing, repairing, bearing away the eggs from the maternal department, &e., seems to be done by them. Of the larger size, some few are found in the hill, but they exist in greater numbers in the covered ways, about and in the objects of plunder. The mandibles of this division are very hard and strong, and admirably adapted to the performance of what I sup- pose to be their part in the community, which is the comminu- ting of the different kinds of wood on which they prey, and the reducing of the clay from which their, hills are made to a port- able condition. A like division of labour I have noticed among the Driver Ants of Africa (Anomma arcens and A. rubella). ‘Messrs. Kirby and Spence are incorrect when they say (Intro- duct. vol. ii. pp. 40, 41) that “they carry in their mouths a mass of mortar half as big as their bodies, ready tempered, made of the finer parts of gravel, which, worked up to a proper con- sistence, hardens to a substance resembling stone, of which their nests are constructed.” The amount each insect carries at a time is'so small as to be hardly perceptible to the naked eye. When the work is done it presents a minutely granulated appear- ance, like that of the “ nurseries.” Nor is it already “ tempered,” ready to be laid. The insect, when it arrives at the place of de- posit, stops for an mstant, and retaining its hold on the piece of clay, undergoes'a slight tremulous movement, more perhaps like the spasmodic action of vomiting, when a fluid being seen to be eacreted from the mouth over it, the clay is deposited. This cor- ‘rects the supposition of Smeathman, that the cementing medium was gum obtained from the trees on which they preyed. The outer surface of the work when recent presents a red, moist, granulated appearance, but when acted on by the sun and atmo- sphere it approaches a dull white or yellow, and is highly indu- rated, more so than simple clay dried in the sun can be. It however falls far short of the hardness of stone; as the hill is penetrated, the clay becomes softer until the interior is found to be so plastic that it can be made into balls under the pressure of the hand. The young of this order are seen of all sizes; the nymphe of Latreille differmg from the others apparently in no respect but that of their rudimentary wings. Soldiers —Of this order there seems to be ground for two divisions also, larger and smaller. When a breach is made in the hill, the smaller soldiers are Mr. T. 8. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 97 seen with the labourers in small numbers, and retreat with them to the interior, Then appear the larger soldiers, whose duty especially it is to defend the community. Their conduct, fero- cious aspect, &c. have been well described by Smeathman, and need not be here repeated. It has been said, however, whether by Mr. Smeathman or not, I cannot state, that in the act of biting “they never quit their hold even though they are pulled limb from limb” (Kirby and Spence, Introduct. vol. ii. p. 40). This assertion has been correctly made of the Driver Ants of Africa (Anomma arcens and A. rubella), but cannot be of the Termes fatalis. It is the habit of this insect to let go imme- diately after biting, and strike as fiercely at another place, doing this several times in quick succession. The manner in which its jaws operate will not admit of a continued hold. Like scissors (unlike the mandibles of the Anomma) they cross each other, separating the fibres by a clear cut through. In about fifteen minutes after the attack of the enemy, the work of reparation begins by the labourers, who, accompanied by a few of the smaller soldiers, and occasionally a larger, appear in great numbers. In view of the duty performed by these two orders, itis a surprising fact that both males and females are without eyes. These, at particular seasons, leave the hills in vast numbers. “‘ The rains,” as they are familiarly termed in Africa, begin in May, sooner or later, and continue with some intermissions until October. During the month of July, and sometimes extending into August, an intermission takes place under the name of “ middle dries,” dividmg them into “early and latter rains.” At the beginning of these seasons—“ early and latter rains,’—the Termes swarm (if it may be so called) in incalculable numbers. At their exit so rapid is their ascent, that they present the ap- pearance of smoke rising from all parts of the hill. The holes through which they escape are temporary, created for this pur- pose, and closed when the swarming ceases, During this pro- cess, the atmosphere for many rods distant seems to be filled with them. Birds are then seen whirling and darting through the air in quick pursuit—all orders of insect-eating animals are now on the alert. Barn-yard fowls are seen to jump up several feet from the ground to catch them as they descend. Indeed, men as well as brutes make them their prey. All tribes of Afri- cans however do not eat them. The Grebos, who inhabit Cape Palmas, and among whom these observations were made, reject them as food. Why, it is difficult to tell, unless it be from the trouble attending their capture. It is not from any fastidiousness of taste, for they are known to eat snakes, toads, grubs, beetles, and even putrid meat, with zest. Tribes about fifty miles to the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. | 98 Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. windward of Cape Palmas use them as food. To catch them, bowls of water are set on the ground, into which) they fall as their wings drop off.. They are then roasted as shrimps, and the larger beetles (Goliathi) are said to be equally sweet. The individuals. of the two sexes appear to be about the same size when they issue from the hill, not exceeding half an. inch. The largest queen I have ever seen at the head of a community measured 43 inches in length. Messrs. Kirby and Spence state that the queen lives but two years, which is incorrect. I have observed the yearly: increase of hills for five years or more, and, when dissected, they have yielded a queen of corresponding size. ‘To say that a successor to the original one might have. been elected. would be gratuitous. Nothing is known of their habits to’ warrant such an assertion, while everything we do know goes to prove that they live for many years. ! It is stated also, that but one queen is ever found in a hill. This, too, is incorrect. But one is generally found. - I have known two to occur. They were contained in the same struc- ture, called by Smeathman “ the royal chamber,” but separated by a septum of clay. The hill was of the usual size.. It was “dug down” by a colonist at Cape Palmas, who, knowing that I was investigating the habits of the insect, kindly brought them to my residence. I regretted exceedingly my inability to decide the question which arose to my mind at first sight, “ Is it a case of bigamy?” ‘The person who discovered them took no notice, and was unable to say that he saw even one king.. It occurred to me that it might be an anomaly. I therefore made inqui- ries at Montserrado, and the different. European settlements that I visited, and ascertained that the same thing had occurred at ‘those points, though it was considered quite unusual. I am able here to confirm the truth of Mr. Smeathman’s state- ment, that the king and queen are permanently inclosed in their apartment, which has been.doubted by the eminent writer of the article Termitida, in the ‘ British Cyclopedia of Natural History” (understood to be J. O. Westwood,’ Esq.). The sentence in which the doubt: occurs runs. as follows :— “The young queen of the hive swarms’is followed by a portion of the community ; and the female after swarming, and the loss of her wings, is guarded by the worker ants; there is, therefore, so much analogy in these circumstances that we are almost tempted to consider that Smeathman must have erred in stating that the working Termites imprison both the king and queen Termes. That it should be necessary for the latter to be care- fully guarded will be very evident ; but why the king in his help- less and wingless state (for we consider that the loss of wings is Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 99 consequent upon and not precedent to pairing) should be shut up, seems questionable. We make these observations with hesitation, because Latreille, and Kirby and Spence seem to adopt, without hesitation, this statement of Smeathman.” I feel it my duty to notice particularly this doubt, coming as it does from a source of such high respectability as the present Corresponding Secretary of the London Ent. Soc., J. O. West- wood, Esq. It should be remembered that in penning this doubt, Mr. West- wood was sitting within-doors at Hammersmith, England, many thousand miles distant from the scene of Mr. Smeathman’s patient and prolonged observation, Mr. Smeathman states what he knew to be a fact, and respecting which I can see no way in which he could be mistaken. Mr. Westwood misapprehends a remark of Mr. Smeathman on their “ swarming,” if it can beé'so called. I do not understand Mr. Smeathman to state that the queen is accompanied by any other individuals than those of the two sexes—other perfect males and females. He says that as workers are always to be found on the surface of the ground, the king and queen are captured by them, and thus made to become the heads of new communities. On what foundation ¢his statement rests I know not ; but must confess that in this part of their ceconomy I think there exists a lacuna yet to be filled. As to the state- ment, however, involving the ‘perpetual imprisonment of the king and queen, I have no doubt. The facts respecting the struc- ture of the “royal chamber” sufficiently prove it. Any one who has seen a fully-developed queen will'say that she is incapable of progression, and the fact that no aperture has been ‘discovered in the “chamber” among the many hills dissected at ‘different seasons, sufficient to admit‘of the ingress and egress of the king, aud hardly of the larger class of soldiers, must suffice. It has been stated also by compilers of Smeathman, that the insect shrinks from light; which is a reason for their constructing covered ways. But if it be remembered that the two orders— soldiers and workers-—are perfectly blind, the assertion must appear to be gratuitous. The true cause of their erection of covered ways would’ seem to lie in the fact that the insect isa — prey to a vast number of other insects, reptiles, &c. Smeathman and others state that Termes bellicosus is the insect which devours dwelling-houses, furniture, &c. This also I ¢on- sider an error. I doubted its accuracy at the commencement of my observations, and made inquiries subsequently of intelligent observers at Sierra Leone and Montserrado, all of whom confirmed me in my doubts. The white ants found in our houses preying on our furniture, books, &c. are smaller, and larger in proportion to their breadth, than 7. bellicosus. The soldiers which accom- Wk 100 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. pany the labourers and are found with them in their covered ways along the sills, floors and roofs of our houses, differ palpably im these respects from those of 7’. bellicosus. 1 made known my doubts on this point to my correspondent Mr. Westwood of London, proving the truth of my statement by specimens taken from my own dwellings, but, unfortunately, the bottles containing them were broken, and I Sileal of my object. I consider these house-eaters as the JT. arborum of Smeathman. One of their nests, indeed, I found in the roof of my office, and by them great damage was done to the building ; besides many books were de- stroyed, having been eaten through and through. Another nest also was found in a small out-building ; ; the insects of these two nests corresponded to those found in my dwellings, &e., while marked differences existed between the latter and 7’. bellicosus. I regret exceedingly that the steps to prove this opinion have rm in the manner above stated. I hesitate not, however, to assert it, confirmed as it is by other observers. Fiills dissected. Fill kst—-Opened 22nd.Mareh, 1842. General outlines very much, like those of a hay-stack; situated in a valley. Measurement. ‘Circumference at base... Mr paI HE: |B yy at 2 height on A ERs: 6 wi MR Lae Height from apex "to base on the surface . .. 138 .,, a -. ar perpendicular . , 9,, The work was begun with three men at 20 minutes past 4 P.M., and required 24 hours to accomplish it. ~ The material was red clay, obtained about. two feet below the surface-soil, the latter bemg.a mixture of sand and decayed vege- table matter brought down from the surrounding hills. The surface was highly indurated, receiving a slight impression from a single blow of the mattock. The order first seen was the workers, who instantly teireated on exposure to the external air. They were succeeded by one and then another, and then many of the larger class of soldiers, who, rushing out in great rage with jaws extended, threatened vengeance on the intruders. The experiment of permitting them to bite was tried several times, when it was perceived that a drop of brownish fluid was exuded upon the part. . The sensation was like that of a minute sharp-cutting instrument, the jaws moving in cross direction like scissors. On breaking several. of the upward projections or “ turrets,” they were perceived to be hollow, leading into the “ dome,” and Mr. T. S. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. 101 the main passages in the walls down to the basement: These several passages were smooth, as if by being well-worn by con- stant tread, and it undoubtedly is through them that their food is brought from below to the “magazines.” The first fragment of the hill exposed numerous apparent: perforations, from the size of a shot to that. of a dollar, which were increased by every stroke ; these were the different passages, running in every direc- tion and anastomosing with each other, keeping up a communi- cation throughout the domicile. The walls seemed to be about 12 inches thick, and contained numerous cavities or cells of various sizes and shapes, with youn in different stages of growth, extremely white and delicate. ‘They communicated with each other and with the main passages. The number of young contained in them varied from twelve to twenty. ‘When several were found in one cell, they were regularly and closely packed, with their heads converging towards the bottom. The first idea which this arrangement presented to my mind; was that of pigs in an autumnal night, stowed in the angle of a * Vir- ginia fence.” Having beaten away the wall of the hill, a layer of light brown spongy substance was seen, its structure irregularly cellular and inclosed in red moist clay of corresponding form ; the “ nurseries”’ of Smeathman.. The cells contained young of different sizes ; on the surface were visible numerous scattered minute white glo- bular bodies, probably fungi. Messrs. Kirby and Spence sup- pose them to belong to the genus Mucor. But the Mucorini are generated from decayed animal and stercoraceous: matter. Without a microscopic examination, they seem’ tovme ‘to be as- signed more naturally to the Trichocisti, perhaps Trichia, the pin- head fungi, which are known to sprmg from: decayed vegetable substance. It is highly probable that the material of which these nurseries are made is: at base vegetable matter. Their extent, as thus observed, is from the base to two-thirds the height of the sides of the hill. Centrally to these, and lying immediately under the floor of the “ dome,’’ was a series\of cellular work, en- tirely of clay, filled with a chestnut-brown substance, very moist, having the appearance of rasped or gnawed wood, and other vegetable matter. These are Smeathman’s “ magazines” and “food,” which, with the nurseries, constitute almost two-thirds of the contents of the structure. | Throughout the nurseries were found young in different stages of growth: those in the external cells were smaller and mostly without rudimental wings ; those in the interior cells were larger, with distinctly developed mandibles and rudimentary wings ge- nerally, the pupe of soldiers: The young ‘in the interior of. this cellular work, with a few exceptions, were assuming the yellow 102. Mr. 'T. 8S. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. colour which marks the head and thorax of the workers and soldiers in their perfect or active state ; the mere rage were of a pure white. As the larger passages were opened, a strong current of warm air from within was perceptible. | 1 attempted to look down the * dome,” but was compelled to withdraw immediately, my respi- ration being affected, and the glasses of my spectacles coated witha film of moisture ; a strong, peculiar, but not unpleasant odour was perceived. It was observed, that the deeper we pene- trated, the more numerous became the young, and the more ad- vanced were they in growth. The structure called the “ royal chamber”? by Smeathman was discovered ina position central in respect to the circumference of the hill, and about 18 imches above the surface of the ground. Around and ‘beneath it was.a connected series of clayey cellular work, in which were found the young, as before stated. The chamber’ was’ of an oblong shape, rounded at the ends and sides ; flattened and thick above and below. It was supported on one side by two pillars about three-quarters of an inch in diameter ; on the other, it was attached to the surrounding clay-work. I. accidentally broke open the inclosure, being misled by the state- ment of Smeathman, that it was'situated on ‘a level with the sur- face of the ground. ‘The queen was discovered, surrounded by a large number of the larger labourers, a few soldiers, and some of the more advanced pupz, all of whom were running rapidly round her, manifesting the greatest perturbation. The queen made great efforts at progression, constantly turning her head and thorax from side to side, but without moving in the least her huge abdomen. Her whole length was 43 inches. The king, evidently in great alarm, made repeated efforts to conceal himself under the abdominal folds of his consort. On examining further the “royal chamber,” a wide cavity was observed running horizontally along the upper part or roof, ex- ternally, but without any signs of communication with the inte- rior. On the under surface of the roof, or ceiling, is a long de- pression, corresponding in shape to the body of the queen, which gives her that freedom of motion necessary to the extension of her eggs. This motion is compound, first in a longitudinal, then transverse direction, alternately elongating, contracting and widening her body, which is marked with short, thick, transverse bands. The skin is thrown into folds, while these bands operate as so many fixed pomts or centres of muscular action, forcing the eggs through their ducts to the place of exit. For some time after exposure, the queen continued the expul- sion of her eggs, but not, as I am inclined to think, to the usual extent. They were white and very minute, and left untouched Mr. T. 8. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. 103 by the workers, who evidently continued in a state of the greatest alarm. | ) The floor of the chamber was perfectly plane and smooth, ex- hibiting not the slightest impression from. the body of the queen. The roof in:the centre was 3 of an inch thick ; the floor about 3 ; at the line of conjunction about 4. . Posteriorly,im, the Ine of junction between the roof and floor was a small aperture, sheltered from above by a spur of clay running downwards, which was the only way discovered of ingress and egress. It could. not have admitted an insect larger than the soldiers, and eyen to them, as it then appeared, it must have been a “strait gate.” The king could not have passed,;-and, consequently, not the queen. It had the appearance of having been repeatedly closed and opened. by collections of clay around it. | That the queen is inclosed for life, is evident from the fact, that she is, from her great.size, incapable of progression of herself, or of being transported by any means within the power of the com- munity. | On clearing away the refuse atthe base. of the hill, the orifices of the main passages under the basement were discovered; de- scending in a sloping direction, they led to large vacant, rooms, made by the pillars supporting the archwork, on which, rests the interior of the structure. These pillars or columns were of an irregular, rounded shape, from }.to 2} inches in diameter, — and stood on the solid ground about 6 inches high. __. On visiting this hill the next morning, all the passages in that portion of the wall not dissected were found well closed with fresh deposits of clay, and also a continuous layer spread over the remaining central cellular work. . This was done during the night by the surviving members of the community for their pro- tection against the cool air of the night, the rain, and hostile imsects. The opening of a hill is the signal for the gathering of all their foes,—ants, reptiles, &c.; hence the speedy closing of their various entrances is a step of primary importance. Another hill, previously dissected, was, after a time, so far repaired as to be externally perfect. On taking it down again, though the cellular work was apparently restored, no queen was found nor royal apartments; a few workers were all the insects discovered, and they were collected in the cells in the walls of the hill. £Mill 2nd.— Opened Feb. 3rd, 1847. Circumference at base . . . . 26 ft. 10 in. Height on the outer surface . . 8,, 6,, A diagonal section was made by a cross cut saw, beginning just below the upper floor of Smeathman. 104 Mr. F. Townsend on a supposed new species of-Glyceria. - The walls were much the thickest on the north side, nearly double those on the south, measuring 14 foot through. It being in a locality where sand and gravel abounded, their materials were freely mixed with the clay. : The covered ways leading from the base to objects of plunder at a distance were in this case larger and more numerous than any I have seen before. The main one measured 12 inches in diameter, and gave off several branches which proceeded in va- rious directions. These were traced to sticks, stumps and logs, which afforded them prey. . In this case the labourers in the hill were generally of the smaller class, while those in the covered ways and in the stumps were larger, having strong, stout jaws, well-adapted to the gnaw- ing of wood. | The “royal chamber” was found raised about 13 foot above the level of the ground. . Hill 3rd—Circumference at base, 50 feet. Height, 14 feet. The notes do not state whether this is the perpendicular height © or not. Several fresh turrets were erected on the top, having a moist, deep red, granular appearance. The structure called the “royal chamber ” measured externally 10 inches in length, internally 8 inches. Its height from the level of the ground was 2 feet 8 inches. The length of the queen 43 inches. | Shrubs or small trees are frequently seen growing up through the hills. Such trees are never seen dead, consequently are not eaten by the insect. XI.—On a supposed new species of Glyceria. , By Freprericx Townsenp, B.A.* In 1846 I drew up a description of a supposed new species of Glyceria, which had probably been confounded with other de- scribed species, viz. G. fluitans and G. plicata ; and a paper on the three plants was read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh on November 9 in that year, but for the purpose of adding the results of further observations, it was not then published. Re- vised characters for, and some remarks upon, the three supposed species are now again submitted to the Society. In my former paper I applied the name of G. hybrida to the new plant ; but as the use of that word might lead to erroneous theoretical conclusions, I now substitute the name of G. pedicel- lata. The specific characters may stand as follows :— 1. Glyceria fluitans (R. Br.).. Panicle simple, elongate, sub- secund, spreading whilst in flower, otherwise close ; branches * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh Dee. 13, 1849: Mr. F, Townsend on a supposed new species of Glyceria. 105 simple, lowermost mostly in pairs; rachis smooth ; spikelets linear, of 7~12 acute florets ; outer pale oblong-lanceolate, length exceeding twice its breadth: apex acute, somewhat apiculate ; anthers five times as long as broad; sheaths even careopsis linear-elliptical. pvt he Var. B. Inflorescence spiked. ! ; Rachis perfectly smooth, never swollen asin G. plicata. Leaves pungent ; sheaths roughish ; ligule obtuse, frequently obscurely three-toothed. Panicle subsecund, elongate ; branches not bear- ing more than five spikelets, one branch only of each of the lower- most clusters bearmg several spikelets ; uppermost spikelets of the branches and rachis mostly sessile or upon short rigid pedi- cels ; pedicels more or less scabrous. Inner pale equaling the outer in length or surpassing it. Anthers purple, sometimes yellow. Careopsis linear-elliptical. | It flowers from June to September, sometimes bearing a second crop late in the year, and is universally distributed. » It grows in stagnant and running water. 2. G. pedicellata. Panicle simple, elongate, subsecund; branches simple, always spreading, lowermost mostly in threes ; rachis smooth ; spikelets linear, of 7-16 obtuse florets ; outer pale ob- long, twice as long as broad: apex entire or slightly and irre- gularly denticulate-crenate; anthers three times as long as broad ; sheaths sulcate. i Rachis perfectly smooth, never swollen as in G.. plicata. Leaves plicate, acute ; sheaths roughish ; ligule obtuse, somewhat apiculate. Panicle subsecund, elongate; branches not bearing more than six spikelets, one branch only of each of the lowermost clusters bearing several spikelets ; spikelets more or less stalked ; pedicels slender, flexible. Outer pale strongly ribbed when dry, more membranous than in the other two species; inner pale rather shorter than the outer. Squamule with an inflated ap- pearance. Anthers always yellow; lips incurved after bursting. The careopsis has not been observed. It flowers from June to September, and has been noticed in several places in Cambridgeshire, and at Dovedale near Blockley, Worcestershire.. It is found in stagnant and running water. 3. G. plicata (Fries!). Panicle compound ; branches compound, always spreading, lowermost mostly in. fives, uppermost crowded; rachis scabrous above ; spikelets linear, of .7—12 rather obtuse florets ; outer pale oval, not twice as long as broad : apex obtuse-angled, obscurely three-toothed ; anthers twice as long as broad; sheaths suleate ; careopsis roundish-elliptical. Var. 8. Panicle simple. Rachis more or less rough from just below the panicle and 106 Mr. F. Townsend on a supposed new species of Glyceria. upwards, wavy and twisted above, and frequently with a swollen appearance. Leaves plicate, rather obtuse, more flaccid and of a darker green than in the other two species; sheaths sul- eate, rough ; ligule obtuse, apiculate, obscurely three-toothed or entire. Panicle often drooping, not so elongate as in either of the above; clusters arranged at shorter distances ; branches often spreading in all directions from the twisting of the rachis, uppermost crowded, a single branch often bearing sixteen or more spikelets, two branches of each of the lowermost clusters bearing several spikelets; spikelets shorter than in either of the above; uppermost spikelets of the branches and rachis sessile or upon’ short “rigid pedicels; pedicels always scabrous. Florets smaller than in either of the above. Inner pale rather shorter than the outer. Anthers-purple, sometimes yellow. Careopsis round- ish-elliptical, and at once distinguishable from that of G. flutans, which is linear-elliptical. It flowers from June to September, sometimes bearing a se- cond crop late in'the year, and is of frequent occurrence. It grows in stagnant and running water. ‘This is the G. plicata (Fries); “Herb. Normale Suec.’ fasc. 5. No. 91, and is thus proved to be the plant described under that name by him. Glyceria fluitans may at once be distinguished by its even sheaths, those of the other species under consideration being sulcate. G. nedicellata may be known from G. plicata by its spikelets being much longer and florets larger, its panicle simple and elongate, one branch only of each cluster bearing more than one spikelet, and the whole plant of a lighter green and more wire-like. A common observer might at a glance distinguish the plants by these characters. The character of the inflorescence in G. pedicellata appears constant, whilst in the other plants it is variable, and for this reason I have noticed varieties derived from the form of inflo- rescence. By a compound panicle I understand that the main branches develope other branches upon which the spikelets are arranged, and the panicle is thus twice compound ; in the simple panicle the pedicels of the spikelets spring directly from the main branches. The name pedicellata has been chosen in consideration of the pedicels of the spikelets being longer and more decided in that plant than in the others, which have frequently quite sessile spikelets. I have met with no description of G. pedicellata. From its having somewhat intermediate characters, it has probably been confounded both with G. jfluitans and G. plicata. With regard to published figures, of which there are many, I will venture a few remarks. The figure given by Reichenbach (Icon. Fl. Germ. Mr. F. Townsend ona supposed new species of Glyceria. 107 vil. t.79) is an excellent one of G. plicata ; except the fruit, which is a tolerable representation of that of G. fluitans, as will be seen by reference to Nees.von Esenbeck (Gen. Pl. Fl. Germ. Monocot. i. 57), whose figure of the fruit is exactly that of G. plicata ; the rest of the plate by the latter author is not sufficiently accurate. By Parnell (Brit. Grasses, t.45),.as far as I,can judge, a fair figure is given of G. pedicellata ; and in Curtis (Fl. Lond. i,t. 18) also is to be found a good plate of the same plant: the form of the panicle is good; but the outer pale is too long, and the magni- fied representation still less accurate ; the anthers and leaves are accordant. There only remains one other figure to, be noticed, viz. that given in ‘English Botany ’ (t. 1520) ; it 1s however so faulty that I can determine nothing with sufficient, accuracy. Since the above was forwarded to the Botanical Society at Edinburgh on Nov. 29th, 1849, some “Remarks on. G. fluitans and G. plicata” have appeared in the ‘Phytologist’ (ii. 734) from the pen of Mr. W. H. Purchas, on whose paper I should wish to say a few words. In G. fluitans I have not myself ob- served any characters by which specimens with appressed branches may be distinguished from those with the branches divaricate ; colour is the only distinction which Mr., Purchas has remarked, and of this he appears to speak only from recollection and to consider almost valueless. G. plicata a. of the same paper is certainly my G. pedicellata ; but these plants do not agree in the proportion of the outer pale ; in the latter the outer pale is twice as long as broad, in the former it is less than twice as long as broad. The character taken from the position of the apex of the outer pale with re- spect to the floret next above (when first attempting to distin- guish the plants) I thought might be of value, but afterwards de- termined it to be worthless. The plicature of the leaves may be found in all these plants, but not generally in G. fluitans, whilst in G. pedicellata and G. plicata I have found the plicature pretty constant. That aspecimen from Mr. Moore agrees with this plant is possible, as the two latter plants possess some characters in common and were not then distinguished ; but an original speci- men from that botanist preserved in Mr. Babington’s herbarium is the G. plicata of this paper. 7 The description of G. plicata B, which Mr. Purchas thought to be my plant, is that of G. plicata (Fries), with the exception of the proportion of the outer pale and the character given of the leaves. It is curious that Mr. Purchas should never haye ob- served the leaves to be folded, as I have found them very con- stantly so, having examined plants from numerous localities in several countries. The panicle has truly a “ fuller look,” “from the greater number of compound branches,” as well as from 108 Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on British Odostomiz. their being arranged at shorter distances. The same. botanist also observes, that ‘two branches of each whorl are almost constantly. compound,” and this character I have. taken the liberty of inserting in other words in my observations on this plant. The remainder of his paper accords with my own, obser- vations, with exceptions which have been already noticed. J, have however frequently found this plant in stagnant pools, and can- not as: yet discover that either of the three affects peculiar situa- tions.) ©. ! There is only one more remark to be made, and this. respecting the suspected hybrid origin of the plant; Mr. Purchas seems to imply that I held that opinion, but in my original but unpublished paper it was expressly stated that my convictions were that it could not be a hybrid, and the plant was therefore considered by me.as a species; the unfortunate choice of a name has not unnaturally conveyed a wrong impression of my views. . . XII.—Supplementary Notes on British Odostomie. By J..G. Jerrreys, F.R. & LS. Sincz the publication of my paper on this subject in the ‘ An- nals of Natural History’ for November 1848, the discoveries of that indefatigable conchologist Mr. Barlee, and the communica- tions of other scientific friends, have induced me to notice the following additions of species and localities :— Odostomia pallida var. a. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. © Varied. “Loch Fyne, As MacNab. O. ‘Rissoides var. b.) Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. alba var..a. -This has been lately found by Mr. Alder on the coasts of Northumberland and the Isle of Man, and deseribed by him in ‘the Transactions» of the Newcastle Naturalists’ Club, under the name of O. fulva. It appears to attain a greater: size than any other of the true Odostomia. , O. nitida monstr. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. Ovalbella-var.a, minor, sutura profundiore. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. acuta. In this species, as well as plicata and wnidentata, may be detected, by the aid of a good magnifying glass, faint but regular spiral strize. | | O. turrita. Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway, Mr. Barlee. O. cylindrica. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee.. O. plicata var. a. Northumberland coast, Professor King. Guernsey ; Burrow Island; Mr. Barlee. O. unidentata. Arran Island and Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway ; Burrow Island ; Mr. Barlee. Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on British Odostomie. 109 O. conoidea var. a. Arran Island, co. Galway; Guernsey ; Mr. Barlee. O. diaphana. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. decorata (n.'s.). Testa ovato-oblonga, diaphana, nitida, alba, per dimidium in- feriorem. anfractiis cujusque striis impressis undulatis circa 15 sculpta; anfractus 5, convexi, ultimo plusquam 2 teste equante ; apex obtusus; sutura subobliqua, profunde incisa; apertura ovata, subtus rotundata, superne ad mediam anfractis ultimi inflexa ; peristoma columellarem umbilicum includens ; plica in- conspicua. Long. 745, lat. 5} une. | Burrow Island, Mr. Bean and Mr. Barlee. In my former paper I had confounded this species with O. 0b- liqua, but am now satisfied of its distinctness, by reason of the spire being less oblique, the whorls more convex, the regular and close strize on the lower half of each whorl, the absence of a fold on the pillar, and especially of the well-defined umbilicus. I re- ceived the species some years ago from Mr. Bean under the MS. name of decorata; and as this name has been used by British conchologists, it may be inexpedient to change it for perhaps a more appropriate appellation. It differs from O. diaphana in its less cylindrical form and the greater convexity of its whorls, be- sides possessing spiral strize and an umbilicus, which are wanting in the other species. O. obliqua. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. insculpta. Dunvegan, Skye; Oban; Burrow Island; Mr. + O. truncatula (n. s.). Testa oblongo-cylindrica, tenuis, nitida, alba, striis subtilibus spiraliter corrugata preesertim in anfractibus apicalibus, longitu- dinaliter ad suturam striis undulatis sculpta; anfractus 6, con- vexiusculi, turriculati, sensim increscentes, primo velut exciso ; sutura obliqua, profunda; apertura ovalis, superne in angulum contracta, subtus effusa; peristoma fere continuum, postice re- plicatum ; umbilicus nullus ; denticulus conspicuus, pliceformis. Long. 2, lat. =4, unc. Plymouth, very rare; Mr. Barlee. I have only seen one adult specimen. This species has somewhat the form of “ Turbo sub- truncatus,’ Mont., which is the young of Truncatella Montagui ; and the specimens recorded by Montagu as having been found “in sand from Saleomb” may possibly be referable to it. It is however a true Odostomia, and differs in form and markings from any of its congeners. The animal appears to have a yellowish colour. : ~~O. dolioliformis. Burrow Island; west coast of Scotland ; Mr. Barlee. aaa 110) = Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly O. spiralis. » Burrow Island, Mr. Barlee. O. interstincta. Burrow Island ; Bantry Bay ; Mr. Barlee. Var. a. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. | O. indistincta. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. O: exeavata. and’s End, Mr: Barlee ; Exmouth, Mr. Clark, who notices that’ his specimen has “a ‘strong conspicuous fold or tooth about the middle of the columella.” O. scalaris var. a. This is’ proposed to be distinguished by Messrs. Forbes and Hanley as the typical species, the name of rufescens being appropriated by them to'the other species or va- riety. I however believe the latter to be only a northern form or variety. O. lactea. Guernsey ; Burrow Island ; Mr. Barlee. : The variation of form in many of the species appears to be be fonatain aat and it would be easy to add several others to the list. 3 XIII.—WNotes upon the smaller British Moths, with descriptions of some nondescript or imperfectly characterized species. By Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. &ec. Family TortrRicip2z. 1. Genus 946, 4>*. Tortria (Ainectra) Pilleriana, Hib. pl. 27. f. 172.9, and luteolana, Hib. pl. 21. f. 186, is a very variable species, and differs from the other Tortrices in the form of the palpi. Several specimens were taken by W. W. Saunders, Esq., at the back of the Isle of Wight. The larva lives principally upon the vine, and is very destructive in the vineyards of France, but it will feed also on Stachys germanica, and inthe capsules of Jris fetidissima, which abounds at Niton. 2. 28. T. croceana, Hib. pl. 19. f. 120; Modeeriana, Haw. I took this rare species on 3rd July, 1842, on Bordean-hangers, near Petersfield, Hants. 3. Genus 947, 2. Amphisa Walkerana, Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 209. In the summer of 1827 Mr. H. Walker took two males of this curious little moth near Lanark, which I described and published the following year, and he afterwards saw it flying in some abun- dance over heathy districts, the end of March, in the sunshine about noon, on Tinto, a hill near Lanark. __* As great confusion often arises for want of references to some access- ible work, the numbers of the genera and species of Curtis’s Guide, 2nd ed., have been added, as well as those of the ‘ Brit. Ent.’ characterized species of British Moths. 111 - On the authority of Zeller, Mr. Doubleday has changed my name for “prodromana,’ vide “ Hiib. Caterpillars, Tortrices 4, Genuine B, c¢, fig. c,” and on referring to the plate where the moth is figured with its wings closed, I am not. satisfied that it represents my insect: it has simple antenne, it is much lighter than any I have seen, and the shoulder-marks are different : nevertheless it may represent the female. 4, Genus 950, 23. Spilonota tetragonana, Step. 1 took a spe- eimen 11th July, 1842, on a hedge bounding a wood going to Woolmer Forest from Selborn. 5. 26. Spilonota sylvestrana, Curt., was first discovered by Mr. Dale at Bournemouth, and from the 23rd June to the Ist July we found it there in 1846. It inhabits the Pinasters on the cliffs, and we beat. it into our nets in the daytime. It has been distributed amongst entomologists by the name of “ duplana” of Hiibner, pl. 36. f. 229 & 230, to which it is not unlike, but much smaller: it also resembles the small dark varieties of S. comi- tana, Hiib. It is gray: head grisly and crested ; palpi horizontal, very scaly, second joint rhomboidal, apical not apparent; basal joint of antennze stout ; they are closely annulated with black: wings deflexed in repose; superior oblong, tip rounded ; gray, trans- versely but irregularly striped with brown and chestnut, one-third of the base and a space towards the posterior margin darker, at the centre of this is a brownish-ochreous orbicular but not well- defined patch ; the costa is spotted gray and dusky ; the cilia are griseous with a black line at the base: under-wings pale golden- brown ; cilia tinted, with a darker line: the under-side is of an uniform pale golden-brown, the costa slightly spotted: hinder tibiz stout, with a pair of spurs below the middle, a little longer than the apical pair: expanse from 6 to 63 lines. 6. 27. Spilonota (Sideria) achatana, W.V. ; marmorana, Hib.; Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 551. The 12th July, 1848, I beat four out of blackthorns by Pole Hill, near Uxbridge. 7. Genus 955, 5. Anchylopera Lyellana, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 376, having been first added to our British fauna by Sir Charles Lyell, who took it in June at Kinnordy in Forfarshire, I named it after my friend, but it seems to have been described previously by Treitschke under the name of Phoxopteryx myrtil- lana, and has been since figured by Duponchel, vol. x. pl. 253. f. 4. , 8. 8. A. diminutana, Haw.; cuspidana, Treit. I have taken it the middle of August at Mickleham in Surrey, and Mr. Dale finds it at Lulworth in, Dorsetshire. 112 Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly 9. Genus 957, 12. Carpocapsa nigricana, Haw. Our speci- mens do not agree with the Fabrician description, but Haworth’s insect seems to be the Grapholitha nebritana of Treitschke, and is the “ Pisana” of Guené, according to examples from Paris, which Mr. Doubleday obligingly showed me. This is a most interest- ing species, as it is the parent of the maggots in peas, which we have so long endeavoured to rear, but unsuccessfully. 10. 25. C. Queketana, Dale, was first discovered I believe on a bank going to Burkham on the south side of the river the end of April 1842. I fear this name will fall, as Doubleday considers it the 7. fractifasciana of Haworth, and the Eriopsila.caricana of the continent, 11.| Genus 959, 1. Cnephasia bellana, Curt. B. E. pl. 100. Im- mediately after a most successful entomological tour made .in Scotland by Mr. Dale and myself, durmg the summer of 1825, I published this beautiful species, being one of the novelties I detected ascending Arthur’s Seat... Nine years after it was de- scribed by Stephens as the 7. Penziana?; T. octomaculana, Haw., being given as a variety. Wood of course followed in the same wake, and has consequently figured my new species as ‘ Penziana,’ and omitted to delineate ‘ ectomaculana,’ which is distinct enough from C. bellana, but considerably like, if not identical with, Hiib- ner’s Penziana, pl. 14. fig. 85. Here is one amongst hundreds of instances in which names have been changed and misapplied from either ignorance or ca- price to the destruction of science, creating a mass of confusion, which it is to be hoped Mr. Henry Doubleday and Mr. Stainton will eventually set right. f 12. 2. C. octomaculana, Haw. MSS., expands from 10 to 11 lines: it is pale fuscous: superior wings white or grayish-white with two irregular brown bands; the first near the base angu- lated, edged with black and not reaching the imner margin, se- cond crossing the middle obliquely, very irregular, dotted with black, forming a kind of triangle on the costa united to a rhom- boidal spot on the disc and detached from a smaller one on the inner margin ; towards the apex is a spot leaving a pale patch on the costa, and a smaller one nearer the tip; towards the pos- terior margin are two or three irregular oblique lines of black dots. Of this rare species, which has never been described, I caught two the 19th July, 1825, which flew out of a stone wall near the Inn at the base of Ben Lawes. 13. 3. C. cretaceana, Curt. It expands 10 lines, and ‘is chalk- white: superior wings with very faint indications of spots and bands freckled with gray : inferior wings pale fuscous. I never characterized species of British Moths. 113 met with this insect but once, and then in abundance on the paling round Dover Castle in July 1829. I suspect it is only a strong variety of C. octomaculana, as some of my specimens ap- proach. that insect. 14, 10. C, rectifasciana, Haw. I am not satisfied that this is the insect figured by Hubner (pl. 38, f. 238) under the name of T. hybridana : it is larger and darker, and the markings have a different character ; indeed it reminds me more of a variety of T. comitana. Mr. Doubleday having applied my generic name to that por- tion of the group which is not typical, it becomes necessary to repeat, that the type of Cnephasia is a species abundant on elm- trees, the 7. logiana of Haworth, which in 1826, when I esta- blished its characters, was believed to be synonymous with the Linnean species, as well as with the 7. pascuana of Hiibner, pl. 16. f.99. The name Sciaphila, which Mr. Doubleday: has substituted for Cnephasia, was not published by Treitschke until 1829, and could not therefore be applied to my group, even had it not been preoccupied by Schonherr for a genus of Curculionide four years before Treitschke adopted it. It may be as well to correct the spellmg of Hiibner’s name, which in his letterpress is pascuana, but by an error of the engraver the s has been con- verted into an 7, making the unmeaning are pasiuana, and pas- sivana of Doubleday’s list. 15. Genus 960, 1. Orthotenia (Euchromia, Step, ) formosana, Curt, B. E. fol. 364. This was described by me,in 183], not.as the T. formosana of Hiibner as indicated by Mr, Doubleday, a species I am unacquainted with, as well as his 7, flammeana, neither of which can I find in the Index to Hubner’ 8 works hor in Treitschke. 16. 13. O. Arbutana, Hii. pl. 31. .f.195. Mr. Dale feels confident this is the 7. Ardbutella of the Linnean cabinet. } by Paes ee 8 alternana, Curt. ib. : Daleana, Doub., was also de- scribed in ‘ Brit. Ent.’ in 1831, where I adopted ‘the names in the Ist ed. of my ‘ Guide,’ and not of the ‘Wiener Verzeichniss,’ where I am unable to find 7’ alternana ; and even if it be there, { must protest against the superseding of established specific names, unless the name has been employed in the same group previously. If such be the case in the present instance, I fully approve of the name of my friend, which Mr. Doubleday pro- poses. 18. 8. O. gramineana, Curt. ib., also described on the a page of ‘Brit. Ent” At that time I stated it was “ most: allied Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 8 114 = Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly to and the size of O. cespitana, Hiib.,” an opinion which has re- cently been confirmed by Mr. Doubleday. 19.9.0. cespitana, Curt: ib. Mr. Doubleday being satisfied that this is not Hiibner’s insect, but one described in the ‘ Isis’ by Mad. Lienig as 7. palustrana, my name must be transferred to the preceding species.. I regret to see it separated from Ortho- tenia and: made one of a new genus called Mizxodia by Guené, for surely it cannot be necessary to form a genus to receive a species so closely allied to O. cespitana, that one may be mistaken for the other: sections are infinitely better, and to these we must come at last, when we have been overwhelmed with the burden of generic nomenclature. This extravagant rage for making genera has however had its use, having led to a refinement of discrimination which has been most beneficial in correcting the slovenly-habits of investigation that attached even to the mag- — nates of the last century and somewhat later. 20. Genus 963, 6. Cochylis marmoratana, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 491. The species since described under the name of luteo- lana by Stephens, and figured by Wood, pl. 37. f. 1140, appears to be a variety of my marmoratana. 21.: Genus 967. Peronea, Curt. Brit; Ent: fol. & pl. 16. Since this genus was published in 1824, prodigious strides have been made in entomology, and large quantities of these Tortricide have been bred by Mr. Doubleday, who considers a vast number of the species merely varieties of two types, viz. T. cristana, W.V.., and 7. hastiana, Linn. If Lepidoptera vary to such an extent, it may be well asked, ‘ What is a species ?’ Family CraMBIDz. | 22... Genus 991°. Anerastia, Zell. ; Abraxes, Guide. 2. Farrella, Cuart.,Cab. .Expanse.11 lines ; and similar in form to A. Marisci or|T. lotella, Hub, pl. 48. £. 334. . It is whitish, the horns are very slender and flesh-coloured, as well as the back of the, thorax: superior wings. narrower than in Jofella, gray freckled with brown; the costa brown, with,a white streak from the base to near the tip,.and a suffused space of ochreous flesh- colour along the centre ; before the middle, on the inner margin, is a black. dot, and three more beyond the middle in a curve, one being on the,costa, another.on the inner edge of the white streak, and)a third below. it: inferior wings pale. silky smoky lilac. For, a specimen. of this pretty and distinct species [ am in- debted to Mr. H. F. Farr: two or three were taken at the North Lighthouse, Lowestoft, the beginning of June 1840, 23, Genus 993, 9>. Phycita bilineata, Curt. Cab... It is the churacterized species of British Moths. 115 size of P. fusca, Haw., but of a pale mouse-colour with a slight ochreous tinge, and the upper wings are narrower with a pale irregular transverse line, a little more than one-third from the base, but it does not seem to reach the costa, and there is an in- distinct blackish dot on the disc : the under-wings are pale smoky with a naereous silky surface : the antennzare very slender and apparently simple, but it is avery old and imperfect male which I took when residing in Norfolk. 24. Genus 994, 6. Hudorea Portlandica, a name given to this moth by Mr, Dale, from his finding it only in the Isle of Port- land. It seems to me to be the E. phaoluca, described and figured in the Linn. Entom. vol. i. p. 306. No. 15. fig, 13. 25. 6°, EB. concinnella, Curt. Cab.,.expands 7 lines; being much smaller than #. Mercurella, Linn., which it most resem~ bles: it is however entirely of a dark brown; nearly one-third from the base of the upper wings is a curved whitish striga, and intermediate between it and the shoulder is. another ; on the disc is an indistinct black Q, beyond it an oblique white line, sud- denly curved near the costa; a line of black dots at the base of the cilia, forming a little black spot near the middle, surrounded by gray scales, extending irregularly along the posterior margin : under-wings pale brown, whitish at the base. 9 ~ I cannot remember where I took this distinct and unique spe- cimen, unless it was at Bournemouth. 26. 8. E. lineola, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 170. It expands 8 lines, is white, head, palpi and thorax grisly ; abdomen fuscous, edges of segments white: superior wings rather narrow, clouded with brown ; the base is brown with an oblique black and white costal. stripe, reaching only half across and forming on the costa, with the next, a white patch ; this second line is white, very tortuous and margined with black externally ; to the centre loop is attached a black oval spot ; above it, but nearer the middle, is a small white dot in a black ring, and beyond it a black Q, white in the centre ; towards the hinder margin is an oblique sinuose white striga with a large curve, filled internally by a brown patch, and externally at the costa and opposite extremity are two other brown patches, the latter with a black arrow-head ; these leave a semi-oval white space on the hinder margin, at the centre of which | is a small brown spot bearing black pointed dots extending along the cilia, which is spotted black: under-wings fuscous-white, with a transverse pale sinuated line nearly parallel to the mar- gin, as noticed in ‘ Brit. Ent.—Wood’s fig. 1446 is not good. 27. 9. H. Resinea, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 499. Mr. Stephens having described this species under the above title in 1834, I Qk 116 Mr. JaGuiittis\on:somie nondescript or imperfectly consider that itis quite unnecessary to disturb a name by which it’was'so well known, to. admit) one proposed: by Guené, who in a letter‘calls it: delunella. It wasno doubt negligent:of Haworth to transeribe Linnzus’s characters of his Tinea Resinella; which he did with ?s, but as there is no such Linnzan insect as Zinea Resinea; no confusion, can arise from retaining Haworth’s and Stephens’s name, by which it is identified in all our catalogues as well as by Wood’s figure 1448, and an appropriate name it is, as the moth is always found on the trunks of Coniferz, 28)°13)°E. angustea, Curt. B. E. fol. 170, expands: 7 lines. It.is ashy-brown) the upper wings very narrow and gradually tapering to the base, towards which is an oblique broadish pale curved line, dark outside ; on the dise are a minute oval and the usual Q spots; but indistinct ; and beyond them a very oblique sinudse pale narrow line well defined, the inner margin brown ; base of the cilia gray with a line of black dots : under-wings pale yellowish-fuscous. _Wood’s figure 1450, is not my H. angustea, but. merely a va- riety of EL. Mercurella., The only specimen I possess I caught in.a damp cave at. Tunbridge Wells the end of Aug. 1819, where I saw,many more. 29.14... alpina, Dale’s MS. It expands 9 lmes and may be only a large variety of the foregoing, but.all,the examples are paler, with an additional black oval ,spot below the minute, one on the disc, and upon the under-wings is a pale transverse striga nearly parallel with the margin, Mr. Dale’s specimens were taken on Schichalion. Family Tinuip2. . 30.,,Genus,1008., Depressaria, Haw. ; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. & pl. 2216.) 4 | | 20. D. bipunctosa, Curt. Guide... It, expands 11 lines .and._,is whitish-ochre, the spaces between the marginal nervures of the upper, wings are, slightly fuscous, and on, the disc of each are two distinct black dots, forming a longitudinal curved line, with an- other at the base, and the apex of the costa and posterior margin bear ten. black spots: the under-wings are pale fuscous: antenne and legs fuscous. This is not a variety of Hiibner’s 7. Verbascella, as I once suspected, and it certainly is not of any species I possess, It is ‘the iorm of D. liturella, W. V., but is smaller, and. at once di- stinguished by the colour of the legs, the uniform tint of the upper wings, with the dotted costa and darker under-wings. The only specimen I have seen ‘was taken ‘in the New Forest ‘by Sir Charles Lyell about twenty years since. characterized species of British Moths. \\/ 117 0 81./ Genus: 1009. Anacampsis; Curt: Brit. Ent. fol. 189% > 5. A. lucidella, Step. Cleodora lucidella, Wood, pl..40.f:1240. This’ rare insect: 1. found on some rushes» near: Newchurch im the Isle of Wight,\the Ist of July, 1842, and Mr. Dale has taken it m the New Forest. 32. 26. A. Lyellella, Curt. It expands 6 lines and is cream- coloured : antenne and legs mouse-colour, the latter spotted and striped with black externally ; superior wings with three black costal spots, first a long one next the shoulder, a second at the centre, and a third further and larger ; on the,inner;margin is an. oblong’ patch, neither reaching the base nor, the anal. angle, yet extending more than midway to. the costa); apex brownish with a black semicircle inclosing a dot.at.the tip: under-wings broad, suddenly pointed, pale fuscous and iridescent... My specimen was taken, by, Sir C. seats the Oth, of t April in the New, Forest. 33. Genus 1013. Cleodora, Step.; Curt. Brit. iit! fol, a7 1. ~ 6°..-C. neuropterella, Zell. This insect, which T supposed was the T. falciformis of Haworth, I'took in Aug. at Mickleham. One of my specimens expands 1] Vines :’ the upper wings are faleate, ochreous shaded to white on the interior margin; the wervures and spots between them are rosy-fuscous or mouse-colour. 34. Genus 1015. Aphelosetia, Step. ? | 6>. A. Inulella, Curt. It expands 5 lines and is white : scales on head depressed ; palpi recurved, scaly to the apex : superior wings narrow, lanceolate, ochrephe, and freckled ; costa, a line along the middle, with the radiating nervures and inferior margin white, and sometimes there is an oblique white stripe near the inner angle directed towards the tip ; cilia long, pale, and dotted at the base: inferior wings silky dove-colour, nearly'as broad as the superior, truncated at the extremity, the apex produced; cilia long and thick ; hinder tibiz stout, with hairy ‘scales. Very like A. rufo-cinerea, Haw., at first sight, but besides other differences, the under-wings are not lanceolate, which indicates an affinity to Cleodora. 1 bred two from flowers of Inula dysen- terica the 28th of Aug. 1848, collected near Ryde in the Isle of Wight, and no doubt the caterpillars fed upon the seeds in the receptacles. ~ 85. Genus 1017. Damophila, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 391. 3. D. brevicornis.of Dale and, the ‘Guide? is the Butalis eratella of Zeller, Mr. Stainton informs me. 36... Genus 1021.) Pancalia, Curt. Brit. Kut. fol. 304. 2. P. fusco-cuprea, Haw., [have taken at Podimore, near Sher- borne in Dorset, the 8th of October. 118 =©Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly 3. P. fusco-enea, Haw., is twice as large as the foregoing spe- cies. I have met with it the middle of August.on the Downs near Lulworth, and also at Mickleham. 37. Genus 1023. Microsetia, Step. 4. M. sericiella, Haw. ‘1 found this little moth in abundance on the flowers of Euphorbia amygdaloides in Grovely Wood, near Wilton, the 9th May 1842. “Genus 1025. Argyromyges, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 284, 38. 1. A: Autumnella, Curt. B. EK. pl. 284. This species is now decided to be the 7. Clerckella of Linneus, and the A. Clerckella of our cabinets is called scitella. | 39. 1>..A. Acerfoliella, Curt. ; Padifoliella, Stain. The male expands 4 lines, and the antenne are longer than the wings: it is sickly-white, superior wings very narrow, falcate, fuscous with a pure white stripe along the interior margin, surrounding a long oblique curved: line at. the anal angle; the apex attenuated, in- curved, spotted black and white with a very black dot at the tip: inferior wings very narrow, smoky as. well as the long cilia. The Female is near 5 lines in expanse, fuscous ; head and thorax white : superior wings very narrow, less falcate than in the male and terminating like a feather, rich brown, the interior margin pure white with the inner edge irregular, forming a square near the base, an oblique lobe at the middle, and a loop at the anal angle, inclosing a brown spot; the cilia of the apex is white with black crescents on the extremity of the costa and round the tip, where there is a black dot : inferior wings very narrow and tapering to a point. For a pair°of this’ rarity I am indebted to Mr. T. Desvignes, Who took several in September and October flying out of maples and whitethorns in Whittlebury Forest. The sexes seem to vary considerably, but neither of them agrees with Hiibner’s figure of T. Padifoliella, p\. 46: £,316, in which the costa is white and the interior margin spotted dark, whereas in our species it is exactly the reverse. 40. 16. A. hortella, Fab., 1 took in a plantation near Wands- worth the 19th of May. 41, 21. A. Cydoniella, Step., is the lautella of Heyden. I found a beautiful specimen in Muller’s Copse at Glanville’s Woot- ton the 18th May 1842. 42. 6>. A. maritima, Stain. MS.. The 26th of August, 1836, I first discovered this species on. the banks of the river. by St. Vineent’s: Rocks. _ It was tolerably plentiful. 43, 7. A. obscurella,; Step. Il. iv. 259. This insect occurs characterized species of British Moths. 119 amongst long grass in young plantations. I have taken it near Glanville’s Wootton, Dorset, the 18th May. , Genus 1028. Telea, Step. 44. 2. subfasciella, Step. Ul. iv. 247... This, I met with the 30th June at St..Martha’s, near Guildford; the 9th July. on Turk Mountain, near Killarney; andthe 11th, August at Mickleham. 45. 8. Curtisella, Don. ; cenobitella, Hiib. It is now believed that the black 7. obscurella.of Hiibner and the 7. picepennis of Haworth are only dark varieties, but I have not seen any, inter- mediate ones. 46, Genus 1030, 2. Ypsolophus, Persicellus,.Haw., 1 find is not a variety of his Y. bifasciatus, the T. sylvella of Hiibner ; but a distinct species. f Genus 1031. Cerostoma, Lat. ; Curt. Brit: Ent. fol.420. »» 47, 4. C. Xylostella, Linn. I ‘have a specimen expanding 73 lines, with the stripe on the inner margin of the upper wings nearly concolorous with the rest, but I believe it is only a variety of this common species. | 48. 5. C. Dalella, Stain, Syst. Cat. p..11. This species was first. given to me many years since by Sir C. Lyell, who took it at Kinnordy, and the beginning of August 1825 I discovered it amongst heath on the face of a rock in the Isle of Bute. As it agreed pretty well with Hiibner’s fig. 164, pl. 24, I gaye it as his 7’. vittella in my ‘ Guide.’ 3 Genus 1031. Acrolepia, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. & pl. 679, This is a very remarkable group, so,greatly resembling the Tortricidae, thata careless observer, omitting to, examine the palpi, would at once include it in the wrong family... In 1838 this ge- nus was established in my ‘ Brit. Ent.’ by dissection, and. elabo- rate definitions, and as Zeller.did not publish the group. until nearly two years after, his name and not mine must fall, by the law of priority, which Mr. Stainton very justly recognises.te.its fullest. extent. 49. 1. A. autumnitella, Curt. B. E. ib... I should not. hesitate to adopt Mr. Stainton’s opinion, that my species is the Lortriz pygmeana of Haworth’s ‘ Lep. Brit.’ p. 439, if he did not give 4 lines as the expanse of the wings, for my examples measure from 54 to 53 lines, Wood’s figure 1136 of Hupecilia pygmeana, as he calls it, after Stephens, is apparently identical with my in- sect, as well as Duponchel’s Hemilis Lefebvriella (vy: 11. p. 141. pl. 290. f. 11). Since this genus was published in the ‘ Brit. Ent.’ I have seen specimens of 4. autumnitella, flying inthe day- 120 MroJ. Curtis:on some new species of British Moths. time about rose-trees in my garden at Hayes, the beginning of April? © 7 isto 50. 2.°4. Betulatella, Curt. B. E. pl. & fol. 679. The only specimens I have seen were taken by Mr. Dale off birch-trees at Castle Eden Dene the beginning of August 1837. I have how- ever a new. species to describe which I'shall name 51....3. Marcidella, Curt. Cab... It expands 63 lines, and ‘is pale rusty-ochre : palpi recurved and tapering ; antennee slender, white,.and,dotted ; head and back of thorax, whitish: superior wings.oblong, very much mottled, the costa arched and minutely spotted, with a.dusky patch just beyond the middle, terminating internally, in alongitudinal, black line; from the outer angle pro- jects obliquely a short, brown line, and. at the centre of the pos- terior margin may,be traced an imperfect ring inclosing two or three. short, black. streaks.on.the nervures ; on the interior mar- gin, before the middle, is a pale conical spot, with a dark margin next the base; cilia fuscous with a.dark line at the base and. two little black lines at.the tip, forming one or two white dots: in- ferior wings as broad as the superior, very pale mouse-colour, apex ovate-lanceolate. | A pair of this moth was given to me by Mr. Robertson I think: the specimens have a worn or faded appearance. 52. 6. A. granitella, Fischer, has been sent to me by Mr. Dale. It is allied to the genus Cerestoma. Genus 1038. Gracillaria, Haw.; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 479; Or- nix, Treit. Ser 9 53. 1. G. Tazxella, Curt. Cab., expands 34 lines, and is si- milar to. O. Meleagripennella of Hiibner, but the wings are not so narrow, and a double white spot near the tip of the costa di- stinguishes it. . It is white ; the hairs projecting from the fore- - head are brown : antennz long and dotted : superior wings broad towards the apex, fuscous, with a lilac tinge at the extremity ; ten white semicrescents ornament the costa, two at the apex nearly uniting and inclosing a black dot, which is bounded by black and white lines like a feather ; the fringe is white with a fine black line ; on the interior margin are two black spots, with white ones between them: inferior wings lanceolate and mouse- colour : abdomen fuscous spotted with white, the apex tufted in the male; the organs of generation bright ochreous : legs white and spotted. _ The 2nd June 1839, I beat a few specimens out of yew-trees at Mickleham. » Genus 1040. Piterophorus, Geoff.; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 161. 54. 17. P. simildactylus, Curt., Dale. As neither Stephens’s ~ Rev. W. Smith on Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth. 121 deseri iption nor Wood’s figure answers to my insect, I will’add the characters of this species, which was unknown until I took three flying near the ground by a hedge. at. Niton, in the Isle of Wight, the 30th, of July 1828. It expands 1 inch and is yellowish-white : the superior wings are more or less freckled, deeply cleft, the upper lobe narrow and curved, the costa and inferior margins are tawny, forming an oblique line towards the extremity composed of two trigonate spots, that on the costa being the larger: inferior wings yellow- fuscous, divided into three rays, without any lobe on the abdo- minal one: legs white ; thighs and hinder tibie tawny, the latter tipped fuscous ; anterior tibize clavate and brown, except at the base, intermediate clubbed or tasseled with brown scales at the apex, and another similar tassel at the middle. un ~ P. similidactylus varies in colour greatly, for one of my spéci- mens is of an uniform dove-colour, except the darker markings on the upper wings, and the white but spotted legs. It! is distin- guished from the allied species by the narrow upper lobe of the superior wings and the tasseled spotted tibiz. 18, Belitha Villas, Barnsbury Park, lst Jan. 1850, XIV.—On Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth, found on the shores of Lough Mourne, County Antrim, with a record of species living in the waters of the Lake. By the Rev. W. Smrtu, F.L.S. Durine a late visit to the North of Ireland I had placed in m hands, by Mr. J. M‘Adam of Belfast, a-small quantity of eat which from its peculiar appearance he fancied might contain the shells of “ Infusoria.”” A very slight examination convinced me of the correctness of this conjecture, and proved that the entire substance of the earth in question consisted of a mass of un- broken or fragmental siliceous shells of various Diatomacee. Being desirous of ascertaining the exact nature of the deposit from which the. earth had been procured, and how far it had claims to the character of “fossil,” a term which has frequently, but I fear without sufficient consideration, been given to similar collections of these beautiful exuvie, and understanding from Mr. M‘Adam that the determination of the point. would be of some importance as regarded a paper on the Geology of the district which he hoped in a short time to prepare for the ‘ Annals,’ I determined to visit the spot, and record the particulars required from personal observation. Lough Mourne is a sheet of fresh water of about two miles in circumference, lying amidst a range of low hills to the north-east of the town of Carrickfergus, at the distance of four miles from 122 Rev. W. Smith on Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth that town, and about fifteen from Belfast. It occupies: a basin in a plateau which does not appear to have any land of a much greater elevation in the immediate neighbourhood ; the lake is therefore fed by the surface-drainage of a very small district, and has no further apparent sources of supply, with the exception of a spring at the north-west corner, the produce of which is: of little importance. It is however worthy of note, that a small stream, sufficient to turn the wheel of a corn-mill in the neigh- bourhood, ‘approaches within a few hundred yards of the lake, and falling into a natural pit or cavity, is lost to view, and is said to reappear at some distance southwards, and there unite its waters with those of the streamlet flowing from the lake, to whose larger mass it had thus fastidiously refused to contribute its supply. However this may be, it is certain that the lake itself'is not subject to any serious disturbance from the sudden increase’ of its waters’ by floods or otherwise, and that its quiet depths and great purity are peculiarly favourable to the develop- ment of Diatomacee. ‘The level of the water however appears to have been lowered to the extent of several feet by deepening the outlet from the lake, a course which seems to have been adopted in the hope of increasing the supply to a mill now in ruins, a fate not unnaturally the result of so reckless an expenditure of the capital represented by the waters of the natural reservoir, thus improvidently draimed of its contents. The facts I have mentioned will account for the circumstances to which I proceed more particularly to refer, and which I noted during a brief sur- vey of the’shores of the lake in company with Mr. Geo. C. Hynd- man and Mr. J.'G. Smith on the 6th Sept. 1849. On the north-east shore of the lake, at the height of about four or five feet from the present level of its waters, there occurred a stratum of diatomaceous earth corresponding with that alluded to in the opening of this paper. "This layer was about six inches in depth and of great purity, containing but little foreign matter, and that chiefly the decayed filaments of the water-plants to which the living Diatomacee had been attached, or in company with which they had floated to their present position. This deposit when moist was of a dull gray colour, and resembled soft, freshly made soap; when placed upon the tongue, the taste was that of a smooth oleaginous substance. The sensation thus perceived is no doubt to be attributed to the extreme minuteness of the shells and their usually rounded outline, presenting no angles to grate upon the papille of the tongue or finger. When dried in mass, the earth is of a delicate cream-colour, when pulverized of a pure white, and forms, as I have proved, an excellent material for polishing silver plate. This layer must have- required ‘a long series of years for its gradual accumulation: its elevation from on the shores of Lough Mourne. 123 the surface of the lake is accounted for by the lowering of the level of the waters before mentioned; and its position on the north-east shore is no doubt to be ascribed to the circumstance that south-west winds prevail at the season when the filaments to which the Diatomacee are attached, are loosened. by the cold of autumn and winter. At the present level of the water in the lake, near the spot where the layer now mentioned is found, there does not appear to be any fresh deposit of a similar character. This may possibly be owing to the more abrupt shelving of the bank, not affording a resting-place for the floating weeds; but,on advancing towards the south and on the level strand of a little bay, there formed by a bend in the outline of the shore, a second deposit occurred evidently of a more recent formation. It..was found, covering the mud in a very thin stratum, and much more intermixed with earthy and other matters than the layer on the north-west shore. This layer is probably the result of accumulations made since the deepening of the outlet from the lake, and the date of this operation, and the comparative thickness of the layer itself, might possibly afford materials by which an estimate might be formed of the period occupied in the accumulation of the older deposit. The hurried nature of my visit did not permit. me-to. make the inquiries necessary for such an investigation. No further deposits were found, nor were there any appearances of such on the western shore of the lake. As important in determining the character of the, deposits found, I made a gathering of such living Diatomacee, as were within my reach, and I now subjoin a list of the species, disco- vered on a careful examination of all, the collected, materials, adhering throughout to the nomenclature of, Kiitzing in his ‘Bacillarien oder Diatomeen.’, As a curious illustration, of a “multum in parvo,” I may mention that a drop, which adheres to the point of a knife, dipped into water, holding the earth of the earlier deposit in suspension, will be found to contain, nearly all the species mentioned below, and of some of these hundreds of individuals. | I have marked (+) those species which were found liying, in the lake ; with one or two exceptions all the others were common to either deposit. In the older, or that from the north-east shore, the most conspicuous species and occurring in great abundance was Surirella splendida. The Epithemie were also exceedingly numerous. In the more recent deposit, Swrirella splendida was in very small quantity, but its place was in some degree supplied by the beautiful Melosira arenaria, which 1 could not detect in the former. The Hpithemia, which I have dedicated to one of my companions in a most agreeable excursion (whose reputation 124 Rev. W.2 Smithoon Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth. as: an. acute ‘observer in) another department of naturalchistory 1s not» unknown to the readers of the ‘ Annals’), is a large and hand- some ‘species: termediate between KH. zebra and KE. granulata, but distinguished from both by its stouter) habit; the regular convexity of its«dorsal outliney and: its rounded ends. add a description in a note*. +Epithemia Musculus. +Cocconema Cistula. zebra. +Gomphonema acuminatum. + ocellata. +t constrictum. + gibba. geminatum. + turgida. tNavicula nobilis. granulata. ° T major. Hyndmanii. +—— viridis. ¢pHimantidium \pectinale. +—— spherophora. r Heath virescens. tT radiosa. : ucina. —— nodosa f. striata. : AG yelote la operculata. —— binodis. minutula, 9 © lata. +Melosira orichalcea. dicephala. tT arenaria. —— mesolepta, Campylodiscus noricus. +—— elliptica. Surirella splendida. — firma. +t bifrons. T attenuata. : hese Solea. +Stauroneis Phoenicentron. +——— elliptiea. punctata. +Synedra capitata. lanceolata. t biceps A. recta. cardinalis. +—— ulna. t lineolata. sigmoidea. amphicephala. +Cocconeis Pediculus, —— Platystoma. +Cymbella Ehrenbergii. +Amphora ovalis. cuspidata. Tabellaria fenestrata. +Cocconema lanceolata. ventricosa. + cymbiformis. It is evident from the above that either of the deposits found © can with strictness be termed fossil ; that they are simply the siliceous coverings of species, the greater number, if not all, of which, still inhabit the waters of the lake, having required no doubt a lengthened period for their, accumulation, but still one comparatively. recent, and which cannot be regarded as conferring a fossiliferous character on the deposit itself. In the ‘ Magazine of Nat. Hist.’ for July 1839, an interesting description of an “ Infusorial” earth found on draining Lough Island-Reavey, co. Down—is given by Dr. Drummond of Bel- fast: I have been enabled by the kindness of W. Thompson, Esq. of that town to compare this deposit with those I have here noticed. Although occurring under very similar circumstances, * Epithemia Hyndmanii, W. Sm... E. major, a latere secundario valde et eequaliter conyexa, apicibus obtusissimis rotundatis non recurvatis, striis transversalibus moniliformibus vix Pep Ste Ans 5 a latere primario ob- longa medio valde dilatata. Long. 345-45 uncie, Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 125 and in a locality not very distant from mine, the earth from Lough Island-Reayey is almost wholly different, including but few: spe- cies, and the more numerous of these found but sparingly in the Lough Mourne deposits. The following make up nearly the entire mass of the earth described by Dr. Drummond :— Navicula gracilis. Tabellaria fenestrata., Himantidium arcus. —— ventricosa. pectinale. A few frustules of the following also occur :— Surirella splendida. Epithemia zebra, Navicula viridis, Cocconema laneeolata. The profusion in which N. gracilis, H. pectinale and ‘T:fenes- trata occur in this deposit, would lead to the conclusion that’ the waters of the lake in which it had been found were the drainage of a subalpine district, whose surface was almost,,exclusively peat, while the Lough Mourne deposit would, even to: the! phi- lomicros unacquainted with its locality, indicate the neighbour- hood of clear springs, grassy pastures and a low elevation. . In this way these minute organisms may afford matter. for interest- ing speculation, and when occurring in a fossil state may possibly be made available in the researches of the geological inquirer. Wareham, January 10, 1850. XV.—Notes on Chalcidites, and Descriptions of various ‘new species. By Francis Watxer, F.LS. | (Continued from vol. iii. p. 210:] Cauponia4, n.g. | Fem. Head and chest convex, very finely shagreened : head thick, a little broader than the chest : feelers slender, subclavate ; first joint long, slender ; second cup-shaped ; third and fourth very small; the following from the fifth to the tenth successively but slightly de- creasing in length and increasing in breadth ; club long-elliptical, broader than the tenth joint, and more than twice its length: chest spindle-shaped, much developed: fore-chest rather long, having a slight transverse ridge near the hind-border whence it declines and grows narrower and forms a short neck : shield of the mid-chest very long ; sutures of the parapsides distinct for rather more than two- thirds of the length of the chest, but thence quite obsolete ;) axille parted by rather less than one-fifth of the breadth of the chest; scutcheon nearly conical, with a slight transverse suture towards the hind-border ; hind-scutcheon transverse, but rather large: hind-chest well developed, obconical, declining, with a ridge along the middle and a suture on each side : petiole short : abdomen long-oval, smooth, shining, slightly concave above, rather deeply keeled beneath, some- what broader and a little shorter than the chest ; metapodeon occu- 126 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chaleidites. pying nearly one-fourth of the back; octoon and all the following segments of moderate size; the keel beneath forms an angle beyond one-half of its length, and thence rises abruptly to the tip, and emits the oviduct ‘at about half its length between the angle and the tip: legs slender: wings of moderate size ; ulna shorter than the hume- rus; radius full as long as the ulna; cubitus moderately long, full one-fourth of the length of the radius; brand small, round.—This genus is allied to Trigonoderus, Hetroxys and Notanisus. Caudonia Agylla, fem. neo-viridis, abdomine rufo basi cupreo apice viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus rufis, alis subfulvis. Head coppery : eyes and eyelets dark red: feelers black, shorter than the chest; first joint tawny, piceous at the tip: chest coppery green : front of the fore-chest almost black : hind-chest brassy : ab- domen pale red, dark bronze-colour at the base above, green at the tip: oviduct tawny: legs pale red; four hinder feet tawny with seers tips: wings pale tawny; veins darker tawny; brand pale rown. Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 22 lines, England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. ie, Encyrtus Statius, fem. Cyaneus, capite cupreo, abdomine nigro, antennis piceis albo-cinctis apice nigris, pedibus nigris, tarsis ful- vis, alis nigro-fuscis. Head and chest convex: head coppery, large, most roughly pune- tured, hardly broader than the chest; crown and front very broad : eves dark red: feelers subclavate, more than half the length of the chest ; joints from the first to the sixth piceous; first joint long, slender, broader towards the tip; second cup-shaped ; the following joints to the eighth slightly and successively decreasing in length ; seventh and eighth joints white; club black, long-conical, broader than the eighth joint and more than twice its length: chest very short, a little longer than broad, dark blue, very finely punctured : fore-chest very short, but visible above : shield of the mid-chest short and broad; no traces of the sutures of the parapsides; axille long and narrow, just meeting on the back; scutcheon large, obconical, rather flat above, with a very slight furrow from the fore-border to the disc : hind-chest and petiole extremely short: abdomen trian- gular, flat, smooth, shining, black, shorter than the chest, but ex- ceeding it in breadth near the base: legs stout, black; feet tawny with piceous tips; fore-feet darker than the rest; middle legs having the feet dilated: as usual, and the tips of the shanks armed with two black spines: wings dark brown, somewhat dilated above the humerus; veins piceous; ulna not half the length of the humerus ; radius and cubitus shorter than the ulna; brand extremely small. Length of the body 4 line; of the wings 14 line. England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. Callimome eurynotus (Foerster MSS.), mas. Viridis, abdomine purpureo basi cyaneo, aniennis nigris, pedibus flavis, femoribus et metatibiis viridibus, alis limpidis. Head and chest convex, green, finely shagreened, rather thickly Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. ~127 pubescent : head hardly broader than the chest: eyes and eyelets red : feelers black, compact, rather stout, nearly filiform, clothed with yellow down, nearly as long as the chest; first joint long, slender, green; second cup-shaped, shining, not pubescent; third and fourth extremely minute; fifth and following joints nearly equal in length ; club long-conical, rather more than twice the length of the preceding joint: chest long-elliptical: fore-chest rather long, narrower and rounded in front; its. length rather more than half its breadth: shield of the mid-chest very long; sutures of the parapsides very strongly marked ; axille parted by rather less than one-fourth of the breadth of the chest ; scutcheon nearly rhomboidal, almost smooth at the tip, where it forms aridge and thence declines very abruptly ; hind-scut- cheon short but distinct; hind-chest of moderate size, obconical, de- clining, nearly smooth: petiole very short: abdomen convex, spindle- shaped, smooth, shining, bright purple, rather hairy, bright, blue at the base, narrower than the chest and but little more than half its length ; metapodeon occupying about one-third of the back, concave at the base; its hind-border convex, and passing over the back of the octoon which is short ; ennaton longer than the octoon.; decaton longer than the ennaton; the three following segments shorter: sexual parts piceous, rather long: legs yellow; hips, thighs and hind- shanks green; trochanters and knees tawny; tips of feet brown : wings colourless, pubescent ; veins brown ; ulna full half the length of the humerus; radius rather more than one-third of the length of the ulna; cubitus very short, not more than one-third of the length of the radius; brand very small, forked, emitting a short branch. Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 3 lines.. Allied to C. versicolor and to C. cyaneus. Prussia. In the British Museum. Ormyrus ceruleus (Foerster MSS.), fem. Viridi-cyaneus, purpureo et cupreo varius, antennis nigris, tarsis fulvis, proalis. plerumque Suscis. ! Head finely shagreened, bright green, purplish blue on the crown, broader than the chest: eyes and eyelets red: feelers black, clavate, not longer than the chest; first jomt long, slender; second cup- _ shaped; third and fourth very small; the following from the fifth to the tenth successively increasing in breadth, but hardly decreasing in length; club conical, broader than the tenth joint and about thrice its length: chest blue, nearly elliptical, very convex, shining, trans- versely rugulose, but appearing almost smooth, the marks being very slight ; fore-chest very short; its length not more than one-eighth of its breadth; shield of the mid-chest large, roughly punctured, much broader than long; sutures of the parapsides indistinct; scutecheon obconical above, having a rim behind whence it declines abruptly and forms a right angle; axilla parted by nearly one-third of the breadth of the chest: hind-chest transverse, rough, very short: petiole extremely short: abdomen long, obconical, convex, shining, rather hairy, especially towards the tip, finely punctured, denticulate and with rows of large punctures across each segment, smooth at 128°) Mr. F.. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. the base, tapering towards the tip, keeled. beneath, about twice the length of the chest; metapodeon bright coppery green along the hind. border; rather less. than. one-fourth of the length of the abdo- men; octoon coppery green, not half the length of the metapodeon ; ennaton.a little longer than the octoon, coppery, purplish blue. at the base; decaton a little longer than the ennaton, with which it agrees.in colour; protelum coppery, much shorter than the decaton; paratelum spindle-shaped, slightly compressed, much longer than the decaton,; telum about half the length and breadth of the paratelum : oviduct springing from the base of the abdomen and.reposing in a groove from. thence to the tip: legs bluish green; shanks armed with two spines at their. tips, those of the four hinder.shanks long; tro- chanters piceous ; knees and feet tawny ; tips of the latter piceous : wings pubescent, but nearly naked at the base, and along two nar- row,lines ;which have,.a common source and pass along nearly the whole length, of the wing;, there is.a large pale brown:spot in the dise of each, fore- wing, beneath the ulna; veins piceous; ulna.a little more than half the length of the humerus.; radius about one-fourth of the length of the ulna; cubitus thick and extremely short, not half the length of the radius; brand none.- Length of the body 14 line ;. of the wings 2 lines. Prussia;,., In, the British. Museum. Pachynéuron Pruni (Foerster MSS.), fem. .. Viridi-cyaneus, abdo- mine angusto, antennis nigris, pedibus fulvis, mesotarsis et meta- tarsis flavis, alis limpidis. In structure like P. formosum: head and ‘chest: greenish blive: finely shagreened: feelers black: abdomen oval, smooth,’ shining, green or bluish green, depressed: above, keeled beneath, much nar- rower but not longer than the chest: legs tawny ; hips yreen ;'middle and hind feet yellow with picevus tips: ‘wings’ colourless ; veins piceous ; ulna thick, less than half the length of the humerus ; radius nearly twice the length of the ulna; cubitus as long as the ulna ; brand small. Length of the body 4-3 line ; of the wings 3-1} line. Prussia. In the British Museum. Pteromalus laticeps (Foerster MSS.), fem. £ineo-viridis, capite, et scutello cyaneis, abdomine purpureo-cupreo, basi viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus flavis, femoribus protibis et protarsis fulvis, alis limpidis. Head and chest convex, finely shagreened : head dark blue; a little broader than the chest: eyes and eyelets red: feelers pubescent, black, clavate, as long as the chest; first jomt long, linear, bright pale yellow ; second piceous, shining; third and fourth very small ; the following: joints from the fifth to the tenth successively increasing in breadth and decreasing in length; club conical, hardly broader than the tenth joint, but about twice its length: chest coppery green, nearly oval, narrower behind: fore-chest rather short, convex in front, concave behind; its length about one-fourth of its breadth : shield of the mid-chest broader than long; sutures of the parapsides Mr. F: Walker on some new species of Chalcidrtes. 129 very indistinct; axille parted by nearly one-fourth of the breadth of the chest; scutcheon dark blue, truncate-conical, with a very indi- stinct transverse suture across the disc : hind-chest well developed, obeonical, declining, somewhat excavated at the base, and having a ridge along the middle and a rim on each side: petiole very short: abdomen nearly oval, smooth, shining, purplish bronze, bright green at the base, flat above, keeled beneath, slightly tapering at the tip, narrower and much shorter than the chest; metapodeon conical, convex till near its tip, occupying nearly one-fourth of the length of the back ; octoon not half the length of the metapodeon ; each of the four following segments as long as the octoon ; telum narrow, some- what longer ; the abdomen forms a very obtuse angle in the middle of the underside : legs tawny ; four hinder legs with bright pale yel- low shanks and feet, tips of the latter piceous: wings colourless, pubescent; veins tawny; ulna full half the length of the humerus ; radius longer than the ulna ; cubitus rather more than half the length of the ulna, slightly curved; brands very small. Length of the body 1# line; of the wings 3} lines. Prussia. In the British Museum. Smiera Ampyx, fem. Ferruginea, pedibus flavis, alis limpidis. Tawny: feelers linear, rather longer than the chest: mouth yellow: petiole as long as the abdomen, which is elliptical, smooth, shining, slightly compressed, much shorter and narrower than the chest: fore-legs and middle-legs yellow: hind-coxe large, armed above toward their tips with a few small teeth; hind-thighs dilated, beset with a row of small teeth along the underside; and armed with a larger tooth at the base: shanks curved, fitted to the thighs, each ending in a spine : wings colourless ; veins piceous; a small brown spot on the stigma, Length of the’ body 14 line; of the wings 2 lines. West Indies. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Smiera Fidius, fem. Rufa, nigro flavoque varia, antennis nigris, alis limpidis. Red : head finely punctured ; front and underside yellow : eyes and eyelets pale red: jaws curved, each armed with three short brown teeth : feelers linear, black, somewhat piceous beneath, as long as the chest ; first joint long, slender, yellow, black at the tip: thorax roughly punctured ; sides marked with yellow: breast mostly black : a black line passes along the back of the scutum of the mesothorax : metathorax black petiole short : abdomen obconical, downy; shining, very finely punctured, black towards the tip, narrower and a little longer than the chest : fore-legs and middle-legs bright yellow ; hind- coxze yellow, tinged with red above, and each having a black spot on the outside; hind-thighs red, each armed beneath with a row of small teeth along the lower edge, and having a larger tooth at the base: hind-shanks curved and applied to the thighs, yellow towards the base which is black, having a black band across the middle, reddish at the tips which are produced into spines: hind-feet yellow, their tips piceous: wings colourless ; veins piceous; ulna above half Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 180) “Mr. F: Walker on some new species of Chaleidités. the length of the humerus ; radius a little longer than the ulna; cu- bitus short, hardly one-fourth of the length of the radius, with which it forms avery acute angle; stigma very small. ‘Length of the body 2] lines’; of the wings 3 lines. 9 West Indies. ©In:Mr. Clear’s collection. »»)SmieraPratinas,.mas.. Rufa, nigro varia, antennis nigris, pedibus nigro flavoque variis, alis fuscis. > Bright red: head'and chest roughly punctured : crown of the head black ;'‘a spot of the same ‘colour along the lower edge of the eye: fore-chest’ with a‘ large black’spot on its back; and a smaller spot ‘on each side ; ‘there is‘also a small black spot on each of the epimera of the middlechest? pétiole long : abdomen smooth, shining, short, broad not nearly so long as'the chest : feelers black, nearly linear, as long as the chest’; first'joint rather broad, red at the base, forming a very obttisé angle beneath’; second and third joints very short’; fourth and following joints of moderate size, hairy, closely joined together, and successively ‘decreasing in length; tenth and three following: joints yellow : fore-legs and middle-legs simple; hairy ; hips'and thighs red, the latter tinged’ with black ; shanks black with yellow tips; feet yellow; the joints successively decreasing in length till the fifth, which is somewhat longer than the fourth: hind-legs red" hips large, ob- clavate, black towards the tips, and that especially on the upper side; thighs very large, compressed-oval, armed beneath with about twelve small teeth; shanks dark red, black at the base and towards the tips, curyed and fitted to the thighs : wings dark brown ; veins pitch- colour. Length of the body 2 lines} of the wings 4 lines. West Indies. In Mr. Clear’s collection. oChalciso Resus; fem... Nigra, .pedibus flavis,.metafemoribus nigro vittatis, alis :sublimpidis. . ) * Black's head and thorax dull, punctured, clothed with bright yel- low hairs;“especially at the tip of the scutellum:: abdomen smooth, shining; clothed above with afew hairs: antenne black : legs) yel- low }hind-thighs ‘black on’ the inside and having a large spot of the same colour on the outside, armed beneath with eight small black teeth, and having also one larger yellow tooth near the base: wings nearly colourless or slightly tinged with brown; squamule yellow; veins’ piceous, paler towards ‘the base of the wings. Length of ‘the body 3 lines; of the wings 5 lines. Sierra Leone. “In Mr. Clear’s collection. «/Palmon Idomene, mas et fem. . Cyaneo-viridis, abdomine c@neo aut purpureo,, subtus; fulvo, oviductu corporis .longitudine, antennis pedibusque flavis, metapedibus purpureo-fulvis, alis sublimpidis. Male, Head and chest scaly : head green, hardly broader than the ¢hest which is bluish green: eyes and eyelets red: abdomen obclavate, slender, flat; bronze-colour, tawny beneath towards the base; nearly as long as the ¢hiest’: feélers subclavate, yellow, less than half the length of the body; first joint long, slender, linear; second cup- Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 181 shaped ; third and: fourth very minute ; -fifth and following, joints subquadrate, of moderate size, successively but slightly decreasing in length; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth joints forming an: oval club which is broader than the tenth joint and more than twice its length: legs yellow; fore-legs and middle-legs of moderate, size ; fore-feet having the first joint long and dilated, the second, third and fourth very small, the fifth longer; middle-feet with the first joint dilated and very long; the second large, but smaller ‘than the first ; the third, fourth and fifth very short; hind-legs tawny;.tinged excepting the feet with bluish purple; hips very long);,thighs very large, compressed-oval, armed on. the inside.,with, several, teeth, rather less dilated than those of the female; shanks curved and fitted to the inside of the thighs ; first and neatal joints, of feet, dilated, second much shorter than the first; third, fourth and fifth pale yel- low, very small; claws and foot-cushions black:, wings: rather narrow; fore-wings slightly tinged with brown ; veins tawny.;,humerus long ; ulna much shorter; radius about one-third of the length of the ulna ; cubitus much shorter than the radius; stigma very.small.. Female. Abdomen oon compressed, mae? as + JOBE #8 the set i Whew Urolepis Cychreus, mas. Cupreus, antennis fulvis, pedibus, rufes- centibus, alis tmmaculatis. : Copper-colour : head and chest convex, very minutely shagreened : head a little broader than the chest : eyes and eyelets) piceous; the latter near together on the crown of the head; :the:middle onea very little in advance of the other two: front green, slightly, impressed : feelers tawny, nearly: filiform, rather, shorter,than the chest; first joint long, slightly curved ; second long cup-shaped ; |thirdand fourth very small; fifth and five following joints of moderate and nearly equal size; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth joints forming,a.long conical club, which is twice the length of the tenth jot; chest large; fore-chest short, narrower in front; »scutum. of, the .middle-chest broad; sutures of the parapsides indistinct, especially towards the hind-border where they approach each other ; axille large, separated by rather less than one-third of the breadth of the scutum ;..scutel- lum nearly hexagonal, with a transverse line near its hind-border : hind-chest large, obconical, slightly declining, having a ridge down the middle and one on each side, whereby it is divided into two compartments ; it is rugulose on the’outer' sides of the compartments, on the tip of whose middle ridge there.is.a/shield-shaped, protu- berance : petiole very short : abdomen nearly round, smooth, shining, slightly convex, a little more than half the length of the chest ;, first segment large, its disc hollow ; second large ;, third and pllewing O* 182 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. segments short: legs dull red ; feet pale red, their tips brown : wings ample, tinged: with tawny. colour; veins tawny; ulna hardly half the length of the humerus; radius longer than the ulna;.cubitus much shorter than the ulna; stigma, small, brown. Length of the body 14 line ;,of the wings 24 lines. *‘Found on the edge of the pond in the Zoological Gardens, Phenix Park, Dublin (in September), where Notiphila cinerea and Ephydra littoralis (or coarctata) were abundant. Perhaps a parasite of the latter, as Ur. maritimus is of Ephydra riparia.” Haliday MSS. In the collection of Mr. Haliday. Panstenon Pidius, mas., Cyaneo-viridis, abdominis disco purpureo- cupreo; antennis fulvis, pedibus flavis, alis perangustis. Body bluish green, very long and narrow: head and chest scaly: head much broader than the chest ; front impressed : feelers tawny, slender, filiform, inserted in the front, nearly half the length of the body ; first joint long and rather stout ; second stout and cup- -shaped ; third and fourth hardly ‘visible ; fifth ‘and following joints small, nearly equal in size; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth forming a spindle-shaped club about twice the length of the tenth joint: chest spindle-shaped : fore-chest short ; scutum of the middle-chest rather long ; sutures of the parapsides not distinct ; scutellum obconical, of moderate size: hind-chest large, subquadrate, hardly declining: petiole yellow, nearly one-sixth of the length of the abdomen, which is spindie-shaped and somewhat shorter than the chest; dise pur- plish copper ; segments of moderate size,.slightly decreasing towards the tip: legs pale yellow, long and slender; middle-feet and hind- feet pale straw-colour ; tips of the feet tawny : wings extremely nar- row, with a slight yellow tinge, more or less shorter than the body ; veins) yellow ;; ulna much, shorter than the humerus; radius shorter than the ulna; cubitus of moderate length; stigma small. Length of the body # line ; of the wings 3-1 line. Distinguished from P. Owylus by its much narrower wings and by other characters. Ireland.) In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Panstenon Oxylus; reared by Mr. Haliday from the pupa of a Di- pterous insect (4 gromyza Pisi, Kaltenbach) on the pea. Prosopon' montanum.—Female. Head and chest. brassy green, covered with fine scales : feelers black, clavate, twelve-jointed, about one-third. ofthe length of the body; first joint long, rather slender, tawny beneath and at the base; second cup-shaped; third very short ; fourth and following joints short, closely joined together, successively but slightly decreasing in length; tenth, eleventh and twelfth joints forming an’ elliptical club whichis broader than the ninth joint and more than thrice its length: abdomen: smooth, purple varied with green\and copper colour on the sides-and at the tip, somewhat ellip- tical, nearly flat above, slightly keeled beneath, a little broader and longer than the chest ; first segment short, convex along the hind- border; second rather longer,:also convex on the hind-border ; third Zoological Society. 183 short, with a straight hind-border ; fourth, fifth and sixth of mode- rate size, with straight hind-borders; seventh extremely small : middlétegs not dilated. In other characters it resembles the male. Found by Mr. Haliday with the ¢ on rmountain heaths near Belfast, both pretty common. © Ericydnus Amnestus, fem. Viridis, antennis PARTE abdomine basi pedibusque rujis, alis viz ullis. Head and chest dark green, shining, convex; very finely sha- greened ; head broader than the chest; crown large ; front convex : eyes and eyelets dark red : feelers itael, clavate; much shorter than the body; first joint long, slender; second long cup-shaped ; third and following joints to the ninth. successively shorter,and broader ; tenth, eleventh and twelfth joints forming a spindle-shaped club which is-more than twice the length of the:ninth joint ;. chest ellip- tical : fore-chest short, narrower in front; scutum, of the middle- chest. short and broad ; scutellum obconical.; abdomen sessile, con- vex, dark-green, obconical, pale red towards the base, narrower and much shorter than the chest; there are a few hairs towards the tip which is deeply keeled beneath : legs pale red ;..middle legs dilated as usual, their shanks armed with, long spines ;. hind-shanks rather dark; tips of the feet brown: wings rudimentary. Length of the body 4 line. £. strigosus 9? - Ireland. .In Mr. Haliday’s collection..\ PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 3 Feb. 27, 1849.— William Yarrell, Esq.; Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read. :— 1, DESCRIPTION OF-TWO. NEW SPECIES.OF a oh pe By Joun S. Gaskorn. CypR#A CRIBELLUM. Cyp. testd subcylindricd, ei, albd, bruneo Soemnino obtectd, preter maculis numerosis;testd concoloribus, fere circularibus, inequalibus et irregulariter dispensatis ; mar- ginibus bruneo-rufescente punctatis ; basi subplanulatd, albd ; aperturd latd, precipue antice ; columella ventricosiusculd s den- tibus labii prominentibus, equalibus, circa quindecim ; dentibus columellaribus subobsoletis (preter dente primo) cirea duodecim; dente primo majus prominente deinde antice est incisura: pro- funda; suleo columellari nullo, extremitatibus) anticis. leviter productis, externe valde convergente ;: canalilato et profundo ; extremitatibus posticis obtusis; canali postico lato, aperturd recté continuo; margine externo incrassato ; spird late umbrli- cata. Shell subeylindrical, smooth, white, covered by a dark-brown coat- ing except at numerous nearly circular white’ spots, of unequal sizes and irregular distribution, thus leaving at those spots the colour of the 134 Zoological Society. shell to view; the line of meeting of the two mantles of the molluse on the dorsum is generally perceptible ; internally of a brown colour; outer edge'of the margin more or less dotted with rather large dark reddish-brown dots, similar dottings, but less in degree, on the colu- mellar side’of the‘ base ; base rather flat, white (white deposit, on the centre.of the-columellar side, semitransparent); aperture wide; espe- cially anteriorly, immer edge’ of the lip spiral ; columella slightly ven= tricose; teeth on'the lip prominent, even, extending pens on to the base,‘about fifteen in number,’ those on the columella°very slightly prominent»(excepting the first), not extending on the base,—about. twelveoin number; the first’greatly projects, between which and: the imner anterior extremity is a deep notch,—no columellar groove;—and: atthe posterior half of the aperture’ the teeth exist along the outer, those on the inner edge being mere indications of teeth ; extremities; atitérior’ very ‘slightly produced, ' the outer ‘one converging greatly ; posterior extremities obtuse, very slightly produced; channels, ante» riom wide‘and deéep;"postérior rather wide’ and in a straight line with the aperture ;’‘mergin, only on the outer’ side, incrassated ; spire widely umbilicated. 3 Long, 14 of andinch’; wide, 2, ofian inch. © Hab. Mediterranean Sea. », Cab. Gaskoin, Saul, &e..., hares a3 » This species, differs from Cyprea Cribraria of Linn. in the general conformation of the shell, being, more cylindrical, in its short,, obtuse extremities, its, wide, apertare,,particularly anteriorly, the large dot- tings. on the margin, the character of the teeth, the internal colour.of theshell, &ex (OO “CyYPRHA PULICYS VARIETAS. Cyp. testd longiore, dentibus nu- - V Gnerostoribus mindtioribusque, supralabrum circa viginti-novem, Sipra: eolumellam® circa ‘viginti-tribus ; ‘canali postico deénticu- lato. Shell’ longer in’ form, ‘of ‘a light ‘reddish-brown colour, ‘aperture narrower and ‘straighter, teeth finer and much more’ numerous than the ‘ordinary ‘form, ‘being ‘about twenty-nine on the lip, ‘while the pro- totype has about nineteen, and on ‘the columella side, about twenty- three; ‘against from’ fourteen to seventeen ; ‘posterior channel more or less'dentiewlated.'"' BP) eh ca | Sab ee % a .ojai92«: DESCRIPTION, OF A NEW SPECIES,OF NUTCRACKER. noitels: » By Joun Gouin, F.R.S. ere. NUCIFRAGA MULTIPUNCTATA, Gould. Crown of the head and:nape of the neck brownish black ; feathers of):the face,> sides: of the neck, back, chest and abdomen brownish blaek; with: abroad: and: conspicuous ‘mark: of dull white down the centre 5 wings ’glossy greenish black, the coverts and secondaries with alengthened triangular mark of white atthe tip; a faint trace of a similar mark appearing on the tips of the primaries ; tail glossy green- ish black; the two centre feathers slightly, the next on each side more Zoologival Society: 135 largely; and the-remaining three extensively. tipped. with, white, the extent of the white increasing as the feathers recede from theicentre; under tail-coverts white ;.upper tail-coyerts and, thighs striated with white. . if ae posits rsiitete 2iob mwo1d-dethbe: > Total length, 14} inches; bill; 19); wing, /83;,tail,7 jotarsi, dg. 0 This species exceeds in size both the N. caryocatactes, and.N, hes mispila, but-at the same time has a smaller and more slender, bill than either of those birds ; it also differs from both of them imoits lengths exied .and.cuneiform, tail ; it has,a, greater, quantity.of whitecion the apical portion of the, tail-feathers than the European, species,:but:less than/is found:in the N. hemispila ;| the white markings: of, the, back and. the entire under surface are also much larger and moré numerous than.in either of the other species, and are most remarkably develop on the seapularies. itAoibui orom gaisd sebe romai odd mo o20dt ‘The:only specimen I haye seen of this fine,species is in the Museum of the Philosophical Society at, York; its precise habitat;is unknown, but»as other species which. were certainly {rom Simla, in India|accom- panied it,,we may reasonably, conclude.it.was from that.country. 9:1) boTeoLliia mg 7i9DIn 3. NoTES ON THE DISSECTION. OF THE PaRrapoxwrRus TxPus, AND oF Dipus Meyptivus. By H.N.‘Purner;) Jun.» Having received, through the liberality of the Soeiety; a few of the animals that have died in the menagerie in the course of the pre- sent ‘winter, 1 feel bound to lay before them, as well as‘I may be able; whatever details of structure I observe which’ ‘may be new,' or may give rise to ideas calculated to assist in the advancemeiit of the sciende! Since the Society have done me the honour to insert in‘their Pro- ceedings * the somewhat lengthened communication, which, I was last permitted. to lay before them, I hope that the remarks, have.now to offer, some, of which have a; bearing on the. same .subject,, may also prove acceptable. SN It. formed, part of my object.in that paper to.demonstrate: that; the Viverrine group, (of which the Paradoxuri are now,universally,.ad- mitted 'to.form a part,) are so. closely, allied..to the. Cats.as. to safely. warrant their being united with them in, one family, instead ,of -being looked upon as a section intermediate to the canine and feline.groups, or, on account of their number of tuberculous molars, more closely allied to the former, in which light they have very frequently.been considered: and I think it will be apparent, from:the, observations I have now to bring forward, that the genus Paradoxurus, one of the least exclusively ‘carnivorous of the order, and‘ formerly associated with the Bears in the plantigrade'division, has:a much closer relation- ship with the group, which, from its. being pre-eminently carnivorous, is usually considered as“ typical’? of the order, than naturalists lave been wont to anticipate. | It is not unfrequently ithe case, that»when an affinity between two species or genera is established: upon essen- tial peculiarities: of structure, certain minor details, or even habits and actions:of the animal, remind -one»so forcibly of: the relationship: we * See also. vol, iii, p..397 of this Journal, 136 Zoological Society. have already proved’ to’ exist, that they assume an unlooked-for’ de- gree of interest’; and, having kept for some time a living specimen of the common’ Paradoxurus, I think a few of the observations I have made upon it may on'this account be interesting, in connection with the structural peculiarities which the receipt of a dead one has enabled me to remark. ” sali noi fa “The ‘claws are as retractile as in’ the domestic Cat, although from the absence of the long and soft hair, with which the sides of the toes are clothed ‘in the latter animal, they are fully exposed when in ‘the retracted position. ‘But*on examining the’ claws of the Paradoxure, it becomés obvious that the raising of the point from the ground ‘is not'the only’ means employed by Nature to maintain their sharpness. Every one must have observed in the common Cat, as well as in the larger species nea in our menageries, the habit of occasionally scratching or dragging with the claws against the surface of any hard substatice, a process not apparently calculated to improve their sharp- ness, but obviously intended to aid the shelling off of the outer layer of the claw, which is continually renewed by growth from the root, andthe bluiited point is' thus occasionally replaced by a new one. I have not observed this habit in‘ the livmg Paradoxurus ; but on ex- amining the claws ‘of the dead one, I noticed that some of them were much larger than others, these being worn and blunted at the point, while the ‘smaller ones were sharp; also that the series of claws on each fgot ‘were irregular as to their sizes; and that the corresponding claws on'theopposite feet in some cases. differed greatly in size; So that it‘ would appear, that in the absence of the scratching propensity, the claws scale’off naturally, and to ‘a much larger extent at a time than inthe Cats. Ihave occasionally noticed my hving specimen with a claw apparently loose; but’the casting off of the outer layer of the nail is a difficult thing to.verify by actual observation. On one Occasion, my specimen having escaped from his cage, on my seizing him by the neck forthe purpose of replacing him therein, he made use of his claws'to defend himself, just as a cat would naturally be expected to do ; ‘while it ‘is well known that any animal of the dog tribe, being’ seized’ '‘in''that manner, is helpless, havmg no instinct prompting him to make use of his extremities against his captor ; ‘in this tribe also the paws are never used for seizing, but only for the purposes’ of locomotion, and to ‘steady the prey upon the ground, while the teeth perform their office. The positions sometimes assumed by the Paradoxurus ina state of repose, also resemble those of the cat; for instance, it frequently lowers the body between the fore-paws, approximating the shoulder to the foot, while the ‘elbow remains raised by the side: the canme animals, on the other hand, never crouch with- out applying the elbow to the ground. The Paradoxurus again re- sembles the Cat in the habit of occasionally bending the head verti- cally beneath the neck while asleep, a position never assumed. by the Dog. ) In ‘all the anatomical characters which in my former communieca- tion I assigned to the Felidee (in which family the viverrine section is included), the Paradoxurus fully agrees ; those presented by the gene- * Zoological Society. 137 rative and odoriferous organs are the most remarkable. /There, isno true musk-bag, simply the two secerniug pouches situated one on each side the anus, which are so common among the carnivora. In addition to these, there is, at the base of the prepuce, an oyal, flat, naked space, which is. not, simply a secreting, surface, as. stated by, Mr. Gray in a paper contributed to the Proceedings a few years back,’ but. contains a number of minute orifices, each opening into. a, somewhat cylindrical glandular sac ;'.these’ are, arranged, vertically. side! by side, and, toge- ther with the anal pouches, seerete the, substance which imparts, to the animal its, characteristic odour, The generative organs |are alto- gether very: largely developed ; the prostate ,is; large, of -a,,slightly lobulated form, and the urethra passes) obliquely through its.centre. Cowper’s glands, whose presence is characteristic,of the, Felidae, ,are remarkably large, causing a, prominence externally, posterior. to..the scrotum; and, as usual in the family, each is,surrounded. by, a,power- ful: muscular envelope, which is. at least, an eighth of an inch. in,thick- ness ; the fibres converge to a tendinous portion, which extends, from the point where the duct issues, some, distance: on,each side, of jthe gland; the size of these organs altogether is about equal to,that of the testes. The length of the penis, fromthe jorifices.of Cowper's duct to. the meatus urinarius, is a little more than three inches ; it-is perfectly flexible in every, part, and therefore, the os penis must, be either. very minute or wanting; this,is another. feline character,.sinee in the Bears and Weasels, as,well as, in the, Dogs, the, bone:forms. a considerable part of the organ... The glans-is cylindrical, it, tapers'.a little for about, six-tenths of an inch, then; terminates. suddenly jinja small. conical point, in the groove around the base of which is,situated at the lower, part the urethral. orifice. .,The.body ofthe glans’ has|a slight median groove beneath, and its, whole. surface is, covered,.with horny spines directed backwards... ‘Cuvier, who alludes ;to, a similar peculiarity, in the Cats, makes no mention.of it, either in the Ichneu- mon, the Civet,.or the Hysena,, .Its existence is therefore an interest- ing mark of affinity. between two, genera apparently, so dissimilar,.al- though, from its inconstancy,, it, will, not) serve,as aj character,of the family. . In the Paradoxurus.the.spines are minute, | sa) numerous, and. regularly distributed *. The same organs in the Jerboa present some patnlintilies ponte of-notice..(I will observe, in addition to what has before, been described, that Cowper’s glands are each curved upon itself ina manner similar to the vesicule seminales. The two sharp-pointed. bony. stylets »with which, the upper part of the glans,is armed,,and which have been mentioned, by authors, arise about. the middle of. the dorsum of the glans,.one on each side of a prominence of its substance; they are * Since the above was written, I have received the body of a male, Coatimondi. I alluded to that animal in my former paper, as being placed by Cuvier among the list of those possessing the vesicule seminales, which, I observed, required con- firmation. I can now-assert that they do not exist; the walls of the vasa defe- rentia are swollen.immediately before these vessels enter the, urethra,.and the prostate has a more sudden: projection at its upper end than I have observed in the musteline animals that I have dissected:. The absence of the, vesicule semi- nales is then a constant character of the true Carnivora. 138 Zoological Society. gently, curved,.and rather.suddenly pointed at the end. In the re- cumbent condition, they incline a little towards each other, just. over hanging the extremity of the glans, and bear some resemblance to the pointed lower incisors of some.small Rodent. The glans itself appears’ tripartite at the extremity, there being a deep fissure running the whole length of its under surface, and just at the extremity another on each side :, at the meeting-point, of the fissures is the urethral orifice.. Just. behind.the; origin of the bony stylets the presence of a small. ossicle. can. be distinetly: felt within, the substance of the glans. : A. very remarkable, peculiarity in this. little animal is, that amidst. thelong white hairs.which,clothe the lower. part of the foot is a small sharp horny spike,,situated, just below the base of the middle toe, as if it were intended, to enter the ground, and thus prevent the animal from slipping when it,alights. This I have reason to believe is not generally known, although, it must. I think be alluded to by Dr, Shaw in his Ge- neral Zoology, since. he there remarks, ‘‘ There is also.a very small spur or back-toe, with its corresponding claw:” and subsequently adds, “‘ nor, does any. vestige of. it, appear in the figure given by Dr. Pallas. of the-skeleton,”’,,, This may well be, since, itis simply a cutaneous. deve- lopment, having no;connection with the. skeleton whatever, I have looked atthe specimens of the Jerboa m the British Museum,. but in consequence of their, bemg dried, and mounted, the little appendage, which is,concealed.by the hair, was not to be perceived; but in the Alaetaga, as well, as, the. same circumstances would permit, I could see that, a little horny.process/existed, but was rough and blunt. - dn. the, dissection ofan animal whose only mode of progression con- sists.of leaping with, the hinder extremities, and which differs from the other jumpmg Mammalia in the, circumstance, that.in the position of rest, the extremity.only of the metatarsus is applied to the ground, the muscles,of|the, leg may: be,expected to afford some, points of. in- terest. The most striking of these are, that none of the muscles situ- ated upon the tibia remain fleshy for more than about half the length of that bone, each terminating in-a long tendon; and. that) upon the foot itself there are no muscles whatever, the actions of the flexors of the toes being relieved by a strong hgament, which arises from the os Calcis, and divides into five, giving one to the middle toe, two small sesamoid bones being developed in it ; and two divisions to each of the other toes, the index and the annularis, each of which has also its sesainoid bones, those furthest ‘from ‘the axis of the foot being rather largely developed, extending some distance over the sides of the arti- culation. ' The ligament near its origin contains three little supernu- merary bones,one on the outer, two on the inner side; the latter are grooved for'the passage of the tendon of the flexor perforans.. On the homology of this tendon I have next to remark. It might very naturally be expected, that in animals having no thumb on the hinder extremity, and in, which the fibula is in great part wanting, the flexor longus pollicis, which in-man has its origin im. the. fibula, would. be either much reduced or absent ; but so far from such being the case, it will be seen, on reference to any work on the comparative anatomy of the, muscular system, that this muscle exists, and that its tendon Zoological Society. 139 becomes entirely confluent with that of the flexor longus digitorum. But further, I think it will appear that in those lower Mammalia, in which the thumb or the fibula, or both, are wanting or imperfectly developed, it is the flexor longus digitorum that is reduced in size, and the flexor longus pollicis that becomes the principal musele acting on the toes. The dissection of the Jerboa made this homology very evident. The large flexor muscle which gives the perforating tendons to the toes arises, as may be expected, partly from the ‘tibia as‘ well as from the fibula; but it is distmetly shown to be the flexor lon pollicis, from the fact that its tendon passes through ‘a distinct sheath, separate from and posterior to that which contains the tendons of the other two muscles, namely the flexor longus digitorum and the tibi- alis posticus. Of these, which are both very small, 'the former shows its homology most clearly, by arising from the surface of the tibia, immediately below the insertion of the popliteus. ‘The tibialis posticus: is an extremely minute and delicate muscle, arising ‘only’ from the’ tibia. | 109 Bik Dare BC TO In the Rabbit the two perforating flexors form'a single muscle, having the proper origins of both ; lower down they become to’a cer- tain extent separable, but the tendons are completely reunited before they pass the ankle, which they doin the place’ belonging’ to: the flexor longus pollicis. This compound muscle, occupying the whole posterior surface of the bones of the leg, so pushes round ‘the tibialis posticus, that it takes the chief part of its origin from the inner side of the tibia, which in Mammalia generally is’ free ‘from muscular attachment. In the Paradoxurus I ‘found ‘that the flexor longus digitorum has, in addition to its usual attachments,'a pomt of origin’ in the head of the fibula ; but then the bones’ are séparate,' and the flexor longus pollicis is a distinct muscle, having ‘also origin in both bones, and each tendon passes the ankle in'its usual place*. ; March 13.—W. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in: the Chair, ;, The following papers were read i+) 24.) 6i0010) 6 ? 1. NOTICE, OF A PECULIARITY OF STRUCTURE OBSERVED IN THE Aorta oF THE WiLp Swan. By Joun Davy, M.D., F.R.S, L. & E., Inspecror-GENERAL OF ARMy HosPiTALs, ETC. (CommMuNIcATED BY Mr. GULLIVER.) ~~ ee When engaged in examining anatomically this bird. (a. full-grown female, killed in the neighbourhood. of Chatham .in February, 1839), my attention was arrested by a peculiar appearance in the inferior * Since writing the above I have taken opportunities of looking at the same muscles in a Fox and in a Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). The former animal differed from the Paradoxurus, and resembled the Jerboa, in the great extent of the flexor longus pollicis and the much-reduced size of the tibialis posticus, which here also terminates in a long slender tendon, showing an interesting correspondence of adaptive character in two animals, in which the motion of the hind-limbs is ‘vi- gorous, but of one kind only. | In‘the Monkey the flexor longus pollicis\is a:much larger ee than the flexor longus digitorum, and has.considerable attachment to the tibia. a re Meckel and Cuvier allude to the union of the two long flexors in the Rabbit before they pass the ankle, but neither author informs us at which point that takes place. 140 Zoological Society. portion’ of its‘aorta, which’ I’ shall) briefly describe with the hope: of leading to farther inquiry. Before the ischiatic arteries are given off, the aorta is comparatively large and is enveloped externally i in a dense fibrous coat, possessing very’ little elasticity: below the origin of these arteries, the trunk of the aorta suddenly becomes small, and continues small and tapering to its termination ; and this change is accompanied with ‘an alteration in the structure of its external coat: In place ofa dense ‘fibrous envelope, it is now sheathed in a substance very like musctlar fibre; and which from its properties’ I believe to be a mus- cular layer. “It is of some thickness, of a reddish hue, slightly elastic, easily’ broken, and divided by a ligature and easily separated into longitudinal ‘fibres of considerable length. Under’ the “microscope each ‘filament appears to be composed of nearly parallel fibres of ex- treme delicacy, and destitute of those peculiar markings which ‘be- long to the fibres of the voluntary muscles generally and to: some’ of the involuntary.’ Moreover, when placed ima warm) damp atmo- sphere, ‘ata temperature between 80° and 90° Fahr., it rapidly putre- fies’ and is reduced ‘to a poultaceous or semifluid consistence, These properties seem to characterize it as a muscular structure ; I would not' dwell on any one in‘ particular, but rather on the assemblage of them. “An ’attempt of late has been made to revive the old doctrine of the museularity of the middle coat of the arteries, founded almost exclusivély’ on microscopical appearances. The structure described above, Iconsider not of the nature of the middle arterial coat, be- lieving that that coat is not truly muscular, but rather of the nature of the muscular coat of the) intestines, to which, in pomt of colour, consistence; the'effect*of a ‘ligature, its vance 15 ionperts ind proneness ‘to putrefy, it is so very similar. If this structure! be admitted to be muscular, it may be neat as accessory and ‘of @ use'similar to that of the accessory hearts ofthe Chimeera ‘and’ Torpedo; and:destined to some peculiarity of function which further research is required to determine. Before-concluding’ this°notice, I may mention incidentally that I availed myself of the opportunity afforded by this Swan to\examine the'air contained'in its osseous air-cells. | I found it to be composed of alyout 83°3 per cent: azote, and of 16:7 per cent. oxygen, tested by means ‘of lime-water‘and phosphorus. — It was collected from the cells belonging to the ‘cervical vertebree,—cells by means of which this part of ‘the bird*is’ happily buoyant; floating in water, even when deprived of its feathers and integuments and detached from the trachea. And, further, I may mention, which was new to me, that its large intestine is almost as amply provided with villi as its small; and that even the isthmus or narrow neck of each of its large ceeca is similarly provided with villi, Some other animals, especially birds, may be analogous in this respect ; but in no other instance in which I have yet examined the large intestines in search of villi have I found them. 2...Norres, ON THE SKULL OF. Equus Hemronus AND Equus Kianc.. By J; E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. -» Mr. Hodgson has lately.sent).to. the. British Museum three speci- mens of the Hor se, which he had described under the name of Equus Zoological Society. 141 Kiang; unfortunately they were so destroyed by insects during their passage from India; that it was impossible to preserve any part of them except the skull and the bones: of the limbs, As a doubt had arisen as to the distinction of this species from. the Hemione, Lquus Hemionus, of Kutch, I have compared. these skulls with the skull of the latter belonging to an imperfect skeleton, which was kindly presented to the Museum, with the skin, by the Earl of Derby, from an animal which lived some time,in Knowsley. Park. The forehead of all the three specimens of 2. Kiang is'‘rather con- vex between the eyes, and the centre of the face is narrow and. keeled on the sides ; while in the skull of Z. Hemionus the forehead is flat between the’ eyes, and the centre line of the facejis rather broader and rounded gradually off on the sides, and the incisive bone is longer and more gradually arched, making the incisor more perpendicular in.the | latter: than in any of the former. lov 4c3 Yo esrdit 9 But the most distinctive character between the four skulls is in the position of the infraorbital foramen. In 2. Hemionus,it.is high, up, about’ one-third the space between the face-line and the back edge. of the teeth ; itis far back, being directly over the front end of the cheek- ridge and the back edge of the third grinder: while in all the three specimens of the skulls of #. Kiang this foramen is lower. down, being nearly in the centre of the space between. the face-line! and, the base of the teeth, ‘and it is placed ina lne,over the, back, edge of the second grinder, some distance in front, of the end of the) cheek- ridge. ite [ft seclt -onirs The under surface of the body of the posterior,sphenoid is, narrow and convex in £. Hemionus, and broad..and flat,in A. \Kiang.:-;The vomer is much more compressed in the latter than in the L..Hemionus. I am not certain that the distinctions here described, maybe, suffi- cient to show that these two animals | are! separate species, but. they indicate’ the necessity of the subject being more| fully, examined,.,,., In the position of the suborbital foramen the #..A¢ang more nearly resembles the FZ. asinus, and the L. Hemionus that of 2. Zebra and E. Burchellii: to 4 Tworof the skulls of the #. Kiang show the, small rudimentary grinder im front of the other ; but this,tooth,is to be, more or less. di- stinctly observed in the skulls of the other Lguide in, the Museum ~eollection.. I may observe, that in the skull.of Aguus Burchellii in the British Museum collection, this tooth is placed. on’ the inner \side of the first true grinder. 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMAL OF TRIGONIA, FROM ACTUAL DISSECTION. By G. Huxuey, Ese., R.N., with AN INTRO- DUCTORY NOTE BY Proressor FE. Forsrs, F.R.S. erc. ere. The accompanying account of the animal of 7'rigonia was forwarded to me by Mr. Huxley, Assistant-Surgeon to the Rattlesnake, now sur- veying in the Eastern and Australian Seas, under the able ¢ommand and scientific zeal of Capt. Owen Stanley. The great number, beauty and geological importance of the species 142 Zoological Society. of this interesting genus have made especially valuable a knowledge of the’ structure of its animal. Quoy and'Gaimard were the first to give any account of it, and a figure and description of the animal of Trigonia were published from their drawings and notes in the zoolo- gical division of the Voyage of the Astrolabe*. Since then I am not aware of this curious creature having been re-observed, though much has been written respecting its systematic position. Asin such a case a verification of the evidence we possess, through a new and accurate set of observations, is of almost as much importance as the deserip- tion of an unobserved animal, the Zoological Society may consider Mr. Huxley’s notes in the light of a valuable contribution to mala- cology. =?" . Both accounts confirm the idea suggested by the shell of its position among the Arcacee, and its close affinity with Nucula and Arca. The degree lof union of the mantle-lobes, and the development of siphonal tubes' in this family, as among the neighbouring Mytilide, is of ge- neric and not sectional significance. | J add the description of the animal given by the French naturalists for comparison :— > o« T/animal a le manteau ouvert dans les trois quarts de sa circon- férence inférieure. | Il est frangé sur ses bords, avec de petites taches ou liinules blanches qui alternent avec des stries rayonnées. On voit, au Somimet de ‘ce manteau, les impressions denticulées de la charniére, et en avant et en arriére, les muscles qui unissent les valves. Le pied est grand, robuste, sécuriforme, trés recourbé en arriére, tranchant et denticulé sur soniaréte,: de chaque coté de laquelle sont des laciniures, au tiers antérieur seulement. II ne nous a pas paru se dilater comme dans les muscles. Les branchies sont grandes, libres, subtriangulaires, en pointe, reposant, de chaque cété de la racine du pied, leur doubles lamelles:. Les palpes buccaux sont) excessivement petits, réunis dans une partie de;leur étendue.L’anus est & lextrémité dun court édicule.’ Lua disposition du: manteau et. le manque de tubes rap- prochent»cé mollusque de celui des: Nucules, dont il différe cependant par la disposition: des: branchies et la bri¢veté des appendices de la bouche. 0% | . ) Description of Trigonia. The mantle-lobes are rounded and plaited, to correspond with the ribs of the shell. \ The edges of the mantle are marked with white spots; posteriorly, opposite the anus they are provided with short convex appendages. ‘The mantle-lobes are disunited throughout, not joining until they reach the upper surface of the posterior adductor, some distance above the anus. : "The gills are’ somewhat triangular, extending backwards almost horizontally on each ‘side of the visceral mass. Each gill is’ formed of three stems, fixed at one extremity, free and pointed at the other, and giving attachment throughout their whole length, on one side to depending filaments, which become shorter as they are more posterior. * Vol. iii! p.'476, Mollusques, pl. 78) £5! - Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 143 The filaments are formed of a tubular horny, thread, supporting on one side a broad membranous fringe. 1 could perceive no, trace of vessels in this fringe, but it appeared to be covered by an epithelium (ciliated ?). | ) The mouth is placed “at the anterior and superior part of the ani- mal, between two thickish horizontal lips. . The labial tentacles are two on each side, rather long, lanceolate, and slightly peetinated. The | anus is placed. posteriorly and superiorly between the gills,.and just about the posterior adductor muscle, roitev1oedo. 3 The so-called “foot” is composed of two. portions,,an upper and quadrilateral (properly the abdomen), and a lower, pointed. part (the true foot), the two being set at right angles to one another. ) The first portion is sharp-edged and slightly pectinated posteriorly, marked. by a groove bounded by two, folded, lips.anteriorly.. The second portion is slightly pectinated along, its, lower, edge, pointed anteriorly, prolonged behind into a curved. process, where it joins, the superior portion. vit ) .e ton bua dito Visceral mass.—The mouth opens by a very short.cesophagus ito a wide pyriform stomach, surrounded by a dark dendritic liyer...,.'The stomach narrows into a long intestine, which descends for, the whole length of the abdomen, and forms one, or: two loops,in the substance of the generative gland; then passes. up again, above .the stomach, penetrates the heart, and passing between the,two. small lateral mus- cles of the foot, terminates in the anus. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. December 13, 1849.—Dr.. Lowe.in the Chair. The following communications were read :— eqot 9 1. ‘On the Plants of the Valley of Fatana,'Taheite,”’ by Arehibald Sibbald, M.D., R.N. The author gave a list-of the species observed by him in the Valley of Fatana, in Taheite, with their native names, and remarks on their properties, and the uses»to which they are ap- plied by the inhabitants... The paper was accompanied. by specimens of the “Tapa”? cloth, and an account of the mode in which itis pre- pared from the bark of the bread-fruit-tree, Artocarpus incisa. Mr. M‘Nab exhibited a book containing specimens of native cloths collected during Captain Cook’s voyages among the South Sea Islands. 2. ‘On some Scotch Freshwater Alge,’’, by Wyville 'T..C. Thom- son, Esq. The author laid before the Meeting specimens, of fresh- water Algee, collected during the, past, summer chiefly in the west of Scotland. Of the genus Batrachospermum, specimens of B..atrum were exhibited, of a very large size, found in Ayrshire durmg,the month of October. Mr. Thomson remarked, that. the supposed rarity of this species probably originated in/its being sought for at the wrong season ; he had found it sparingly during the early part oof the summer, attached to stones at the bottom of still, clear, pools, the specimens. being-usually about.an inch. or an inch and. half high. When found in the end of autumn, however, the plants were free, floating on the surface of the water or attached to the ice. At this ‘144 Botanical. Society of Edinburgh. ‘time the specimens occupy, when laid out,, a; space, from \six.to mine inches in diameter. Specimens were also exhibited of B. moniliforme, stagnale and _proliferum from Ayrshire, the latter two, being consi- dered by Mr. Thomson as forms of the first. depending on situation. Mr. Thomson corroborated Mr. Berkeley’s obseryations,.on the capsular fructification. of mile ek tuberculosa,, and exhibited..a series of specimens connecting this species with, C.. elegans,:of which he considered it the mature state, enlarging, softening, and breaking down, by the imbibition,of water, for the escape of the spores from its ripe capsules. He exhibited a number of other beautiful speci- mens of freshwater Algee... af Pee Cer 3. “On peculiar Cells found in the Style and other parts of.cer- tain, species.of ,Grevillea, Banksia, Manglesia, and other Proteaceae,” by Spencer Cobbold, Esq. , The author mentioned the occurrence, in the stem, leaves, floral envelopes, and fruit of various. Proteaceae, of certain peculiar cells, which in_ their simplest. stage of development are transparent, fusiform, and of variable. size, but» generally much larger than the cells composing all other tissues of the same organ, and containing in their interior cellules of: various. colours, and a nucleus attached to or bulging out from the cell-wall.. He considered that whatever be the function of these bodies, there is. one special end to which they seem destined, viz. the formation of peltate. hairs, which occur in great abundance over; nearly, all the.organs of some of the species examined. : 4. “On the Plants used for forming Hedges and Fences in Southern India,’?: by: H.-Cleghorn; M.D.,-H.E.1.C.8: The ‘author adverted to the remarkable prevalence of thorny shrubs and prickly plants in the flora of the Peninsula; where they are a continual an- noyance tothe traveller, and a frequent cause of admission into hos- pital—especially durmg the hotter months, when the, leaves +havin dropped off, the spines are left. bare and exposed. _ Notwithstanding the abundant provision for the extensive diffusion of hedges and fences, it is universally admitted, that the bleak and barren, tracts stand pre-eminently in need of these appliances, for.the development and preservation of their agricultural resources, which suffer from the depredations of wild animals and stray cattle. | : He exhibited drawings of Opuntia Dillenii, Haw., prickly pear ; Agave cantula, Rox., aloe (with a sample of its fibres. used for cordage) ; Euphorbia tirucalli, L., milk bush, and EF. antiquorum, LL. ‘These, with the bamboo, are commonly employed in the enclosures of South- ern India. | Cesalpinia sepiaria, Rox., Mysore thorn, is invested with histo- rical interest, Hyder Ali having encircled the village fortifications with this plant. ‘The fences are handsome and almost impenetrable. This, with Ptevolobium lacerans, R. Br., and other species, seems worthy of general introduction, and grows rapidly from. seeds. Capparis sepiaria, L., forms an excellent hedge round Shikarpoor. .Trophis aspera, Retz., is well adapted for the same purpose from its ramous branches and rigid character. Acacia latronum, Willd., was also pointed out, aptly designated by Willdenow Frutex horridissimus. - Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 145 This paper will appear in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ and in the Transactions of the Society. Dr. Cleghorn exhibited the fruit of Aristolochia indica, L., and the strange-looking tuberculated pod of Bignonia xylocarpa, Rox., three feet long—about the size of a walking-stick. When pendulous from the tree, it is ‘a conspicuous object on the Malabar Ghauts. 5. “On a supposed new species of Glyceria,”’ by Frederick Towns- end, B.A. (See p. 104.) The following office-bearers were elected for the ensuing year :— President.— Professor Fleming. | Vice-Presidents.—Dr. Neill, Dr. Lowe, Professor Balfour, Dr. Seller. Councillors.—Mr. Lawson, jun. ; Mr. Wm. Ivory, W.S.; Dr. Par- nell; Mr. James Cunningham, W.S.; Mr. J. T. Syme ; Professor Christison; Professor Goodsir; Mr. Charles Murchison; Mr. J. 8. Sanderson ; Mr. Benjamin Carrington. - Treasurer.—Mr. Brand. Honorary Secretary.—Dr. Greville. Foreign Secretary.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan. Assistant Secretary.—Mr. Evans. : ss Curator of Museum.—Mr. Wyville T. C. Thomson. Artist.—Mr. J. M‘Nab. Assistant Curator.—Mr. G. Lawson. Jan. 10, 1850.—Professor Fleming,. President, in. the Chair. Many donations were announced. The following papers were read:— : 1. “On the British species of Chara,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A., F.L.S. &c. “(See p. 81.) , | 2. “On the Watery Secretion of the Ice-plant, Mesembryanthemum erystallinum, L.,” by Dr. Augustus Voelcker, Professor of Chemistry in the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester. (This paper will ap- pear in our next Number.) 3. “ List of Plants found in the Island of Rathlin,” by Miss C. Gage. The picturesque and interesting island of Rathlin or Raghery is situ- ated on the coast of Antrim, being three miles distant from the pro- montory of Fair Head, on the mainland, and nearly five and a half miles from Ballycastle. In its geological formation it is basaltic, and presents fine cliffs, with some remarkable columns, more especially at Doon point on the south-eastern side. Among the plants noticed were the following :—Galium pusillum, Anagallis tenella, Beta ma- ritima, Cuscuta epilinum, Helosciadium nodiflorum, Cicuta virosa, Conium maculatum, Cinanthe fistulosa, Smyrnium Olusatrum, Scilla verna, Alisma ranunculoides, Elatine hexandra, Sedum reflecum, S. Rhodiola, Nymphea alba, Nuphar lutea, Ranunculus hirsutus, Oro- banche major, Draba muralis, Crambe maritima, Brassica oleracea, Raphanus maritimus, Lavatera arborea, Ulex nanus (introduced), Hypericum Androsemum, Artemisia maritima, Inula Helenium, J. dysenterica, Pyrethrum maritimum, Malazxis paludosa, Littorella Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.v. LO 146 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. lacustris, Eriocaulon septangulare, Ceratophyllum demersum, and Asplenium marinum. From Miss Gage’s list there would appear to be nearly 300 phanerogamous plants and ferns in the island. ' . Dr. Cleghorn. stated that, in August, last, he visited the Giant’s Causeway and Isle of Rathlin in company with Dr. Merriman, of Kensington and Mr. T. Merriman. - They traversed a considerable portion of the island, observing many of the plants mentioned in the list, Ulex nanus being in profusion, Sedum, reflecum occurs at Fair Head and in various Fatalities along the Autrim.cliffs. Whoever has experienced the strong currents or boisterous gales in these seas, will not hesitate, to. attribute the dissemination of species to their agency—along with the transport of innumerable migratory sea birds which whiten the cliff, The party received much. kindness under the hospitable roof of the Rey. .R, Gage. ; : Dr. Cleghorn. exhibited the large ligneous fruit of Hydnocarpus inebrians (Vahl), which is used for poisoning fish in Malabar. Lamp oil is extracted from the seeds. He showed a drawing of Lrythropsis Roxburghiana (Lindl.), an extremely handsome tree. The rich scarlet panicles of flowers burst forth after the monsoon, long before the foliage appears... Also the fruit of Sterculia feectida,(Linn,), .a.com- mon forest tree of, stately size, widely diffused :.the flowers yield an offensive odour, indicating to the traveller its immediate vicinity when riding through, the jungle..The seeds are roasted and eaten, like chestnuts. Dr. Cleghorn adverted to the difficulty of studymg timber trees in the primeeval forests, and stated it, to be one of the most. dif- ficult departments of tropical botany. — Dr, Balfour read a letter which he had received from Professor Fries;, dated: Upsal, Ist. November 1849. In this letter, Fries thanks the Society for the specimens of Hieracia which had been transmitted to. him, and. states; that..he had found them, useful in compiling his recent work,.‘ Symbolze ad: Historiam Hieraciorum.’ He promises, to send, some.critical species in return. : Mr. Wyville T,;C..' Thomson, read, a, letter from, Mr. Westwood, Dollar, mentioning the discovery, of Potentilla tridentata on Ben Wyvis.seyeral years ago... No specimens were sent, and some doubts were expressed. as, to the discovery. 22 Mr..'Thomson also exhibited a specimen of Salix retusa which had been. gathered,by a friend, of his;on Ben, Lawers. Mr, M‘Nab exhibited, a, specimen, of the spathe and flowering spa- dix of Huterpe montana (mountain cabbage palm), .and noticed the rapidity, with which the branched spadix is developed. It. would. ap- pear that the branches of the spadix are, confined by the spathe until their: resiliency bursts, it, and the branches at once spread out at, right angles from the common, rachis... Although this palm has flowered frequently of late in the Palm House of the Botanic Garden, it has not produced perfect, fruit as it used to do many years ago. Dr. Balfour exhibited a specimen of wood hyacinth (Agraphis nu- tans), gathered. by Mr. John, Jeffrey, Edinburgh Botanic Garden, near Lochar, in, Fife, in which all the bracts. were converted.imto green leaves, many of them, four to fiye incheslong and. one-eighth broad, giving Ipswich Museum. 147 the plant a very peculiar aspect. “This variety was originally intro- duced from Inverness-shire, and has been cultivated ‘nany years ‘in the Garden at Lochar, ) eh A letter was read from Mr. Hailstone, mentioning ‘that ‘he had gathered ‘specimens of Cynosurus echinatus near Thorpe Arch, York- shire. ot bioa | Mr. J. T. Syme exhibited a specimen of Melilotus arvensis picked between Inverkeithing and Limekilns.’ This plant has been observed in several spots near Edinburgh, more especially at St. David’s and other parts of Fife. | Dr. Balfour exhibited a specimen of Eriophorum alpinum picked by him in Durness, Sutherlandshire, 21st August 1827, when a¢com- panying the late Professor Graham on a botanical trip. © Dr. Balfour stated that, at that time, he had just commenced the study of botany, and that the plant was put by him among specimens of Scirpus ce- spitosus. : | i gies IPSWICH MUSEUM. “On the Gigantic Birds of New Zealand, and on the Geographical Distribution of Animals :” the substance ofa Lecture delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Ipswich Museum, by Professor Owen. After some appropriate introductory remarks, Professor Owen en- tered upon the subject of his discourse by narrating the cireum- stances which first brought to his knowledge the fact of the exist- ence, at’ some former period, if not at the present time, of gigantic birds, incapable of flight, in the islands of New Zealand.’ He exhi- bited a single fragment of ‘bone, which had’ been ‘submitted to him - in 1839, which was affirmed to have been found in New Zealand, and he defined the steps in the series of comparisons which led to the con- clusion that it must have formed part of a bird’as large as the Ostrich, but of a-heavier and ‘less agile species. He next gave an account’ of the different species of wingless or struthious birds which were’ known to science at that time ; he more especially described the Apteryx of New Zealand, and the Dodo of the Mauritius’; and’ poimted out the remarkable character of their geographical position.’ The’ progressive steps in the restoration of the probably extinet wingless birds of New Zealand were then explained and illustrated by the plates ‘of the works which Professor Owen had published on the subject, and’ by enlarged diagrams. The ‘importance attached to the first’ fragment of bone stimulating the colonists to special researches, the remains of these extraordinary birds, which had escaped’ the notice ‘of Banks and Solander, and successive naturalists, up to the year 1839, were soon obtained, and in unexpected abundance and perfection.’ The' bones of the leg were first transmitted in October 1843, by the Rev. Mr. Williams; a church missionary, now Archdeacon of the Diocese of New Zealand, ‘Casts and figures of some of the most remarkable of these bones were exhibited’ and explained. They imdicated at least five distinct species, varying in height from three feet to eleven feet. The average stature of the Ostrich is six feet. The absence of air- cells in these bones, and their dense structure, confirmed the original 10* 148 Ipswich Museum. deduction as to the terrestrial character of the birds, and:the relative shortness of the ankle-bone (metatarsus) as compared with that im the Ostrich, proved the original surmise:as to'the more sluggish character of the:bird to have: been correct. ‘Successive sets of bones of the great extinct birds were subsequiently uired, ‘either: by: purchase-or donation, by Professor Owen, who in 1846 published his) third memoiron the subject, describmg» the structure:of the back-bone (vertebre) and the breast-bone (sternum) | of the Dinornis.: The latter: he described as one of the most: charae- teristic bones in the: skeleton of a: bird; it: usually presents) a’ part called:the ‘keel,’ the, depth of whichis: in the ratio of the size and wer lof the muscles used:im flight, the keel being totallyywanting: m biFit that.arée unable tofly»; "Thus the breast-bone resembles|a shield in the Ostrich, Emeu,Cassowary, and Apteryx, but -each of: the existing wingless ‘birds has'the shield-shaped sternum: of :a peculiar pattern.|)| The sternum of the Dmornis was equally devoid ot-a keel; and in its shape-it:most resembled the sternum of the Apteryx., From the size and:strength of a bone of the neck (cervical vertebree), also described and figured in-the third memoir, the author had been led:to certain inferences as)to the kind: of food:on which these gigantic birds found subsistence in the small island to which they had been so-singu- larly restricted.; but still the head and beak were wanting, upon which any) precise idea of the food.of the species could be founded. In, 1847, the researches, of Mr.-Walter Mantell in New Zealand were rewarded by the discovery of the much-wished-for bones of the head)and beak, and these specimens formed the subject of a memoir, published: in 1848, in. which they were: described and figured, and referred to: four ‘distinct genera of birds., _Tootwo of these: genera belong the largest :bones of the; wingless birds that have. been: dis- covered:in New Zealand, » They were called Dimornis and Palapteryx respectively.|;: Magnified) diagrams of the skull and beak of each were exhibited and explained :by. the Professor; who concluded by some general remarks onthe geographical distribution’ of the known exist- ing) ahd, extinct, birds, the: laws or conditions. of which were illustrated by analogous facts inthe distmibution of the species of quadrupeds. Had. all the terrestrial, animals, he.observed, that now exist, diverged from, one common centre within the Jimited! period of a few thousand ears, it, might have been expected thatthe remoteness of their actual ocalities from-such ideal centre would /bear :a-certain ratio with their respective powers of locomotion. » With regard to the class of Birds, one might have expected to find that those which were deprived of the power of flight, and were adapted to. subsist on the vegetation of a warm, or temperate latitude, would: still be met with more or less associated, together, and least: distant from. the original centre of dispersion; situated in.such a latitude... But) what is the fact? The species of no! one order of birds is more widely dispersed over the earth. than the wingless or struthious, kind.. Assuming: that. the original centre has been somewhere in-the south-western mountain range of Asia, there-is but one of the species of flightless birds whose h.bitat can be reconciled with the hypothesis. By the neck of land still Ipswich Museum. 149 uniting Asia with Africa, the progeny of the primary pair created or liberated at the hypothetical centre might have travelled to the latter continent, and there have propagated and dispersed themselves south- ward to the Cape of Good Hope. It:is\remarkable, however, that the Ostrich should not have migrated eastward! over the vast plains or steppes which extend along the warmer temperate zone of Asia, or have reached the southern tropical regions ; ‘it-is infact scarcely known in the Asiatic continent, being: restricted to the Arabian De- serts, and being rare even in those parts: which are most contiguous to:what- we may call its proper continent—Africa. | If we next con- sider the locality of the Cassowary, we: find) great difficulty in con- ceiving how such a bird could have migrated to the islands of Java, the Moluccas, or New Guinea, from the continent of Asia. ‘The Cassowary is not web-footed like the swimming birds ; for wings it has only:a few short and strong quills. ‘How could it have overcome the obstacles which some ‘hundreds ‘of miles of ocean ‘would present to its passage from the continent of Asia‘ to those islands; and furthermore, how is it that no individuals ‘have: remained in the warm tropical southern border of Asia; where the vegetable suste- nance of the Cassowary seems as abundantly developed) as in the islands to which this wingless: bird*is now ‘exclusively confined? If the difficulty already be felt to be great in regard to the insular posi- tion of the Cassowary, it is still greaterowhen' we ‘come: to apply the hypothesis of dispersion from a single centre’to the Dodo of the island of Mauritius, or the Solitaire of the island of Rodriguez. How, again; could the Emeu have ‘overcome the natural’ obstacles’ to) the migration of a wingless terrestrial bird from Aisia to Australia? and why should not the great continent of “Asia have offered in/its»fertile plainsa locality suited to its existence, if it»ever at-any period had existed on that-continent? A bird ofthe nature ofthe Emew was hardly less iikely to: have escaped ‘the notice” of ‘naturalist travellers than the Ostrich itself; but-save'in the Arabian Deserts, theoOstrich has ‘not’ been found ‘in’ ‘any’ part ‘of Asia;°and ‘no other species of wingless bird has ever been met with on that continent»:'the evidence in regard to’ such large and conspicuous birds was’ conclusive ‘as’to that fact.» In order that the Rhea, or three-toed Ostrich, should'reach South America, by travelling along'that' element on which alone it is organized and adapted to make progress, it must; ‘on the hypothesis of dispersion from a single Asiatic centre; have travelled northward into the inhospitable wilds of Siberia: it must have braved and over- come the severer regions of the arctic zone : it must have maintained its life with strength adequate to’ the extraordinary power of walking and ‘running over more than a thousand miles of land or frozen ‘ocean utterly devoid: of the vegetables that now constitute its food, before it could: gain the northern division of America, to the southern divi- sion of which it is at present, and seems ever to have been, ‘confined. The migration’ im this case could not have been gradual, and accom- plished by “successive generations.” ‘No individual of the large vegetable-feeding wingless bird that’ now subsists in South America could have maintained its existence, much’ less hatched ‘its eggs, in 150 Ipswich Museum. arctic latitudes, where the food of the species is wholly absent. If we.are still to apply the current hypothesis to this problem in Natural History, we must suppose that the pair or pairs of the Rhea that started from the highest temperate zone in Asia eapable of sustaining their life, must have also been the same individuals which began to propagate their kind when they, had reached the corresponding tem- erate latitude of America... But no. individuals of the Rhea have remained in the prairies or in any part.of North America—they are limited to the middle and southern division.of the South American continent.. And now, finally, consider the abode of the little Apteryx at the Antipodes, in the comparatively small insulated patch of dry land formed by New Zealand. Let us call to mind its very restricted means of migration—the wings reduced to the minutest: rudiments, the feet webless like the common. fowl’s, its: power of swimming as feeble! How. could, it ever have traversed six hundred miles of sea, that separate it, fromthe nearest land intervening between New Zea- land and.,Asia?,, How pass from the southern extremity of that con- tinent, to the nearest;island of the Indian Archipelago, and so from member to, member ofthat group to Australia—and yet. leave no -trace behind of, such migration by, the arrest: of any descendants of ‘ the-migratory generations in Asia itself, or in any island between, Asia and New, Zealand? , a If these facts were inexplicable on: the hypothesis of the dispersion .of the, species: of ‘the air-breathing animals, from a singular Asiatic centre, we must next endeavour to. collect analogous facts, and classify them, and so try'to explain. intelligibly,7..e. agreeably with the facts, the true law or. cause of, the: actual, geographical distribution of ani- mals. ,.The. time, allotted to, the. lecture obliged the Professor, to lunit, his .remarks on. this; subject to the quadrupeds of the class Mammalia. «i: (ot 4 The, dry land of our; planet might, be divided, in relation to this inquiry, intothe.followmg, parts :—1. Asia and, Europe, which, ob- - viously formed,one natural tract or,continent; 2. Africa; 3. North America ;,4/, South America; 5. Australia; 6, Scattered islands, as New Zealand, separated by hundreds .of miles of sea from any con- tinent. The most characteristic aboriginal quadrupeds of the first division were the elephant, rhinoceros,.ox, deer, tiger, bear, hyeena, beaver,,,hares and: rabbits, certain kinds of ape and monkey. In Africa, the quadrupeds were for the most part similar as to genus, but. different in; species. , The,elephant differed in the structure of its teeth, and feet; from: that of Asia. The rhinoceros of Africa had .two, horns,.that of; Asia,one horn. .The .camel. of Asia has two humps, that..of Africa one, hump. » The lion represented. in. Africa the tiger of Bengal... The hyzena of Southern Africa was spotted, that of Asia was striped. There were also several quadrupeds of which no species now exists ia Asia, and which are peculiar to Africa ; e. g. the hippopotamus, the giraffe, the oryeteropus, &c. Africa is also remarkable for its numerous species of large antelopes, of which but few exist in Asia, and.none at-all in, America. . In. the northern division of the American continent, many of the mammalian genera Ipswich Museum. 151 of the old world were represented, but by distinct species. |The black bear of North America differed from the brown bear of Europe; the bison from the aurochs, or any other bovine animal of Europe, Asia, or Africa.| The beaver of Canada was distinct from the beaver of Europe ; but there were some genera of the smaller quadrupeds quite peculiar to North America. | When we come to compare the mammalia of South America, almost every aboriginal species belongs to a genus unknown in any other part of the world. The monkeys which abound in the tropical part of this continent differ from those of the old world by having an additional number of certain teeth, and, for the most part, a pre- hensile tail ; they have also a different physiognomy—the nostrils are wider apart, giving greater breadth and. flatness to the nose : ' this’ is the case without exception among the South American monkeys, - whence they are called Platyrhines in Systematic Natural History. All the monkeys of the Old World; equally, without exception, have the nostrils approximated, and ‘they are called Catarrhines? none of them have the prehensile tail: ‘This fifth menrber in the Platyrhine group gives them additional power of grasping and’ climbing—makes them even more peculiarly arboreal ; and a similar relation to a forest - country may be traced through most of the peculiar forms of South American mammalia. ‘The sloths are so expressly adapted for living in trees, that every other kind of life and mode of ‘locomotion has been sacrificed, so to speak, to the perfection of their organization as climbers.. Much compassion has been wasted’ upon’ their helpless condition when contemplated in their awkward attempt to’move on level ground—the common: theatre of the’ activities’ of mammalian quadrupeds. At the foot of these trees lived the ‘races of armadillo and ant-eater, also peculiar to South America. Both were‘destined to feed on the countless swarms of termites that subsist on'the' de- caying timbers, and the armadillos ‘were particularly protected by their bony armour from the effects of falling boughs and ‘trees. In Australia the native quadrupeds were not merely distinct ‘in species and genus from those in other parts of the world, but belonged to a peculiar division of the class Mammalia, characterized: by a port- able nest for the young, called the ““marsupium:’? Some of these ** marsupial ” animals were carnivorous, others herbivorous,—some terrestrial, others arboreal,—some were burrowers, others swimmers : among the latter was ‘the curious Ornithorhynchus, with the tail of a beaver, the skin of a mole, the beak of a duck, and the'spurs of a cock. These creatures performed in Australia all the parts which the other kinds of quadrupeds performed on the larger continents, but were of a different and lower grade of organization. New Zea- land was remarkable for the total absence of any aboriginal species of terrestrial quadruped. ‘Those that now abound ‘in the island had been imported by the colonists from Europe, and there’ was’no natural obstacle to their well-being and increase in New Zealand. Finally, the Professor entered wpon the question—How long has this geographical distribution of animals prevailed: upon the earth ? and showed that the results of the acquisition and determination of 152 Miscellaneous. the fossil remains of the animals buried in the newer tertiary strata, established the fact that in Europe and Asia, during the period ante- cedent, to any, natural, evidence of the existence of man, the same peculiar forms of mammalia, which he had cited as now characteristic of that, tract,of dry land, were distributed abundantly over that great natural continent, from which England had not then become: sepa- rated. That.in South America, instead of elephants, rhinoceroses, oxen, deer, bears, hyzenas, &c., there were found, in the freshwater deposits of the corresponding period, fossil remains of sloths, arma- dillos, ant-eaters, many.of them of larger size than the existing kinds, and some, as.the megatherium e. g., gigantic. . That in Australia the bone-caves and newer tertiary deposits had already revealed fossil re- mains of both, existing and extinct “‘ marsupial’’ animals, some also of gigantic bulk, and all allied or. belonging to the present peculiar genera of that continent.,,,But that no fossil relic of any genus or _ species.of quadruped known in the rest of the world had been found in Australia, , Lastly,,m New Zealand, the strata contemporary with those, from..which the fossil quadrupeds above mentioned had been obtained, had not, been found to contain the fossil remains:of any species of, land; quadruped, but abounded in| the remains of the wingless birds allied to the little Apteryx, now peculiar to New Zea- land, but of larger dimensions, and some towering to the extraordinary height of, eleven. feet. cS ¥ MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of specimens of the Wheat Midge from Nova Scotia. ee “By J. W. Dawson. Tuis destructive little creature has, within the last four or five years, extended. its rayages toNova Scotia. It made its appearance first in the western counties, and.has gradually extended its limits eastward. It is now found in every part of the province, and has, in some di- stricts, caused an/jalmost total abandonment of wheat culture. The specimens, accompanying this. notice were reared from the larva: state ; and.as I believe this has not,often; been attempted with success, I shall shortly state the means by which they were obtained. When I first.became acquainted with this insect, I procured speci- mens of the full-grown. laryee. and placed them in a phial, with the view, of observing.their assumption, of the perfect state im spring. None of them, however,.appeared,,and I subsequently learned that similar experiments had been tried without success ; the belief among entomologists being, that the larva descends into the ground to com- plete its, changes.,...I, could, not. however ascertain that this belief had been confirmed by, actual experiment or observation. To. satisfy myself on, this point, (obviously of importance in refer- ence to the means which may be devised for destroying these animals, ) I obtained.a fresh supply of.the larvee in that. motionless and appa- rently torpid state in which they are found in the ripe wheat in au- tumn. In the month of November, afew dozens. of these larvee were Miscellaneous. 153 placed on the surface of moist soil in a flower-pot, in which a carna- tion was growing. ‘In the course of two days they had, with the exception of a few which were crushed or otherwise injured, ‘descended into the ground, leaving their delicate membranous cases on the sur- face. Their power of burrowing having been thus ascertained, they were allowed to remain undisturbed during winter, ‘the spot where they had disappeared being covered) with a glass shade. During winter the flower-pot was watered as the growth of the carnation re- quired. A similar experiment having been tried in another pot, the insects were sought for in the ground after their disappearance.’ Very few were fownd, and these had still the larva form. They were however most flexible, and showed some degree of activity... On being placed on the surface they endeavoured to burrow; by means of a worm-like motion, and in doing so they seemed to have the pons ‘of fixing the anterior part of the body pretty firmly to the soil. They were found to have penetrated to the depth of about an inch, “It thus appeared that the stiffness and torpidity of the larveein the ripe grain are but temporary, and: that when they fall from their place within the chaff scales, upon the moist ground, and cast their skins, they acquire the activity and strength necessary for penetrating into the soil, while still in the larva form. The insects were not again seen until the last sek of June, when they began to appear in the imago state, and as early as the 10th of July the whole had emerged. At that date there was no wheat in blossom in this vicinity, but the development of the insects had pro- bably been hastened by the warmth and,shelter of the house, . The emergence of the midges appeared to take place in the evening, but was not actually observed. After they had taken wing, their pupa- cases remained projecting from the ground, ‘and were’ white “and membranous. When examined by: the microseopé;-they showed the true chrysalis form, the wings and other: external organs being di- stinctly marked on them. 7 The remainder of the larvee procured in autumn having been kept dry in a paper box, have lost their orange colour, and Appeat” to be quite dead, moisture being apparently absolutely necessary’ to their entering on the pupa stage, The insects obtained in the above-described manner were of both sexes. The females agree in their characters with the figures and descriptions of the European Cecidomyia Tritici*. The males, which I have not seen figured or described, are distinguished by their smaller size, differently-formed abdomen, and longer and more hairy antennee. I am not aware whether the mode’ of hybernation of! the wheat midge or ‘“ weevil’ is generally known to farmers in ‘the’ United States. If not, it is well worthy of attention, since, by cutting the wheat early, and carefully collecting the larvee contained in the chaff, and dust separated from the grain, a large proportion of the ensuing +* Curtis, Journ. of Agric. Soc. England. 154 - Miscellaneous. year’s brood may be destroyed. On the other hand, if the larve be allowed to be scattered over the fields or barn-yard, a plentiful supply of “weevils” for the next crop is secured. This method was pro- posed several years since by Prof. Henslow, but I have not been able to ascertain whether it has been used extensively in America.—Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. _ p. 210. ; On the Characters and Intimate Structure of the Odoriferous Glands of the Invertebrata. By Dr. Lripy. Nature has supplied most or all animals with some means of de- fence or protection, through which their destruction is rendered limited. The character of such means varies exceedingly : some are encased in hard armour; some are endowed with great muscular strength, some with great rapidity of movement ; others trust to their minuteness, some to their colour ; others feign death ; many are fur- nished with formidable instruments, such as teeth, claws, aculei, &e. ; others are supplied with organs which emit an odour so offensive that an aggressor is frequently compelled to leave what otherwise would have been its victim, &c. 1t is to the last-mentioned organs to which I at present wish to direct, for a few moments, the attention of the members; to the organs denominated odoriferous glands of animals. Bodies of this, or of a homologous character, are possessed by nearly all animals, but they are not in all used as a means of defence. They give origin to the odour which appears to be more or less peculiar to each: species of animal, and which probably is in some way connected with the sexual instinct. The scent-bag of the Moschus moschiferus:is the homologue of the glandulee odoriferse Tysoni of the human prepuce; the tegumentary mucous glands of mollusea, of annelides, of fishes, the tegumentary glands of reptiles, the perspiratory and sebaceous glands of birds, and of mammals, the odoriferous glands of insects, the anal sacs of carnivora, &c., are all probably of a homologous character. Although varying insthe degree of their complexity in different animals, and»in' the character of their secretion, yet the essential structure is the same throughout. Consistmg of tubes or follicles of basement membrane, their complexity depends upon their greater or lesser length, their being simple or compound, straight or more or less convoluted, and isolated or aggregated, in connection with the mode of supplying to them thew nutritive fluid. On the interior these cavities or tubes are covered with a single layer of nucleolo-nucleated organic cells, the true elaborators or manufacturers of the secreted matters of the glandular bodies. The secreted matter varies exceedingly in its properties in different animals; in odour being found from that of the perspiratory fluid of man, through a great variety of shades, to that most powerful and odious of all odours, the secretion of the anal glands of the Mephitis Americana ; in consistence from a semi-fluid state to the gaseous fluid of the Brachinus crepitans, &c. It is this which constitutes Miscellaneous. 155 the material contained within the organic cells intermediate to the cell-wall and the nucleus. The cell-wall and nucleus are the agents in connection with the organic force which produce or elaborate the contained matter. And, indeed, this is the ultimate fact of all organization ; for all the innu- merable objects of living nature, with such variety of form, composi- tion, and colour, from the simplest to the most complex; from the vibrionic filament to the noble oak, from the Bodo, or Monas, up to man, are the result of a force in connection with an amorphous vesi- cle, the organic cell-wall, with the contained nucleus. Wonderful, indeed, is it that the human mind at length has been enabled to penetrate so deeply into the mysteries of nature as to discover the starting-point of life, the stile at which an invisible intangible cause operates in the production of all those bemgs we eall organized. From this digression I return once more to: the consideration of the odoriferous glands. In many of the higher animals, the structure of these has been carefully investigated, but not to the same extent in the lower animals. i . In Hemipterous: insects these bodies are situated within the pos- terior part of the metathorax or anterior part of the abdomen, and ‘consist of one or two, more or less long and convoluted ceeca, which -open exteriorly usually between the coxee of the middle and posterior legs. a the carnivorous Coleoptera they are situated: in the posterior -part of the abdomen, on each side of the rectum, and usually open -exteriorly upon the membrane, connecting the inferior and superior plate of the last abdommal segment on each side of the anal aperture. They generally consist. of a number of follicles, which ‘converge to ‘one or more ducts, which jom the neck of a ‘reservoir for containing the secreted fluid. A number of these are figured by: Dufour im the ‘ Annales des Sciences: Naturelles’ for 1826... 9): ». ! In the genus of Myriapoda, \Julus, the odoriferous: glands ‘are placed upon each side of the body, every segment which has) a double pair of legs possessing a pair of the :glands,;:commencing anteriorly with the sixth segment, excepting the hhead, and: terminating pos- teriorly with the penultimate segment... As the number of segments of the animal varies with its age, so will also: the number of the odoriferous glands. The adult Julus marginatus has usually fifty pairs ; the Julus maximus, from New Grenada, 8. A., ‘has fifty-eight pairs, &c. The orifices of these glands opening exteriorly, correspond to a row of minute black dots on each sideof the body, situated about midway between the superior and inferior median line. The-glands of Julus consist of a globular body or sac, with an elon- gated conical neck, and resemble in form a Florence flask with the mouth drawn toa point. In Julus marginatus they measure 1+ line long, the body being 4 of a line in diameter. In'structure they con- sist of an amorphous transparent basement membrane covered upon the interior surface with a single layer of secreting cells. The cells are polygonal, from mutual pressure, measure 1-1612th inch in dia- 156 Miscellaneous. meter, and are filled with a yellowish, fluid, and a fine purplish gra- nular matter, which in mass gives them a dark purple colour, and which, in the aggregate of the cells, gives the glands a very deep pur- ple or almost black colour. When the cells are compressed, or the contents pressed out, the granules exhibit lively molecular movement. In the centre of the mass of granular matter of the cell, and only seen upon compressing the latter, is a round, translucent nucleus, measuring the 1-5000th inch in diameter, and containing a minute refractive nucleolus. The secreting cells vary in colour in different insects, and in the ag- gregate give the colour to the glandular bodies. The reservoir also is lined with eells.. In Upis Pennsylvanica they are brownish, or nearly colourless, measure the 1-750th inch in diameter, contain some finely granular brownish matter, and a large round or oval translucent, faintly granular nucleus, measurmg 1-1250th inch, with a large, round or oval nucleolus 1-2727th inch in diameter. The secretion of the glands of Julus marginatus, contained within the interior of the body, is deep yellow in colour, and contains a few of the purplish granules of the cells. It resembles oil in consistence, but is soluble in water and alcohol. It is neither acid nor alkaline; evaporates at a temperature of 250° F., without residue ; is acrid to the tongue, Schneiderian membrane, and conjunctiva ; smells like hy- driodic acid, and stains the cuticle brown. The last two properties led me to suspect the existence of iodine, but the usual reagents pre- sented none. It probably belongs to a class of peculiar organic com- pounds, found in the odoriferous principles of animals, not yet in- vestigated. Exteriorly the reservoirs of the odoriferous glands of insects are furnished with transverse muscular bands of a brownish colour, about 1-1578th inch in breadth, and separated by wide intervals. In Julus the body of the glands possesses no distinct muscular bands, but the neck is provided with them.—Proceedings of the Aca- demy of Natural Sciences-of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p.234. JOURNEY TO EXPLORE THE NATURAL HISTORY OF SOUTH AMERICA. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, 24 Bloomsbury Street, Jan. 19, 1850. In the January Number of your valuable Magazine for 1849, you were good enough to insert extracts from a letter I had received from Messrs. Wallace and Bates, two gentlemen who are investigating the Natural History of the Amazon River and its tributaries in South America, and who consign their collections to me for sale. I now send you extracts from a letter just received from Mr. Wallace, dated Sautarem, Sept. 12,1849, which, if you think sufficiently mteresting, you may perhaps feel inclined: to insert :— “I have got thus far up the ‘river, and take the opportunity of. sending youa few lines.. To come here, though such a short distance, took me a month. I am now waiting here to get to Montalegre, but the difficulties of getting men even for a few days are very great. Here Miscellaneous. 157 the country is very sandy and dry, with a scrubby, shrubby vegeta- tion ; there are however some patches of forest, and in these, Lepi- doptera are rather abundant ; there are several lovely Erycinide new to me, and many common insects, such as Heliconia Melpomone and Agraulis Dido, abundant, which we hardly ever saw at Para: Coleoptera I am sorry to find as scarce as ever. I hope however to do better at Montalegre, as the hills there are near a thousand feet high, and must I should think produce some. I wish to know what is thought of Cuyaba in the province of Matto Grosso as a locality ; it is at the head of the Tapajoz and Paraguay River; there is a com- munication from here, salt bemg taken up. I could also from Rio Nigro get up the Madeira to Matto Grosso city, or up some branches. into Bolivia. Is Bolivia at all known? I see in the Museum Cata- logue only five or six Hrycinide from it, from Mr. Brydges’ collec- tions. I see there is a branch of the Andes in it the: highest in America, and its capital cities appear higher ground than even Bogota or Quito. Either of the localities can be I think quite as easily reached as the Andes up the Amazon ; at all events Ishould like to know if the ground is open and likely to be good, for some future time, if not just at present. I shall I think get up the Rio’ Nigro towards the sources of the Orinooko, but I am rather fearful that all N. Brazil is rather poor in Coleoptera. ‘ “September 14th.—I believe I shall now start for Montalegre tomorrow, having a canoe lent me; I have however found so many new species of Lepidoptera, that I shall probably stay here'a month on my return before going to Rio Nigro, unless indeed I find Montalegre so very good as to induce me to spend till December there. . I do not think that you need send me anything till I:write again: Pray write whenever you can, and give me all the: information: you may be able to obtain, both as to what things are wanted. in any class or order and as to localities. 3 Ay . © The Tapajoz here is clear water with a sandy beach, and the bathing is luxurious ;, we bathe here in the middle of the day, when dripping with perspiration, and you can have no idea of the excessive luxury of it; the water is so warm that then is the healthiest time; Oranges are about fourpence a bushel here, and are far the best fruit ; large pineapples twopence to fourpence, but we seldom eat them. The more I see of the country, the more I want to, and I can see no end of, the species of butterflies when the whole country is well explored. Remember me to all friends.’’ lam, Gentlemen, your obedient Servant, ’ SAMUEL STEVENS. ON THE GENUS GREGORINA. M. L. Dufour has applied the name of Gregorina to some micro- scopic organisms which live as parasites in the intestinal canal of some insects, especially of larva: “M. Koelliker found that these creatures were composed of a single cell, and are as simple as some of the lower genera of plants. Some objections urged against this monocellular nature, by Henle and Fantzius, have induced M. Koel- 158 Miscellaneous. liker to submit the Gregorine to fresh observation. The following are the conclusions at which he arrives in his last memoir :— 1. The Gregorine are animals. 2. The simple Gregorine are decidedly composed of a single cell. Their membrane corresponds to the cellular membrane; their con- tents are those of acell; the vesicle which it contains represents the nucleus; the granulations (sometimes there is only one) of the latter are simple or disaggregated nucleoli. These simple Gregorine are only met with in Annelides. 3. The Gregorine with constricted body most probably correspond also to a simple cell of a.peculiar form. They are met with in in- sects and crustacea. | 4. There is no reason for not considering the Gregorine.as animals: which have attained their most perfect state. 5. The cases of pseudo-navicellz with granular contents and with vesicles probably proceed from a transformation of the Gregorine. 6. The presence of two nuclei or of two cells in the interior of certain Gregorine indicates either the commencement of their repro- duction or their transformation into pseudo-navicelle.—Zeitschrift Sir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, i.'p. 1. NYCTOTHERUS, a new genus of PotyGastrica allied to\PLESCONIA. By Dr. Lerpy. Body ovate, dilated posteriorly, compressed anteriorly, granulated, longitudinally lined, with an apparent operculum covering its -an- terior half, and having a semicircle of cilia just within its margin in- feriorly and posteriorly. Centre of the operculated portion furnished with a large trapezoidal finely granular areola. Posterior part of the body with a short fissure passing inwards and downwards. Nyctotherus velox. Body white, ovate, conoidal, anterior margin rounded, obtuse ; pesteriorly acute. Posterior margin of the apparent operculum passing in a curved line upwards upon the middle of the body to within a short distance of the back, and furnished inferiorly with a point projecting backwards ; with a line passing down from the back about the middle of the operculum to the trapezoidal areola, giving the part of the body anterior to this the appearance of a head. Trapezoidal areola with curved sides, finely granular. Posterior fissure communicating with the exterior, just above the acute termi- nation of the body, and passing inwards and downwards, resembles an anal aperture. Areole of the interior sarcous mass generally minute, one large and round pretty constantly to be observed at the inner termination of the posterior fissure. ‘Length from 1-254th to 1-180th m.; breadth from 1-320th to 1-254th in. Hab. Commencement of the large intestine of Julus marginatus, often found in considerable numbers. Remarks. This genus is closely allied to Plesconia, but possesses no appendages excepting the semicircle of cilia, just within the edge of the apparent operculum. The animal swims in water with great ease and grace. After being ~ Meteorological Observations. 159 in this fluid some time, the external investment bursts, and allows the protrusion of globular masses of sarcous matter, as in Leucophrys, but not to such a great extent.— Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p. 233. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1849. Chiswick.—December 1. Very fine. 2. Heavy rain throughout. 3. Rain. 4, Hazy clouds: fine: frosty. 5. Rain with fog : overcast at night: slight frost. 6. Clear sky and low ground-fog: exceedingly fine. 7. Overcast. 8. Rain: cloudless, and very fine. 9. Frosty and foggy: fine: dense fog. 10. Foggy: uniform haze: overcast. 11. Overcast. 12. Foggy: cloudy and cold. 13. Slight drizzle: hazy. 14. Rain: drizzly. 15. Rain: clear at night. 16. Cloudy: very fine: drizzly. 17. Boisterous: fine: clear. 18. Densely overcast: rain. 19. Cloudy: fine: clear. 20. Clear and fine. 21. Slight snow-showers. 22. Frosty: densely clouded. 23. Clear and frosty: cloudless: clear and frosty. 24. Hazy: slight snow: cloudy at night. 25. Clear and fine. 26. Drizzly: densely overcast. 27. Clear. 28. Drifting snow: clear and frosty throughout : severe frost at night. 29. Cloudy: clear. 20.:Clear. 31. Cloudy : fine : overcast. Mean temperature of the month .......... Csdevebun js lbvcsdies OO Ok? Mean temperature of Dec. 1848 vi........eceeeees baudaxigaees 41°75 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-three years $9 °85 Average amount of rain in December ......sessssseseeseseees 1°58 inch. Boston.— Dec. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. 3. Rain: rain a.m. 4, Fine. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m. andem. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Rain: rain A.M. 9. Fine. 10. Cloudy. 11. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. 12. Fine. 13, 14. Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m, 16. Fine. 17. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 19. Fine: rain a.m. and stormy. 20. Fine.. 21. Cloudy: rain a.m. 22. Cloudy. 23, Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine. 27, 28. Fine: stormy. 29. Fine: snow a.M. 30. Fine. $1. Cloudy. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— Dec. 1. Frost a.m.: fog: wet p.m. 2. Storm of wind and rain. 3. Blowing hard: wet: calme.m. 4. Fine clear frosty day. 5. Snowam: wet ev. 6. Rainand wind. 7. High wind: rain p.m. 8, Rain, but not heavy. 9. Fog and lightrain. .10. Fogallday. 11. Fair and frosty. 12. Clearand cold. 13. Dull and cold: sleet rm. 14, Fine a.m.: — cloudy and stormy p.m. 15. Foggy, with showers. 16. Fine a.m.: dull and damp p.m. 17. Fine, with slight showers. 18. Wet all day. 19, 20. Slight frost: fine. 21. Slight frost: fine: cloudy. 22. Slight frost: clear and fine. 23. Hard frost: cloudy p.m. 24, Change: soft: slight shower. 25. Frost again : mild p.m. 26. Slight frost: shower p.m. 27. Frost: clear: high wind p.m. 28, 29. Very hard frost: sprinkling of snow. 30. Frost: clear and fine. 931. Frost very hard : thermometer 18°. Mean temperature of the MOnth ........scsssnscsssncseesecsscees 37%1 Mean-temperature of Dec. 1848 .......c.seccecseccnscesccveneces 39 °8 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-five years ... 38 °1 Meagh ‘fain: in Decewtber £3 aise i ass Sau ssi sisi ose ieee ce dives 1:40 inch. Ditto average for twenty years in December ..........4.-00ee+ 2:94 inches. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec.-1.. Fine: cloudy. 2, 3. Showers. 4. Snow- showers. 5. Showers. 6. Cloudy: clear. 7. Cloudy: drizzle. 8. Showers: drizzle. 9. Cloudy: showers: rain. 10. Drizzle: clear; aurora. 11, 12. Cloudy : clear: aurora, 13. Cloudy. . 14. Rain: cloudy. 15. Cloudy: showers. 16, Rain : showers:.clear. 17. Cloudy: showers.. 18. Showers: damp : showers. 19. Bright: showers: ‘sleet. 20. Fine: frost: fine. 21. Fine: frost: aurora. 22. Clear: frost: hazy. 29. Rain: cloudy. 24, Fine: damp. 25, 26. Showers. 27. Hail-showers. 28, Snow-drift:. thunder: snow-drift. 29. Cloudy: clear. 30. Showers: cloudy. 91.-Clear: cloudy. —— = 2t-V oP-1 ure es oS 90- 8d- IZ. os Ol: 00-0 | a0: fj eee eee eeeeee eeeeor eeeere | seeeee Co. eeeeee saaeee 09-0 "°°" ‘889 OT. Hr" Bg, r888* QO, saeces We. 0€-0 gf: veeeee Ol- i eeeree eeeree | eeeree Cl. 0S-0 ££. seeeee 8I- seeeee OL. teeeee oc eeeree teh eee *yormpues *kduysO *aa1ys “saluNn( *u0}s0g ‘artygs “saiajuitq: ‘urd [ *HOLMSIY | = 3 a 69-07 ,06-00 cy SP wr | Le LE | gf we | 80% | Ze Iv | S90 vr | F907 cv | £17 4SP | foP o€ | £€¢ ve | Sle gf | ¥gf gf | SIP vw a cy | cP fev |. cb LV | 00 $ev | ov av} ov 6€ | oP 6€ |. 6 6¢ | SV CV ZV ev | iv §ab | SP GP | 497 ov} 17 gf | se fle}. 10 vy | St SPP | 6€ bo] i) ge | be *yo1M pueg ‘sauyio as] S Ca] = | Je iy £6-0€ ZV-€V 026-62 006-62 908-62 | pose 65-62 Ve860 816-60 "UR $1.08 |€2.0€ | 12.08 |FZ-0€ £0.06 ZOe-0f ZE-0E “1 08-0€ 81.0€ | 0%-0€ | $0-0€ 08-6% 296-62 61Z:0€| “of 00-0€ | 91.6% | 69.6% | 19-62 22.6% ghS.6z 179-6%' “62O i6e'|tr.en lever lobes Sues Vevon keree| ae Zh62 |Pe6e |P8.60 | GOO O86 B6L6e SPIOE “oe Ee.0€ |EV.OF OE-08 OS0F ea.08 yebot O08 “ce 19.06 [19.08 [€S0€ |oP-of Loot SLE08 Porot| “Fe at : fo be Ov-0€ © Or aLe-o€ Vop-0€ | ‘Ve ie OF |9V-0F | Z9-0F E£-0F 91S-0€ ZLS-0€| *€z OF |€L-0€ 99.0€ | 09-0F O£-0€ 619.08 O£S-08 | “zo C OL-0€ |Z9.0€ | 69-0f |0S-0€ O1-0€ P6E-0F 167-0€) “16 ~ 15.0€ |8£.0€ |9€-0€ | SZ-0F 26.6% €€%-0£ 1E-0F| “0% SLO€ | 17.6% | O1-0€ | 06-62 09.6z 848-60 9rz-0€ 61 abee [fee [086s |ge6e Fuge sesen ece-ee| -at 6% | 1. . 6% 01.6% SzS-6% 698-62, “LI ¥e.62 8£.66 | 0E-62 | 06-62 [0F.6z 199-62 116-60 “OI oy ne 05.62 | $9-6% | 09-62 SV.6z £LL-6% 196-63! “Sl _| P.6% | 8E.66 | 62-68 | 05.62 09-62 g0g-6z S98-62, ‘TID SG.6Z |£6.6% | 0S-6% | 0L.6z \SS-6% £18-66 188-62, 8 | 81-0€ | LZ.0€ |08-6% | 01-0€ 08-62 618-62 0£0-08) *Zt 9£.0€ |9£-0€ | 11-0€ |Z1-0€ |PL-6% 680-08 621-08 “11 foot [oes [opr loose Gar Siper gio0r) “6 r " 5 6% ‘6% 918-6% 810-0 ° £8-6% |SL.6% | SV-6% | 18-62 01.62 Z6£-6% 29-63} °8 9L-6% | LL.6% | SE-6% | 6.6% |LE.6% |ZLE-6% €79-6%| *L shee [iPee leboe \onee leicee (senecieiece| -¢ . -6% | 80- -6% |81-63 |SLZ-6% 6LE-62| °S 89-6% | 98-6% | O€-6% | ZS-6% |9%-6% 029-62 'ZVS-62| ‘T 20-0€ | £6-6% | 29.6% | 19.6% |92-6% |S1P-62|12S-6z| °f OL-6% | €L-6% | 8%-6% | ZS-6Z |0V.6% |61P-62 |1%86%| °% GL-6% | Z8-6% | OL-6% | Z8-6% |9L-6% |PE6-62 911-08 | “1 oom *urd ‘ Y . Hi pers “e ? Ld as < f yey * ‘ é ) ‘ z we > se ‘ ey Ay ve B. 5 , Dias ; ‘ ya { . ‘ h 4 ’ i t > 2 ? ' iy hat | ’ . e sy & + 2 . i ' 3 1 ‘ ta F Sr ¥ ‘ ti Me ' a Ante Mag Nat, Hist, S2N0L.5.7LIL KEES ft; (fe Mea A NS Seal ee 21S fae SH ja ees: Sic a swt és ‘ AIP\ } 7 aN (7 pastas as ait JS. Basie, 8c: ” sa Ee 4 % = i SJ Baswe s+ . Vol.5. PL. a, ee ee —— H+ : ye $$. Ea ren Be me nT OTTO eo i ESE ae ion ee bi Sra Mag. Nat. Hist. S.2 5 sae Ee ee Se Uae Tee eae a oe Sa CO ere Sat ie Sg grey ee Te ean Ret fo hae ee Cae ee Sy ee ee Mg Pek TR he ets Soe " . 4.Hancock ded. By oat : . ' . \ me ‘ . = . ! - . ee ’ be é us, pa aay ‘. ; = is ne SE a2 3 * # rr iy . 5 AibL “ - j sul - * oh be 7 -) aa ee « = 2 : Sea mga ms gee SJ _Baswve $C <7. Bi SILC Se. LHanceck del. (A. Mr. Hancock on the Anatomy of the Freshwater Bryozoa. 173 cated by the above reactions. They likewise show the presence of chloride of sodium, potash, sulphuric acid and magnesia. In comparing this secretion of the leaves of the Ice-plant with the fluid in the ascidia of Nepenthes, we find a material difference in their respective compositions, as will be seen by the annexed table, which exhibits the composition of both fluids. :— Composition of the fluid in the Composition of the watery secretion ascidia of Nepenthes. of the leaves of Mesembryanthe- mum crystallinum. Organic matter, chiefly malic anda Organic matter (albumen, oxalic little citric acid. acid, &e.). Chloride of potassium. Chloride of sodium, Soda. Potash. Lime. Magnesia. Magnesia. ' Sulphurie acid. XVIII.—On the Anatomy of the Freshwater Bryozoa, with de- scriptions of three new Species. By Atsany Hancock, Esq.* [With four Plates.] Durine a ramble made last July in company with “The Tyne- side Naturalists’ Field Club ” to the Northumberland lakes, I was fortunate enough to find two or three species of Bryozoa. Since then I have revisited the locality twice, and on each occasion additional species occurred. Thus six or seven forms of these interesting animals have been found to inhabit two of ‘these lakes, namely Bromley Lough and Crag Lough. ‘Three of the species appear to be undescribed ; these I propose to characterize towards the close of this communication, giving previously an account of the anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa so far as I have been able to determine it. Amongst the known species was a fragment of Alcyonella, most probably 4. stagnorum; but its characters could not be determined on account of the imperfection of the specimen. Fredericella sultana occurred abundantly and of very luxuriant growth, spreading over the under surface of stones in patches of three or four inches’ extent. Of the new species two belong to Plumatella and one to Paludicella, a rare genus, of which there was but one species previously known, and that I believe had been found only in Ireland, and in two or three localities on the continent. The anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa had been very little studied on this side of the Channel before Professor Allman took up the subject, and he has handled it so well that little is left to * Read at a Meeting of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, Dec. 1849. 174, Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the ORE : be done. Indeed so complete are the results of this naturalist, that, perhaps, the publication of my own may appear almost un- necessary. My investigations, however, carried on as they have been perfectly independent of the researches of others, may not be without some value even where novelty is wanting. Micro- scopic investigations conducted by the aid of transmitted light are liable to error. Frequent examinations in such cases are therefore necessary, and observations independently prosecuted are of peculiar value. Consequently I do not hesitate to give the result of my own labours on this subject, fraught as it is with difficulty, not fearing to mislead in a path already so well trodden. Of the anatomy of these animals I shall have to confine myself _ almost entirely to that of Plumatella, Fredericella and. Paludicella. Of Alcyonella I can say but little, having seen only an imperfect specimen, and none of the other freshwater forms have come under my notice. Plumatella and Fredericella resemble each other very closely in their anatomical structure, notwithstanding the external differ- ence of their polypes. Paludicella however shows some very in- teresting modifications, particularly in the muscular system : but before entering on the internal anatomy it will be necessary to examine the characters of the polypidom, and to trace its rela- tionship to the polype. The polypidom of Plumatella Allmani, Pl. V. figs. 3, 4 & 5, and of Fredericella sultana is tubular, branched and carinated on the upper surface; the walls opake, tough and membranous, in- clining to horny.’ Those of the latter, when examined through the microscope, exhibit a sort of dendritic structure ; the divisions or branches passing in an irregular spiral direction round the tube, are flattened, and extensively anastomosing form for the most part a dense tissue, nowhere more open than just to display the branched character. The walls of Plumatella do not in the least exhibit this structure. In Paludicella the polypidom, fig. 2, is likewise branched and tubular, but not carimated ; it is mem- branous or horny, and becomes enlarged and contracted at cer- tain intervals, dividing the whole, as it were, into cells or com- partments, the external surface being smooth and very glossy. All these genera have the polypidom lined with a delicate membrane—the tunic, Pl. ILI. figs. 40,6 & 5k, and Pl. IV. fig. 1 6, which is attached only at certain points to the inner sur- face of the external tube or cell-wall. This in Plumatella and Fredericella becomes excessively delicate towards the orifice, where it apparently blends with the tunic. But in Paludicella the union at this point of the horny wall and tunic cannot be mistaken, though the blending is so gradual that it is impossible to say where one ends and the other begins. And when this polype is Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 175 exserted, there is a delicate membranous cup, Pl. IV. fig. 1d, projecting upwards from the inner surface of the mouth of the cell. This cup is the homologue of the circle of sete surrounding the aperture of Bowerbankia and other marme genera. In Palu- dicella the tunic is sprinkled with large nucleated cells, fig. 4m, and at certain intervals bends abruptly inwards, figs. 1 & 2 u,7, dividing the polypidom into cells at the points indicated by the constrictions in the horny tube. Thus each polype is isolated, is contained in fact within a distinct membranous cell, the end-walls of which abut against the end-walls of the adjoining cells. The divisions are therefore double, and being of living membrane and ia contact, it is probable that all the inhabitants of the polypidom are in some degree connected in vital action. The end-walls are considerably thickened in the centre, forming a bulb or boss pro- jecting into the cell. The polypes of Fredericella are not. sepa- rated the one from the. other, though a few divisions appear to exist at distant points. Thus it would seem that groups of ani- mals are associated together as it were in one tube... Neither in _ Plumatella are the polypes separated. The polype lies in the longitudinal axis of the cell, Plates II. & IV. figs. 2, 2, being provided with numerous muscles for pro- trusion and retraction. It is held im its place principally by a membranous tube—the tentacular sheath, Pl. II. fig. 2 m,n, and P). IV. fig. 2 d', d',; which. blends with the inverted. lips of the tunic, Pl. II. fig. 2, a little below the orifice of the. cell; and con- tinuing downwards within the cell incloses the bundle. of re- tracted tentacles, and is attached round the tentacular disc a’. Digestive System.—The organs of digestion, comprising nearly the whole of the polype, float freely inthe visceral cavity... The entrance to the alimentary canal is, furnished with tentacles, Pl. II, fig. 16; these arise from a margin. surrounding the oral opening in two different fashions ; in the one they form, a com- plete circle round the mouth, in the other they are arranged. in a crescentic manner, the limbs of the crescent .beimg two arms, Pl. III. figs. 1,2 & 3c, e& ec, extending from the sides of the mouth, fig. 3.4, having their bases confluent and with a row of tentacles on their inner and outer margins. .Paludicella and Fredericella, P\. LV. fig. 1,f, and Pl. II. fig. 1.4, are examples of the first mode of arrangement ; and Plumatella, Pl. IL1..figs. 1, 2 & 3, and Alcyonella of the second. In Paludicella the tentacles when spread out form a very exact inverted cone, closely resem- bling the shape they assume in some of the marine species. The base or dise supporting the tentacles is not exactly circular in Fredericella ; in this genus it is a little flattened at the point cor- responding to the space between the oral arms in Plumatella ; and there is also a delicate transparent membrane, PI. II. fig. 1 176 © Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the c', c, uniting the bases of the tentacles. In these respects Frede- ricella shows an approximation to those with oral arms, or as it is generally termed, a crescentic disc. In these there is always a — similar membrane, PI. III. figs. 1, 2 & 3e, f & d, at the base of the tentacles, and in all of them, as well as in Fredericella, this membrane is attached to the external surface of the tentacles, and is much wider at the margin than the spaces between them, and consequently it bags out, giving to the upper portion a flounced appearance, particularly in the latter, Pl. II. fig. 1 e. The tentacles themselves in all these genera are rather stout and linear with the end obtuse; they have the appearance of being tubular, as have likewise the oral arms of Plumatella: the tentacles are clothed with long cilia, which vibrate upwards on one side and downwards on the other in the same manner as de- scribed in the marine species ; and as in them, when the polype is retracted the tentacles. are drawn down in an erect position, having first been brought together into a compact linear bundle, Pl. II. fig. 2 a, and Pl. IV. fig. 2d. They do not appear to be at all contractile, and in all the species are transparent and almost homogeneous in their structure. There can be little doubt that they are not merely tentacles, but that they are likewise respi- ratory organs: food is brought to the mouth by their ciliary currents, and also by the action of the tentacles themselves, one or more of which may frequently be seen bending suddenly in- wards, and securing such particles as come within their reach. They occasionally act in concert in the capture of animalcules by bringing their tips together, thus forming, in those with a cir-_ cular disc, a very elegant oval cage, within which the imprisoned prey may be seen for an instant or two dashing about previously to passing into the cesophagus or to liberation, which not unfre- quently happens, the captive proving distasteful to the polype. The tentacles then may be considered prehensile labial or oral appendages, notwithstanding their respiratory function, and as such they are a portion of the alimentary system. The oral orifice of Plumatella is semicircular, Pl. III. fig. 3 a, and protected by a strong, rounded, fleshy valve, 6, which, ari- sing from the side of the mouth at the point on the inner margin of the crescent where the two arms unite, projects upwards and slightly overhangs the opening. This valve is completely under the control of the animal, and can be made to act as a sort of operculum, closing the orifice to prevent the admittance of food ; or it can be used to force food into the pharynx. The mouth, Pl. II. fig. 1 d, of Fredericella is likewise semicircular, and is also provided with a similar valve, e. It is immediately behind it that the tentacular disc is a little flattened, proving that this point corresponds to the space between the arms in Plumatella ; indeed Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 177 in some points of view the angles formed by this flattening have not a little the appearance of rudimentary arms just sprouting. The cesophagus descends at once in a straight line from the oral opening. In Fredericella, Pl. II. figs. 1 f & 2 4, it is rather short and wide, and the walls, which are thick and fleshy, are parallel throughout, except at the commencement, where they are a little bulged, forming a sort of pharynx which is lined with vibratile cilia: the other extremity communicates with the stomach by a distinct valvular orifice, Pl. II. figs. 1 g & 2 ¢,— the cardiac, projecting downwards. The whole surface is covered with minute circular cells resembling very much the peculiar structure observed in the marine species, and pointed out by Dr. Farre in his valuable paper on the Marine Ascidian Polypes published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1837. The stomach, figs. 1 2 & 2 d, is more than twice the length of the cesophagus, tapering slightly downwards and truncate above ; the lower extremity being obtuse : the walls, like those of the cesophagus, are thick and fleshy, and are covered with nu- merous, minute, close-set cells of a glandular character. The pyloric orifice is circular and well marked, and has the appearance of being guarded by a sphincter muscle; it is likewise supplied with vibratile cilia which extend some little way into the stomach. This orifice is situated above, at one side and a little below the cardiac opening. The intestine, figs. 1 & 2, e, is straight, and a little longer than and nearly as wide as the cesophagus, with which it lies in contact and to which it is apparently attached ; the pyloric extremity is obtusely pointed, and communicates by the side with the stomach; from thence the intestine tapersa . little upwards towards the anal extremity, which, turning out- wards, passes through the tentacular sheath just below its attach- ment to the disc supporting the tentacles, and there terminates in an obtuse perforated point, figs. 1 & 2.7 & f, which can be either protruded or retracted to a considerable extent at the will of the animal. The whole of the alimentary canal is highly irri- table, particularly the cesophagus and stomach, in the walls of both of which, minute, transverse striz are distinctly visible, pro- bably indicating the presence of muscles. The stomach is per- petually in motion when the animal is displayed, contracting m an undulating or vermicular manner from above downwards. The contractions of the cesophagus, too, are very decided on re- ceiving food, which for a second or two rests in the pharyngeal enlargement, and is then hurried to the stomach with great rapidity. The alimentary canal of Plumatella and Alcyonella does not vary in any important manner from that of Fredericella. In the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 12 178 My,.A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the. two former, however, both the cesophagus and atomentls are shorter than they. are in the latter genus. » Inoall these genera no disturbance of the diate of) the lihitns tary canal takes place on the retraction of the polype: the ani- mal sinks into the cell with the cesophagus, stomach and»intes+ tine erect: as they) were when the tentacles were exserted:and in full play., “Not so however ‘im: Paludicella, Pl. IV. fig. 251m this genus the alimentary canal-is doubled upon itself when the pot lype is retracted,; and moreover the parts are somewhat modified, approximating this-form more closely; to that. of the marine species. When the animal of Paludicella’ is waitin the Soha fig. 1 h, is observed, to: be long ‘and slender;-and to have a:di- stinct pliaryngeal dilatation at the commencement, where vibra- tile cilia can be seen in vigorous action. It. communicates with the upper extremity of the stomach by:a:circular| orifice, fig. :.2f. The stomach, fig.] 2, is rather short, considerably enlarged: above and tapering to the inferior extremity, where it is rounded: the walls are thick, and apparently filled with yellowish brown. co- _ loured granules, probably hepatic as in the marine species. | The intestine, 7, arises from the superior extremity close behind) and a little above the cardia. The pyloric opening is well defined and circular ; soon after its origin the intestine. is suddenly, enlarged, forming an oval swelling, 4, in which the feeces may be'seen col- lecting ; it contracts above this swelling, and continues afterwards for nearly its whole length of equal diameter; it passes upwards in a straight line parallel with the esophagus, but unattached to it, and terminates: m a rounded anal extremity, /, immediately ‘below the base of the tentacles where it perforates the tentacular sheath. The upper end of the stomach, close to the pyloric ori fice,;is furnished with vibratile. cilia, and here the alimentary matters may) be seen rapidly rotating by their influence., The feeces are formed into small pellets, which, coming from the:en- larged portion, pass up the intestine and: aire expelled at’ the anal orifice. ‘The whole of the canal is as highly irritable; as iin the other species ; the stomach undulating from above downwards in the same manner, and the cesophagus is: equally -exper't!)in transmitting food to the stomach. But neither in Paludicella nor in the species before alluded to does the pharyngeal swelling exhibit in any marked manner the sudden puffings and contrae- tions\so conspicuous in the marine species, and noticed originally by Dr. Farre. On retraction of the polype, the alimentary canal of Paludicella is doubled, upon itself'in much the same way as im Bowerbankia. The basal: disc. of the tentacles is then lee down-as far as Freshwater Bryozoa; with descriptions of new Species. 179 the upper extremity of the stomach, and the consequence is that the intestine, fig. 24, is doubled upon: itself a little above the enlargement, 7, and|the oesophagus, e, is forced down by the side of the stomach, g, and turning upwards again is bent into the fora iob am Bystiiole eugsdqoss of : Vascular: System.—This ‘appears tobe: entirely ~wanting in these: animals :/a species of ‘circulation nevertheless exists. 1 have seen on two or three occasions a pretty regular flow of the fluid in the visceral cavity of Plumatella and Fredericella. Under ordinary circumstances no fluid can be recognized in this cavity, — from the apparent deficiency of blood-globules or corpuscles of any kind.» Such however probably exist, but the thickness and opacity of the cell-walls are sufficient to prevent the detection: of minute bodies of this nature. On the occasions alluded to some of the tissues of the animal appear to have been ruptured, and small: fragmentary particles mingling with the contained fluid were perceived moving in certain directions. By the aid of these particles, which were numerous and of various forms and sizes, it was easy to ascertain that the fluid which bathes the polype eir- culates ina regular manner within the cavity in which the viscera float.) There can be no doubt that this circulation is caused by the action of cilia which cover the mner surface of the linmg membrane or tunic, and also clothe the external wall of the re- tracted) tentacular sheath. The current flowed regularly and steadily ; but when the floating particles approached the surface of the tunic or tentacular sheath, their motion became accelerated in a manner that sufficiently evinced the presence: of vibratile cilia. ‘Those. on the tunic chiefly determined the direction of the current, which went with great regularity up one side, crossed over at the top of the cell; and then went down the other side’; it crossed again in an opposite direction a little below the stomach, and so:completed the circuit.» It was not difficult to: ascertain © that the:cilia:of the tunic on one side of the cell vibrate upwards, on the other sidedownwards ; and that all those on the tentacular sheath vibrate upwards. On one side therefore the currents of the ‘sheath and: tunic oppose each other ; and consequently an eddy was visible near the top of the cell. It.is ‘quite evident then that fluid circulates with the visceral cavity. What is the nature of this circulation? 1s:it merely respiratory; or is it nutritive ? It can scarcely be considered an aérating current, as there is no visible communication between this cavity and the external water ; and indeed if an orifice’ exists, it must be minute and under the control of the animal, or the protrusion of the polype could not be effected in the manner-to be afterwards described. It is more hkely to be for the purpose of nutrition,—standing, indeed, in the place of a vascular system. 12* 180 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the The fluid must therefore hold in suspension the products:of di- gestion. These may be supposed to exude through the walls of the intestinal canal, probably from the enlarged portion: of ‘it in Paludicella, and perhaps also from, the upper portion of the stomach ; and passing into this circulation will go at once: to nourish the various organs of the animal, all of which are bathed with’ this vivifying fluid, except: the tentacles, which \we shall afterwards see, in-all probability, receive blood into their interior for the purpose of aération. In this way, too, we can understand the nourishment and growth of: the tunic and the maintenance of the buds (which germinate from it) until they are able by the aid of their own tentacles to procure food. In no other way can the development of these buds be so easily explained..: The mem~ brane in which they take their origin must either be supplied with the nutritive fluid in this way or by the agency of vessels ; but none can be discovered either in the tunic or elsewhere. The external cell-walls whilst in a growing state must also be nou- rished by the tunic, which we have seen is united to the external walls at the orifice of the cell. The respiratory function we have stated to be exercised by the tentacles, but there can be no doubt that all the exposed parts will assist) in ‘aérating the blood. The tentacles are hollow, and though I could not detect any fluid within them, itis pro- bable that the blood finds its way into their tubular: cavities through the basal:disc; and as they are clothed | with strong vibratile ‘cilia which keep a constant flow of the oxygenating medium over their surfaces, they would appear well adapted for breathing organs. It is however difficult to understand: how the oxygenation of the blood goes on when the polype.is retracted ; for at this time the orifice is completely closed by the folding in of the lips of the cell, and by muscles provided for the purpose. Professor Allman has supposed that the tube retractors of Palu- dicella exercise the function also of opening the aperture when in this state for the purpose of admitting the surrounding fluid. But J have seen nothing to warrant such suppositiom; and: in- deed the tentacles ‘being then packed close together within the sheath, the cilia cease to vibrate, and there is no room in which the water can flow around them, even supposing an opening to: be so maintained. ‘The tips of the tentacles too of Paludicella and of ‘several of the marine species when retracted. are generally bent down in'a manner to forbid the flow of any fluid whatever amongst :them.; It would therefore seem clear, that: when not in action the oxygenation of the blood must almost, if not:entirely, cease in these polypes, as it must do in most of the Mollusca whem closed up in their shelly armature. . Nervous System.—Some years ago Professor Allman discovered Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 181 a ganglion in'these animals, and has more recently ascertained the existence of nerves. I have also detected a large ganglion, Pl. IL. fig. 1/4, in Plumatella and Fredericella. It is situated just below the entrance to the cesophagus on the external surface, close to the base of the tentacles and just above the anal orifice. It is therefore placed: between the oral arms in Phunatella, and: in Fredericella at the corresponding point. In the latter I have observed two or three nerves passing from the ganglion upwards in the direction of the tentacles, and one apparently going to embrace the cesophagus ; another that comes from the lower ex- tremity of the ganglion may also be seen passing downwards close to the cesophagus. This is all I have been able to make out respecting the nervous system, though undoubtedly more is to be learnt. Muscular System.—There are three distinct sets of muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; one for the retraction of the polype, another to assist in the act of protrusion, and the third probably accessory in closing the orifice. ‘The first and most conspicuous set of muscles, the polype retractors, Pl. IL. figs. 2 9,g & 4f, and PI. III. figs. 4 g & 5 i, 7, is divided into two equal bundles, one passing on each side of the polype. These bundles are com- posed of numerous, stout, isolated fibres, having their origin in the walls of the cell a considerable way below the retracted po- lype; and passing upwards have their superior extremities in- serted at the tentacular disc or base of the oral arms and at the upper portion of the cesophagus. There are also two similar bundles of muscular fibres in Alcyonella, but in this genus they have their origin at or close to the bottom of the cell. When the animal of Plumatella is exserted, two or three of the stoutest, Pl. I. fig. 4.9, of these fibres are seen to be attached on each side further forward than the rest at the base of the oral arms. Also in Fredericella similar fibres are inserted at the correspond- ing parts of the tentacular dise. These stout fibres have their origin a little lower down the cell than the rest. The function of these two bundles of muscular fibres cannot for a moment be mistaken: they are for the purpose of drawing the polype back mto the cell; and when it is so withdrawn, the fibres’ of this, the most powerful muscle of the animal, may be seen in a relaxed state and bent upon themselves in a loose un- dulating manner about the tentacular disc and downwards to their origin: | The few strong fibres alluded to undoubtedly as- sist in the retraction of the polype; but are also apparently the principal agents in rotating the head, so to speak, of the polype when exserted. The second set of muscles, Pl. II. figs. 1 & 2 m, h, is composed of a cirele of stout, isolated, radiating fibres, all placed in the 182 © Mr.\A: Hancock on the Anatomy of thes. same horizontal plane, considerably apart from each other,,and attached by their outer extremities to the inner surface of the tunic some way below the opening ; ‘their inner extremities con+ verging towards the tentacular sheath-are attached to it:about one-third from its superior termination:; Plumatella has fifteen or sixteen of these fibres, Predericella about fourteen. Their ar- rangement) is perfectly symmetrical. They are for the purpose of preventing the inversion of the whole of the tentacular sheath on' the protrusion: of ‘the: polype; and thus to confine the oral a within'a convenient distance above the mouth of the The true value of these muscles: will be fully understood if we refer ‘to’ the marine’ genus Bowerbankia, m which they are:defi- cient, and ‘of course the tentacular sheath can be completely im- verted, and accordingly the animals enabled :to reach to a greater distance than it could otherwise have'done.. But an apparatus of extraordinary beauty is provided to obviate the meconvenience that must have arisen from the great elevation of the tentacular disc'above the support of the horny cell. This is effected) by what’ may be considered an elongation upwards of the cell. Numerous setee bound together by a membrane are attached: to the lips of the orifice, so that when the polype is exserted they stand up in‘a/ circle surrounding the lower part of the exposed portion of the animal and give support to it. By this means the far-outstretched. tentacular dise is brought completely under the control of the muscles for directing its movements*, We thus clearly see that this set’ of radiating muscles is a compensation for the deficiency of the: circle of sete: in the freshwater polypes. The third set of muscles, figs. 1 & 2 n, i, consists of numerous, separate, fine thread-like filaments placed considerably apart, without order, but in the same radiating manner as those last * Dr. Farre has described this apparatus in his paper so frequently re- ferred to, but seems scarcely to have arrived at a full knowledge of its func- tion. He considers that it 1s “ for allowing of the freest possible motion to the upper part of the body in its expanded state, to which, it affords, atthe same time support and protection.” On examining the animal in action it is evident that the use of the apparatus is as I have pomted out. The circle of setze is then seen to compress the lower portion of the extended polype ; and when the tentacular dise moves from side to side the neck always bends from the top of the sete at a decided angle, and does not gradually areh away from the, lips of the cell as might be expected were this. contrivance forthe purpose.of giving flexibility. The delicate membrane uniting the setz is strengthened with numerous, minute transverse fibres, forming the whole into a powerful sphincter, thus giving great firmness to the part. By this ar- rangement Bowerbankia is enabled to raise the tentacular disc far above the polype-cell, and yet to remain. as perfectly under the control of the. rota- tory and retractor muscles as is, the tentacular disc of Fredericella and Plu- matella, in both of which it is confined close to the orifice of the cell by the action of the radiating muscular fibres. Freshwater Bryouoa, with descriptions of new Species. 183 described, immediately above them and extending upwards. to the termination:of the cell.) These filaments have theu outer ex- tremities attached to the: mner: surface ofthe’ tunic; and, con- verging towards:the axis: of the cell, their inner’ extremities are attached tothe, upper portion of) the tentacular sheath and. the mverted margin of the tunic. These fibres are equally numerous and fine in’ both Plumatella' and Fredericella, and -appear, to, be for the purpose of assisting in closing the orifice; acting, im, har- mony with the contraction of the upper portion of the tentacular sheath and the inverted lips of the orifice... They may, acting 1a the opposite direction, also assist in opening the channel, butithe tentacles themselves would » appear: quite : adequate to; force a passage onthe relaxation of) the: contractions, about, the, orifice. The function of these fibres is in fact to keep in unison the tunic near the opening and the upper portion of the tentacular sheath. . /The; upper portion of the, tentacular sheath and, inverted lips of the tunic are highly contractile, and it is by their agency; prin- eipally:that the orifice is closed. when the animal is retracted... I have not however been able to detect any muscular, fibres. for,the purpose, though:at the point, Pl. IL. fig.2n, where/the inverted lips of the tanic jom to the tentacular sheath, it is suddenly,con- stricted as if by a powerful sphincter muscle. In fact. the whole of-the tunic is, undoubtedly contractile, yet in no, part, of, it, have 1 detected muscular fibres... By the contraction of) this, dining membrane the capacity of the visceral. cavity 1s dimimished,; and thus by the pressure of the contained fluid the, protrusion. of the polype is effected. This matter. however will be discussed more fully when we come to speak of this portion. of the, anatomy, of Paludicella. -To understand the combined action of) the \various. sets of muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella, we have only to watch the animal.when about to issue from the cell. _ The first change observed. is, the contraction of the tunic, Pl. IL. fig. 47,7, and Pl. III. fig. 4.8, the walls of which are brought nearer together towards the lower portion of the cell. | The pressure thus ocea- sioned on the contained fluid compels the polype' to begin ‘its ascent ; at the same time the sphincter contraction of the upper portion, of. the tentacular sheath relaxes, so that the bundle. of tentacles can force their way without difficulty..: As the polype gradually advances upwards the circle of strong radiating muscles comes into play, and it is a sight of no little interest to watch them, drag upon the tentacular sheath, allowing the inferior por- tion of it to roll upwards attached to the tentacular disc..As.soon as the ascent is arrested by these muscles, the sheath being im- verted as far as they will permit, protrusion is complete; and the tentacles at once assume their proper arrangement, 184 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the The muscular apparatus of Paludicella differs m some respects from that of Plumatella and Fredericella. Yn the former there are six sets of muscles——three in connexion with retraction, two with protrusion, and one: for:closing the orifice on the retreat of the polype: Of the retractors one set acts directly upon the ani- mal; the: other two upon the tubular orifice. of the cells: The former set, Pl. LV. fig. lio} the: most: powerful in the animal, is similar ‘to the tentacular'retractors of Dr. Farre: it differs only fromthe polype-retractors in Plumatella and the other genera already spoken of in not being divided into two bundles. It is composed of numerous, stout, long, linear fibres originating from the:imner surface of the anterior wall of the cell more than half- way down; then passing up in front-of the polype the superior extremities are inserted around the base of the tentacular disc. These fibres draw the polype down into the cell, and like those of the same muscle im the other Bryozoa, when unemployed lie in a)somewhat cramped and disordered state, fig. 2 /, l. The second and third sets of muscles are the tube-retractors ; the former or inferior, figs. 1 p & 2m, m, is much the larger ; it is composed “of four compressed bundles of stout, linear fibres placed close together, but distinct from each other. These bundles are associated together in pairs, one on each side of the tube; the inferior ends of these pairs of bundles arise wide apart from the posterior wall of the cell opposite the orifice. As they pass up the tube the bundles converge, and reaching within a short di- stance of the lips of the orifice, they are inserted upon the inner surface of the tube-walls at four opposite points; the fibres of each bundle being attached one above the other m the same lon- gitudinal plane. This peculiar arrangement causes the margins of the orifice to fold into four portions on the retraction of the tube; and its end, fig. 3, consequently assumes a square form, the angles corresponding to the insertions of the muscular bundles. The third set of museles, figs. 1 ¢ & 2n, n, the superior tube- retractors, are made up of only four fibres, two on each side of the cell, having their origi immediately below that of the set just described ; their other ends are attached to the inner surface of the tube above the insertion of the inferior set, and at the base of the membranous cup, fig. 1 J, before alluded to, at the mouth of the cell. »The inferior and superior tube-retractors are ho- mologous ‘to the double set of opercular muscles described by | Dr. Farre’ m)the marie species, differing only from those in Bowerbankia densa by being divided into four bundles instead of into three as they are in that species. The action of these muscles is obvious. The superior retractors, having their insertion at the base of the membranous cup at the mouth of the cell, draw it down base first in the axis of the tube, at the same time folding Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 185 in around it the lips of the cell.. The inferior set: then taking up the work complete the imversion of ‘the tube. Dr.’ Farre, how- ever, supposed that: the opercular muscles were: not: merely for drawing the tube im after the retreating animal, but also for the purpose of closing the orifice: “Professor Allman has pointed out the error of this opinion, and endeavoured to explain the closing of the orifice by the pressure of the fluid within the cell against the walls of the inverted tube: We shall directly see, however, that this theory is unnecessary, there being special ‘muscles pro- vided for the purpose. Professor Allmam is likewise disinclined to believe that the opercular muscles are really tube-retractors, as he supposes the muscles for drawing in the polype are sufficient for the purpose also of drawing in the tube. Were these latter muscles used to mvaginate the tubular orifice of the cell, we should expect to find them in action so long as the animal was retracted; but we have-already seen, that when the: polype 'is in this state, they are invariably relaxed and lie in a disordered undulating manner, perfectly at rest. The tube-retractors on the contrary are always tense and in vigorous action during the retracted state of the polype, evincing I think in a satisfactory manner that their function is to retract the tube and to maimtain it’ man invaginated state,—unless we are to suppose that: they are constantly employed in keeping open the channel \as: sug- gested by Professor Allman. They will certainly havea tendency to pull asunder the walls of the mverted tube, yet I have never seen the channel thus opened, although these muscles are never - otherwise than as represented in Pl. IV. fig. 2, when the polype is retracted. And moreover the tips of the tentacles, as exhibited im this figure, are frequently doubled down, showing that the tentacular sheath must be to some extent relaxed, and that thereis no stress whatever on it, as there would be were the polype-retractors used to draw in the orifice. The fourth set of muscles to be described is for closing the orifice. This set is composed of two sphincters: one, fig. 2:0, of these is made up of several fibres passing round the tube at the place of imsertion of the mferior tube-retractors, and is of consi- derable breadth ; the other, p, is formed of only two or three fibres; which encircle the same tube at the insertion of the supe- rior tube-retractors. The action of these sphincters cannot be mistaken ; they effect the closing of the orifice on the retraction of the animal; being at the same time antagonistic to the open- ing tendency of the tube-retractors, which, diverging from their insertions, must in some measure bring the walls of the inverted tube asunder. These sphincters are not readily distinguished, but having seen them in several individuals, 1 have not the slightest doubt of their existence. Deemimg however that it would be 186 sooo Mry.A. Hancock:on the Anatomy of the» satisfactory to see whether ‘a: similar apparatus: for closing the orifice could be found:im themarine species, I examined specimens of. Bowerbankia; and: hadthe' satisfaction of detecting sphincter muscles in the same)situations. , At the point of insertion’ of the - inferior tube-retractors—according to Dr. Farre of the upper set of opercular muscles—the circular fibres are very distinct:and nu- merous, forming a large portion of the inverted tube into a broad sphincter. These fibres:are'so: conspicuous that it seems strange how, they. could have escaped: the notice-of :so close and accurate an observer as\ Dr. Farre. © It 1s possible enough, however, that they might be less developed in the species examined: by: him *. The sphincter at the pomtjof insertion of the superior tube-re- tractors 1s: not readily observed ; but when the polype 1s exsatteh there’ can be-:no doubt’ of its existence. » The fifth set of muscles, figs..1 & St), isin connexion with the tunic.or lining membrane of the cell, and is precisely similar to the. parietal muscles described by Dr. Farre in the marine»spe- cies... This set is formed of short, transverse belts, arranged:an pairs, considerably apart from each other, which are to be found almost fromend to end of the cell, but most conspicuously to- wards the lower extremity. There appears to be two sets of these fibres, one down the back, the other down the front of the cell; but I could not arrive at any very satisfactory conclusion respect+ ing thei arrangement, neither could I determine their exact re- lationship to the tunic,—whether they are attached to it by their extremities only as supposed by Dr. Farre, or connected:with at throughout their entire length: Professor Allman appears to: be of the latter opinion, and certainly I saw nothing in confirmation of that expressed by Dr. Farre; though I am not sure that the extremities are not attached to the cell-walls, thus giving to these muscular belts fixed points of action. Howsoever this may be, these parietal muscles undoubtedly have the power of contracting the tunic, and so lessening the space within which the polype.is confined; the contained fluid is made to press on the surface of the»polype, constraining it to pass upwards, and thus to effectiits * Inithe species‘examined by Dr. Farre and named by him: Bowerbankia densa, the tube-retractors have a “‘triradiate arrangement,’’ and consequently the orifice is puckered ito three folds when the polype is retracted... The species referred to in the text we have seen has four such folds—the tube- retractors being divided into as many bundles. The circle of tentacles also assumes a different form in the two species: in that examined by me the tentacles rise from the dise in a straight, slightly diverging line, and arch considerably outwards, at the tips. In Dr. Farre’s. species they, arch out- wards immediately above the disc, and are very little recurved at the tips. It is therefore pretty evident that there are two species, and that B. densa should not be igor sah in B. embricate, which is most probably the form that I have seen. - Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 187 protrusion much-in the same manner ‘as in Plumatella and Fres dericella.. In:these however there is) some little difficulty, the cells being»continuous ; but in Paludicella, in which they are all separated, this act cam be clearly understood. have certainly observed in Plumatella and Fredericeila the appearance. of divi- sions here and there, forming as it were the cells: mto groups or systems, but nothing to warrant the: belief: that-each cell is iso- lated. It might therefore be thought that protrusion of:a few of the polypes would necessitate that of the others; or at least would cause an inconvenient pressure on the other members belonging to the same group. beqolevab ezal a It as difficult to arrive- at)a:full explanation of the propulsion of the polype m these cases ; but there can beno doubt that:in them, as in the other Bryozoa; the:contraction of the tunic is the sole agent. Dr: Farre believed that:the act of protrusion did not so much: depend: on the contraction of the tunic as on the straightening of the alimentary canal, which in the marine spe- cies andim: Paludicella is doubled upon itself when the polype is: retracted. But in Plumatella, Fredericella,:and Alcyonella it isalways straight ; in these genera, therefore, protrusion cannot mthe least be assisted by the alimentary canal. » Professor All+ mam has referred to this fact to prove the error of Dr. Farre’s opinion ; and indeed, if it be allowed, and I suppose it must, that the pressure of the fluid maintains the protruded: animal in ‘its position, it is more than probable that the same power would be sufficient to perform the act of protrusion. From the movements of the alimentary canal itis pretty evident that it has the power of straightening itself: but when quite straight only a: portion of the tentacles would be protruded: beyond the cell; and: here they would remain, for it is very clear’ that whether straight: or bent; the alimentary canal will displace the same quantity of fluid; and that there would be no increase of pressure to force the ani- mal upwards. It is at the moment when the alimentary canal is being straightened that the parietal muscles come into play; and compel the animal to rise above the cell : these acts are perfectly simultaneous. The protrusion therefore of the polype with a bent. cesophagus and intestine is effected in the same manner ‘as that m which these organs are straight ; only that in the former it is accompanied with the straightening of the alimentary canal. The sixth and last set of muscles to be described is for. the purpose of preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath, This set, Pl. IV. figs. lr, r & 2:9, q, 1s the homologue of the strong radiating muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; but the fibres are much less numerous. Inu Paludicella they are only four in number, and take their origin from, the: inner surface, of the 188 Mr..A. Hancock on the Anatomy of thes > cell, two im front immediately below where the tube joins the cell, and two behind in a line with the upper wall of the tube; hence the fibres are placed in front of and behind the polype, and:are inserted into opposite points of the tentacular sheath a little way below its summit, having on each side of them the two bundles ofthe tube-retractors. In the retracted state of the polype these fibres:are seen passing downwards towards their msertion. When the polype is protruded:these muscles cause the sheath to double upon itself, and thus retain a portion of it within the tube ; but not: to the same extent.as in Phunatella and Fredericella. It has already been pointed out that im these genera this set of muscles compensates for the want of the circle of sete which surmounts the. orifice in’ the marine species.» In Paludicella, however, we have already seen that there is a wide, delicate, membranous) cup which rises from the inner surface of the tube a little within the orifice... This cup is undoubtedly the homologue of the circle of setze alluded to, but in a very rudimentary state, and probably of little.or no functional utility : consequently these muscles are still. present, though, as might be expected, not so fully developed as.in those genera entirely deprived of this appendage. We have now gone through the whole of the muscular appa- ratus for retraction and propulsion,*and to verify the use of the various sets of muscles, we must once more observe the animal while issuing from the cell. The first symptom indicative of the polype’s inclination to come forth is the contraction of the parietal muscles, causing the tunic im certain places to leave the walls of the cell, particularly towards the lower portion ; on this the polype commences to move up the cell; and at the same instant the tube- retractors relaxing the inverted lips of the orifice begin to be evolved, and as the contraction of the parietal muscles goes on the polype advances upwards, and more and more of the tube is turned out, in the manner of the eversion of the horn of the com- mon snail; at length the membranous cup makes its appearance, not doubled upon itself, but m an erect position—the margin first, just as the circle of sete is exserted in Bowerbankia. The cup at first is laterally compressed, having been packed longitudinally in the axis of the tube: the tips of the tentacles now emerge through the centre of this cup, and as they pass upwards pressed together ina line side by side, its lateral folds give way, and by the time thatthe tentacular dise has reached the mouth of the cell, the cup is perfectly expanded. The muscles preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath may now be seen in ac- tion near the upper extremity of the tube, holding back the mem- branous sheath and causing it to roll upon itself. The polype is now fairly above the mouth of the cell, and as the tentacles ex~ Freshwater Bryoz0a, with descriptions of new Species. 189 pand it has attained its greatest elevation; the cilia then com- mence to play; and all kinds of particles are hurried towards the mouth, | The retraction of the polype is instantaneous, so rapid indeed that it is quite impossible to follow with the eye the actions of the muscles ;—such is the velocity with which this feat \is per- formed, that from complete protrusion’to invagination nothing can be perceived but the settling: of the polype upwards, after having apparently been dragged too far down the cell. It is not difficult however to understand how the act of retraction is ac- complished ; the operation of the muscles will be reversed. | First the parietal muscles must relax, allowing the tunic to assume its place close to the cell-walls; at. the same instant the: polype-re- tractors will contract, and as the animal sinks into the cell the superior tube-retractors will also contract ; next the inferior tube- retractors will come into play ; and finally, after retraction is complete, the sphincters will close the orifice. On comparing the muscular system of the freshwater Bryozoa with that of the marine forms, a great similarity is observed ; some interesting modifications however are deserving of notice. The most remarkable of these are found in connexion with the orifice. In Plumatella and Fredericella there is no tubular in- version on the retreat of the animal ; the tunic is certamly doubled upon itself for a short distance within the orifice, but it’ remains permanently so. Paludicella on the contrary has the walls of the tubular orifice invaginated to a considerable: extent when the polype is retracted, and when protruded nearly the whole is evolved. But Bowerbankia and other marine forms differ from the freshwater species in having the mouth of the cell completely unrolled when the polype is protruded, the same having been invaginated to a great extent when it was retracted. Thus in the first and last modifications we see the extremes of variation, and consequently the most extensive alterations in the muscular arrangements of these parts. Paludicella beg in a middle state has the muscular apparatus to some extent of both ; and in this respect connects the freshwater with the marine forms. The tube-retractors are wanting in Plumatella and Fredericella, and are present in Paludicella and in all the marine ‘species, being most developed in the latter. Neither in these nor m Paludicella, however, is there anything like the small radiating muscles near the: orifice in Plumatella and Fredericella ; and the marine species, too, are destitute of the large radiating muscles in connexion with the tentacular sheath. These, though present, we have seen are less developed in Paludicella than in Plumatella and Hredericella, the former resembling Bowerbankia in having a cup at the mouth of the cell. The polype-retractors are very 190 Mr. A. Hancock ‘on the Anatomy of the similar in‘all the Bryozoa; only those at’ the’ inferior extremity of the stomach in the marine species appear -deficient in’ the freshwater forms. They all have, however, one or more appen- dages to this part, but these we shall afterwards see‘are most probably connected with the reproductive system.’ ‘The parietal and sphincter muscles are common ‘to both Paludicella and the marine forms. On the whole, then, ‘in the muscular’ system’ “as well as’ in’ the digestive apparatus, Paludicella shows a close ré- lationship to’ Bowerbankia and ‘its congeners ; and is, in fact, an intermediate Imk between them’ and the other freshwater Bryozoa. Even the minute structure of the muscles themselves would seem ‘to confirm this. | In all they'are composed of trans- | parent, linear fibres separated from each other and: apparently homogeneous. When broken they become irregularly nodulous ; but I have not succeeded in detecting transverse ‘striz observed by Professor Allman, probably from having used insufficient mag- nifying powers. The small knot-hke swelling so remarkable m the ‘centre of the fibre of the marine species is not to be found in either Plumatella or Fredericella ; in Paludicella, however, I have observed it m ‘the parietal, but im no other muscles. fe Reproductive System.—In the freshwater as in the ‘marine Bryozoa there are two methods of reproduction,—one by buds, the other by eggs. The buds always germinate from the same part of the’ cell, hence the definite form of the polypidom. “In Fredericella the germ is found in connexion with the inner sur- face of the tunic not far below the orifice of the cell on its lower side. As'the bud'enlarges the wall bulges, showing externally the appearance of a new shoot. At first the bud, Pl. IT. fig. 3 a, is small and ‘oval, and is attached for nearly its whole length ; it, fig. 2.0, soon’ becomes irregular in form, with the upper portion broad and somewhat bifid, the lower extremity prolonged: the upper’ portion then gradually exhibits a circle of short rudi- mentary tentacles, fig. 47; and the lower end is seen to be di- vided longitudinally into cesophagus and intestine, fig. 5 5, d, continuous at their lower extremities, which still elongating form the stomach, figs. 4m & 5c. To this is seen an appended ‘fila- ment! binding it below to the wall of the cell. Imbedded in this filament there is’a large, distinct globule with nucleus and ‘nu- cleolus : this’ we shall afterwards learn is the incipient ovum, figs. 40 & 5 ‘e, lying in the ovary. The polype-retractors, figs. 2.¢ & 4:n; now make their appearance, passing from the tentacular base to the side of the cell formed apparently out of the lower portion of the original attachment of the bud; the up- per portion of this attachment dilating becomes the tentacular sheath, fig. 2p, into which the tentacles are gradually insinuated as they are developed. The polype being now, as it were, Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 191 sketched out within, the cell of the, parent, its own chamber ra- pidly forms..and in the.course, ofa day or two, the muscles in connexion, with the orifice, being added, the;fresh-born member of the community, bursts from ;the extremity, of its cell, and is ready to, take upon itself the work, of its. own maintenance. _ The development of the, bud in. Plwmatella differs m,no respect from. that, of Fredericella ;.and.in Paludicella there is no wery.im- portant. deviation, except at the commencement of jthe, process. In this the first. apparent, step.in the growth.of a new, polype;is the. preparation. of a .distinct,cell for its reception... If the top of the last-formed. cell be, carefully examined, even before its tenant is fully, grown, the lining membrane may be seen terminating in a blind sac, Pl. LV. fig. 4.4’, a little below the extremity. Within this extremity. will also, be observed a membranous sac, ,/; at first the base of this sac is moulded on the convex blind termination of the lining of the old cell. The convexity however. soon: flat- tens and the, sac rapidly increases in size, the external. horny covering becoming at the same time elongated, and attenuated. After awhile, an oval, somewhat opake body, the new. bud; fig.,.5 m, germinates from the inner surface of the lining, membrane, J. This body is attached by its side to the front, wall of the cell; and resembles the young bud in Fredericella. .A long and, very. deli- cate membranous sac, fig. 6 d, afterwards the tentacular sheath, is now observed to be forming in contact with and above the oval bud ; whilst from the lower extremity filaments, e, are,seen.to.be produced which form the polype-retractors. From, the upper end of the bud, the tentacles, fig. 4d, soon make their appearance within the lower part of the membranous sheath, @; at first. very. short, no more than the scalloped margin of the cup-formed. disc ;, but rapidly lengthening, fig. 5 a, they soon advance more than halfway up the sheath. The polype-retractors, figs. 4.7 & 5g, by this time are considerably developed, and the retractors, k, i,,of the tube are distinctly visible; the tube, fig. 47, now begins to.bulge, and the inverted margins of the orifice are seen within, united to the upper end. of thetentacular sheath: the parietal muscles, 2, also make their appearance at this time, and the stomach, ¢, intestine, d, esophagus, 6, and tentacles having all assumed their proper forms, the young animal is ready for protrusion. .,. The buds) of Paludicella, however, do not all originate from the extremity, of the, old, cell ; some sprout from the side, and then a slight swell- ing takes place on the inner. surface of the tunic. The horn sheath soon. afterwards begins to bulge, and an external, cell being formed with its lining membrane, an oval bud makes jits appearance, and development goes on as just described. It has been long known that these animals propagate by eggs as well as buds; Raspail appears to have described the anatomy 192 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the of the egg and the hatching of it, and the subsequent, growth -of the young polype has been, minutely investigated: by Sir J..G. Dalyell. | But the generative organ remained unrecognised until it. was pointed out by Professor Allman.,, The appendage to the lower, extremity of the stomach, considered, by.,'Trembley to. be muscular, Professor Allman, believes, to be; anjovary.: that itis so there can be no doubt, as, eggs may occasionally be seen. in connexion with it. ..Appendages of this, kind exist in Alcyonella, Plumatella, Fredericella and. Paludicella, and, will) probably be found. in. all Ascidian polypes.. In.Plumatella and Fredericella there are however three of these appendages or filaments, Pl. III. figs.4f,d,d, & 5 e,e,h,h, which are all attached to, the lowest part of the stomach, and passing down have their other.ends attached to the wall of the cell not far from the insertion of the polype-re- tractors., It is difficult to say whether all three are connected with the generative function, or whether some of them are not muscles for the retraction of the stomach. .A bundle of such retractors has been described by Dr. Farre in the marine species, attaching the inferior end. of the stomach to the base of the cell; but one of them is generally thicker than the rest, and may probably be connected with the reproductive system. . Paludicella has two such filaments; one, Pl. LV. figs. 1 & 7 n, g, passing in the usual manner from the lower end of the stomach ; the other, m,d, from the upper... These two filaments are inserted upon the posterior wall of the cell, one a considerable way above the other. |» When the polype.is retracted. these insertions are found to be a little above the gastric attachments, and the filaments, fig. 2 7, h, doubled upon themselves. These are thick, cylindrical and ap- parently tubular, and do not at all resemble muscles, and indeed, from. the relative position of their attachments, they seem ill adapted for retraction. In Plumatella and. Fredericella, one, P|. ILI. figs. 4d, d & 5-e, e, of the filaments is generally stouter than the other two, and this has frequently an egg, e, f, attached to it. When the ovum is much developed, it is difficult to make out its relationship to the filament or ovary; but when quite young, it has all appearance of originating from the interior. On one occasion I observed two eggs in connexion with the ovary, one almost mature, the other only forming. |The former, fig. 5 f, was. attached. rather below the middle. of the generative organ. When the polype was pro- truded, this organ dragged forward the upper end of the egg ; the other, end of it..was then seen to be attached to the wall of the.cell by. the continuation of the filamentous ovary e’. A little - below. the egg there was a slight oval swelling, in the interior of which was seen a nucleated cell, g, undoubtedly an ovum in a very early stage of development, and apparently in the interior Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 193 of the gee os In Fredericella a similar nucleated cell, P}. IT. figs. 40 & 5 e, has been observed in the appendage to the stomach, while the polype was yet in a very rudimentary state, as exhibited: in the bud before alluded to. In this genus I have likewise seen’ the ovum ina considerably advanced state, in which also its relationship to the ovary could not be ritistaken! In’this instance the lower portion of the generative organ had dilated into’a sort of capsule, within which the egg, Pl. Il. fig. 6a & Pl. II]: fig:'4e, was enveloped. The portion of the ovary, Pl. IT. fig. 6 ¢, below it was short and thick, having the appearance of a pedicle, by which the egg was fixed to the ‘side’ of the cell ; above the capsule, the ovary, 7, was much thinner, contracting suddenly upwards. ‘This would’ seem to demonstrate that the egg is developed in the interior of the ovary. I have also seén what [ take to be the ovum of Paludicella, but as it differs considerably from the egg of the other freshwater Bryozoa, we must not' pronounce with certainty. This supposed egg was first observed in the cell of the dead polype ; two or three occurred ; they were attached to the upper portion of the interior of the’cell. “Afterwards one, Pl. [V. fig. 7 e, was found in connexion with the living animal, and in this case was fixed by a delicate membranous sac, /, to the side of the cell at the point of attachment of the filament coming from the upper end of the stomach, the base of the filament being apparently sur- rounded by the sac. This filament then, in Paludicella, is pro- bably an ovary; and if so, the egg must pass in a very early stage from it into the membranous sac at its base, and there be’ma- tured. And, judging from analogy, the other filament i is also pro- bably connected with generation. ‘In Plumatella and Fredericella however there can be no doubt of the ovarian character of one of the filaments attached to the stomach ; but the nature of the other two, Pl. III. figs. 4f & 5 h, h, is not so easily determined. They certainly. do not look al- together unlike muscular fibres; but from their attachments close to that of the ovary, and from their resemblance to it, they are most probably connected with the generative function. It may be that each filament is a separate ovary, or that one or two of them is the male organ. These polypes are most probably hermaphrodites—at least, in all the specimens of Plumatella All- mani that I have examined, there was scarcely a cell that did not contain one egg or more. It may therefore be presumed that each individual is provided with male and female organs. Dr. Farre discovered moving bodies in the visceral cavity of Valkeria and some other of the marine forms, and described them as re- - * T have also seen a similar nucleated cell in the eamene filament from the lower end of the stomach of Bowerbankia. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 13 194 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the sembling Cercarie. I. have. detected. similar bodies in Bower- bankia with large rounded heads and long tails; they, were very numerous, and moved rapidly about in the imterior. of the cell, in the manner of tadpoles, that is, with a lateral undulating motion, and are assuredly Spermatozoa. . A.testis may then. be expected to, exist in, the freshwater, Bryozoa coextensively developed with the ovary, and from analogy to be associated. with it. . 1t:is,not unlikely therefore that these additional filaments from the/stomach may be really the male organ. Each polype does not appear to. produce. more. than, two: or three eggs; 1n Plumatella, frequently only one. . In P. Allmani they, Pl. ILI. fig. 5 /, are considerably depressed, of an oval form, sometimes very long with the sides almost parallel ; they are very. large, being sometimes almost as wide as the diameter of the.cell, within which they are placed lengthwise ; the margins are.reticu- lated, yellow, pellucid, thin, and sharp, forming a well-defined rim about the central portion, which is opake and black ; the covering is smooth, tough, and membranous. In Fredericella the egg, is broader and more regularly oval, of a brownish colour, with, the margin narrow, plain and of a paler hue. The egg, Pl. IV. fig..7,e, of Paludicella, if egg it be, differs considerably from the, above, It is of an irregular oval shape, about half as wide as the. cell,) colourless and pellucid; the surface is marked with a few indi- stinct, irregular, nucleated cells ; one larger and much more,con- spicuous than the rest, with a distinct round nucleus. in the.cen- tre, is always to be seen on one side. The circumference of the egg exhibits a double margin indicating an enveloping shield. The great size of the egg forbids the possibility of its, escape without the destruction of the polype*. In. Plumatella, the * The polype of the marine species must also perish on the escape of the gemmule. On examining some specimens of Bowerbankia in August, al- most every cell was found. to contain a large, round, opake, bright ‘yellow corpuscle. These corpuscles were for the most part in the lower portion of the cells ; some however were halfway up, and others not far from the top ; those lowest down were the smallest, and as they approached the top they increased in size until their diameter was nearly equal to that of the cell. As long as the corpuscle remained near the lower extremity of the cell, the polype was alive and active; but was invariably dead when it had advanced far upwards. , At first the corpuscle does not appear to have any, enyelope, but as it increases in size a distinct margin makes its appearance, which afterwards becoming wider and perfectly ‘transparent, the corpuscle can be ‘seen rotating within by the aid of the long cilia that clothe its ‘sur- face. While watching one in this state'under the microscope, I: observed at gradually elongate itself and pass with a slow gliding motion, to, the top of the cell; then forcing its way through the previously closed orifice, and passing into the surrounding fluid, commenced to rotate with extraordinary velocity: in an instant after this its envelopmg membrane was. torm open and.,cast, aside, and the little heme, a broadly ovate gemmule, dashed at once beyond the field of view. 1t afterwards kept moving about in various . Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 195 ova’on maturity become attached to that side of the cell which is connected to the substance sustaining the polypidom. And here they remain fixed, indicating the track of the various branches of the Bryoozon long after its decay and disappearance in autumn. The free branches however must scatter their eggs. Most likely in Fredericella, too, they are dispersed, and borne away by the currents on the destruction of the polypidom, which is very freely branched ; and in no instance have I seen its eggs left adhering to the surface of its attachment. “Having now gone through the details of the anatomy and de- velopment of the freshwater Bryozoa as far as I have been able to study them during a very short but laborious investigation of the subject, it is quite evident that these animals are as highly organized as the marine Ascidian polypes. Plumatella and Fre- dericella certainly show some interesting deviations from that type ; but in Paludicella we perceive an almost complete resem- blance to it; proving the close affinity that exists, and the pro- priety of uniting the whole into one group. The approximation. of this genus to the marine forms is evinced not only by the muscular system, but likewise by the digestive apparatus ; and by the bright, pellucid, horny character of the external polypidom. It is’ also equally evident that the organization of this group is very much above that of the typical Radiata. This Professor Allman’ has already clearly demonstrated; and yet perhaps we ought to hesitate before removing the Bryozoa into the subking- dom Mollusca as proposed by this naturalist. The immediate relationship of these animals to the Ascidie is too obvious to be called in question,—a relationship which has long been acknowledged, though the homology of the parts does not appear to be correctly understood; at least it will bear another interpretation, which I am inclined to look upon as the true'one. Dr. Farre observes in his paper, that “in Tunicata the tentacles are reduced to mere rudiments at the entrance of the respiratory sac, and the cilia are distributed over the surface of this cavity, which is in proportion magnified, and is analogous to the pharynx of Ciliobrachiata.. The more immediate entrance to the alimentary canal, thence called mouth, being situated at — thé bottom of this sac, corresponds with the part that I have called cardia.” This view of the relationship of the parts has with some modifications been generally followed by subsequent writers. In all the Ascidians however, there is a well-defined cesophagus, directions and evinced great activity, cilia densely clothing it from’ end to end. The cell after the escape of the gemmule continued gaping; and the polype, which before was imdistinetly visible, had now quite disappeared, nothing but slight traces of the retractor muscles remaming. 13* 196 Mr. A. Haneock on the Anatomy of the which in Clavelina is frequently of great length. Why ‘then should the entrance to it be considered to correspond tothe cardia in Bryozoa? These as well as the Ascidie@ havea well- marked stomach with cardiae and pyloric orifices ; in both, too, — there is a distinct cesophagus ; then should not the orifice leading to it be assumed to be the mouth, or analogous to the mouth im both? In the polype a series of respiratory tentacles, in the Ascidie the branchial sac, surrounds this mouth-; should not these then be considered homologous? The affirmative of this would appear to be the natural inference in the first instance. But we are referred to the tentacular filaments at the entrance of the respiratory sac as the true representatives of the tentacles’ of the polype. With the view to ascertain how far this is correct, I examined with much care Ascidia sordida and Molgula arenosa, and found that these tentacular filaments are not anatomically connected with the branchial sac, but are developments from the tunic. The sac terminates a little way below these filaments, and they fringe the inner circumference of the belt of sphincter muscles which guard the respiratory orifice. These tentacular filaments, then, originating in the tunic, cannot possibly be’ the homologue of the tentacles of the polype, as these undoubtedly belong to the alimentary canal; but are in fact a new develop- ment in connexion with the sphincter of the tunic, and share its function. The tentacles then of the polype and the branchial sac of the Ascidian would appear to be homologous ;—unless indeed the tentacles of the one have died out, and the branchial sac of the other is altogether a new development, which is not by any means likely. : : ‘In confirmation that the former is the fact, we have only to look at the growing bud of the polype, which so closely resembles an Ascidian, particularly when young, that it might at first sight be taken to be one. The tentacles at this time, all lying parallel to each other within the membranous sheath, have quite the ap- pearance of a branchial sac ; and when we take in connexion with it the alimentary canal, the resemblance is almost complete. Indeed, all that is wanting to turn the polype into an Ascidian, so far as the alimentary and respiratary organs are concerned, is the union of the tentacles by a vascular membrane. \ And we have already seen that such an union has commenced in Frede- ricella, Plumatella and Alcyonella. We have seen that in“ all these genera the tentacles are united at the base by’a delicate membrane ; and in the former this membrane is so extensive as to suggest the idea of a rudimentary form of the branchial’sac of the Tunicata. Taking this view of the homology of the parts, the longitudinal laminz in the interior of the branchial sac of the Ascidie will- Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 197 represent the tentacles of the Bryozoa; and the membrane at the base of the tentacles being external corresponds exactly in posi- tion to-the vascular membrane of the Ascidie, which is also ex- ternal to the lamine..The position of the nervous ganglion in the two forms might at first sight appear to favour the contrary opinion; but on. closer inquiry it is evident that the ganglion of the Bryozoa is not homologous with that of the Ascidie: im the former it is a cerebral ganglion resting on the cesophagus imme- diately behind the mouth; in the. latter, if it has relationship to:any of the nervous centres of the Mollusca, it is apparently analogous to the branchial ganglion of the Lamellibranchiata ; but its position in the mantle is anomalous. We thus see how very intimate is the connexion between the Bryozoa and the Ascidie; and as the latter are generally sup- posed to be as closely connected with the Lamellibranchiata, no great distance would appear to divide them from the former. They are not, however, so closely related as might be supposed. At first sight an Ascidian undoubtedly seems very closely to ap- proximate to a bivalve shell; but this similarity on careful investigation would appear to be more that of analogy than homology—a mere resemblance rather than a true relationship. The branchial sae of the Ascidian is frequently assumed to be the same organ as the gill-plates of the Lamellibranchiata some- what modified ;—in function there is no difference; but anato- anically they are distinct. The former is a development from, the alimentary canal; the latter, according to Professor Owen, “ are essentially internal folds of the pallial membrane.” The breathing organs then of these animals are not homologous. To. turn therefore an Ascidian into a Lamellibranchiate mollusk, a new branchial organ must be developed. The vascular system, too, if not anatomically different in the Ascidian, is in a remarkable manner functionally so. In this the heart is at once systemic and pulmonic. And it is worthy of remark, that thus, on the first, appearance of the vascular apparatus in. this type of animals, it, should shadow forth the peculiarities of both the molluscan andthe piscine heart ; and this, too, in connexion with a pha- iryngeal gill... The test or outer sac, and the imner sac. or tunic of the Tunicata are not related to each other in the same manner as the, shell. and mantle of the mollusk. In this the shell is extra-yascular, and is secreted by the mantle; in the former the testis vascular, and its growth is therefore not dependent on that of,the,inner sac or tunic. The reproductive system. of. the. La- mellibranchiata is likewise very different from that. of the Tunicata. In these it is formed on the type of the Radiata; another and very striking proof of the relationship that exists between the former and the Bryozoa. These and other. points of difference 198 Mr, A. Hancock on the Anatomy, of the led Professor..Milne-Edwards, in his valuable memoir on the ‘ Ascidiens Composées,’ to propose the separation of the Tunicata fromthe Mollusca, and. the formation. of them into.a distinet. group to be placed between the bivalves.and.the polypes. We. then. cannot. find a, passage from the Bryozoa through the Ascidie into the Lamellibranchiata., There are however two distinct branches.of the Ascidian polypes,—one with the tentacles arranged in.a circle, about, the mouth,—the. other having them supported on two lateral oral arms.. The former of these branches passes into the Ascidian,—the latter I shall endeavour to show is,connected with the Brachiopoda. This connexion is at once suggested by the resemblance that exists between the oral arms of Plumatella and Alcyonella and the characteristic brachial organs in the .Brachiopoda, parti- cularly of those in Lingula. In both the Brachiopoda and the Bryozoa, the arms rise from the sides of the mouth in the same manner, the bases of the arms being confluent ; and the tentacles or cirrhi forming a continuous series. In both the arms are hollow, and the tentacles and cirrhi are tough and non-contractile ; and in both they are prehensile organs after the same. fashion: The digestive organs of both are very similar; and the whole of the Brachiopoda are fixed, and so are the Bryozoa, with but one exception. i | But what is still more remarkable, the muscular systems of both are arranged much in the same manner, particularly vas respects. Terebratula and Paludicella with most of its marine congeners. In Terebratula, as the animal is fixed within the shell, of course there can be nothing resembling the polype retractors ; but the shell muscles of Terebratula will be found to work exactly on the same principle as those provided to draw im the margins of the cell-orifice in Paludicella and Bowerbankia, and called by Dr. Farre opercular muscles. 5 There are four sets of muscles ia connexion with the shell in Terebratula chilensis as dissected by Owen, two from each valve ; and they all pass diagonally downwards, and with one exception go to be inserted in the pedicle ; so that when they contract the valves will be closed. These muscles then have in fact. their origin in the pedicle as stated by Owen, and acting from thence. upon the moveable points. of their insertions, operate precisely in the same way as the tube-retractors of the polypes last men- tioned do on the lips of the orifice. The action is the same in both ; and were the cell-walls of Bowerbankia, for instance, cal- cified and divided longitudinally into two portions or valves, they would be made to close just as the valves do in Terebratula. The set of muscles alluded to as not passing mto the pedicle comes from the perforate valve, and inclining downwards 1s Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 199 attached by the other end to the base of the imperforate valve, binding the parts of the hinge-joint together—a substitute in fact for a ligament. In some species’ this set’ assumes in part the function of an adductor muscle. We have then evidently some reason for supposing that the Brachiopoda as well as the Ascidie are related to the Bryozoa ; and it is in this way that these latter are connected with the La- mellibranchiata. After a careful examination of the Brachiopoda, it is impossible to doubt the connexion that exists between’ the two great divisions of the testaceous Acephala. Indeed this is evident, whether we look to the digestive organs, the vascular system, or to the reproductive apparatus. It is in these animals, too, that the respiratory organ'is first found in connexion with the mantle,—in Terebratula quite rudimentary, in Lingula to some €xtent specialized. On comparing Anomia with Orbicula, this relationship is best seen. In both the mantle is completely separated, and in both it is connected with the ovary; the large oral palpi of the one form the homologue of the branchial organs _ of the other; and we see this relationship in the deficiency of pedal organ in Anomia, and in the extensive union that’ still subsists between its breathing apparatus and the mantle: the perforation of the under-valve of both is also remarkable ; but not more so than that’ the great muscle of both should be divided,—part forming the adductor, part the adhesive disc. We have now endeavoured to trace the affinities of both branches of Bryozoa ; one appears to pass at once into the As- cidie, which, how closely soever related analogically to the Lamelli- branchiata, are nevertheless removed far from them by the nature of their vascular, respiratory and reproductive systems. In ‘the Mollusca the heart is always systemic, and the gill is universally an appendage to the mantle. In the Ascidie the heart is as much pulmonic as systemic, and the breathing apparatus is a development from the alimentary canal—is in fact pharyngeal. In these respects the Ascidian deviates from the Molluscan type and approximates to that of the lower Vertebrata,—the fishes, in which the heart is pulmonic and the breathing organ pharyngeal. The reality of this relationship is revealed by the anatomy of the Lancelet so ably described by Professor John Goodsir, who has pointed out the resemblance of its respiratory system to that of the Tunicata.. Indeed the branchial sac and vascular apparatus of this curious fish almost completely resemble those organs in the Ascidian. The other branch of the Bryozoa, comprising those with oral arms, passes into the Brachiopoda; or at least this is rendered more than probable by the resemblance of the brachial organs of the latter to the arms of the former, and by the similarity of the 200 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the muscular arrangement... Thus. the Bryozoa become. related sto the Lamellibranchiata, which are apparentlyclosely related to-the Brachiopoda.; We,may,.conclude then, if we have arrived at a right understanding of, the, affinities of these animals, that) both the Mollusca and Vertebrata are connected with the Bryozoa. It would be well therefore to. pause before including the Bryozoain the. Mollusca, and consider \the propriety of uniting the former with the Twncata; and perhaps, with some of the higher forms of Rotifera, into a group. to, be placed at the head of the Radiata. Descriptions of new Species. Plumatella punctata. Pl. V. figs. 6 & 7, and Pl. TI. fig. 1. Polypidom adhering throughout, coriaceous, pellucid, of a pale watery green colour, irregularly but not much branched, seldom extending more than half an mch; branches composed of a series of large, conical cells tapering upwards towards the aperture, sometimes considerably and rather suddenly dilated at the base; resembling in form some of the Ascidians; the upper portion of the cell almost colourless and freckled with minute opake white spots, most crowded towards the orifice. Tentacles white, not more than sixty in number; membrane at. their. origin ‘rather wide, scalloped, the points of the scallop extending for some di- stance up the back of the tentacles in the form of broadish lamineze arched outwards. (Esophagus and stomach appearing through the transparent. walls of the cell of a pale yellow colour.» Egg perfectly black, large, broad and oval. Upwards of a dozen specimens of this fine species occurred in Bromley Lough, adhering to the underside of stones ; it was like- wise taken in Crag Lough. None of the individuals much ex- ceeded in size that represented in the figure, nor did they vary in any remarkable manner either in form or colour. It is not, however, without hesitation that I have ventured to characterize this as a new species, as Professor Allman informs me that. it may perhaps turn out to be P. repens; but that form is stated to be large and of luxuriant growth, and to have the polypidom tubular with the cells dilated at the orifice—characters which do not at all agree with P. punctata. Indeed it can scarcely be considered a true Plumatella. P. Allman, PI. V. figs. 3 & 4, and Pl. III. figs. 2 & 8. Polypidom attached to the underside of stones, adhering throughout, membranous, opake, yellowish brown, slightly branched, extending in patches sometimes three or four inches wide, the patches being made up of several polypidoms; the branches composed apparently of a series of tubular cells, Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 201 tapering to their origin, and attached for more than half their length ; the enlarged extremity, being free and bending upwards, inclines a‘ little to one side, and is occasionally bifid, forming two cells’; an obtuse ridge or ‘keel extends the entire length of the cell, increasing imperceptibly in thickness upwards ; orifice somewhat constricted, the walls immediately below bemg pellucid, and suddenly dilating become abruptly opake and thickly covered for some distance downwards with agglutinated sand. ‘Tentacles forty-two in number, slightly tinged with yellow, the colour best seen when they are formed into a compact bundle; membrane at their base distinct, scalloped, the points’ being prolonged a little up the tentacles. _Higg black, Jong, oval; sides nearly -parallel ; margins pellucid, yellow, sharp, broad and reticulated. This species was procured rather abundantly in Bromley Lough, and does not appear to vary much. At first sight large patches of it have the appearance of being formed of a single polypidom ; but on close examination are found to be composed of many, and rarely to number more than six or eight cells im each. The com- mencement of each polypidom has the black envelope of the ori- ginating egg adherent. ; Two or three specimens of a more branched form of carinated Plumaiella were taken in Bromley Lough, which may probably prove a distinct species ; more individuals however are necessary before it can be characterized. : Paludicella procumbens. P\. V. figs. 1 & 2, and PL IV. Polypidom membranous, subhorny, pellucid, smooth and glossy, of a brownish horn-colour, much and irregularly branched, form- ing large patches on the underside of stones, for the most. part adhering, with rather numerous, short, free, almost. simple branches ; the branches composed of a single series of narrow cells arranged longitudinally, contracting towards the base and widening upwards ; aperture lateral, near to the upper extremity of the cell, forming a rather long and somewhat constricted tube inclining upwards; margin entire, surmounted by a widish, deli- cate, hyaline, membranous cup. Tentacles sixteen in number, arranged in a complete circle, and when spread out forming a very exact inverted cone. This, the second species of the genus, resembles very closely P. articulata of Allman, but that form appears tohave about twenty-six tentacles, and is likewise more densely and luxuri- antly branched ; the cells, too, are larger and of a different colour, The P. procumbens occurred in both Bromley and Crag Loughs, but most abundantly in the latter, where it spreads over the under surface of stones in patches of 5 or 6 inches diameter, 202 Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 3. Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the EXPLANATION OF PLATES Il., 1., TV. anp V. Pruate II. Upper. portion of Fredericella sultana seen as a transparent object — very much magnified; a, tentacular disc; 6, tentacles ; c', mem- . brane, at base of, ditto; ¢, flounced margin of ditto; .d, mouth ; e, oral valve; f, esophagus; g, projecting lips of cardiac orifice h, stomach ; 7, intestine; j, anus; k, nervous ganglion giving off nerves; /, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself; m, strong ra- diating muscles for preventing complete inversion of ditto ; n, de- licate, radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of cell; 0, outer wall of cell; p, inner wall or tunic; g, inverted lips of orifice ; r, the point where the same unite to the tentacular sheath, immediately below which is the sphincter for closing the cell. Retracted polype of Plumatella Allmani seen by transmitted light and much magnified: a, bundle of tentacles enveloped in mem- branous sheath; a’, tentacular disc; 6, cesophagus; ¢, project- ing lips of cardiac opening; d, stomach; e, intestine; f, anus ; gg, muscles for retracting the polype; /, large radiating muscles for preventing complete inversion of tentacular sheath ; 7, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of cell; 7, outer wall of cell; *, inner membrane or tunic; /, inverted margin or lips of orifice ; m, tentacular sheath; n, sphincter contraction of ditto ; 0, bud in second stage of development ; p, tentacular sheath of ditto formimg; g, retractor muscles in an incipient state. Upper portion of the cell of Plumatella Alimani much enlarged : a, bud in first stage of development attached to the inner surface of lining membrane of cell. . Cell with exserted polype of Fredericella sultana much enlarged and seen as a transparent object : a, tentacular disc ; 0, oral valve ; c, esophagus; d, stomach; e, imtestine; f, the two bundles of polype retractors; g, two fibres of same for rotating tentacular disc; h, egg in connexion with ovary, attaching it to lower end of stomach a wall of cell; h', appendage to the lower end of stomach, probably generative ; 17, outer wall of cell; jj, linmg membrane or tunic; k, bud im third stage of development ; /, tentacles of ditto as they at first appear ; m, stomach of do. ; n, retractor muscles of ditto; o, nucleated cell—the incipient egg in connexion with the ovary. Bud in third stage of development more highly magnified: a, ten- tacular disc; 6, cesophagus ; c, stomach; d, intestme ; e, incipient egg in enlarged portion of ovary ; f, wall of cell. ) Egg and ovary much enlarged of Fredericella sultana: a, egg im- bedded in ovary ; 6, wall of cell to which lower end, c, of ovary is attached ; c’, upper portion of ovary leading to stomach. Puate III. . Side view of exserted tentacular apparatus much enlarged of Plu- matella punctata: a, oesophagus ; 0b, oral valve; c, tentacular or oral arms; d, tentacles; e, membrane at base of ditto; f, lamine at back of ditto. Enlarged view of under side of tentacular apparatus of Plumatella Alimani : a, margin of orifice of cell; b, intestine ; c, oesophagus ; d, oral valve ; e e, oral arms; f, membrane at base of tentacles. Enlarged view of the upper side of tentacular apparatus of Pluma- Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 208 tella Allmani: a, mouth; 4, oral valve; ¢c¢, oral arms; d, mem- brane at base of tentacles. _ Fig. 4. Much-enlarged view of the reproductive organs of Fredericella sul- tana: aa, outer wall of cell; 6 6, lmmg membrane or tunic; c, lower portion of stomach ; dd, ovary ; ¢, egg imbedded in same ; J, two filaments attached to the lower end of stomach, probably connected with the reproductive system ; g, retractor muscles. Fig. 5. Enlarged view of a'cell of Plumatella Alimani exhibiting reproduc- tive organs: a, base of oral arms; 0, cesophagus; c, stomach ; d, mtestine ; ee, ovary; f, egg nearly mature, still attached to ditto ; g, an egg just forming likewise attached to ovary ; hh, two filaments attached to the stomach, probably connected with the reproductive system; 77, the two bundles of retractor muscles ; j, outer wall of cell; k, linmg membrane or tunic. Puate LV. Fig. 1. Enlarged view of a cell of Paludicella procumbens seen as a trans- arent object, the polype being exserted: aa, outer wall of cell; y b, lining membrane or tunic ; ¢, tubular orifice ; d, membranous cup surmounting ditto; e, tentacular disc; f, tentacles; g, pha- . ryngeal swelling ; h, cesophagus; 7, stomach; j, intestine ; k, en- largement at commencement of ditto; J, anus ; m, supposed ovary ; n, filament attached to the lower extremity of stomach, probably connected with the reproductive system; 0, polype retractor muscles ; pp, inferior tube-retractors; q, two fibres of superior tube-retractors ; rr, muscles to prevent the complete inversion of tentacular sheath ; s, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself ; ¢, pa- rietal muscles; uw, end-walls of two cells abutting against each other. Fig. 2. Enlarged view of a single cell of P. procumbens with polype re- tracted: a, outer wall of cell; 5, lining membrane of ditto; c, re- tracted tubular orifice; d, tentacles; d' d’, tentacular sheath; e, cesophagus ; f, cardiac orifice ; g, stomach ; h, intestine ; 7, enlarged portion of ditto ; 7, supposed ovary doubled upon itself; k, filament attached to lower end of stomach, probably connected with repro- ductive system ; //, polype retractor muscles ; mm, inferior tube- retractors ; nn, superior tube-retractors ; 0, sphincter muscles for closing orifice; p, do. do.; g g, muscles to prevent complete in- version of tentacular sheath ; r, end-wall of cell formed by the tunic exhibiting enlargement in the centre. Fig. 3. End of retracted tube of P. procumbens exhibitmg the manner in which it folds in. Fig. 4. Termination of a branch of P. procumbens comprising two, cells in different stages of development: a, outer wall of cell in fourth stage of development ; 6, liming membrane of ditto; 0’, blind ter- mination of do. do.; c, place of future orifice; d, tentacles of polype in state of development ; e, oesophagus ; f, stomach ; g, in- testine ; h, lower reproductive organ ; 7, tentacular sheath ; 7, po- lype retractor muscles; &, tube-retractors; /, new cell in first or earliest stage of development, exhibiting liming membrane and ex- ternal wall; m, nucleated cells in linmg membrane. Fig. 5. Two terminal cells of P. procumbens contaiming buds in. different stages of development; a, tentacles of bud far advanced or in fifth stage of development; a‘, tentacular sheath ; 5, cesophagus ; e, stomach ; d, intestine ; e, anus; f, lower reproductive organ ; g, polype-retractors ; 2, parietal muscles ; 7, tube-retractors ; 7, tube 204 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Browallia. just forming ; k, outer wall of last-formed.cell exhibiting. bud in second stage of development; J, lng membrane of ditto; m, bud as, it appears at first. Fig. 6. Terminal cell exhibiting bud in third stage of development : a, outer wall of-cell; 6, lining membrane; c, bud; d, tentacular sheath ; e, polype-retractors just making their appearance. Fig..7. Enlarged view. of a portion of the polype of P. procumbens exhibit- hm ing reproductive system : a, cesophagus ; b, stomach ; c, intestine ; d, supposed ovary with the egg, e, attached; f, membranous en- velope of the egg; g, lower filament supposed to be connected with the reproductive system. Puate V. Fig. 1. Polypidom of Paludicella procumbens slightly enlarged. Fig. 2. A portion of ditto much enlarged, exhibiting two or three series of cells. Fig. 3. A patch of Plumatelia Allmani magnified two times, comprising se- veral polypidoms. Fig. 4.. Two or three polypidoms of ditto more highly magnified, exhibiting the polypes exserted and the envelope of the originating egg a a. Fig. 5. A single cell of same still more highly magnified: @, keel or ridge on the upper surface of cell. Fig. 6. Plumatella punctata five or six times magnified, exhibiting polypes exserted: a, envelope of originating egg. Fig. 7. Three cells of ditto more highly magnified and more produced than usual, with the polypes exserted. XIX.—Contributions to the Botany of South-America. By Joun Mrurs, Esq., F.R.S., F.LS. [Continued from p. 35.] BROWALLIA. Tue affinity of Browallia with Salpiglossis is sufficiently evident, but in many respects it approaches very closely to Petunia. “In the tabular arrangement suggested on a former occasion (hu. op. iii. p. 172), Browallia was associated with the Salpiglossidee, on account. of the apparent zstivation of its corolla, combined with its other characters. 1 regret very much, that since, my attention has been directed to this investigation, I have had no opportunity of examining a flower in its living state, as by this _ means only could its precise mode of preefloration be ascertained : itis certainly not imbricative as in Franciscea, but is either re-_ plicative or reciprocative, as in Petunia or Salpiglossis ;_ judging from its appearance after being pressed and dried, it seems to be rather that of the last-named genus. The following generic features have been derived wholly from an examination of dried specimens :-— ! Browatiia, Linn. (char. reform.).—Calyz tubulosus, subcylin- dricus, 10-nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus inequalibus, 3-neryiis, Mr. J. Miers on the genus Browallia. 205 augescens et persistens. “Corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo an- gusto, cylindrico, calyee’ 2—3-plo longiore, superne et antice ventricoso, fauce in oram elevatam constricto, limbo obliquo, plano, breviter 5-partito, lobis. rotundatis, emarginatis, inzequa- libus, rarius oblongis, acutis, antico, paulo majore, estivatione reciprocativa ? Stamina 4, didynama, inclusa ; filamenta brevia, 2 antica inferiora, sublongiora, hemicyclice curvata, imo dila- tata, apice expansa, inflexa et. pilosa ; anthere sagittato-bilobe, inverse, lobis ovatis, rima marginali dehiscentibus, superiorum lobo altero minimo casso.. Ovarium obovatum, apice pilosum, inferne glaberrimum, sepe stipitatum, rarius omnino glabrum, _2-loculare, placentis carnosis prominulis dissepimento utrinque adnatis, multi-ovulatis. Stydus simplex, apice incrassatus, in- ‘flexus, transversim rugulosus. Stigma dilatato-bilobum, lobis emarginatis altero majore, intus septis cruciatim in locellis 4 stigmatosis divisum. Capsuda membranacea, calyce per- sistente tecta, 2-locularis, 2-valvis, valvis bifidis, dissepimento tenuissimo demum libero parallelis. Semina plurima, minuta, obovata, lateribus angulata, dorso convexa, ventre concava et infra, medium hilo notata ; testa reticulato-foveolata. Embryo in axi albuminis carnosi homotrope subincurvus, cotyledoni- bus ovatis, compressis, radicula tereti infera 3-plo brevioribus et 2-plo latioribus.—Herbe Americe intertropice indigene, plus minusve viscido-pubescentes. Folia alterna, integra. Flores ad axillas foliorum superiorum solitarii, cum petiolis sublate- ralibus, interdum foliorum minutione in cymas irregulares termi- nalibus dispositi ; pedunculo florifero brevi, interdum fructifero mox elongato ; corolla violacea, caerulescens, aut albescens. In addition to the species enumerated by Mr. Bentham in DC.. Prodr. x. 197 et 590, and the B. speciosa of Sir Wm. Hooker, Bot. Mag. tab. 4339, I have now to mention two others yet, undescribed :— Browallia tenella (n. sp.) ;—herbacea, humilis, parce puberula, foliis membranaceis, lanceolatis, vel ellipticis, in petiolum elon- gatum cuneatis; floribus paucis, solitariis, axillaribus, calycis membranacei dentibus lanceolatis, obtusis, insequalibus; co- rollz tubo gracili, calyce 4-plo longiore, limbo brevi, plano, sinuato-pentangulato, lobis brevissimis, emarginatis, rotun- datis, antico majori ; ovario apice piloso.—Rio de Janeiro. This species, which I found growing at Pertininguy in 1830, has very much the habit of B. demissa, but is readily distin- guished by the much greater length of the petiole, fewer flowers, a more slender corolla with a much narrower border, a more membranaceous calyx with less prominent nervures, and by the simple ‘hairs and almost obsolete pubescence of the whole plant. 206 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Browallia. It is remarkable as being the first instance of any species grow- ing so far to the’ southward of the equator and ‘upon the eastern side of the! continent. It is’ scarcely more than 6 or’8 inches high, with a very slender and almost glabrous stem, but little branched ; its leaves are 14 inch long, 2 inch wide, upon a very slender filiform petiole of 2 inch ; the .peduncle of. the. flower is barely 2 lines long, growing to a length of 7 lines; the tube of the calyx is 2 lines long, with teeth scarcely a line in length ; it is cylindrical, 3 line in diameter, growing to a length of 4 lines in fruit and a diameter of 2 lines, wholly enclosing the capsule ; the tube of the corolla is very slender, 8 lines in length, of a greenish lurid white ; the border is 4 lines in ‘diameter, at first of a pale bluish colour, afterwards becoming of a violet hue. The internal structure of the flower, capsule and seeds entirely agrees with that of the typical species*. Browallia nervosa, u. sp. ;—foliis ellipticis, acutis, in petiolum longiusculum canaliculatum attenuatis, ciliatis, utrinque spar- sim scabrido-pilosulis, penninerviis, nervis subtus prominulis, floriferis fere bracteiformibus ; floribus axillaribus laxe sub- - racemosis ; calyce parvulo, angustato, cylindrico, dentibus. acutis, erectis, ciliatis, nervis 10 violaceis picto, glabro; corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo angusto, calyce 2-plo longiore, limbo lato, plano, violaceo, lobis brevibus emarginatis ; ovario' ob- ovato, apice piloso.—Ecuador, v. s. in herb. Hooker. (Villa Sa- saranga, prope Loxam). Seemann, no. 740. This plant is intermediate with B. peduncularis and B. grandi- flora, from both of which it is evidently distinguished by the re- markably contracted form of its calyx and peduncle. It differs also from B. demissa by its leaves being more acute at their base, with a comparatively longer and more winged petiole, and by its more racemose flowers. The leaves are 14 inch long, 8 lines broad, on a petiole half an inch in length, with the coriaceous tex- ture and general appearance of those of B. peduncularis. The calyx, having five short pointed erect teeth, is at first extremely narrow, 4 lines long, 2 line m diameter, swelling to a much larger size in fruit; the tube of the corolla is 8 lines long, 2 line in diameter, slightly swollen below the very narrow mouth ; the border is large in proportion, quite plane and rotate, 9 lines in diameter, and of a purple colour ; the capsule, 3 or 4 lines long, is hairy at the summit of its bifid valves. It appears desirable to divide the species of Browallia into two sections ; the first including those whose corolla presents a plane border, with short emarginate lobes, and an ovarium with its * A figure of this species with generic details will be shown inyplate 54 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ . Mr. J. Miers on the genus Streptosolen. 207 upper moiety densely covered with long white hairs, which are even persistent on the capsule; the second will comprise such as do not possess, these..characters, and is confined at. present to a single species ;, thus— : § 1. Evprowarria. Corolle limbus planus, rotatus, lobis bre- vibus, emarginatis ; ovarium cuneatum, apice obtusum, et dense pilosum. . Browallia demissa, Linn., DC. Prodr. x. 197. .———— viscosa, H, B. K. 11. 373. 1 2 3. — tenella, n. sp. supra descript. 4, ——-——— nervosa, n. sp. ibid. 5. ———— peduncularis, Bth., DC. Prodr. x. 197. . 6. ———— grandiflora, Grah. ibid. 7 —— abbreviata, Bth. ibid. § 2. Letocynz. Corolle limbus profunde incisus, laciniis ob- longis, acuminatis, 3-nerviis; ovarium subglobosum, sessile, omnino glaberrimum. 8. Browallia speciosa, Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 4339. The much larger flowers of this species, its more acutely-lobed and deeper- cleft. border, and constantly smooth ovarium, are characters of hardly sufficient importance to constitute a generic difference ; but, at all events, with such marked distinctions, Leiogyne will form a good subgenus. From the above enumeration B. Jamesoni has been excluded, because it differs in its characters, in the number of divisions of its calyx, in the shape of its corolla, the form and position of its stamens, and the structure of its stigma. STREPTOSOLEN. I have already alluded to the propriety of excluding from Browallia the species described under the name of B. Jamesoni, as it possesses, many essential characters at variance with that genus. All the species of Browallia are herbaceous, while the plant, above-mentioned is suffruticose, forming a branching shrub 4 or 6 feet high, with very rugous, coriaceous and. scabrid leaves ; the inflorescence is also more corymbose, and the structure of the flower differs from that of Browallia in the following parti- culars. The calycine tube is crowned with four, rarely with five teeth ; the corolla is not hypocrateriform, and its tube, instead of being slender and cylindrical, swells into a funnel-shape, imme- diately as it emerges from the calyx, and the contracted_ basal portion soon twists half a revolution, so that the border becomes actually resupinate ; owing to the want of the contraction in the throat, the border does not assume the figure of a rotate 5-lobed 208 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Streptosolen. plane, but enlarges more in a campanular form with five short rounded lobes, the front lobe being broadest ; it is however often 4-lobed by the confluence of the two upper smaller segments ; the two'iower stamens are not short, dilated, hemicyclical, and fixed in a ventricose swelling below the throat, but are here straight, slender and filiform, originating in the contracted base of the funnel-shaped tube and opposite the broader lobe of the border ; the two upper filaments are also straight and nearly erect, although they are fixed in the mouth of the campanulate border, with one of the lobes of each anther almost ‘abortive or dwarfish, as in Browallia ; all the filaments are terete, not greatly dilated, and although at first hairy, they become at last) quite glabrous. The style resembles that of Browallia in bemg swollen at its summit, where it is hollow and corrugated into numerous transverse folds ; but the stigma is of an essentially different form, being suddenly expanded into two broad, compressed, auriculate, equal lobes, at first connivent, afterwards ringent, with a large opening in the sinus into the tubular summit of the style (and which in the living state is probably filled with mucous matter), thus approaching more to the form of the stigma of Petunia. The whole plant possesses much the habit of Stemodia suffruti- cosa, with which genus and with Pterostigma there exists some analogy in the form of the stamens and stigma. It will however constitute a genus belonging to the tribe Petuniee, connecting this group still more closely with the Salpiglossidee by Browallia. The name now proposed for this genus is derived from otpemros, tortus, wry, tubus, because of the torsion of the lower portion of the tube of the corolla. STREPTOSOLEN (gen. nov.).—Calyaz tubulosus, 4-5-nervis, reti- culatus, 4-5-dentatus, dentibus inequalibus, persistens. Co- rolla infundibuliformi-tubulosa, subcurvula, limbo campanu- lato, subobliquo, brevissime 5-lobo, lobis apiculatis aut emar- ginatis, antico paulo latiore, tubi torsione mox resupinato, esti- vatione replicativa. Stamina 4, didynama, inclusa, valde in- equalia, 2 inferiora (in alabastri antica) imo tubi orta, 2 supe- riora brevissima fauce inserta ; fi/amenta teretia, recta, pilosa, mox glabra; anthere 2-lobe, subdeclinate, lobis ovatis, imo late divaricatis, margine dehiscentibus, singulo receptaculo pollinifero globoso intus instructo, superiorum lobo altero mi- nimo casso. Ovarium ovatum, disco glanduloso stipitato imo - einctum, apice parce pilosum, demum glabrum, 2-loculare, placentis carnosis dissepimento adnatis, multiovulatis. Stylus filiformis, apice incrassatus, subincurvus, tubulosus, et trans- verse rugoso-crenulatus. Stigma valde dilatatum, imo late cordatum, 2-labiatum, lobis eequalibus obtusis conniventibus, Mr. J. Miers on the genus Streptosolen. 209 mox hiantibus, in sinu cayernosum, Capsula ovata, coriacea, calyce tecta, 2-locularis, 2-valvis, valvis 2-fidis, dissepimento . libero parallelis, “ Semina plurima Browallie.—Suffrutices Nova-Granadenses et Ecuadorenses strigoso-hispidule. Folia ovata, coriacea, rugosa, aspera, petiolata, florifera ad bracteas redacta. Flores pedunculati, terminales, conferti, subcorymbosi. Corolla aurantiaca, extus valde pubescens. 1., Streptosolen Jameson. . Browallia Jamesoni, Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 197 ;—fusco- et. scabrido-hispidula, foliis ovatis, utrinque acutis, subcoriaceis, bullato-rugosis, subtus nervis valde prominulis, utrinque scabridis, longiuscule. petiolatis, corymbo ampliore, calycis dentibus 4: subzqualibus, acutis, erectis, fusco-viridibus, tubo cylindrico, angustato, medio con- tracto, concolori: corolle aurantiace tubo infundibuliformi ampliore extus molliter tomentoso, limbi campanulati lobis fere eequalibus, brevissimis, mucronulatis—Ecuador, v. s. in herb. Hook. Loxa, Hartweg,no. 818. Sasaranga, prope Loxam, Seemann, no. 872. I have already described in the foregoing page the peculiar habit of this species ; the leaves are 14 inch long, 8 lines broad, on a narrow channeled petiole of 4 lines; above they are deeply furrowed at the nervures with prominent reticulate veins, hispidly pubescent below, scabrido-hispid above, of a very dark green colour, opake and brittle when dried; the peduncles are 4 lines long; the calyx of equal length is 14 line in diameter, somewhat contracted in the middle, with almost lanceolate acute erect teeth ; the corolla is 1 inch in length, the tube at base only a line in dia- meter, swelling to a diameter of 4lines at the mouth, the border being about 8 lines in diameter ; externally it is softly pubescent and almost smooth within. The lower pair of stamens have their origin somewhat fornicated, about 2 lines above the base of the tube, opposite the reflexed broader lobe of the border, are about 6 lines in length, quite smooth at base, minutely pubescent above; the upper shorter pair are inserted at 7 lines from the base and below the mouth of the tube, which is here slightly pubescent ; they are all stiff and rigid, and want that peculiar arching expansion with long glandular hairs that forms so pecu- liar a character in Browallia. The style is about 7 lines in length, with a broadly expanded stigma, which is quite bilabiate and of a distinctly different form from that of the very remarkable stigma of Browallia. The pedicel and calyx do not sensibly en- large in size; the capsule, which is wholly inclosed within the calyx, is quite smooth, but in other respects like that of Browallia and Petunia*. * This species will be figured in plate 55 of the ‘ Ill. South Amer, Plants,’ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 210 Mr. J. Alder on Montacuta ferruginosa. 2. Streptosolen Benthami (an noy. sp. vel preecedentis var. ?) ;-ra- mulis griseo-hirsutulis 5 | foliis ovatis; ‘minus rugosis, leete viri- odibus, nervis supra impressis, utrinque pilosulis, supra vix. sea+ briusculis, breviter petiolatis ; floribus ‘subeymosis;:pedicellis »‘ealyce vix longioribus; calyce subinflato; late tubuloso,ore valde obliquo, tubo pallide viridi, nervis fuscis lineato, dentibus 5, m- >feequalibus, ovatis, obtusis; essrulescentibus ; corolla limbr lobie »brevibus, emarginatis, lobo:antico ((inalabastro postico) multo major, subreflexo-—Nova Granada, v.'s. in herb. Hook, (inter &Mivirvet Naranjas; altit.' 7000 ped.; Jameson). ol Ihave seen only a single and very meagre specimen of this small shrub,” which has few flowers: ’the leaves are ‘of the same shape but somewhat smaller than inthe foregoing species, much smoother and of a lighter colour; the flower is about the size of that of S. Jamesoni; the calyx 1 is however larger, wider, with much broader and more obtuse segments ; it increases some- what in fruit to a length of 6 lines and a diameter of nearly ¢ lines, and conceals the capsule, which is about 3 lines long’; it big four thick coriaceous valves, is seated upon its stipitate support, and encircled at base by the induvial remains of the corolla. A XX.—Notes on Montacuta ferruginosa. By Josuva Auber. [With a Plate. | THE, interesting. little bivalve. Montacuta. ferruginosa, though pretty generally diffused round the British coasts, | has! seldom been observed in a living state, and no account of the animal, has been published, if we except the very imperfect. one furnished by myself to Professor E. Forbes for the ‘History of BritishMol. lusca.’):, This, though correct as far as it goes, is by no means a complete description, haying, been‘taken under very unfavourable circumstances. I was glad, therefore, to meet with another living example of this species, which seemed less shy in displaying itself than the former one. It was taken from the stomach, of)a; had dock,-a very anpromising locality certainly for meeting, with anything i in'a living state,—but the little creature on, being placed, in°sea-water appeared quite lively, and not. visibly the worse for the'uncomfortable quarters from which it had. been:extracted,;In, a short: time it protruded the mantle beyond the. shell, extended. its large foot, and began to crawl about. The mantle ofthis species is eurious dnd interesting from its, showing a) new modi. fication of that part, intermediate between the plain anterion,si-| phonal fold of Kellia rubra and the more elaborate form.of mantle; in: Lepton fe paranes and thus supplying the. desired. link, to Mr. J.-Alder on Montacuta ferruginosas 211 connect two genera, which had previously. been placed: in) the same family from the characters ofthe: shell; but,-whose ; ani- mals, though-agreeimg in habits, presented a marked, difference in| their general yappearance.!: The. anterior:part: of the mantle in) this species’ is »ample:'and: produced considerably -beyond the shell, forminga kind) of frill, which: becomes gradually smaller’ and: more . even) :as)-it ) passes along. the. base | of, the shell. ‘The exterior circumference of the; mantle, lining»,the shell, is fringed.with very delicate filaments, rather short ;and blunt, which extend.completely round the. margin.of the: valves, with the exception of a small space at the umbones. In. these two particulars this species reminds us forcibly of the peeular characters of Lepton sqguamosum, though they are, displayed in a much less degree ;, and we may also recognise in them a _resem- blance to. the anterior undulated portion of the cloak,in_ the curious genus Galeomma, which, though distinctly observable in spirit specimens, I do not recollect to have seen well represented in any published figure. Thus then we trace a beautiful gra- dation of form in nearly all the genera of this family (Kelliade), the distinguishing character of whose animals is to be found, in the large development of the mantle, especially in its anterior portion. From the largely developed cloak in Galeomma Turton Gf Iam right in its character, for 1 have not seen it alive),.we pass to the still more developed and undulated mantle of Lepton sqguamosum: in Montacuta ferruginosa the enlargement is chiefly confined to the anterior portion, which is undulated lke the latter; in Kellia rubra the front of the cloak: is:still largely ‘ex- tended; but the margins are even and folded into a tubular form); while’ this part becomes an ample closed siphon in Kellia subor- bicularis.’' Taking these characters into consideration, the idea suggested itself, that these genera might. possibly agree im re ceiving the branchial currents anteriorly, as has been observed) in the genus Kellia: For the purpose of ‘ascertaining this point, I placed my specimen of Montacuta ferruginosa several times under the microscope, but without being able to make out’ anything satisfactory. [have however since ascertained that) in Montacuta bidentata,a living specimen of which I fortunately procured, ‘the principal ingress current is decidedly. anterior, though the: water: is) admitted: occasionally through the whole length of ‘the open mantle} the “exit; which was less distinctly seen, being bythe posterior aperture. In this species a‘short fringe surrounds the margin of the shell, but during the time I was able to ‘keep it alive,'no extension of the mantle was observed in front ; though from the capricious manner in which these little animals display themselves, it would be premature to decide upon the absencevof, this character from a ‘single observation. I had, :on’a previous occasion, had this species alive without seeing the fringe. 212 Mr. J. Alder on Montacuta ferruginosa. But to return to Montacuta ferruginosa. The mantle, which is open throughout the entire front and ‘base of the shell, is - elosed posteriorly, forming a small excretory orifice, not produced into a siphon. ‘The foot, as might be concluded ‘from the much- elongated anterior portion of the ‘shell, is very large and mus- cular’; there is a shght'angle about half-way down in front, be- yond which it ‘is rather narrower ‘and tapers to a blunt point : the base is slightly undulating and grooved through its entire length, though it does not appear to spread out into a flat disc like that of Lepton squamosum: the hinder portion is abruptly truncated. After having kept my specimen for some 1e days i in sea-water, I found one morning that the bottom of the glass was covered with a minute white dust, which I immediately concluded would be the spawn, and on placing a small portion under the microscope I found that such was the case. I consequently had it removed into a separate glass with a fresh supply of water, in order to observe its development. Though nearly round at first, the ova soon assumed a subtriangular shape, and about the third day, strong cilia were observed on one of the sides, and they began to rotate very quickly. One after another assumed the rotatory state, till nearly the whole were in motion. After rotating for about a day, they apparently burst the envelope, and swam freely about in the water in all directions, by means of their vibratile cilia, and at the same time assumed more or less of a bell-shape ; a slender style or thread projecting from the centre of the ciliated base. This organ, which has been observed in the embryos of other species, has been described as a kind of byssus, by which — the little creature can fix itself securely to other bodies. . This, however, I did not observe to be the case in the present instance. It soon appeared to be absorbed; the animal became gradually elongated, and the cilia were withdrawn into the shell, which then. began to appear, but at what time it was actually formed I could not make out, as, from its extreme transparency and simi- larity of colour to the rest of the animal, it was very difficult of detection. ‘The cilia could be seen vibrating within the shell for some time after the animal became quiescent ; a few isolated cilia at one of the extremities, not observed before, being the only ones that remained to perform their functions externally. These produced a partial current without propelling the animal through the water, as at this stage it gave up its natatory habits and took to a quiet life. The internal portion, the parts of which could not be very distinctly made out, appeared to be undergoing a process of development. ‘The mass was continually changing its form, the separate parts being extended alternately in different directions, and a portion, probably the incipient foot, was occa- sionally pushed beyond the margin of the shell. At this point Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helices. 213 of development further observations, were unfortunately arrested by the death of, the whole colony, in consequence of the water becoming impure, and my situation at a, distance from the. sea - preventing my getting,an immediate fresh supply. The whole period that I. had kept them was not above five or six days, so that their development, had been pretty rapid. . After the death of the animals the shells remained at. the bottom of the glass. They were of an elliptical form, straight at the upper margin, where, they were attached, though the, hinge did not appear to be yet formed: the whole, excepting in the elongated form, had very little resemblance to the adult shell. The process which this embryo undergoes in the course. of development is similar fo what has been observed in the fresh- water bivalves by some continental naturalists, as well as more recently by Professor Lovén of Stockholm in the young of Kellia rubra, but as these are viviparous, the metamorphosis takes place before extrusion. Professor Lovén has, however, traced the same metamorphoses in the young of Modiola discors (marmorata), commencing about the third day after the deposition of the spawn. In the present instance the process likewise commenced about the same time after extrusion, but from the artificial po- - sition in which the animal had been placed, there is a possibility that the birth may have been premature, especially as some spe- cies of the family are known to be viviparous. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. B. Fig. 1.. Montacuta ferruginosa, magnified. Fig. 2. Anterior portion of the cloak more highly magnified. Fig. 3 to 7. Different stages in the development of the embryo. Fig. 8. Shell m the embryo state. XXI.— Characters of several new East Indian and South African Helices, with remarks on some other species of the Genus occur- ring at the Cape of Good Hope. By W. H. Benson, Esq. 1. Heli« Ampulla, nobis, n. s. T. imperforata, oblique globoso-ovata, tenuissima, irregulariter pli- cato-striata, striis antice obsoletioribus, transverse et oblique ru- gosa, olivacea ; anfractibus 3 velociter crescentibus, ultimo inflato, apice convexo-depresso ; apertura parum obliqua, rotundato-ovali, intus concolori, peristomate acuto, margine columellari arcuato, tenui, intrante. Diam. maj. 42 mill., minor 31. mill., axis 30 mill. Hab. Khoorda Ghat, in montibus Nilghiri dictis, Indize Meridionalis. Teste Jerdon. The strong horny epidermis occupies nearly as much of the 214 Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helices. substance of the shell as the calcareous matter, which is exceed- ingly thin and tender.» The shell: bears very much the appear- ance of a large globular Vitrina, for which it “has been taken ; but the rough surface of the shell shows that it has been formed by an animal of very different organization, and its affinities’ place it near the singular and beautiful Helicophantoid Helices Wal- toni of Ceylon, and magnifica of Madagascar. 2. H. cacuminifera, nobis, n. 8. T. obtecte perforata, conica, trochiformi, cornea, spira versus apicem attenuata, apice papillari, obtusiusculo ;.anfractibus 8, lente cres- centibus, supra planatis, spiraliter lineis septem minute moniliferis, “iineisque intermediis minutioribus similibus munitis, ultimo acute ‘compresso-carinato, subtus convexo, polito, radiato-striato ; aper- tura securiformi, peristomate acuto, labio superne vix dilatato, reflexo. . Diam. major 19, minor 16, axis 10 mill. Hab. in cacuminibus montium Nilgheries, teste Jerdon. _ A shell smgular both in form and sculpture.» The profile of the spire is somewhat concave owing to the attenuation of the spire towards the apex. 3. H. crinigera, nobis, n.'s. T. anguste umbilicata, depresso-trochiformi, cornea, radiato-costulata ; apice obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 6-64, vix convexiusculis, linea unica elevata supersuturali munitis; ultimo. carinato, carma su- turaque pilis elongatis ciliatis, basi planiuscula, ad umbilicum com- pressiuscula, lineis impressis concentricis frequentibus ornata ;‘aper- tura obliqua angulato-lunari, securiformi; peristomate. simplici, acuto. Diam..major 123, minor 12, alt. 6} mill. | Hab, ad latus montium ‘“ Nilgheries’’ versus Orientem ‘spectans. Teste Jerdon. This shell in size and characters is intermediate between Heliz Guerini, Pfr., an inhabitant of the summits, of the Nilghery Mountains, and H. retifera, Pfr., which inhabits the warmer .val- leys of the same range according to Dr. Jerdon, to. whom, I jam indebted for specimens of allthe three species from the localities indicated. 4. H. acuducta, nobis, n. s. T. perforata; tenui, lenticulari, conica, acute carinata, superne costu- lato-striata, lineis impressis confertissime granulato-decussata, sub- tus leevigata, lineis impressis frequentibus concentrice notata ; spira yix elevata, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 5, planulatis, fere con- tabulatis, ultimo subtus tumido, carina infra compressa ; apertura Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helices. 215 angulato-lunari, subsecuriformi; peristomate tenui, simplice, mar- gine columellari superne brevissime reflexo.:> Diam. major! 22; mimor 19; alt. 11 mill) 9. Sal e sylvis ad apicem montium: “‘ Nilgheries,’’ Indize meridionalis. erdon, .». .. ss dere ay ae This form seems,to rank} between. the perforate ..anceps, H. Indica, &e., and the umbilicated H..Guerini; H. retifera, Se, At first sight it has the aspect of a depressed and much-carinated dextrorse Helix interrupta, Bens.; a species which is, however, invariably sinistrorse. 5. Helix regalis, nobis, n.'s. T. perforata, sinistrorsa, conoideo-depressa, carinata, eleganter fasciata vel unicolori ; anfractibus 6, angustis, subplanatis, supra stris acute corrugatis, obliquis, strias spirales decussantibus, medianis obsolete noduloso-costatis, ultimo carinato, carina infra compressa, subtus nitido, convexo, radiato-striato, striis circularibus versus umbilicum obsoletis ; periomphalo excavato ; apertura obliqua, subsecuriformi, peristomate acuto, margine inferiori arcuato, versus umbilicum sinuato, ecolumellari brevissime reflexo. The following is a more extended description of the differences observable in the specimens examined :— A. costis inconspicuis ; anfractibus,.supra fascia media luteo-fusca, utrinque linea fusco-nigra marginata, fasciisque albido-ceesiis mar- ‘ginalibus ornatis, ultimo subtus fascia’ media, ‘cinereo-lutea, lata, ~utrinque fascia angusta purpureo-fusca cincta, margine' albido, ‘pe- riomphalo albido-luteo. | f B. unicolori, extus intusque purpureo-fusca, costis magis conspicuis. Diam: maj. 27, minor 25, axis 13 mill. Hab, ad Sarawak, Insule Borneo. Teste W. Taylor. A couple of specimens of each variety, found on the ground, in jungle, near Sir Jas. Brooke’s house at Sarawak, were brought to England by Lieut. W. Taylor, Madras Artillery, to whom I ame indebted for an example of each kind. The subnodulous éostate appearance of the whorls, above the ultimate one, forms a very peculiar feature in this handsome sinistrorse species. The“following corrected and more extended characters’ of a fine ‘and remarkable Kast Indian Helix, published by me inothe Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta for 1836, and copied thence into Pfeiffer’s ‘ Monograph,’ will not be out of place here. 6, Helix Oxytes, nobis. Amended character: T. late umbilicata, orbiculari, depressa, oblique subplicata, ferrugineo- cornea, Spira convexa, apice planato ; anfractibus 5} subplanatis, contabulatis, ultimo carinato, subtus tumidiuseulo ; sutura vix mar- ginata ; apertura subquadrato-lunata, valde obliqua, intus’ albida, 216 Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helices. polita, marginibus acutis eccamiiodtalin: callo tenui junctis, inferiori - valde arcuato, subreflexo ;,umbilico lato, profundo, omnes anfractus exhibente, margine subcompresso. Diam.. major 47, minor 40, axis 15 mill. Benson, JA. S. vol. y. p, 351. Pfeiffer, Monograph, vol. i. p. 395. no. 1028. Hab. m montibus preter fines provincie Bengali orientales versus ~septentrionem spectantes. The remaining species belong to the south-western termination of the African continent, and are not the only species which escaped) the researches of Krauss in the immediate vicinity of Cape. Town, 7. Helix Cotyledonis, nobis, n. s. T. imperforata, depresso-turbinata, tenui, leviuscula, diaphana, cor- neo-fusea, opaciter albo-zonata ; spira elevata, apice obtuso ; anfrac- tibus 5, convexiusculis, fascia lata alba superficiali, fusco interrupte striata, superne ornatis; ultimo subtus convexo, rude radiato-sub- plicato, fasciis duabus similibus angustis cincto ; apertura obliqua, lunata, intus fuscata ; peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari breviter reflexo, arcuato, intrante, calloso ; callo umbilicum omnino tegente. | Diam. major 16, minor 14, axis 9 mill. Hab. prope Simon’s Bay, P. B.S. I got a single fresh and perfect example adhering to the fleshy leaf of. a species of. Cotyledon, among bushes, on the sand-heaps near the Round. Battery at Simon’s.Town, Cape of Good Hope, dn October 1846... Weathered shells, which were whitish, with a fuscous stain underneath, occurred in the drifting sands, with the reversed Pupa Pottebergensis, Krauss, and Cyclostoma affine, Sow. There is a single bad. specimen of H. Cotyledonis in Case 25 of the British Museum collection, without name or locality ; and in Case 26 are two smaller examples, in worse condition, presented by Professor M‘Gillivray, and marked. “ from Simon’s Bay.” 8. Heliz vorticialis, nobis, n. s. T. late umbilicata, subdiseoidea, superne depresso-planata, tenui, Tu- ~ fescente-cornea ; spira concaviuscula ; sutura profunda; anfractibus 4, angustis, convexis, confertim radiato-plicatis, penultimo promi- nente, ultimo subtus valde convexo; umbilico lato, profundo, omnes anfractus exhibente, margine subangulato ; apertura verticali, lu- nata, subcompressa, marginibus rectis tenuibus, callo tenuissimo junctis. _ Diam, major 6, minor 5, axis 3 mill. Hab. ad Promontorium Bonz Spei, rarior, sub lapidibus. Unfrequent near Three-anchor Bay, Green Point ; and at Camp Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helices. 217 Ground near Rondebosch, adhering to the undersides of stones ; alive in May and July 1846; dead at “the Strand,” False Bay. Helix pulchella, well-distinguished by Pfeiffer’s diagnosis from H. costata, Miller, and which has been noticed as occurring in Europe, from Ireland to Russia, and from Sweden to Switzerland, as well as in Madeira, and through a considerable portion of North America, has extended its range to the Southern hemi- sphere. I gathered specimens under stones lying on the lawn of High Constantia, near the south-east extremity of Table Moun- tam. Another European species, H. cellaria, is tolerably abun- dant in the hollows of decayed oaks and willows, in the neigh- bourhood of Rondebosch, as well as under stones, &c. on the ground. It was probably imported originally from Holland with the trees which it frequents. nidant Among described indigenous shells, Helix Menkeana, Pfr. (of which Krauss obtained only a single specimen on the stem of a Protea, near Elim in Zwellendam) occurred to me in bushes shooting out of the sand-hills which border the head of Hout Bay, south of Table Mountain ; but it was deficient in similar - localities explored near Cape Town and in False Bay. Helix globulus, Miller (H. Lucana, Lamk., nec Mill.), is to be found within a few hundred yards of the coast, both of Table and False Bays, and never, as far as my observations extended, much inland. It burrows in the earth and in sand, and only makes its appearance in the very wettest weather during the winter season, when it may be taken emerging from the ground, or may be traced from its earth-cast. The deserted shells are alone ob- servable at other seasons. The specimens obtainable on the shores of False Bay are larger and more brilliantly coloured than those of Table Bay, and belong to the var. rosacea (H. rosacea, Lamk.). Krauss notes the species as being only subfossil at ~ Green Point, but I have taken it alive on several parts of that shore. Helix Capensis, Pfr., is also exclusively a shore-loving species. It is exceedingly abundant on the borders of Table and False Bays and at Green Point, on stones and grass above high-water mark, and for a few hundred yards inland. Those of the south- ern shores exceed in beauty the shells of the western coast, being variously marked with reddish brown bands or radiate, stripes. An internal rib rarely occurs in the right lip, a character which is not noted by Pfeiffer. | February 1850. 218 Bibliographical Notices. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. The Natural History, of Ineland.—-Vols. I. and_II. Birds, ranipris sing the, Orders. Raptores, Insessores, Rasores, and Grallatores. _ By Wittiam..THompson, Esq,—London: Reeve; Benham and : Reeve. ji fs" Tue first and second volumes of a work bearing the above title now lie upon our’table’; and the portion devoted exclusively to the Birds of Ireland will be’ completed in the third, which we believe is now in an advanced stage of preparation. _'T'wo volumes, out of the three on this ‘subject having now appeared, we feel we are in a position to state to’ our readers the plan and general arrangement of the work, and to express our opinion of its value as a contribution to our” scientific literature. * ‘“In'the pages of this journal, under its former title, there was com- menced in'the year 1838 a series of papers by Mr. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland, which was continued at intervals until 1843. — It related to the birds comprised in the orders Raptores, Insessores and Rasores. All that was valuable in those papers has been transferred to the first volume of the present work and to the early part of the second volume, but with copious and valuable additions. Neither the Grallatores nor the Natatores have hitherto been systematically treated of by the author. | It is obvious that the two yolumes now before us present in many respects a striking contrast. One treats of the birds of prey, and also of those ‘feathered choristers ’’ which give melody to every brake, or whose graceful and easy flight realise to our eye the very poetry of motion. It comprises the birds of two orders (Raptores and Inses- sores). The other also treats of two orders (Rasores and Grallatores), and brings before us the heathy slope on which the grouse is sought by the sportsman, the bog with its ‘‘ wisps” of snipe, and the ealm sea-bay where flocks of dunlins, comprising many hundred individuals, dazzle the eye one moment by their brightness, and, in their changeful flight, become invisible the next. Such and so varied. are,the contents of these two volumes. We shall now state the purpose for which they appear to have been written, and a few of the leading points of interest which they embrace. | The author states his opinion—in which we entirely concur—that “every country should possess a natural history specially appertain- ing to itself.”? For such a work he has been for a quarter of a cen- tury, assiduously collecting the materials, on nearly everv branch, of which, as he himself informs us, he has matter almost ready for the press. The present volumes he expressly states are “ put forward merely as supplementary to the several excellent works already pub- lished. on British Ornithology.” For this reason, descriptions of form or plumage are in most instances omitted; when introduced they refer to some rare visitant, where critical examination and measure- ment seem, from the circumstances of each case, to be demanded. In Mr. Thompson’s “ Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,” and in all his former papers, our readers may recollect the precision with Bibliographical Notices. 219 which dates and localities were given, and the scrupulous exactness with which he acknowledged to all his correspondents his obligation for the facts'they had communicated.'The same trait of character is apparent throughout ‘the present volumes: In fact, he modestly re- marks in the preface, “that the work should’ rather’ be ‘considered that of Irish ornithologists generally than of the individual’ whose name appears on the title-page.”’. To, one who takes up a volume merely for. the purpose, of amuse- ment, and who, in the words, of Sterne, is ,‘‘ pleased. with a book jhe knows not why and cares not. wherefore,” the detailed .enumeration of dates, names and localities. will no, doubt..be. irksome, although even to such a reader, the work, replete as it is. with varied, anecdote, cannot fail to be attractive. But to those. who read with, a higher. aim and for a loftier purpose, such details will assume-a different aspect ; and those whose range of ornithological reading. is. the, most extended will most prize this positive information, and will draw, from it oft-times an inference, perhaps a generalization, which but for such: well-attested facts, they would not feel warranted in doing; .. :,.,. There is another light in which these details, though. detracting to some, extent from the popular character of the work, ,are eyen more valuable. They vouch for the fidelity of this record, of, the Birds of Ireland, as at present known by one who has spent, a. large portion of his life in their investigation. Fifty years hence, if, any writer should take up the same subject, the present work, will afford him a firm basis from which to start. . Taking its record.as true. at this time, he will compare it with what he then finds around him, and note the changes that have taken place.. Such changes are continually. in progress, as evidenced. in the present volumes... In the preface to. the first,. we, haye a very striking example of the extent;to which birds are influenced, by the labours of man ;— ) 1 «Tt is, interesting to observe how birds are affected, by the opera- tions of man. . I have remarked this aplae oh at one locality near Belfast, situated 500 feet above the sea, and backed by hills rising to 800 feet. Marshy ground, the abode of little else than the. snipe, became drained, and that species was consequently expelled. As cultivation advanced, the numerous species of small birds attendant on it became visitors, and plantations soon made them inhabitants, of the place. ‘The land-rail soon haunted the meadows ; the quail and the partridge the fields of grain. A pond, covering less than,an acre of ground, tempted annually for the first few years a pair of the graceful and handsome sandpipers (Totanus hypoleucos), which, with their brood, appeared at the end of July or beginning of August, on their way to the sea-side from their breeding haunt, . This, was in a moor about.a mile distant, where a pair annually bred until driven away. by drainage rendering it unsuitable. The pond was supplied by streams descending from the mountains through wild, and rocky glens, the favourite haunt of the water-ouzel, which visited its margin daily throughout the year. When the willows planted at the water's edge 220 Bibliographical Notices. had attained a goodly size, the splendid kingfisher occasionally visited it during autumn. Rarely do the water-ouzel and kingfisher meet: ‘to drink at the same pool,” but here they did so. ‘So soonas there was sufficient cover for the water-hen (Gallinula chloropus), it, an unbidden but most welcome guest, appeared and took up its perma- nent abode’; a number of them frequently joing the poultry in the farm-yard at their repast. |The heron, ‘as if conscious that his deeds rendered him unwelcome, stealthily raised his ‘blue bulk” aloft, and fled at our approach. The innocent and attractive wagtails, both pied andgray, were of course always to’be seen about the pond. A couple of wild-ducks, and two or three ‘teal, occasionally at different seasons, became visitants ; and once, early m October, a tufted duck (Fuligula cristata) arrived, and after remaining a few days took its departure, but returned in company with two or three others of the same species... These went off ‘several times, but returned on each oceasion with an increase to their numbers, until above adozen adorned the water with their presence. During severe frost, the woodcock was driven to the unfrozen rill drippmg imto it: beneath a dense mass of foliage ; and the snipe, together with the jack-snipe, appeared along the edge of the water. The titlark, too, visited it at such times. | In summer, the swallow, house-martin, sand-martin and swift displayed their respective modes of flight in pursuit of prey above the ‘surface of the pond. The sedge-warbler poured forth its imitative or mock~ ing notes from the cover on the banks, as did the willow-wren its simple song. This bird was almost constantly to be seen ascending the branches and twigs of the ‘willows (Salix viminalis chiefly) that overhung the water, for Aphides and other insect prey. In winter, lesser redpoles in little flocks were swayed gracefully about, while extracting food from the light-and pendent bunches of the alder-seed. Three species of tit (Parus major, ceruleus and ater), and the gold- crested regulus, appeared in lively and varied attitudes on the larch and other trees. In winter, also, and especially during frost, the wren and the hedge-accentor were sure to be seen threading their modest way among the entangled roots of the trees and brushwood, little ele- vated above the surface of the water, ‘* So far only,'the pond and bordering foliage have been considered: many other species might be named'as seen upon the trees. “On the banks ‘a few yards distant, fine Portugal laurels tempted the green- finch to take up its permanent residence, and served as a roost during the winter for many hundred linnets, which made known the place of their choice by ‘congregating im some fine tall poplars that towered above the'‘shrubs, and thence poured forth their evening jubilee.” The bittern, which has been observed..in several localities in each of the four provinces of Ireland, is, now becoming scarce, owing to the drainage of the bogs and marshes. A time may come when “Deep-waving fields and pastures green ”’ will occupy the) swampy solitudes in which it now dwells; and the Bibliographical Notices. 221 species, after gradually becoming more and more rare,may hereafter be- come altogether extinct. The records now given of its occurrence will then acquire an importance beyond that with which they are at present invested, The same observation applies to many other birds yet in- digenous to Ireland. Already, several species, which: were at one time abundant; have: become extinct, or are only known as. rare vi- sitants, and the author has not failed to supply, from: all authentic sources, such particulars respecting them as are most worthy of pre- servation. 3 : The situation of Ireland gives interest to a comparative: list of ‘its birds with those of Great Britain ;:and accordingly Mr. Thompson has appended to each order a valuable summary, showing at a glance the species peculiar to the respective islands. The differences between them are not to be accounted for by local causes, such ‘as: mmeralo- gical structure or climate, but must be attributed to the laws of geographical distribution: In: this respect, all that pertains to Ireland. and distinguishes it from other European countries becomes of philo- sophical interest, considered in: connexion with its insular position, and its bemg the most. western of all European lands. In reading Mr. Thompson’s pages, we do not receive information : merely with reference to the birds of Ireland as compared with those of Great Britain, but not unfrequently we have tidings of their mi- grations; habits and comparative abundance, both in the Arctic circle and in the sunny isles of the Aigean. In this way it: occasionally happens, that the author leads us with him almost insensibly, to brighter skies and classic scenes, so fraught with pictorial and: poetic interest, that we are tempted to forget the measured language of the reviewer of a scientific work, and express without: reservation the delight which the reading of certain passages has: afforded... Asan example, we would refer to the bee-eater, vol. i. p. 367 :— ‘I have had the gratification of seeing the bee-eater in. scenes with which its brilliant plumage was more in harmony than.with any in the British Isles. It first excited my admiration in August 1826, when visiting the celebrated grotto of Egeria, near Rome. On ap- proaching this classic spot, several of these birds, in rapid, swift-like flight, swept closely past and around us, uttering their ipsa call, and with their graceful form and brilliant colours proved irresistibly attractive. _My companion, who, as well as myself, beheld them for the first time, was so greatly struck with the beauty of their plumage and: bold sweeping flight, as to term them. the. presiding deities, over Egeria’s Grotto. Rich as was the spot in historical and. poetical as-. sociations, it was not less so in pictorial charms ; all was in admirable keeping :—the picturesque grotto with its ivy-mantled entrance and gushing spring; the gracefully reclining, though’ headless white marble statue of the nymph; the sides of the grotto covered with the exquisitely beautiful maiden-hair fern in the richest luxuriance ; the wilderness of wild flowers around the exterior, attracting the bees, on which the Merops was feeding ; and over all, the deep blue:sky of Rome completing the picture.” 222 Bibliographical Notices. Or another instance may ‘be’ selected ‘relating to ‘the rock-dove, Vol. its po Pd yo! oO" ROMBTIOIINS M1 {1193289 905-40 BISIAW, OS.) “The mention of yarious places in,connexion, with this bird induces: Will the latter ‘with the stern andthe’ sublime m nature. ‘The ring-dove is:most at home inthe lordly domain; rich imnoble and majestic trees; the accumulated growth of centuries. ‘The stately-beech; beautiful even in ‘winter, when with grayish-silver stem it towers upwards from its favourite sloping banks,—richly carpeted:in: the russet hue of its fallen leaves,—and expands into'a graceful head of reddish branches; affords the species nightly shelter: The same ‘tree, too, may ‘have’ cradled the infant rmg-dove; and when the bird became mature; fed it with its ‘ mast.’ The rock-dove, on the other hand; has its' abode in the gloomy caverns both of land and sea. How various aresthe scenes—nay, countries and climates—brought vividly, ‘with all their accompaniments, before the mind, by the sight of) this» handsome species! A brief indication of the nature of a very few may here be: given; and.in’the first place, of two similar in kind, but»‘yet.:how; different!’ The most northern great water-fall at which this bird has come under my notice is that of Foyers, in Inverness-shive, wheré its habitation, Tisesu ‘Dim-seen through rising mists and ceaseless showers, The hoary cavern, wide-surrounding, lowers.’ vi «Over this fall ‘the evergreen pine’ presides in majesty, and the surrounding scenery partakes of the fine bold character of the ‘land of the mountain and the flood.’ From the banks above, we may, however, in a serene day, gaze across the lengthened expanse of Loch Ness as it sleeps in azure, and over the steep mountain-sides that rise from its margin richly wooded with the graceful weeping, birch (the predominant species), the hazel, and other indigenous trees, until the eye rests on the somewhat distant and lofty pyramidal, summit of Maelfourvonie.. The most southern locality of a similar kind, in which rock-doves attracted my attention, was amid the enchantin scenery of the Sabine hills, about the celebrated cascade of the Anio. at Tivoli, where, numerous as domestic pigeons in a well-stocked doye-cot, they appeared flying in and out of the gloomy recesses of the - rocks close to where the mass of waters was precipitated. The cliffs above these falls are crowned by the ruins of the Corinthian temple of Vesta; from the neighbouring hill-sides the, great aloe and the myrtle spring spontaneously, while the most antique of olive-trees, many of them even grotesque from the decrepitude of age, form the chief features of the foliage. Afar, over the dreary Campagna, Rome, once mistress of the world, appears. “In the snow-white caves adjacent to Dunluce Castle, near the Giant’s Causeway, and those darkly pierced in the long range of stu- pendous cliffs at the Horn in Donegal, which boldly confront the At- nOOT r — Bibliographical Notices. 223 lantic, southward. toothoseof Sphacteria whose, precipices are laved by the waters of the eastern Mediterranean, I have remarked that the rock-dove equally finds a home ; as it likewise does in islets from the high and rugged promontory. of Oe, in Islay, off the south-western coast of Scotland, to the *‘ Isles of Greece.””” ) | Lf from considering >the | range of species, and, the’ circumstances which invest them with adventitious interest, we confine our attention to, individual |species' as observed im Ireland, we: find abundanee of material, carefully collected and judiciously brought together: Under this head we might) refer to the: full: and accurate manner inswhich the food:of each:is noted, after the author's personal examination of the contents)-of the) stomachs: of different individuals. - His: critical knowledge of species, both of plants and of those invertebrate animals that afford the means of subsistence to numerous families of birds, becomes hereof great importance, and has enabled him. to, treat this part: of his: subject ‘with a| completeness which is rare, if: mot) un- ualed.» (1 "The number of quails which appear to winter in Ireland, forms. a singular: point of contrast between Great Britain and. the. sister islands: The woodcock, on which notes of the highest interest: are given, suggests a similar comparison. But perhaps there is no species which offers more numerous topics than the heron (Ardea cinerea). Weare accustomed in Britain to regard it as solitary in its habits during the winter; im the Bay of Belfast it becomes gregarious, and flocks of from thirty to sixty are mentioned... Their appearance, whether perched on trees, congregated in, meadows, and ploughed fields, or mustered on the beach, is described—sometimes, as seen in bright sunshine, and at others as they pursue their piscatory yocation by the light of the moon. | The book abounds with anecdotes illustrative of habits, and told in a most attractive style. We might refer as examples of this to the land-rail (vol. 11. p. 317), or to the heron in confinement (yol. ii. p. 152). Perhaps however a still more attractive little “ bit’? of biography may be found in the history of a pet magpie, vol. i. p. 334, or that of three redbreasts, vol. i. p. 167. Qne who studies, as Mr. Thompson has done, the habits of birds amid their native haunts, where alone the true enjoyment of orni- thological, pursuits can be felt, is brought at times into the midst of scenery, which the mind that is alive to what is beautiful in nature, cannot contemplate unmoved. It is but natural therefore that the author should occasionally turn from the birds to the scenery in which they are found. Of this we have examples in vol. ii. pp..55, 246. n. the whole, we have no hesitation in saying that this book must take its.place. by the side of those which are justly regarded as standard works on Ornithology. Its facts will commend it to the man of science, and the manner in which they are conveyed will win for it a ready admission to many a domestic circle. We hail it as a valuable addition to our literature, and shall look forward with impatience for the remaining volumes. ’ 224 Zoological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. | ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. April 24, 1849.—William Spence, Esq., V.P., F.R.S., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS GLAREOLA. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S. erc. GLAREOLA NUCHALIS. Brownish ash tinged with bronze, paler on the throat and breast, and darkest on the quills and tail; a white line commencing at the gape and extending round the nape, thus forming a prominent collar ; the base of the tail-feathers, with the space gradually enlarging to the outermost, and the tips of the third, fourth and fifth feathers, white ; the abdomen and under tail-coverts ashy-white; the two longest of the latter with a broad patch near the tip of each dark brownish ash. Bill black, with the base yellow ; feet yellow, with black claws. Total length, 53"; bill from gape, 8’; wings, 5" 7’; tarsi, 9'"'; middle toe, 8". i The bird here described was discovered by Francis Galton, Esq., at the fifth cataract of the Nile. This species may prove eventually to be found also on the Quorra, Western Africa, as is partly shown by an immature specimen in rather bad condition, which is contained in the collection at the British Museum. 2. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS CULTRIDES. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S. ere. CULTRIDES RUFIPENNIS. 3 p Head, neck, and breast, blue-black, tinged in some lights with green; the back and smaller wing-coverts olivaceous ; the greater wing-coverts and the outer webs of the secondaries bright cinnamon; the inner webs of latter and primaries dark violet ; the throat and lower part of breast and abdomen ashy-white; the middle feathers of the tail changeable bronzy-green ; the second, third, and fourth feathers, dark green slightly tinged with bronze on the outer margins, the first feather on each side dark violet-blue. Bill black, with the tip white ; the legs and feet pale. Total length, 1/10"; bill to gape, 2" 4’"; wing, 72”; tail, 1’; tarsi, 2! 7!" : This bird, which is supposed to be a native of Mexico, forms a second species of the genus Cultrides, which was established by M. Pucheran, with the Coccyzus Geoffroyi of M. Temminck for its type. May 8, 1849.—Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. On 4 veRY LARGE Ror-Derr (C. leucotis) 1N THE COLLECTION OF THE Earu or Dersy.. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. erc. The President has sent for exhibition a stuffed specimen of a female Zoological Society. 225 Deer, which has lately been obtained by him from Valparaiso, and is a native of South America. It evidently belongs to the genus Capreolus or Roebucks. I may observe that most of the groups into which the Deer haye been divided are strictly geographic divisions ; the only exception is in the Stags, or the restricted genus Cervus, one species of which is found in America, | The following animal appears to be a similar ex- ample in the genus Capreolus, which has hitherto been restricted to speeies found in the Old World. In size it agrees with the specimens of the male Ahi or C. pygar- gus from Siberia in the British Museum collection, being at least three times as large as the usual European Roebucks; but it, differs - from that species in being much darker, in not having the white spot which extends over the upper part of the sides of the haunches, and in having the greater part of the front ot the chin and a spot on each ‘side of the upper lip white, mstead of the lip and chin bemg nearly black, as in that species. In all the characters above noted it agrees with the European Roe- buck, as it also does in the greater stoutness of the legs and the greater length of the face. Indeed I can see no difference between it and the European Roebuck, except in the greater size, the greater length of the quills, and their more distinct and broader subterminal yellow bands, and in the hair on the inside of the ears being whiter ; but in the latter character it also differs from C. pygargus. I think it may be distinguished by. the provisional name of C. leu- cotis. Sundevall observes of C. pygargus, “‘A priori (C. Huropeus) non minus differt quam omnes Cervi indici inter se ; hi igitur, non minus quam. ille, distinguendi, sed rectius forsan ut merse varietates ha- bendi. ”’—Pecora, 61. I have seen six specimens of the Ural species, and they were all alike, and very distinct from any variety of the European Roebuck I have seen, especially in the form of the head and the extension of the white disk oyer the sides of the rump, forming a broad oblong white spot; while in the European species it is an erect longitudinal disk only, occupying the back part of the haunches. The height at the shoulder of Lord Derby’s specimen is 38 inches. His Lordship’s correspondent states, “It was brought to Valparaiso by Don Benjamin Munoz, a Commodore in the Chilian Navy... The animal was shot by one of the Chileno officers about twenty leagues from Port Famine in the Straits of Magellan. The Indians assured the officer that there was another similar kind of Deer there, but quite white. He did not see any of them, but the other kind (C. leu-~ cotis) did not seem uncommon.” 2. On THE Genus Brapypus or Linnzus. By Jonn Epwarp Gray, Ese., F.R.S. etc. Illiger, and afterwards F. Cuvier, divided the Linnean genus Bra- » dypus into two, according to-the number of the claws and the absence or presence of the canine, and the form of the crown of the grinders. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 15 226 Zoological Society. . The examination of the collection of skulls of the family im the collection at the British Museum, has induced me toobelieve that ‘the recent: species may be divided) into three very distinct ations andi that there ,are at least: seven distinct: species. ar} eta : . Synopsis of Genera. ’ 1)°CHotapus.—Hands ’ two-clawed, feet three-clawed ; front pe large, like a canine; pterygoid bone rather swollen,’ sub- vesicular. ‘2\ Brapypus.—Hands and feet three-clawed ; front grinder small ; pterygoids swollen; hollow, vesicular: 3. ArcrorirHecus.—Hands and feet three-clawed ; front grinder sesame pterygoids compressed, crest-like, solid. i CuoL@pus, Illiger (1811) ; Bradypus, F. Cuvier, Dent, “Mamm. t. wr Bradypus, sp. Linn. ; Tardigradus, sp. Brisson. Hands two-clawed, feet three-clawed. Grinders: front upper and lower large, like canines; the upper ones separated from the other grinders by a broad space, with a deep concavity in front, at the back edge of the teeth. Intermaxillary bones small, distinct, and produced in front, with a long canal behind them ;. pterygoid bones separate, rather swollen. spread out on the sides, thick, with a moderate internal vesicular cavity, t Lower jaw much-produced in front between the teeth. _ The skull of this genus is well-figured by M. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 5, and M. De Blainville, Ostéograph. Bradypus, t. 1 ; skeleton, t..3. f. 1, 2, old and young skull. ae 1. CHOLGPUS DIDACTYLUS. dd to Bradypus. didactylus, Linn. ; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 73. t: 65: ti'7. f, 3,.5:5:skull, cop. Cuvier, Reg. An. Illust.t. 70. f.2 ; Blaine. Ostéog. Bradypus, t.1.t. 3.f. 13; Guérin, Icon. R. A. t. 33. f. 2-2 a, skull. B. Unau and. B. Curi, Tink: We have three more or less perfect skulls from different-aged indi- viduals of this species. The projection in the front of the lower jaw in the young specimen - is narrow and acute; it then becomes thin, wider and rounded. at, the end, and in the adult skull it is thickened, prolonged, and again be- comes rather more acute. In the adult skull there are very large air-cavities between the, pari- etes of the bones, and a considerable cavity in the pterygoid bone.. ‘In the younger skull the pterygoid bone is small, and appears to be nearly solid, but there is a very large circular perforation which com- municates with a cavity under the pterygoid bones, which is nearly entirely obliterated in the adult skull; and the intermaxillary bones of the two young skulls are much less projecting than those of, the adult one. The young skull exhibits a small, distinctly tapering, produced, additional central nasal bone, which is not. preserved (or not to be found) in the adult one, or in any of the other skulls of the family which have come under my observation. Zoological Sociely. 227 The hinder angle of the lower:jaw of the two skulls, the one of a young and the other of an adult:animal, in the Museum collection, is nearly similar in;form.;:'The condyloid process of the young is short and truncated behind, that in the older jaw being produced and bent back at the tip. In the British Museum collection there are five skins of adults, two yer you e one dry, the other in spirits, and. three.skulls more or ess perfec "Phe ver ore young specimen in spirits in the British Museum i is, figured in, Griffith’ 's Animal Kingdom, and Seba figures the fetus from spirits. II. Brapypus. ? Acheus pars, 2. Cuvier, Dent, Manm:t078; Guérin. Bradypus pars, Linn. Bradypus, Illiger. Pp: eRe sp. Brisson. Arctopithecus, Gesner. Hands and feet three-clawed. Skull flattened, above on the foite- head. Grinders: front upper small, cylindrical ; front lower small, transverse, compressed. Intermaxillary bones none, or very rudi- mentary. The upper process of the zygomatic arch with a broad process in front, forming a back edge to the orbit. Pterygoids sepa- rate, much-swollen and raised, very thin, enclosing a large vesicular cavi Ee § jaw produced in front between the teeth, flattened. “Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 88, described the skull of this subgenus. Blainville (Osteograph. Bradypus, t. 3) figured an imperfect skull of a young animal under the name of B. torquatus, but it does not _ show the characters of the pterygoid process, and it has no appear- ance‘of the anterior process on the upper part of the zygomatic arch forming the upper hinder part of the orbit, which is found in most of the skulls of this genus. This skull may be the one described by Cuvier, as M. Blainville observes that the skull he figures formed part of the old collection, and was taken from) askin’ udllected in Brazil by M. Delalande. . 1. BRADYPUS CRINITUS. Greyish, sides reddish; back of the neck with a mane formed of elongated black hairs. B. crinitus, Browne, Jam. 489. B. tridactylus, Linn. dm. Acad. i. 487; Syst. Nat.; Shaw, Mus. Lever.t. 3; Nat. Mise. t. 5; Grifith, A. K.v. t. 135, B. tridactylus, var. c, Desm. Mam. ee yariegatus, Schinz. Cuvier, Thierre, iv, 510”? a torquatus, Iiliger, Prod. 109; “‘ Temm. Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys. vi. 212. t. 91;” Fischer, Syn. ane ; Geoff. Ann. Mus. _ Acheus torquatus, “ Geoff.’ Guérin, Iconog. R. A. t..33.f.1 Mf la, skulls. B. cristatus, “Temm. MSS.” fide H. Smith, Griff. A, K, iv. 271. Ai A collier, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 88. Three-toed Sloth, Penn. Syn, t. 29 (from B.M.). Ignarus, Clusius, Exot. 110 fig. 372 fig. Unau, Laet. Amer, 618. f. 618. cop. Clusius fig. at p.,372. Ai sive Ignarus, Marcgrave, Brazil, 221, fig. cop. Clusing, 372. Hab. British Guiana ; Schomburgk. 15* 228 Zoological Society. - This is evidently the species described and figured by Clusius (Exot. 111), for he observes, “Collum non adeo crassum ut pictura refert, quia oblongiortbus densisque pilis, quemadmodum et totum corpus, tectum erat: prlorum color ex fusco quodammodo spadiceus, sive potius qualis fere in crassiore illa lanugine magnas et crassas Indicas nuces tegente conspicetur ;” and better described and figured ‘at p. 373 as follows: “‘ Universum corpus a summo capite ad ungues usque, densissimis tisque prolixis villis erat obsitum, coloris partim nigri, partim cineracei, pene ut meles, quem vulgus tassum sive taxum appellat, mollioribus tamen, atque a collo secundum dorsi longitudi- nem, usque ad posteriora fere crura, nigrorum pilorum quadam serie erat insignitum: totum collum a cervice ad anteriora usque crura veluti juba quadam nigrorum crinium in utrumque latus propenden- tium tectum habebat.” Marcgrave gives a copy of the second figure in Clusius (at p. 221), but with a rather different description, viz. ‘‘Totum corpus: prolixis et duo digitos pzene longis pilis est vestitum ‘cinerei coloris. 'Tarsi similis sed mollioribus et cum abbedine nficisin dorso pilis magis -albescunt et per medium dorsi tendit linea fusea a capite, per colli ‘Jongitudinem pilis jubze” modo ad latera explicantur paulo longiores quam in reliquo corpore.” (p. 221.) The forehead (of the skuil) flat over the orbit, rather concave be- “tween the front of the temple, wide and rather depressed over the ‘occiput. The pterygoid bones much-swollen, very thin, paper-like. The lower jaw with a broad square truncated process in front between - the teeth, the sides converging, with the outer edge reflexed ; the angle broad, acute, slightly produced beyond the back edge of the condyles. Teeth large, broad, the lower front one oblong, transverse: the lower “process of the zygoma broad, flat, dilated. The skull is easily known from the next by being much wider in all its parts compared with its length ; this is especially visible at the occipital ridge and the palate, and on the under side of the lower jaw. The Sloth figured by Edwards (Gleanings, t. 310) is fronra badly- preserved specimen in the collection of Lord Peters, brought from Honduras. It appears to belong to this species, being the only one having long hair on the neck, but the black colour of this crest is not mentioned in the description. Bradypus tridactylus, Linneeus, was first described by that author in the Amcenitates Acad. i. 487, but the description is so slight that it is not possible to determine with certainty the specimen for which it is intended, the only specific character being the following : “facie vero pilis flavis vestitum; gula flava, totum corpus ursorum instar, pilis longis et asperioribus vestitur colore ex fusco sive griseo et albo vari- ante.” In the Mus. Adolph. Fred. p. 4, Linnzeus refers to this de- scription. ‘The mixed colours of the first description and the habitat Surinam best agree with this species. Gmelin merely described this species as “ Corpus pilosissimum gri- seum, facies nuda, gula flava.” - Browne (Jamaica) mentions it as an animal which is sometimes brought from the mainland to Jamaica (not as a native of the island) ; his name at once shows that it must belong to this species. Zoological Society. 229 The skull above described was taken from the skin of a specimen in the British Museum. We have also a skeleton of a second speci- men, which was received from M. Becker under the name of Brady- pus torquatus, from Brazil. 2. BRADYPUS AFFINIS. Fur unknown. The forehead of the skull rather convex, with a slight convexity over the orbits and a higher convexity over the front part of the tem- ples. The occipital ndge very concave and rather narrow. The ptery- goid bones rather swollen, rather compressed on the sides, and mode- rately thick. The lower jaw with a broad, gradually tapering, trun- cated process in front between the teeth; the sides rather curved, simple-edged beneath; the angle broad, acute, slightly produced beyond the back edges of the condyles. The lower process of the zygoma slender, tapering. Teeth moderate, the lower front one much- compressed, transverse, linear. Hab. Tropical America. The skeleton from which this skull has been described was received by the British Museum from M. Brandt, under the name of Bradypus torquatus, from Brazil. It has been suggested that the two skulls.in the Museum which have been extracted from skins of Bradypus crinitus, may both belong to male or female animals, and that the skull here described may belong to the other sex. As this isa matter of doubt which, can,only be settled by the examination of more specimens the sexes of which are known, I have considered it. desirable that. the skull. should. be figured and described. I may remark that the form of the hinder side and angle of the lower jaw of all the three specimens of these skulls are very similar. - Skull. B. torquatus. B. affinis. in. lin. in. lin. EMRE Ves PLR ERT Ca CTT ee 2°93 qenethe oF palate 10 OM o20> 38 7 1g from palate to occipitalhole. 1 4 Breadth at occipital ridge ........ 1 42 1 24 — at front of ear-hole ...... BSH PP 2h at front of zygoma ...... 1 10 KY6 Lower jaw. Lent oe Oe eT OR FY 2 4 2 24 Width 40 Condyieds 29 17981809 3 1 8 } 45 of back part of them ...... 0°11 010 III. Arcroriruscus. Bradypus, sp. Riippell ; Pr. Max.; Cu- vier, Oss. Foss.; Blainv. .Acheus, F., Cuvier, Dent. Mamm. t..78. Tardigradus, sp. Brisson. , Hands and feet three-clawed.. Skull rounded above on the fore- head. Grinders: front upper very small, cylindrical; front. lower _ smaller than the others, subcylindrical. .Pterygoid. separate, com- pressed, erect, thin, simple. _Intermaxillaries none. 230 Zoological Society. ~ Lower jaw not produced on the upper edge’ between the teeth, but slightly keeled in front of the chin. Looe Wh See Face with a black streak from the back angle of the eye. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 4, figured the skeleton, and t. 5, the skull and bones of the feet of this genus ; the skull is copied R. A. Illust. t: 70. f. la. Wiedemann, Arch: Zool: und Zoot. i. t. 1 and 1*, and Spix, Cephal. t. 7. f. 12, figure the skull, and Blainville figured: two ‘skulls belonging to this genus in his *Osteographia.’ ce 8 “Tn the young skull there is sometimes a slight: projection on the front ‘edge of the zygomatic arch; assisting to form the back edge of the orbit, but this process seems soon to disappear as the animal increases in size; and I have not found:it‘in any of the older skulls. Cuvier, Desmarest, and most French authors; have considered ‘all the‘ individuals of this genus:as belonging to one species, and have given an indefinite description, so as to include them. | Cuvier (Reg. Anim. ed. 1. 217) thus describes that species: ‘Sa couleur est:grise, souvent tachetée sur le dos de brun et de blanc plusieurs individus portent eritre les épaules une tache d’un fauve vif que traverse une ligne longitudinale.” He refers for the species to both Buffon’s figures, xiii. t. 5 & 6. In the second edition he remarks, ‘On connait un Ai dit la dos briilé, parce qu’il a entre les épaules une tache noire en- tourée de fauve ; ce'n’est selon M. Temminck, qu’ une variété résultant de c2 que des longs poils de ses épaules sont usés.”—Cuvier, Reg. Anim. ed. 2. p. 225. Desmarest describes it in nearly the same words, but he notices our varieties, including amongst them B. erinitus (var. c:) ; the spe- cial description of the species and var. 6. appear to be 4. gularis ; var. a, appears to be from a female; and var. d. from a male of 4. flaccidus. Knorr (Délices, i. 97. t. K..f. 3) figures the foetus of a species of this genus. a, Fur moderately rigid ; the back white-spotted ; dorsal streak elongate. . | 1. ARCTOPITHECUS GULARIS. Dark grey-brown; . back white varied, with an elongated black streak, with a broad patch of soft yellow hair on, each side between the shoulders, . Skull with a broad forehead, rather convex over the back part,of the orbits. The upper front grinder rather large. The hinder, side of the lower jaw coneavely cut out, and with the lower angle slender and acutely produced; front of the lower jaw flat, not keeled up the suture, _ Bradypus gularis, Rippell, Mus. Senckend. ii. t. 11. Aia dos brilé, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. 62. Ai adult, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. t. 6. . B. tridactylus, Grifith, A. K. iv. 271. B. tridactylus, description and var. 6. Desm. Mamm. D’ Ai B. tridactylus, var. Cuvier, Reg. Anim. Illust. Mamm. t. 79. ae Zoological Society. 231 A. tridaetylus, var. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 5.f.1, 2, 3, skull; cop. Cuv. R. A, Ed. Illust. t. 70. £..1 a, b itt Boldoxw vite: B. tridactylus (3, Fischer, Syn. 387, : Yr Hab. Bolivia, Bridges; Guiana, Riippell. OL aa) : » This ‘species was well-described by Buffon, and is at once known b; its dark colour, white varied back; and, the, yellow. patch of soft, hair between the shoulders. |. Eacribecttiy: PR ads nee Cuvier states (Reg. Anim: ed. 2) that M,. Temminck. thought that the yellow spot. on the back depended on the skin) being worn in, that part... Probably he never saw. a specimen; or he could hardly; haye made such an observation... ya: ae Soerter Biddy tad gid od? According to Mr. Waterhouse, Mr. Bridges considers|the specimens here described as the males of 4. marmoratus. 69. .¢05() qo) Cuvier’s upper figure of the skull (fig. 1) most accurately represents the form of the hinder end of the lower jaw, the other figures being distorted by the perspective position. : OT he! eer There are two specimens in the Museum collection,,one half, the size of the other ; the smaller specimen is, yellower on, the, face and much darker on the neck, forming a nearly, black collar, and, the white is smaller in quantity and more mixed with, the grey-brown of the back... The larger one is probably a male, which according to the observations of the Prince of Wied is whiter than, the female, 2. ARCTOPITHECUS MARMORATUS. Grey-brown, back and outer side of the arms white varied, with an cpagated narrow streak extending nearly the whole length of the back. ' The angle of the lower jaw longly produced, narrow, subacute. B. tridactylus, var. Griffith, A. K.t..136.. Bradypus tridactylus Guianensis, Blainv. Osteogr. Brad. t. 3. Hab. Brazils ; Gordon Graham, Esq. sede This species, which is the most common in English collections, is easily known by the whiteness of the back and limbs, which is well- defined from the uniform dark grey-brown tint of the rest of the body ; the dorsal streak is always very distinctly marked, and, as in 4. gularis, reaches nearly to the rump, while in A. flaccidus it is confined to the upper part of the back. nial In * Griffith’s Animal Kingdom’ there is a figure by T. Landseer of this species, taken from an adult specimen in spirits in the’ British Muséum, which appears to have formed part of Sir’ H. Sloane’s ¢ol- lection ; but the character of the colouring of the back is’ ‘not’ well- shown, and it may represent either 4. marmoratus or A. Blainvillii. In the British Museum there is a nearly adult and a young’ speci- men of this species. The specimens agree in all poimts of. external colouring with the following species (4. Blainvillii) ; but the form of the lower jaw at once separates it both from 4. gularis and’4. Blain- villi. It may be the female of the former, the skull having more al- liance to that species than to 4. Blainvillit. pis aa The front of the lower jaw of the older specimen is rather promi 232 Laological Society. nent, while that of the younger individual is truncated and quite ‘de- stitute of any convexity or keel, like the adult skull of 4. gularis. *3. ARCTOPITHECUS BLAINVILLII. Grey-brown, back and outside of the arms white varied, with an elongated narrow streak extending nearly the whole length of the back ; the forehead very convex and swollen over the back of the orbit. Teeth rather large ; front lower compressed. Lower jaw distinctly keeled up the symphysis, and slightly angu- larly produced on the front edge... B. tridactylus Braziliensis, Blainville, Osteog. t. 2, skeleton; 3, skull partly broken.. Hab. Tropical America. We have three specimens of the animal agreeing with the skulls here described, but they offer no. external, character. by which I can distinguish them from the preceding specimens (A. marmoratus) ; et the skulls all agree in the greater convexity of the forehead and mn the form of the angle of the lower jaw... Two of the lower jaws have a distinct angular ridge up the front symphysis. It has been suggested that the differences in the form of the hinder part of the lower jaw, which, it.should.be.obseryed,.are not the only, but are the most easily described characters to. separate these species, are not. sufficient for specific distinction... 1. am willing to own that it is a fair question of discussion, and one that can only be settled by the comparison of more specimens than we at present possess. Should these variations prove only individual, and not specific, then it must lead us to be very cautious in the formation of species on the exami- nation of skeletons alone, as is of necessity the case in the animals now only found in a fossil state. : b. Fur elongate, very flaccid, whitish; dorsal streak very short, indistinct, only seen where the hair is worn, — _ 4, ARCTOPITHECUS FLACCIDUS. Pale grey-brown ; back, sides of the back and hinder part white varied, with a short blackish dorsal streak between the shoulders. Skull with a broad rather convex forehead. (3 spec.) Ai (seconde), Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. 62. Jeunes Ais, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 5. Bradypus tridactylus, Temm. dnn. Gen. Sct. Phys. vi. 51, not Linn.; Pr. Max. Abbild. Nat. Braz, t. . @ & jun.; Beitr. zur Nat. ii. 482. B. tridactylus, var. a. 2 ?, Desm., and var. d. 3, Mamm. Var. 1. White grey-brown ; back of the hairs blackish, with a short black streak, and with a white spot on each side between the shoulders, (1 spec.) Hab. Venezuela ; Mr. Dyson. Var. 2. Nearly uniform whitish grey-brown; base of the hairs blackish, without any dorsal streak. (1 spec.) _ Hab. Para; J. P. G. Smith, Esq. Loological Society. 233 This species, of which we have four specimens of different ages in the Museum, is easily known by the length, very loose and flaccid nature of its hair, and the indistinctness of its markings. The black on the back appears to arise from the hair of the shoulders being worn away. Three, of very different ages, are pale grey-brown, with a short, broad, blackish streak between the shoulders, and have the rump and each side of the dorsal streak more or less white, and an indistinct whiteness on the outer side of the upper arms. Buffon’s description of his second specimen of 4i agrees better with this species than with any other which has come under my observation. Prince Maximilian gives a good figure of the female and young of this species. He observes, ‘‘ Les mdles a de chaque cété du dos une ligne longitudinale blanche.” In the British Museum there is a specimen about half the size of the largest of the former, which is very like it in the flaccid nature of its fur, but the whole upper part of the body is pale whitish grey, with two or three indistinct white spots on the sides, and there is a short black streak edged with a white spot of soft hair on each side between the shoulders. This was brought from Venezuela by Mr. Dyson. ; "There is another specimen rather smaller than the former, and like it in colour and appearance, but it has no dications of the back streak or white soft-hair on the shoulders. Brought from Para by my son- in-law, Mr. J.P. George Sniith. I am by no means certain that these specimens may not be indica- tions of the existence of other species, which can only be proved by the comparison of more specimens. 7 Besides these species of which we have skins and skulls, there is in the British Museum the skeleton of a species of this genus, which was sent from Para by my son-in-law, which differs essentially from all those before described, both in the greater length of the head and in the form of the hinder edge of the lower jaw, and which I have there- fore indicated under the name of 5. ARCTOPITHECUS PROBLEMATICUS. Fur unknown. Skull rather elongate ; forehead broad, rather con- vex on each side over the middle of the orbit. Lower jaw with a broad rather produced angle, bent up at the tip and regularly rounded beneath, and with a distinct angular keel up the symphysis, rendering the upper edge angularly produced. Hab. Para; J. P. George Smith, Esq. The keel in the lower jaw is similar to that of 4. Blainvillii, but the angle is much more produced. In the form of this part it most resembles that which I have considered as the young of 4. flaccidus ; but the angle is much broader and more recurved, and it differs from both skulls of that species in the skull, and especially the lower jaw, being caine aie elongated behind compared with the length of the tooth-line. 234: Miscellaneous. MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of Powerful Bears, probably coeval with the Great Fossil Deer of Ireland. [From Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, Dec. 10, 1849.] Mr. Bart, on the part of Abraham Whyte Baker, sen., Esq., of Ballaghtobin, a member of the Academy, and one who has always endeavoured to promote its objects; presented accurate casts of two bear skulls found in the county of Westmeath. The following isa - summary of the information Mr: Ball has been able to obtain relative to these very interesting relics of a powerful species long extinct in this island. Mr. Underwood, the well-known and industrious: col- lector of antiquities, who has rescued from destruction many of the best specimens of human art now in the Academy’s museum, being in 1846 on one of his tours through the country, discovered at the house of Mr. Edward Fermon, of Forgney, County Longford, on the borders of Westmeath, between Moyvore and Ballymahon, the skull of an animal to him unknown. This he lost no time in securing, and in the following year obtained a second specimen, found in the same place, in a cut-away bog, about seven feet from the original surface. These skulls were purchased by Mr. Baker, and are the originals of which casts are by his desire presented to the Academy, being du- plicates of others given by him to the University Museum, where are now to be found, through the generosity of the Earl of Enniskillen, the East India Company, and our Zoological Society, a very instruct- ive collection of the remains of bears, both fossil and recent. On the discovery ‘by Mr. Underwood of thé larger skull, it was somewhat hastily announced as that of a great Irish wolf-dog, and was published in the newspapers as such: Under this impression it was brought to Mr. Ball, who, without hesitation, pronounced it to be that of a bear, which, on a little further investigation, he consi- dered to be the black bear of Europe. Soon after, Mr: Baker, with laudable liberality, purchased both specimens, and has thus preserved evidence of the existence of bears in Ireland, of which we had before no tangible proof or historical evidence. . Dr. Scouler, in a paper on extinct animals of Ireland, published in the first volume of the Geo- logical Transactions, observes, that while bears still maintained their ground in England, they were unknown in Ireland. The Venerable Bede states, the only ravenous animals of Ireland were the wolf and fox. Giraldus makes no mention of the bear ; and St. Donatus, who died in 840; states it was not a native, ‘‘ursorum rabies nulla est ibi,” &e. The late Mr. Richardson, through whose kind interference Mr. Ball obtained leave to make moulds of the skulls, appears to have been in much doubt as to their nature. He states (in his History of Dogs, p. 36) his opinion, that “they are the remains of an extinct animal allied to, but by no means identical with, the dog; and an animal with which we are now unacquainted, partaking somewhat of the characteristics of the bears, and perhaps, also, of the hyzenas.”’ Miscellaneous. 235 Mr. Ball observed that the discrimination of skulls of bears presented zoological difficulties quite sufficient to account for the erroneous views which had been taken: the alterations of age in the occipital and sagittal crests, the dropping of the premolars, and, in some cases, of the incisor teeth, were quite sufficient to mislead, and had often misled naturalists; but the structure and arrangement of the molar teeth, and the peculiar depressed form of the bulle tympanice, are unerring proofs of the Ursidee, at all times distinguishing them from Dogs, :: Mr. Ball then proceeded to remark, that if any evidence were wanted to prove that the skulls alluded. to were Irish, he could supply it by producing a cast of a third specimen, from which he had been kindly allowed to take a mould for the University Museum by its owner, Mr. Cooke of Parsonstown; the original had been found in Mr. Cooke’s neighbourhood, as Mr. Ball understood, in deepening a river. He mentioned also that he had heard from the late Mr. John Robinson, of that locality, of the discovery and wanton destruction of skulls on his: grounds, which were very possibly those of ‘bears. It is probable that the bear and great Irish deer were involved in one common catastrophe, and perished together. Mr. Ball stated, that being desirous of confirming the accuracy of his own views, he submitted casts of the skulls to the greatest living authority, merely stating that they were supposed to be Irish, and requesting an opinion as to their species. The following note.is the reply to his questions :—= — “College of Surgeons, London, Dec. 7, 1849. “ My pear Bati,—The casts of the fine crania of bear duly ar- rived, and I have been comparing them this morning. . They all differ from Ursus speleus in the minor elevation of the forehead, and what is more decisive, in the smaller relative sizes of the last. molar, upper jaw; they also retain the first premolar, The largest of the three skulls presents a close correspondence of general form and of flatness of forehead with the largest of our old male skulls of Ursus maritimus, but the molars.are relatively larger, especially the last, in the Irish skull; this is: decisive against. Ursus maritimus.. I regret that I have no skull at command of a good old male U.,ferox. A young female skull of that species indicates the proportions of the molars to be similar to those in the Irish specimens; but then the proportions of the teeth in question are likewise those of Ursus arctos ; and the two smaller skulls from Ireland show an elevation of forehead, which, though less than in U. speleus, is greater than in any specimen or figure that I have seen of U..ferow. There remain, therefore, for comparison, the varieties of Ursus arctos, for the tropical Indian and Malayan bears have characteristics too well-marked and well-known to be dwelt on. **The great black variety of the European Ursus arctos is that to which the Irish skulls. offer the nearest resemblance. I, can find no character in the casts of the skulls which you have sent that I could point to as a specifie distinction ; but then I must add, that. I feel equal difficulty in laying down the specific distinction between the 236 Miscellaneous. Ursus priseus of Goldfuss from Gailenruth cavern, and the existing largest varieties of Ursus arctos, or the Irish bears. These specimens have much strengthened, if not quite confirmed, a growing suspicion that U. priscus is specifically identical with, and was the progenitor of, our European U. arctos; at the same time, they prove that U. priscus was not the mere female, as M. De Blainville believes, of U. speleus. Your three specimens are all of the same species; the largest is the male, the smallest with well-worn molars, the female. Now the large male skull establishes the specific distinction of the equally large male Ursus speleus, and consequently the specific and not merely sexual distinction of U. priscus ; but at the same time, the Irish crania show that the character of the forehead alluded to in my ‘ British Fossil Mammalia,’ p. 83, is not constant, and not good for a specific difference with Ursus arctos. To conclude, then, as at present informed, I should refer your Irish skulls to Ursus arctos ; and the least degenerated representative of that species now living, viz. the great black bear, or very dark brown variety of the Scandi- navian wilds, is that which comes closest to the old Irish bears. Whether this respectable carnivore continued to exist after the slaughter of the last megaceros, will be shown by the precise bed in which the specimens were found. I should like to know the authority, if any, for their derivation from peat bog, and not from shell marl, if the case be so. ‘« Ever yours, ** (Signed) R. Owen.” Mr. Ball was of opinion, from examination of the original bear skulls, that they were not in the peat, but in the marl below it, where he believed all the heads of the megaceros, probably fifty, which he had closely inspected, were found. In no case was peat to be dis- covered in the cavities, while in many marl wes present. He ex- pressed his gratification in finding that his own views were supported by those of Professor Owen, from whom, on this and other occasions, he had received kind aid. He also expressed his obligations to the Earl of Enniskillen, Mr. Baker, Mr. Cooke, and Mr. Warren, and concluded by moving the thanks of the Academy to Mr. Abraham Whyte Baker, sen., for his kindness in presenting casts of his valuable specimens to its museum of antiquities. On the employment of Tar to preserve Wheat from the Attack of the Weevil. By M. Caruuar. In a late number of the ‘Comptes Rendus’ a note appeared by M. G. Barruel relative to the action of carbonic oxide upon weevils and the employment of this gas for their destruction. Some journals, and among others ‘ L’ Echo Agricole,’ very lately published another means of destroying these insects, pointed out by Mr. William Little, and which consists in the use of ammoniacal gas. This young English chemist states that in the presence of this gas the weevils perish instantly, as if struck by lightning. I have proved, before several witnesses, that ammonia does not kill Misewtbinivoté. 237 the weevils, for after remaining some minutes in the gas or in the ammoniacal liquid, they get on their feet again, and run about per- fectly when removed from the influence of the caustic alkali. How- ever, the prolonged action of this gas, like that of carbonic oxide, car- bonie acid, or any other gas not respirable for large animals, kills these insects in a shorter or longer time. I know not what arrangement of a simple and ceconomical kind, within the reach of all cultivators, large and small, rich or poor, would be adopted by M.G. Barruel for the application of the carbonic oxide, or by Mr. W. Little for that of am- monia; but I must point out a substance, the use of which is much more practical and less expensive, namely tar. The efficacy of this substance against the weevils is known to many agriculturists and corn-merchants. I placed, in a half-pint bottle, well closed by a cork, three very lively and healthy weevils; at the same time I introduced a small open phial containing a little tar; presently the uneasiness of these animals was perceptible; they soon fell on their back, shaking their feet without being able to use them to get up again. The smell alone of the tar, in a close space, is therefore fatal to these insects. If the upper part of the closed vessel in which the weevils are shut up be smeared with tar, they die more quickly. The efficacy of tar, in driving away these insects and preserving the corn, is an incontestable fact. My father had, a long time ago, his granaries, barns and the whole house infested by weevils, so much so that they penetrated into all the chests and among the linen. He placed an open cask impregnated with tar in the barn, and then in the granaries ; at the end of some hours, the weevils were seen climb- ing along the walls by myriads, and flying in all directions away from the cask. On moving this tarred vessel from place to place, the house was in a few days completely cleared of these troublesome and pernicious guests. The agriculturist who wants to get rid of weevils, may, as soon as he perceives their presence, impregnate the surface of some old planks with tar, and place them as required in his granaries; care must be taken to renew the tar from time to time in the course of the year to prevent the return of the insects.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 15, 1849. DR. ROBERT BALL. We have had much pleasure in noticing and commending the en- couragement which the study of Natural History receives in Ireland, and to record with great satisfaction that the degree of LL.D. has been conferred by the Board of Trinity College, Dublin, upon Robert Ball, Esq., who has for some time had the Museum of the College under his superintendence, and whose efforts for the advancement of Natural History in general, and of Zoology in particular, are univer- sally known. With similar feelings of pleasure, as to the interests of our favourite pursuit and of other, branches of learning, we look upon the appointments in the recently established colleges, from which the happiest results are to be expected. 238 Miscellaneous. METAMORPHOSES OF DONACIA SAGITTARIA. In this notice M. Perris gives some details on the mode of life of the larve of the Donacie, of which little was previously known. ‘They live on Sparganum ramosum, near the roots and at the base of the falves, which are immersed, for the greater part, in water, feed- ing on the sap rather than on the tissue of the plant. How do these larve respire under water, as they have no branchial organs? M. Perris thinks that the respiration is effected by means of endosmosis, which occurs through the membrane covering the stigmata. When the larva is about to undergo its metamorphosis, it buries itself in the mud in which the plant is rooted, and forms upon the root an elliptical cocoon, which is not of a silky nature, but of a dry gummy substance, about the thickness of a sheet of paper: The author was not able to observe this larva whilst forming its cocoon, and only ventures suppositions as to the mode which it em- ploys to construct this case without allowing a single drop of water to penetrate into it.—Bibliotheque Universelle de Geneve, June 1849. WILD ANIMALS OF ANCIENT BRITAIN. To the Notes in Vol. iii. Ser. I. p. 356 and Vol. iv. Ser, II. p. 423, on the Wild Animals of Britain, and the Huntings of the Citizens of: London, may be added the following, in which it appears that the Wild Cat is enumerated.—R. T. Rotuli Hundredorum. 3° Edward I. Membr. 13. Item dicunt, Quod Libertas Civitatis Domini Regis talis est : Quod Cives, cum canibus suis possunt currere ad Lepores Vulpes Cuniculos et Murelegos [Catos *] usque ad Pontem de Stanes; et ad januam Parci de Enefende, et ad Arcubus de Stratforde, et ad Crucem de Wautham ; sed ista libertas impeditur per Warennam Comitis Cor- nubiee, apud Histleworth+, et Warrenam Willielmi de Say, apud Edelmeton { ; nesciunt quo warranto. *« Wild cats,’’ says Pennant, ‘‘ were formerly reckoned among the beasts of chase ; as appears by the charter of Richard the Second to the Abbot of Peterborough, giving him leave to hunt the hare, fox, and wild cat. The use of the fur was in lining of robes, but it was esteemed not of the most luxurious kind ; for it was ordained ‘ that no abbess or nun should use more costly apparel than such as is made of camel’s or cat’s skins.’ In much earlier times it was also the ob- ject of the sportsman’s diversion. Felemque minacem Arboris in trunco longis preefigere telis. Nemesiani Cynegeticon, L. 55.” * In the copy of the roll in the Chapter-house, Westminster, Membr. 3, the reading is “ Catos.”—Murilegus, Voss. Felis.—Du Cange, v. Catta, Cattus. ous + Isleworth. t+ Edmonton. Meteorological Observations. 239 Errata in Mr. Babington’s Paper on Chara. P. 84. C. mucronata was found at West, not Hast Grinstead. P. 91. C. aspera. Myr. Borrer did not find this nor any other species at Carlton, Notts; that station therefore must be erased. P. 91. C. Hedwigit. For Hast read West Grinstead. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1850. Chiswick.—January 1. Sharp frost: fine: cloudy. 2. Hazy: fine. 3, Foggy: hazy. 4. Foggy: overcast: clear. 5, 6. Frosty: very fine: clear and frosty. 7. Sharp frost: clear; severe frost at night. 8. Frosty: overcast. 9. Slight fall of granular snow : overcast. 10, Snowing slightly: overcast. 11. Hazy through- out. 12, Slight snow: dusky: hazy. 13. Hazy: clear and frosty. 14, 15. Cloudy and cold. 16,17. Densely overcast. 18. Foggy: snow at night, with heavy rain. 19. Cloudy: drizzly. 20. Frosty. 21. Cloudy. 22. Hazy. 23. Hazy: clear at night. 24. Foggy and drizzly. 25. Foggy: densely overcast : rain at night. 26. Densely clouded: showery. 27. Sudden rise of barometer : frosty : very fine. 28. Overcast. 29. Very fine: rain. 30. Foggy: very fine. $1. Hazy and cold : heavy rain at night. Mean temperature of the month .........sceceseseseeeseeees ‘oo 12 Mean temperature of Jan. 1849 ..ssessescecesscccecseecevees 39 *56 Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-four years . 36 °60 Average amount of rain in Jan. .......e0e evascsuerevesdvevece” - 2°60 inch, Boston.—Jan. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy. 3,4. Cloudy: rainr.m. 5—8. Fine. 9—1li. Cloudy. 12. Cloudy: snow a.m. 13. Fine. 14—17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy : snow andrainr.m. 19. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 20. Cloudy: snow a.m. 21, 22. Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Fine. 26, Cloudy: rain and snow p.m. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine. 31. Fine: rain r.m.— N.B. ‘This has been the coldest January since the year 1838. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Jan, 1. Frost: dull and threatening change, 2. Thaw: small rain. 3. Thaw: drizzle. 4. Slight frost early a.m.: rain and wind p.m. 5. Snow half an inch deep: frost. 6. Frost very hard: snow. lying, 7, 8. Frost very hard. 9. Frost very hard: thermometer 11°. 10. Cloudy, looking like change. 11. Cloudy, but still freezing. 12. Still slight frost, but unsettled. 13. Frost still slight: cloudy. 14. Frost, slight a.m. : harder p.m. 15. Bright and clear : hard frost : a little snow. 16. Frost : slight shower of snow : looking dull. 17. Hard frost: clear: snow lying. 18. Hard frost, and heavy snow 4 inches deep. 19. Frost nut so hard: thaw p.m. : frost again. 20. Frost: additional sprinkling of snow. 21. Frosthard again. 22. Frost moderate. 23. Thaw: mild: cloudy. 24. Thaw: snow melting fast. 25, Rain in the night : thaw continuing. 26. Thaw a.m.: came on to freeze at 6 p.m. 27. Hard frost a.M.: thaw and rain p.m. 28. Heavy rain: snow nearly gone. 29. Slight frost a.M.: keener p.m, 30. Frost moderate : snow all gone. 31. Slight shower of snow a.M.: frost: rain P.M. Mean temperature of the month ,,..,....-..:eesecesveees es eee. 30"S Mean temperauwure of Jan. 1849 .........cesceesecceseessevees 36 ‘3 Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-eight years. 34 *9 Average amount of rain in Jan. for the last twenty years. 2°60 inches. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Cloudy. 2 Bright: fine: rain, 3, Showers: sleet-showers, 4, Thunder; sleet-showers. 5..Thunder: showers, 6. Sleet-showers. 7. Sleet-showers: clear. 8. Cloudy. 9. Rain: cloudy. 10, Cloudy : cleet-showers. 11. Cloudy: clear, 12. Snow-showers: cloudy. 13, Cloudy: clear: frost: aurora. 14. Snow-showers: snow-drift. 15. Snow-drift, 16, Snow-drift : snow: thaw. 17. Rain: clear: frost: aurora. 18. Clear: frost: cloudy. 19. Snow-showers: cloudy: aurora, 20. Cloudy, 21. Cloudy: thaw, 22. Showers: drizzle. 23,24. Drizzle. 25, Cloudy: snow-showers. 26, Snow- showers: snow: clear. 27. Snow: frost: snow-showers. 28. Showers: drizzle. 29. Bright: large halo, 30. Fine: frost: clear: aurora, $1. Bright: rain. ‘ene a i ; a 19-€ (06-1 rig VL OL-9€ | 9G-LE|8-9 |F-SE |1-1 P9-Lz BS-8E |L98-6z |998-6z 118.62 118-62 | $9.6 |1£8-6Z |ZE0-0€ | *uvayy reevec|eeeeesieceees] BF. | sags | cas |ueo| ‘as | 6€ | LE |f1€| TEV] O€| OF | OS | PE-6Z | 66-62 | 09-6% | 06.6% |06-6% |006-62 061-08 | “1€ reeeerlG.T [rereseleeere*| eos | sm | sg | ta | OF | BE | 64] LE| O€| HS | BW |SI-0€ |SI-0F | L0.0€ | G0-0€ |16-6% |ELT-0€ |Z0€-0€| ‘ok vo. ||" 80. | sas | ta |emum| cau | ZE | LE | PE| SV} EV) ZE | OG |O1-0€ |£6-6% | 96.6% | Z8-6% [95-62 |6L8-62 €00-0€ | *6z gg. [il Td. | ea | cms | cass | cms | 1b | LV | Ez) 9F| OF) EF | GF | hz-6% | 80-62 | LV.6Z | $S-6% |09-6% |€08-62|680-0£ | *gzO pike, oe oe ol ae Bee ‘as |emuul.cms | ZE | SPE | ¥2z) fPE\S-£%| 66 | LE | LL-6% | 3Z-0€ | 76.6% | LZ-O€ |91-0€ |91€-0€ |ZSr-0F | *Lz Ch pe ST. | va | coma | sm | tm | TE | $83} OF) 17) FH) 1% | 1S | 11-08.| 12-63 |}26-62 | 12-66 96-82 |P8E-62 728-62; °9% 90. |" Pe | ca |tm—ultmsm| tms | VE} EF | O€| 17) Ef) SV | 1G | 6V-6% | 09.6% | CF-62 | 09-6 09.6% |VZL-62 66-62) “Sz goes] 10. | sa | cms | cat | can Lv | ov |fS¢| oF; O€| I€ | OE | 18-62% | €6-6z | 96-6% |S1-0€ 00-08 $91-0€ OLE-0£) “Fz GO. |O€-0;°°*|""""""| sm | cms | tm | ms | OF |. LV | CE) 1h) O€ Gs | Ob | €1-0€ |S0-0€ | 2z-0F | 1Z-0€ O1-0€ LOE-0€ 6FP.0€ | °€z% Le [riers msm | casa | ca | cas | Lb | PP | 6/19) 6%) IE | OE | £0.0€ | 16-66 | H%-0F | £2-0€ 02-0€ 1gh-0€ |SEh-0F | _*z% Zo. |" oT. [| «ms | ‘asa | +a | cau | ge | Se l$oz| z€) La! 9% | VE |O1-0€ |80-0€ |61-0€ | 60-06 So-0€ |Lzz-08 ogt-0€| “12 C BO. [ttt s|*| cass | casa | ca | tou | FPE | FEE | 6%} BE) O€| Lo | OF GI-O€ |91-0€ | G0.0€ | 66-62 18-62 LvO-0€ 661-08, ‘oz 60. |°""*"/0L- | ZO. | ‘asa | -a | ta | tm €|) SE |foe|tse| CE) Lo | SP 00.0€ |9L-66 OL-6% | 62-62 91.6% ‘LEV-.6G PoL-6% “61 Tteeeleserericereeel CC, | ca | ca |upeo| ‘as | CE | Ze |fer| 2€| O€| 1€ | GSE OL-6% |€8.6% | gV.6% | €L-6% 89-60 [19-60 186-62; “gi LG. |rvvrrierreesierres| cas | vou | smu | cu | PE | SE) F1) ZE)- EF) Bo | 9E~ 98-62 |78-6% | 08-62 | 1-62 LS-6% £6L-62 PH6-60) “LI 169.9 “tl""] 9 | ca juywo| ou | OF | ZE | foz| TEE) O€| 6% | CE 18.6 |8L-6% | SS-6% | 17-62 12.6% Ebv-60 €F9-6% “OL sersee|eeerse sereeciereree) eg | eg | ca | ca | 1 | 116] 61/78%\9-La| GB | 1€ | B6-6% | 86-62 | 19-62 | €9-6% 0€-6% 06€-62 E€9-6%| SI Fo. eerie tereee! ag 9 ‘3 9 Soe, re. | fos | fee 0€| 9% I€ (01-0€ |g0-0€ | LL-6% | £8-6% $9-6% PPS-62'L6L-6%; “FI "rttttieeeees OG, |eee*) soua | ca | va | cau | o€ | FSE | foe |Fee| La; ws | IE | Lz-0€ | 63-0€ | L6-6% |00-0€ LL-6% 7g8-6% 216-62) “e1@ TL: [rrrrtritrresteeetes| sas | ca | ta | cou | LE | LE | O€ |FPE) OF | La | ZE | LZ-0€ |LI.0€ | £6-6% | 06-62 [9.6% £88-6% 226-62 |. “G1 QT. [rerreritrtet{etete*) cass | a | uwo| cas | Fr | FOE | 6z/FIE\S-1€; Le | VE |10-0€ |$L-6% | 8l-6% | £9-6% VS.6% O9L-6% 162.60} “11 PO. [rrrsreeesferveee) cas | cou | cu | au | Foe | LE |fos| 1€| €€! gs} PE |GL-6% |$6.6z | 99.6% | Le-6% 19.6% 128-62 806-60) ‘01 DO- |rvvreejrereerterree| cass | a | a jerou | ge | LE | 11) %€%| €€) 6% | C€ |GI-0€ |€0.0€ | G0.0€ | 80.0€ 18-65 $90.08 112-0€: €0- |G0.0 """"|"***""| sass | ta | su | tou | IP | 6€ | ET} SB} 1€ I€ |.9€ |60-0€ |80.0€ | 0Z-0€ |00-0€ £0.63 ZEE-0F OF¢-0€ aa | ereriene sass 389° See ‘as {mun} cu.| €€ | $ZE | 1! Lz} €%) HI | 9E | 60-0€ | 76.62% | LO.0€ | 08-6% 29-63 L98-6% PS1-0F -AGAMSKrAGA Y GT. freer teer| ca | sau | tau] a | FL | GE | Fr} 62/9-2%) BI | SE | 09-60, /0P.6z | SS-6% | 9£-6% %2-6% Vav-60 669.62) ° GS. frre] Co. feet] cu | ra | tm | cm | GLE | ELE | IE} OF] BE) 1B | BH -|Lz-6% | L0.6z | 98-62 | 81-66 €1-60 LZ1-6% LEV-6z OV. |***""*| Lo. [777] tm | cas. | cm | ems | gf | Fob | Fpl} CF] OF!) 9% | SF | LO-6% |2€.6% | S1-62 | €£-6% 6£.6% Srv.6z LEL-6z) * GB. [rrrserieee"| GO. | rm | tmsm|cmss | smu | sh] Sh | ob] sh} €€| S€ | PH | gh-6z | £9.62 | OL-6% | 68-66 P8-6% 966-6 102-08 “rereteseeeeiecceeeterreee] cuss] sms | smu | sau | P| 3h | of] oF] 1€) La | 6€ | L8-6% | 86-6% | 90-0€ | 80-0F 96.6% 122-0€ €%2-0€ Teetesfesecesieereesterrees) os femu | mu} ‘a | 1b] SP | 92) FE|S-L]| 61 | SE | 60-08 |71-0€ | ZI-0€ | E1-08 16-66 £1.08 120-08 ) o|e ) 2| Palko | &|5 = = | cwd-| cure | sud | cure ; Bae § Pelee | el 2) ee tes| # |s2l Pele) Fle lee) Fle |e | we |e |e | eg | I) | over 35 op o 4 a5 = > 4 pe | - 2 + » @ : Oo] om ° oe —O o 7%. ° B= 5 " 6 Oo = ° de 2) f 5 : ou 9 < 3 oe e . om we e : * 4 taasor ae a S 4 *yoIMsiygo teuno. “aayys-sayyuNg PLT "yMoIMmsiyg 2 is) } P i — oo) Urey pula *JOJIULOWON, "19j9WIOIVG aS . "RANYUG) ‘asunyy younpung yw ‘uoqsno[D ‘CO ‘Ady 947 49 puy {aulHs-saruanMacy ‘asunpy yzuvsaddy yo ‘aequag * AA ‘Ady 247 49 SNoLsog 70 “|[BaA ‘AI 49 Suopuo'T avau ‘x0IMSIHD 7 Ajarv0g younynoysopy ayy fo uapsvy) ay} qo uosdwoyy, ‘ayy 49 apum suorpwasasgg yorsojou0azayy THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.} No. 28. APRIL 1850. ee Pe XXII.—Notes on the Salmon and Bull-trout. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S. In a short paper on the Salmon, Salmo salar, published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xi. p. 409, I have endeavoured, on physiological principles, to establish the fact, that the growth of that valuable fish is not by any means so rapid as it is commonly supposed to be by ichthyologists. Ob- servations having relation to this subject and also to the ceconomy of the bull-trout, Salmo eriox, have been continued to be made, as suitable occasions presented themselves, up to the present period, on a plan similar to that previously adopted, and I am induced to insist upon the decided advantage which a recourse to physiological phenomena possesses in investigations of this kind over the customary practice of mechanically marking fish as objects of experiment, in consequence of the various sources of error to which the latter mode of proceeding is exposed. Persons, in their endeavours to determine the rate of growth in fish by marking specimens, too frequently employ subordinate agents to carry their intentions into effect, to whom not only their system of marks is of necessity made known, but the anti- cipated result is also communicated. Now should it so happen that the agents are dependent upon their employers, or in any respect interested in making the event appear to coincide with their preconceived opinions, the desired object may be easily attained either by secretly marking specimens of a larger size than those which they were instructed and perhaps observed to select for the purpose, and by exhibiting them alone when re- captured, or by adapting the marks to fish subsequently taken, whose dimensions appear to be best suited to promote the end they have in view. Besides, it often happens that all the par- ticulars of the undertaking transpire, and becoming widely cir- culated, other parties resident in the neighbourhood may apply similar marks to fish of different sizes captured in the same Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. v. 16 24.2 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Salmon and Bull-trout. stream, more especially to kelts, which are comparatively of little value; and that this is not merely a supposititious case, or an imaginary cause of delusion, I can confidently affirm from personal experience. Perforations, and the total or partial excision of any of the fins, may be objected to on account of the modifications which such marks undergo with the growth of the fish, and also on account of the mutilations to which those members are liable from incidental circumstances. Having thus succinctly directed attention to a few of the ob- jections which may be urged against the manner in which attempts to ascertain the rate of growth in fish by employing, artificial marks are generally conducted, I shall revert to the method pursued m my own researches, already referred to at the commencement of this article ; namely careful and frequently repeated observations on the gradual loss of the teeth from the vomer, on the order in which they are shed, and on the changes known to take place in the figure of the caudal fin. The usual number of teeth on the tongue of the salmon-smolt and bull-trout-smolt of six or seven inches in length, when none has been lost, is ten, arranged in a row of five on each side ; occasionally I have counted as many as twelve in both species, but ten appears to be the normal number. These teeth are not shed, but most of them are tora away by violence in an irregular manner as the fish advance in growth, so that a want of symmetry in the two rows is conspicuous in much the greater number of individuals. I may remark that such is the case also in every particular with the teeth on the tongue of the common trout, Salmo fario. The teeth on the vomer of the salmon-smolt and bull-trout- smolt commonly exceed twenty (in numerous instances I have noticed twenty-four), a fact which the minute inspection of the heads of both species, after having been placed in nests of the great wood-ant, Formica rufa, and subjected to the anatomical process so admirably effected by that mdustrious insect, fully confirms. Unlike the teeth on the tongue, those on the vomer are shed gradually, commencing at the posterior part and dis- appearing in nearly regular succession as the fish increase in size ; consequently, the loss of teeth from the vomer, taken in con- junction with the form of the tail and the growth of these species, affords to experienced observers a sufficiently exact criterion for determining their relative ages within certain limits. Smolts of the salmon and bull-trout have the caudal fin much forked ; but a progressive alteration in the shape of this organ is effected by the more rapid elongation of its central rays as the fish advance in growth, till, on the acquirement of its perfect development, the posterior margin becomes straight in the Mr. J. Blackwall on the Salmon and Bull-trout. 243 salmon and actually curved outwards in the bull-trout, thus supplying the means of forming a comparative estimate of the ages of both species. In accordance with what is here stated, I find that specimens weighing from half a pound to a pound and a half have the caudal fin more or less forked, and the vomer well supplied with teeth except at its posterior part, from which some are lost in- variably. Specimens weighing from two to five pounds have the posterior margin of the caudal fin either moderately forked, nearly straight, or curved outwards, according to their size and species, and usually have from three to seven or eight teeth on the anterior part of the vomer, the number, after making a suitable allowance for differences in condition, being almost always in- versely as the weight ; and individuals of large dimensions con- stantly have the posterior margin of the caudal fin straight or conspicuously curved outwards, and retain one or two teeth only at the anterior extremity of the vomer, or are even without an Fotnd salmon and bull-trout weighing from about half a pound to a pound ascend the river Conway during the month of August in much greater numbers than at any other period of the year, and as many of them are infested with that marine parasite the Caligus curtus of Miiller in various stages of growth, there can be no doubt that they have very recently quitted the salt water. These fish, which from oft-repeated examinations of numerous individuals are found to have the tail forked in a greater or less degree, and uniformly to have lost some teeth from the posterior part of the vomer, though its anterior part is still amply provided with them, I feel thoroughly. convinced. are identical with smolts of both species which descended the same river in the preceding spring, having then the full complement of teeth on the vomer; for salmon and bull-trout of smaller dimensions do not at any time come up the Conway from the sea, aS may be ascertained by actual inspection in calm bright weather, when the water is low and clear and the shoals of fish can be distinctly seen; and if further proof be required, it is abundantly supplied by the conclusive evidence obtained from the large number of specimens taken annually. It is true that I have ‘occasionally procured salmon and bull-trout in the months of March and April which have weighed six ounces only, but they have always been males which had milted or females which had deposited their ova and were out of condition, or what in Scotland are denominated kelts. I shall here introduce to notice a few examples illustrative of the loss in weight which salmon and bull-trout undergo by the act of spawning. 16* 244, Mr. J. Blackwall on the Salmon and Bull-trout. On the 12th of November 1844, a salmon was captured weighing fifteen pounds, the weight of the lobes of roe, which contained a large quantity of ova in an advanced state of deve- lopment, being two pounds and three-quarters. A salmon captured on the 13th of November 1844 weighed seven pounds and a half, and the weight of the lobes of roe, which comprised ova almost in a fit state to be deposited, was two pounds. A bull-trout taken on the 18th of November 1844 weighed five pounds and a half, the weight of the lobes of roe, which contained ova in an advanced state of development, being one pound and a quarter. On the 11th of October 1847, a pull-trout weighing half a - pound was captured, whose lobes of roe, comprising ova nearly ready for deposition, weighed two ounces. A salmon weighing fifteen pounds and a half was taken on the 22nd of October 1847, and the lobes of roe, which contained ova in an advanced state of development, weighed three pounds. The lobes of roe, comprising highly developed ova, taken from a salmon weighing twenty pounds, which was captured on the 10th of November 1847, weighed three pounds and fourteen ounces. Took the lobes of roe, containing ova on the point of being deposited, from a salmon weighing sixteen pounds, which was captured on the 26th of November 1847, and found their weight to be four pounds. From these instances it is apparent that the weight of salmon and bull-trout may be diminished one-fourth by the emission of their ova alone, the weight of the collapsed ovaries with their in- cluded germs being too insignificant to be taken into considera- tion; and if to this cause of decreased ponderosity be added another, namely deterioration in condition during the sojourn of these species in fresh water, the absolute loss in weight may be estimated at one-third or more, a circumstance which ought on no account to be overlooked in attempts to determine their rate of growth by marking individuals ; and this remark applies with peculiar force when the subjects selected for experiment are kelts, as, unfortunately, it is too commonly the practice to omit mea- surement altogether on such occasions and merely to give a statement of weight, which, unaccompanied by other data, is evidently insufficient to decide the point in question. In drawing up this paper I have purposely avoided applying the Scotch term grilse to young salmon which have not spawned, as I entertain the opinion that few appellations employed by ichthyologists have been more abused or have led to greater con- fusion and misapprehension than this. Mr. J. Blackwall on the Salmon and Bull-trout. 245 It appears then, from the physiological facts detailed above, that the growth of the salmon and bull-trout during their first visit to the sea is much less rapid than it is commonly supposed to be; and as in the shoals of these species, which are more abundant in the Conway than any of the other migratory Sal- monide, fish may be observed presenting every gradation of size from the least to the greatest, it is reasonable to infer that their rate of growth is not accelerated materially at any subsequent period of their existence, especially as individuals of large dimen- sions are found to be very disproportionate numerically to those of a small or even of an average size. By the cautious inspection of salmon and bull-trout in one of the tributaries of the Conway running through my father’s land, up which, when swollen with rain in the months of October and November, they ascend for the purpose of depositing their spawn, and by the frequent examination of their progeny in different seasons of the year, I have satisfied myself that in their ceconomy as_well as in their rate of growth these species bear a close re- semblance to each other. Both remain two years in the fresh _ water after their extrication from the ovum, during which period, _ notwithstanding the result of the conclusive experiments so skilfully conducted by Mr. Shaw of Drumlanrig, they are still indiscriminately named parr in this district*, and do not descend to the sea till they have acquired their migratory dress or have been converted into smolts, when they usually measure six or seven inches in length and weigh from an ounce and a half to two ounces. I have ascertained also, by the dissection of very “numerous specimens, that the males of the salmon and bull- trout shed their milt before they make their first descent to the sea, but that the females do not spawn till they return from their first visit to the salt water ; indeed the ova are so little developed in the month of May, at which time the principal migration sea- ward takes place, as-scarcely to be discerned without the aid of a magnifier. Among the external characters which serve to distinguish the bull-trout-smolt from the salmon-smolt are a more robust and trout-like figure ; a more decided prominence of the row of scales forming the lateral lime; a greater number of spots below that line; a yellowish tinge on the lighter-coloured pectoral fins ; a bright red tint at the extremity of the adipose fin; and a firmer adhesion of the scales to the skin. In conclusion, I shall briefly notice a few cases of rapid changes in the colour of fish which have come under my own * A bull-trout in its second year more nearly resembles a trout than a salmon of the same age. 246 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Salmon and Bull-trout. observation. ‘Trout, suddenly transferred from their natural haunts into wooden, metallic or earthenware vessels supplied with water recently taken from the same stream in which they were captured, speedily assume a lighter hue; and as this change does not appear wholly to depend upon the colour or capacity of the vessels in which they are placed, I am inclined to attribute it primarily to the influence of fear, and in this opinion I am the more confirmed from having frequently perceived a similar transition in the hue of salmon soon after they have been hooked by the angler. That this is not the sole occasion of sudden alterations in the colour of fish I readily admit, for I have often disturbed small flounders in the Conway, which on changing their situation and reposing upon objects of a different hue from those they had last quitted, soon became accommodated to this circumstance of their novel position by undergoing a modification of shade which harmonized with that of their resting-place and effectually served to conceal them from ordinary observation. Even death, as the disciples of Isaac Walton are well-aware, and as the following anecdote clearly proves, does not immediately put a stop to this chameleon-like transition of tint. A gentleman of my acquaintance, a proficient in the art of fly- fishing, had taken a young salmon weighing about a pound and a half, which, in consequence of having been a long time in the fresh water, had lost its brilliancy and had acquired a very dark aspect ; this fish one of my children requested to be permitted to carry, so after having inserted the longer and smaller end of a slender forked twig under one of the gill-covers and drawn it through the mouth till the prize was retained in the angle formed by the fork, 1 gave it to the boy, who held it suspended with the tail downwards. After the lapse of several minutes, perceiving that the fish had lost all its blackness and had become perfectly bright, I directed the attention of my acquaintance to it, who could scarcely be persuaded that it was the same which he had captured a short time before, but supposed that I had secretly substituted another for it ; however, the speedy resumption of its former dark complexion, which underwent no further mutation, completely convinced him of its identity. I shall not attempt to offer any explanation of the remarkable physiological phenomenon here recorded; but, apart from the mysterious operation of psychological agency, its cause must un- doubtedly be sought for in the organization of the rete mucosum. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Brunsfelsia. 247 XXIII.— Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Continued from p. 210.] BRUNSFELSIA. Upon a previous occasion (uj. op. iii. 176) I suggested the pro- priety of again separating Franciscea from Brunsfelsia, which genera had been united into one, by Mr. Bentham, in his ex- cellent Monograph on the. Scrophulariacee (DeCand. Prodr. x. 198). With the view of carrying out this suggestion, I now offer at greater length the observations on which that recommenda- tion was founded. Although there exists a remarkable similarity in several of their respective features, many essential points of distinction may be observed between them : thus, in Brunsgfelsia, independently of the constant difference in the yellow colour of the corolla, its tube is always comparatively of much greater length, often ten or twelve times that of the calyx, and in all cases is wider and somewhat funnel-shaped in the mouth; the border too is much broader, of more fleshy consistence, more deeply and unequally lobed, the segments being more or less crenated and crispate and somewhat reflexed ; while in Franciscea the tube is seldom more than three or four times the length of the calyx, and though suddenly a little inflated above, is again much contracted in the mouth, presenting a conspicuous and prominent rim around its very narrow orifice ; the colour of the corolla is constantly of a violet or bluish hue, more or less intense ; the lobes of the border are quite flat and rotate, and not at all crispate. The anthers in Brunsfelsia are at first 2-celled, with the confluent lobes affixed transversely, thus forming an oblong body grooved across, four times broader than long; this bursts by the upper marginal suture assuming the appearance of being unilocular: it takes a vertical position by the inflection of the filament. In Franciscea, the anther, on the contrary, is always distinctly 1-lobed, 1-celled, almost circular and reniform, fixed at its sinus upon the apex of the filament ; it is 2-valved, bursting by a nearly marginal hippocrepiform line, and exhibits in the bottom of the cell a fleshy prominent globular receptacle, to which the pollen- grains are attached, as in Verbascum. The stigma is similarly constructed in both genera, as is also the ovarium.. In Fran- ciscea the fruit is an oval capsule, inclosed within the persistent calyx, and covered with a thick coriaceous pericarp, which in one species almost prevents its dehiscence: in such instances the su- tural line is always evident, and by pressure the fruit bursts: by 248 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Brunsfelsia. these sutures: in most cases, the capsule (which is 2-locular) splits at its apex by four vertical lines: it presents few seeds (about ten) without any intervening pulp. In Brunsfelsia, on the contrary, the fruit is a globular deep orange-coloured drupe many times larger than the calyx, about the size of a small apple, with a soft pulpy envelope inclosing a coriaceous putamen, con- taining many seeds immersed in a fleshy pulp. Franciscea grows only to the size of low bushes or small shrubs, while Brunsfelsia attains the dimensions of large trees, B. undulata being 20 feet high, and B. americana growing to the size of an apple-tree with a trunk as thick as the human body. BrunsFExsi4, Sw. (char. réform.).—Calya brevissimus, urceo- latus, profunde 5-dentatus. Corolla hypocraterimorpha, car- nosa, tubo gracili, cylindrico, calyce 4—12-ies longiore, fauce paulo infundibuliformi, limbo valde expanso, obliquo, ad medium 5-fido, lobis inzequalibus, carnosis, rotundatis, undu- lato-crispatis, subreflexis, inferiore majori, 2 superioribus mi- noribus, sestivatione valde imbricatis, maximo exteriori. Sta- mina 4, didynama, inclusa; filamenta sursum incrassata et incurva, 2 breviora inferiora et lobo majore opposita: anthere oblongze, sub-bilobee, sub-biloculares, lobis transversim latiori- bus et confluentibus, rima marginali 2-valvatim hiantes, hinc ‘ pseudo-1-loculares. Ovarium conicum, sessile, glandula basali fere obsoleta, aut nulla, 2-loculare, placentis carnosis, valde prominulis, dissepimento utrinque adnatis, multi-ovulatis. Stylus gracilis, filiformis, longitudine tubi corolle, apice in- crassatus, interdum subincurvus. Stigma clavatum, 2-labia- tum, lobis rotundatis, semi-globosis, glandula magna viscosa prominula interposita. Drupa magna globosa, ealyce parva patente suffulta, epicarpio .carnoso; putamen cartilagineum, indehiscens, rarius in valvulis 2 separabile. Semzna plurima, ovata, compressa, subreniformia, ¢esta tenui fragili, minute scrobiculata, integumento membranaceo, angulo basali chalaza fusca notato. Embryo in albumine carnoso arcuatus, hetero- tropus, cotyledonibus ovatis, compressis, accumbentibus, radi- cula tereti 2-plo latioribus et 3-plo brevioribus.—Arbores An- tillant, foliis alternis, integris, oblongis, sepius nitidis ; floribus _ speciosis, solitariis, vel paucis, subcymosis, terminalibus, corolla flava vel pallide ochroleuca. Brunsfelsia americana, Sw., DC. Prodr. x. 200. undulata, Sw., DC. Prodr. x. 200. © —_———-- nitida, Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 201. violacea, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.792.—Subglabra, foliis lanceolato-ellipticis, utrinque acuminatis, subundulatis, supra glabris, minute punctato-rugosis, subtus pallide glaucis et pube eer Mr. J. Miers on the genus Franciscea. 249 glanduloso-pruinoso vestitis, apice utrinque, costa, nervisque subtus prominulis, rubro-violaceis ; floribus subsolitariis, corollz limbo magno, undulato-crispato, flavo, tubo ochroleuco calyce 12-16-ies longiore.—In Antillis, v. v. in hort. Kew. cult. _ The leaves of this species are 8 inches long, 23 inches broad, on a thick and deeply channeled petiole less than half an inch in length. The peduncle is } inch long, the calyx 25 to 3 lines, cleft half-way into five obtuse erect teeth with ciliate margins : the tube of the corolla is 23 inches long, 2 lines in diameter, swelling below the mouth to a width of nearly half an inch ; the border is much expanded, and is 23 inches in diameter*. FRANCISCEA. Having offered under the preceding head, the reasons that appear to justify the separation of Franciscea from Brunsfelsia, I now give the amended character of the former, as contrasted with the latter genus. Franciscea, Pohl. (char. emend.).— Calyz inflato-tubulosus, ore obliquo, 5-dentato. Corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo angustato, apice dorso subinflato, fauce in oram valde prominulam obli- quam constricto, limbo obliquo, rotato, expanso, ultra medium 5-fido, lobis ineequalibus, rotundatis, integris, superiore max- imo, zestivatione quincuncialiter imbricatis, sinubus introflexis. Stamina4, didynama, inclusa, brevia, infra dilatationem tubi per paria inserta, 2 longiora infra lobum maximum et superiorem sita; filamenta carnosula, compressa, corrugata, apice inflexa ; anthere reniformes, compresse, sinu affixee, 1-loculares, rima marginali 2-valvatim hiantes, receptaculo pollinifero globoso in ‘sinuconspicuo. Ovarium obovatum, glandulo carnoso stipitato imo cinctum, 2-loculare, placentis carnosis, prominentibus, dissepimento utrinque adnatis, multiovulatis. Stylus filiformis, apice valde incrassatus et inflexus. Stigma 2-labiatum, lobis brevibus, crassiusculis, obtusis, intus glandulosis. Capsula ovata, calyce persistente inclusa, coriacea, 2-valvis, 2-locularis, valvis placenta demum libera parallelis. Semina pauca, ma- juscula, oblonga, subangulata, dorso convexa, hilo ventrali, conspicuo, cavo: testa reticulato-foveolata. Embryo hilo con- trarius, in axi albuminis carnosi incurvus, cotyledonibus ovatis, compressis, radicula tereti gracili mfera triplo brevioribus et 2-plo latioribus.—Suffrutices Brasilienses et Peruviani. Folia alterna, integerrima, oblonga. Cyme terminales, dense capitu- leformes vel laxius pauciflore, rarius ad florem unicum redacte ; * This species with generic details will be delineated in ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants,’ plate 56. 250 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Margaranthus. bracteze parve: flores speciost, violacei, interdum pallidiores, corolle tubo calyce subequante, rarius 2-4-plo longiore *. 1. Franciscea macrophylla, Cham. Schl. Linn. ii. 601. 2. -———— hydrangeformis, Pohl. Pl. Bras. 1.7. tab. 7. 3. ———— capitata. Brunsfelsia capitata, Bth., DC. Prodr. x. 198. 4, ————. pauciflora, Cham. Schl. Linn. ii. 600. 5. ————. Bahiensis. Brunsfelsia Bahiensis, Bth., DC. pedal, x. 590. 6. ———— calycina. Brunsfelsia calycina, Bth., DC. Prodr. x. 199. 7. ———— obovata. Brunsfelsia obovata, Bth., DC. Prodr. x: 109. : 8. ———— confertiflora, Pohl. Pl. Bras. i. 6. tab. 5. F. di- varicata, Pohl. ibid. tab. 6. 9. ————— ramosissima, Pohl. Pl. Bras. i. 5. tab. 4: _ 10. —-——— acuminata, Pohl. Pl. Bras. i. 4. tab. 3. 11. ———— latifolia, Pohl. Pl. Bras. i. 8. tab. 2. 12. ———— grandiflora. Brunsfelsia grandiflora, Don, N. Edin. Phil. Journ. 1829. 138. ———— maritima. Brunsfelsia maritima, Bth., DC. Prodr. x. 200. 14, ————— Hopeana, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2829. F. uniflora, Pohl. Pl. Bras. i. 2. tab. 1. 15. ————— australis. Brunsfelsia australis, Bth., DC. Prodr. x. 200. MARGARANTHUS, On a former occasion (hu. op. vol. iv. p. 136), although I had not seen any specimen, I noticed this genus in order to contrast it with other allied genera. Since then, I have been glad to meet with a second very distinct species, that has enabled me to comprehend more fully its structural features, and these I find correspond well with the very accurate observations of Prof. Schlechtendal, upon which the generic character (loc. cit.) was founded. I proceed therefore to describe the plant alluded to. 1. Margaranthus tenuis (n. sp.) ;—herba glaberrima, dichotome ramosa, ramis divaricatis, tenuibus, angulato-sulcatis; foliis lanceolatis, utrinque acutis, caulinis obsolete pauci-dentatis, longe et tenuissime petiolatis, junioribus floralibus linearibus ; floribus pedunculatis, solitariis, axillaribus.—Mexico (v. s. in herb. Lindley. Coulter, n. 1220 bis). This plant bears much resemblance to that figured by Prof. * Sectional details showing the characters of this genus will be given in vol. ii. plate 59 A. of the ‘ Illustr. of South Amer. Plants.’ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Margaranthus. 251 Schlechtendal. Its stems however are far more slender, more deeply angular, quite smooth, with internodes about 2 inches apart ; the radical leaves may probably be of greater size, but the largest leaves in the specimen referred to, are about 14 inch long, upon a very slender petiole of $ inch, and are about 4 lines broad, with four or five somewhat obsolete teeth on the margin. The flowers are seen only in the nascent axils, while the young leaves have not attained the length of 4 lines; the capillary peduncle is very hairy, and about 2 lines long; the calyx is scarcely a line in length, cylindrical, and is densely covered, especially below the middle, with articulate and rigid white hairs: the corolla is tubular, and contracted at base to the diameter of one-third of a line, but as it emerges from the calyx, it swells suddenly in a somewhat globular form to a diameter of 2 lines, marked with five grooves opposite the stamens, and five intermediate saccate projections, which are below the five minute short teeth, that crown the suddenly contracted mouth of the corolla, which is here even narrower than the inferior portion of the tube ; it is entirely smooth and apparently of a lurid white, the saccate lobes seeming of a dull violet hue ; outside it is smooth, inside somewhat hairy ; the stamens, nearly the length of the corolla, are wholly included, the filaments being very short, smooth, somewhat arcuate, and inserted into the basal contraction of the tube; the anthers are four times the length of the filaments, linear, with two narrow cells, fixed along their whole length, upon a narrow dorsal con- nective which forms an extension of the filament ; the cells burst by a longitudinal line in front, and also by an apical pore, for the external valves are there reflected on each side. The ovarium is small, obovate, superior, and fixed upon a somewhat two-lobed annular gland; the style is exserted beyond the mouth of the corolla, is smooth, somewhat subulate, and truncated at its apex by a small stigmatic pore. The matured fruit, in consequence of the apparently quick growth of the plant, is found only in the di- chotomy of the branches, where the peduncle is from 2 to 3 lines long: the calyx is now become greatly enlarged, having acquired a globular form, 4 lines in diameter, very finely reticulated, and contracted in the mouth, which is closed by a very small five- toothed orifice ; the included berry is globular, 2} lines in dia- meter, with a very thin membranaceous pericarp, apparently without pulp, and probably once filled with an aqueous juice ; it is two-celled, and contains about fourteen seeds, which are of a large size compared with the smallness of the berry; these are flat, thin, nearly oval, remiform.; the testa is scrobiculate and brittle; the horny and rather translucent albumen incloses a somewhat spiral filiform embryo, in which the radicle (at least three times the length of the cotyledon of equal diameter) points 252 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leucophyllum. towards the basal angle of the seed below the hilum, which is seen in the marginal sinus*. LEUCOPHYLLUM. This genus was first published and figured in the ‘ Plantz AKquinoctiales,’ and Bonpland in his observations upon it re- marks, that although it appears to belong to Scrophulariacee, on account of its didynamous stamens, it bears in its habit more the aspect of the Solanacee, and from this circumstance, the specific name of L. ambiguum was evidently given to the species he described. Professor Kunth, in his ‘ Nov. Gen. et Sp.’ 1. p. 360, observes, that this genus may be considered as nearly allied to Maurandia and Antirrhinum molle, but I cannot perceive any such analogy. Dr. Lindley, in his ‘ Nat. Syst. Bot.’ p. 292, placed this genus in Scrophulariacee, among the tribe Veronica, and Dr. Endlicher in his ‘ Gen. Plant.’ follows this example ; lastly, Mr. Bentham in his admirable monograph of this order arranges it in his tribe Gratiolee, and his subtribe Aptosimee (DC. Prod. x. 344)... After a careful examination of the structure of this genus, I have come toa very different conclusion, and hope to show, by good evidence, that its true place is near Atropa and Lycium, and therefore not among the Scrophulariacee. The structure of the corolla in Leucophyllum precisely corresponds with that of Atropa, having a campanulate tube, with a small border slightly oblique, of five nearly equal rounded lobes, which are imbricately disposed in eestivation, and five somewhat unequal stamens, two being always shorter ; and it sometimes happens that the anthers of one of the three other stamens are abortive, or the fifth stamen altogether wanting; and such is the state, I conclude, of the species described by Bonpland, as I have noticed in Hartweg’s specimen, although, in Galeotti’s plant of L. ambiguum, I have found the flowers to be - always pentandrous, as in L. campanulatum. All the species of Leucophyllum resemble Lycium in their fraticose habit, with solitary, axillary, violet-coloured flowers, and one species has an evident tendency to become spinous, like this last-mentioned genus. Had Leucophyllum possessed a baccate fruit, its position would unquestionably have been between Atropa and Lycium ; but as it is capsular, it will fall into a new tribe, which may. be called Leucophyllee, that will stand between the Hyoscyamee and Atropee (hu. op. i. 166). The following is an outline of its generic features :— Levcoruyiium, Bonpl. (char. reform.).—Caly# parvus, pro- funde 5-fidus, laciniis zequalibus, lanceolatis, erectis. Corolla * A figure of this species and its analytical details will be given in plate 57 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leucophyllum. © 253 campanulata, tubo amplo infundibuliformi, limbo 5-fido, sub- bilabiato, lobis fere zqualibus, antico subminori reflexo, 2 posticis erectiusculis, omnibus oblongis, obtusis, zstivatione imbricatis. Stamina 5, inzequalia, inclusa, corolle dimidio longitudine, 2 antica breviora, quinto interdum rudimentario, rarius omnino deficiente ; filamenta imo tubi affixa, glabra, basi crassiuscula, apice subdeclinata ; anthere sagittato-bilobe, lobis apice nexis, longitudinaliter intus dehiscentibus, quinti inter- dum minime, aut abortive. Ovarium oblongum, glandula annulari fere obsoleta imo cinctum, 2-loculare, ovulis plurimis, dissepimento medio prominulo et incrassato utrinque adnatis, Stylus erectus, filiformis, apice declinatus, longitudine sta- minum. Stigma breviter bilabiatum, lobis adpressis. Capsula ovata, coriacea, calyce persistente cincta, septicide dehiscens, valvulis apice 2-fidis, marginibus introflexis, imo basi columnee subglobos placentiferee adherentibus. Semina plurima, mi- nuta, transversa, oblonga, compressa, dorso plana, quadrato- angulata, longitudinaliter curvata, striato-rugulosa, hilo ventrali et fere basali. Embryo in albumine carnoso oblongus, curvatus, subcompressus, cotyledonibus oblongis, radicula basali tereti vix latioribus, et 2-plo longioribus.—Suffrutices Mewicani, pube brachiato densissime tomentoso vestiti; folia alterna, subparva, crassa, uninervia, breviter petiolata; flores solitarii, axillares, folio subequales, breviter pedunculati, corolle tubo calyce 2-3- plo-ve longiore. 1. Leucophyllum ambiguum, Humb., Bonpl. Pl. Auquin. i. 95. tab. 109; H. B. K. ii. 361 ;—foliis ovatis, basi apiceque acu- tiusculis, utrinque densissime tomentosis, cinerascentibus, ju- nioribus pallide incanis; laciniis calycinis lineari-lanceolatis, extus tomentosis, intus glabris, nitidis, 3-nerviis, corolle tubo amplo 3-plo brevioribus ; ovaru apice, stylique basi pilosis.— Mexico. Actopan, Prov. Mexico, alt. 6600 ped., Bonpland. Atotonilco el Grande, Prov. Durango, Hartweg, n. 357. Zi- _mapan, Galeotti, n. 7210. This is described by Bonpland as a tall shrub, 8 to 15 feet in height, with a stem slightly tortuous, 4 or 6 inches in diameter, covered with a slightly rent bark. It is a very conspicuous ob- ject in the forests, showing itself at a distance by its silvery leaves, and forming a striking contrast with the dark green foliage of the surrounding trees. Its leaves are from } to % inch long, 5 or 6 lines broad, with a petiole 2 lines im length; its calyx measures 2 or 3 lines, and is smooth within; its violet-coloured corolla is 3 an inch long, smooth outside and pilose within. This species may readily be distinguished from the others, by its leaves being acute at both ends; in the older ones the tomentum is of a 254 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leucophyllum. | blackish gray, in the younger leaves of a pale yellowish white ; the small branchlets are 4. to 8 inches long, almost bare, pro- minently knotty at the articulation of the fallen petioles, with only a few leaves towards the extremity, and with solitary flowers in their axils. Bonpland describes the stamens to be didynamous, quite glabrous, and the upper lobe of the corolla woolly within, and the tube pilose inside to the insertion of the stamens. Kunth, who probably examined very imperfect specimens, says, on the contrary, that it is quite smooth within, and that it has a convex palate marked with orange-coloured glandular spots, but I can perceive no indication of such a palate. In the above-mentioned specimens, the calycine segments are smooth within ; the corolla is also smooth, and hairy only in the mouth and upon the lobes of the border. Galeotti’s specimen, as I have before observed, has distinctly five fertile stamens, Hartweg’s has only four. 2. Leucophyllum Texanum, Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 344 ;—ramis glabris, tortuosis, nodosis, subspinescentibus, junioribus to- mentosis ; foliis obovato-oblongis, apice rotundatis, utrinque cano-tomentosis ; calyce extus tomentoso, laciniis lato-lanceo- latis, intus pubescentibus et 3-nerviis ; corolla precedentis, sta- minibus 4 didynamis, cum quinti rudimento, filamentis com- planatis, levibus: capsula apice pilosa.—Mexico, Prov. Texana, v. s. in herb. Hook. (Laredo, Berlandier.) In this species the branchlets are more glabrous, more tortuous, and more knotty at the axils of the fallen leaves, often spinous at the short abortive branchlets, the leaves more obovate-oblong and rounded at the apex, the younger leaves incanous, not fer- ruginous, the calycine segments more oblong and broader ; the leaves are 7 or 8 lines long, 4 or 5 lines broad, the petiole bemg scarcely appreciable ; the calyx is 14 line in length; the corolla, including the lobes of the border, is } inch long: the calyx, though persistent, does not increase in size in fruit; the capsule is small, ovate, 13 line long, the two valves being inflected at the margin, very thick and coriaceous, and bifid nearly to the base. -3. Leucophyllum campanulatum (n. sp.) ;—ramis substrictis, ra- mulis abbreviatis, approximatis ; foliis ovato-orbicularibus, crassis, utrinque densissime tomentosis, adultis incanis, ju- nioribus confertissimis, ferrugineis; floribus axillaribus ideo arctis, folio superantibus, calycis laciniis crassis, lanceolatis, apice obtusiusculis; corolla preecedentibus dimidio majore, glabra, intus simpliciter hirta, ovarii apice, stylique basi, dense pilosis.— Mexico, v. s. in herb. Lindl. et Hook. (Zimapan, Prov. Mex., Coulter, n. 1271). This species is very distinct from the two former, its leaves On the Heights of some of the Cotswold Hills. 255 being more orbicular, 8 lines long, 7 lines broad, on a channeled petiole 2 lines in length, the older ones bemg always imcano- velutinous, the younger of a deep ochreous colour ; the branchlets are very much crowded, and not longer than 1 or 2 inches; the axils much closer, with more copious foliage, hence the flowers appear densely crowded : the corolla is of a deep violet-blue, 7 or 8 lines in length, broader in proportion ; its border is somewhat oblique, with five rounded lobes, the anterior one more reflected, the two posterior lobes more erect ; it is nearly smooth outside, and very pilose within. Another characteristic feature is, that the upper moiety of the ovarium, and the lower portion of the style, are densely covered with white hairs, the basal gland bemg smooth ; it has constantly five stamens, of which the three anterior are somewhat shorter. The hairs of the corolla and pistillum are simple and articulated, those of the calyx stellately plumose, as in the rest of the plant*. | XXIV.—Heights of some points of the Cotswold Hills, with some experiments with the Aneroid Barometer. By W. Henry Hyert, Esq., F.R.S.+ A Frew months ago, in a formal Report, an Inspector under the Board of Health stated that “ Cheltenham has been estimated to stand 200 ft. above the level of the sea, and the height of the Cotswold Hills above the same level is about 300 ft. :’’—he meant probably to say “above the level of Cheltenham ;” thus making the absolute height of these hills 500 feet above the sea—still an estimate rather wide of the mark when given under the nose of Cleeve Cloud, which exceeds 1000. It is true the case required no accuracy, but such a degree of inaccuracy could scarcely have appeared had a more general knowledge of the truth prevailed in this part of the country. Indeed it has been for years matter of complaint that even the relative heights of the several remarkable points of our Cotswolds were unknown—Painswick, Birdlip, Leckhampton and Cleeve Cloud each having their respective champions, but with no authority to quote, nor umpire to determine between them. Having consulted some of the scientific Members of the Cots- wold Club on the point without success, I ventured to suggest that they at least should try to set it at rest. The coincidence of the present Ordnance Survey for the improvement of the river Severn, having their signal staffs actually standing on the very * A drawing of this plant with sectional details will be shown in plate 58 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ + Read to the Cotswold Nat. Hist. Club, Sept. 27, 1849. 256 Mr. W.H. Hyett on the Heights of some of the eminences in question, offered an opportunity not to be lost of having measurements made. I therefore proposed to our ourtind President to get (as best I could) a list of the heights of those hills from which we derive our name, and which in the course of our excursions we so fre- quently climb ;—a subject of peculiar interest therefore to our- selves, and not without importance to all who study the geology, botany, &c. of this range. Immediately on reeeiving his con- currence I wrote to Capt. Yolland, R.E., who has the mapping department of the Ordnance under his direction, and the com- mand of the parties now executing the survey of the Severn. Observing. that the signal staffs of their present Trigonometrical Survey afforded the easy means of taking the vertical as well as the horizontal angles, and of acquiring all the imformation which the public needed, 1 ventured to express a hope to that officer that he would afford it. In reply he promised to communicate the information. re- quested, and has since most obligingly supplied the approximate heights above the mean level of the sea of sixteen remarkable points in our vicinity which I shall presently read to you, together with other data which I have myself obtained by the aid of the aneroid barometer*lately invented in France, and much vaunted as applicable to the measurements of heights. 1 then procured one of these instruments from Dent, with his pamphlet upon it, and will now give the results of its comparison with the mea- surements received from Capt. Yolland. It may be as well however first to make a few remarks on this new instrument, with a view to show how far it may be appli- cable in its present state to the purpose of measuring altitudes. It is probably known to most of you, that in carrymg a mercu- rial barometer to the top of a high mountain, the mercury sinks from two causes, the one purely barometric, the other thermo- “metric. Whilst for every 850 feet of perpendicular ascent the weight of the air decreases so as to show a fall, in its counterpoise the quicksilver, of about an inch—for every 300 feet of ascent there is also a decrease in the temperature of 1° Fahrenheit, occasioning a proportional contraction in the quicksilver in the tube, making it stand so much lower than it ought to do were its descent due to the diminished pressure of the air alone. To calculate there- fore correctly the height indicated by the mercurial barometer, allowance is always made for decreasing temperature, and tables have been compiled for this purpose from the known rate at which mercury contracts by cold. The same double effect is doubtless produced in the aneroid barometer, which Mr. Dent says is compensated by means of gas Cotswold Hills, with observations on the Aneroid Barometer. 257 in the “vacuum-vase” of the instrument. This however is, 1 believe, a mistake*. In its present form, then, I conclude that a correction for temperature is needed for the exact measurement of heights. There are also two palpable defects, one of which is that the hand or index is frequently so far from the face of the dial, that its parallax leads to error in reading off the scale, which may easily amount to 20 feet in height. This however may be somewhat corrected by bending the hand so as to make it nearly touch the face of the dial. The other fault is that the inch is subdivided into only forty parts, one of which corresponds to 22 feet in height. It would be better to have it graduated to hundredths —so that the actual reading off should tally at once with the barometric tables now in use—or if the size of the dial will not admit of this, to subdivide the inch into fifty instead of forty parts, so that each division should be ‘02 of an inch. At present, in order to use the tables, it is necessary in reading off to change the vulgar fractions into decimals, which, in jotting down, fre- quently leads to troublesome mistakes. : “ is full time however to come to the table which I promised of the Approximate altitudes above the mean level of the Sea supplied by Capt. Yolland, RE. By Ordnance By Aneroid _ Difference Survey. Barometer. by Aneroid. feet. feet. feet. Tewkesbury Church, surface of ground .... 47 Gloucester Cathedral, surface of ground ... 56 Barrow Hill, surface of ground ............ 198 Const Hill i ikhicieandtcciid. nccimnimdnsi 292 Christ Church tower, Cheltenham (top)... 343 Reid 8 WOGG FUL ec.ccsreeencved ver askance tes 652 634°2 —17°8 SII EU ccc o 2s ch owhsarchacs oncleancees co he 691°4 —23°6 Stincheombe Hill ......... . eT ETE! 796 740°27 + 15°27 Finger-post on top of Frocester Hill ...... 0 ...... 780 Oona BAU sen icky sa. sdk 96> one vedd sistent ay 733 Firs at Symond’s Hall. .w............ssse0eee desis Sidon 810 RIE ool 7 a aaa enbansint vs ona xoam es insane ess 823 825°5 +2°5 RUMP POMEETTE: Cictes tok sg rencthsceectestcconess 929 935°9 +6°9 Maye 0083. DUTIES RA 966 Birdlip sEah. fi; ees seeds des cakaces) pudaas iensds 969 960°5 —8°5 Leckhampton Hill ........sessesceesceseveers 978 969°9 —8'l Base of Bredon Hill tower .........ses..0++- 979 Cleeve Hill or Cleeve Cloud ............... 108] 1066°8 —14:2 Malvener § 198i oA ee 1396 With the exception of Standish and Robin’s Wood Hills, the * T have since ascertained it to be one. M. Vidi himself informed me in November last, that although he at one time made some experiments on the use of gas in the “ vacuum ”—(qy.) ‘ vase,””—he has now rejected it altogether. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. v. 17 258 On the Heights of some of the Cotswold Hills. height of each of which is the result of a simgle observation with the: aneroid, the agreement of its indications with those of the Ord- nance determinations is very remarkable, considering the errors to which the present construction of that instrument render it hable. I must observe, however, that they are brought nearer to the trigonometrical measurements by my having rejected -some of my first attempts, in which I am almost certain that I made mistakes, and by subsequently adopting the mean of two or three observations, a process which always reduces the extremes of error. Thus for Painswick Hill I had three observations— 33 One giving it . . . 919 feet. Another... so .*. 9b4S. : rhe tir... ss Oe giving a mean result of 935°9 feet, which differs only 6°9 feet from Capt. Yolland’s figures. I am sorry that I have not had time to try more of our heights ; but I thought it better to repeat the observations on the same hills in order to obtain mean results, and thus to sift my own probable errors, than to persevere in them undetected. Throwing out of consideration, then, some of my first:trials, before I was quite up to the use of the instrument and its tables, the results which I have just given are highly satisfactory. But on the other hand I tried it against the published sections of the Cheltenham and Great Western Railway with leas success, as the following comparison will show :— By Company’s By Aneroid. . _ Error. sections. : feet. feet. feet. Stroud station above Gloucester station 116°3 124°75 +8°45 Summit-level at top of Saperton tun- ; / nel above Gloucester .....scseeeeees } 352°2 : 413°7 +61" 5 Now these were the means of two trials; in the latter case the discrepancy is greater than I can easily explain, unless the oscillations of the railway carriage have any effect on the instru- ment, which I can hardly suspect ; for in all other cases, however carefully carried, it must have been exposed to rough shaking*. On the whole therefore I must suspend my opinion as to the merits of the aneroid for measuring heights till after farther ex- periments, and at any rate would recommend the improvements in the construction, to which I have before alluded, to be effected, viz. the decimal graduation to be adopted, and the index to be placed closer to the face of the instrument. P.S. Since the compilation of the above paper I have been * The error may be this—that the Company’s sections were published before the completion of their line, which was eventually carried at a rather higher level than these sections show. ~ On the Embryogeny of Hippuris vulgaris. 259 fortunate enough, on a visit to Paris, to make the acquaintance of the ingenious inventor of the aneroid—which I find, in its present state, he regards as a domestic rather than a scientific instrument, —an estimate of its capabilities in which its continued use leads me very much to concur. Still, while I find it per- fectly well adapted to the house purposes of a common weather- glass, I can say no less of it as an instrument for taking heights, than that it is far more commodious and much less likely to get out of order than a mercurial barometer—and when limited, as my trials were, to heights not exceeding 12V0 feet, that it exhibits quite sufficient, accuracy for general _purposes—a pons which I have no doubt in its present form may be extended to heights of some 2500, and were the index graduated to 24 or 25 inches of the mercurial barometer, probably to the height of any hills in Great Britain. ae M. Vidi, however, has made some elaborate trials towards a more purely scientific instrument. If he persevere, I have no doubt he will succeed. The grand Exhibition of Works of Art in London in 1851, offers him a good opportunity for submitting his invention to more general notice,—and, to the judges perhaps, a not inappropriate object for a premium.—W. H. H. ’ XXV.—On the Embryogeny of Hippuris vulgaris. By Joun Scorr Sanperson, F.B.S.E., Member of the Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh*. Tue subject of the origin and development of the embryo has been lately brought before botanical readers so frequently in the various journals appropriated to vegetable physiology, and so much has been done by so many observers in the elucidation of the subject, that it must appear somewhat uncalled for to occupy your time with facts and observations which are only re- petitions of what has been much better detailed by others in regard to other species, and by which therefore these results can only be corroborated. As however the observations referred to are contained in foreign journals, and may have escaped the notice of many members whose attention has not been directed to this particular branch of botanical science, I trust that the following details will not prove wholly unacceptable, more especially as they will enable me to lay before you some of those highly important generaliza- tions, which are to be obtained from the splendid researches of Hofmeister, Unger, Tulasne, and others, on the subject of em- * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Feb. 14, 1850. 17% 260 Mr. J.S. Sandersou on the Embryogeny bryogeny. We shall see as we proceed, that we are now enabled to construct a morphological type of development complete in all its parts, and applicable to all the hitherto investigated orders of phanerogamous plants. Hippuris vulgaris belongs to the natural order Halorageacee, which contains only three British genera, Myriophyllum, Hip- puris and Callitriche, all the species of which are water-plants with floating and submerged leaves. They appear to be distin- guished by their submerged leaves possessing distinct bundles of spiral vessels, a fact which may be well seen in the common Callitriche verna, and has been lately shown by Barnéoud in those curious plants the Trapas which float on the rivers of Southern Europe, and are considered by many botanists as belonging to this order. | The ovary of Hippuris is one-celled, containing a single pen- dulous ovule, attached nearly at its apex by a fleshy funiculus. In its earliest condition I have not had an opportunity of ex- amining it. If however it be examined at a period considerably before that of impregnation and before the development of the solitary anther is completed, it is observed to have become com- pletely anatropous. The nucleus lies loosely in the cavity formed by the envelopes, which completely surround it, attached to the chalaza. The envelope is not distinguishable into primine and secundine, and extends considerably beyond the apex. It con- sists of small hexagonal cells arranged in series, each containing a nucleus. On one side, the raphe, consisting of a bundle of imperfect spirals, is seen passing from the hilum to the chalaza. ° : The nucleus, the structure of which cannot be seen on account of the opacity of the envelopes without dissecting it out, consists of a large cell, the embryonic vesicle, extending from its apex to about two-thirds of its length, which is surrounded by a single layer of very transparent, gelatinous-looking nucleated cells, which are however deficient at the apex, at which point the em- bryo-sac seems to be totally uncovered. Contained in this embryo-sac is seen the embryo-vesicle. This body consists of a single elongated cell attached to the free ex- tremity of the embryo-sac. This cell (the embryo-vesicle) con- tains a granular protoplasm in which here and there globules are observed to float. It probably originates at a very early period from the micropyle-end of the embryo-sac, but I have not been able to trace it at any earlier stage than that represented. The form which it presents, of an elongated cell attached to the end of the embryo-sac next the micropyle, and smaller at its attached than at its free extremity, is prevalent throughout the Scrophula- riacee, Cruciferae, and other orders. » of Hippuris vulgaris. 261 From the fact that the embryo-yesicle is developed at so long a period before the bursting of the anther, little doubt can remain as to its existing prior to the act of impregnation, and not being, as supposed by Mirbel and Spach, a consequence of that act. Still less can it be supposed to be the end of the pollen-tube, ac- cording to the theory of Schleiden and his followers, We now proceed to notice the changes which the embryo- vesicle undergoes subsequently to the act. of impregnation. After impregnation, the granular protoplasm, which has accumulated at the larger extremity of the embryo-vesicle, becomes: trans- formed into a spheroidal cell. A septum is then observable at the lower part, crossing it horizontally, by which:it. is divided into two cells. Of these the inferior is developed downwards by successive merismatic division, so as to form a confervoid fila- ment, the suspensor. ‘The upper assumes at the same time a spheroidal form, and is distinguished from the rest by being filled with granules, exactly as occurs in the Orchidacee. Soon after it divides by a longitudinal septum, and subsequently by a transverse. These are followed by successive divisions, and the embryo with its suspensor is formed. While these changes are taking place, the embryo-vesicle, which in the early stage is ad- herent by one of its extremities to the micropyle-end of the em- bryo-sac, becomes correspondingly enlarged and elongated. It however never becomes completely filled with the cells. of the suspensor, or at least not until a very late period. It seems to be narrowed at its apex, either by the absorption of its contents by the developing embryo, or by the pressure of the contiguous parts. Subsequently the round mass of cells described above, to which the term embryo-globule has been applied, undergoes further development, and the cotyledons and other parts being gradually formed, the embryo assumes its characteristic appear- ance. , Thus we see in this plant—Ist. That the embryo-vesicle exists at a period previous to the act of impregnation ; 2nd. That after impregnation a number of cells are formed by an endogenous process in its cavity which assume a confervoid arrangement ; 3rd.'That of these one is selected to be developed into the em- bryo; 4th. That the rest undergo no further development, but seem to conduce to the nutrition of the embryo. These facts are in every respect conformable to what is known of the embryogenic pro- cess in the Orchidacea, Onagracee, Scrophulariacee, Crucifere, and other natural orders. Since the above observations were made, I have had the oppor- tunity of seeing the results of two very important. series of re- searches by Hofmeister of Leipzig and Tulasne. These researches lead to the conclusion, that the mode of development above de- 262 Mr. J. S. Sanderson on the Embryogeny scribed in Hippuris is that which holds universally throughout phanerogamic plants. The results of Hofmeister, as detailed in his Monograph on the origin of the vegetable embryo, published at Leipzig last year, are as follows :— A Jong time previous to the period of fecundation a certain number of free cellular nuclei are formed in the embryo-sac. These generally occur at the end of the sac next the micropyle. After this, free spherical cells are observed to be formed at the same part of the embryo-sac, which are usually three in number, an arrangement which probably depends on merely mechanical causes, and is well seen in the Orchidacee. These cells are destined for the formation of the embryo itself, and are to be distinguished from those of a smaller size which are often observed at the same period at the opposite extremity of the ‘embryo-sac, and conduce merely to the formation of the endosperm. These cells are the embryo-vesicles, and from them the em- bryois produced. One of them only remains active, while the rest abort. This being acted on by the fovilla at the period of fecun- dation, undergoes the development detailed below and becomes the embryo. At the period of impregnation the pollen-tube arrives at the embryo-sac. Sometimes the sac-membrane is so firm as not to be indented by it. Sometimes it is considerably indented, and adherent for a longer or shorter period. At other times it ap- pears, from its great tenuity, to be pierced by it. In all cases the embryo-vesicle remains perfectly closed, so that any communi- cation between it and the end of the pollen-tube is impossible. After impregnation the embryo-vesicle becomes divided into ‘two cells by a transverse septum. These two cells are the first of those which form what Hofmeister calls the pro-embryo. The distal cell then in most cases divides by horizontal septa into a row of smaller cells. The terminal cell of this row then becomes more developed than the rest, and gives birth by an endogenous process to the embryo-globule. This then becomes developed into the embryo by the successive formation of new cells. These results will be seen to harmonize perfectly with what has been already said with reference to Hippuris. They were obtained from the examination of a very great number of species belonging to various natural orders ; among which may be men- tioned Orchidaceae, Graminee, Liliaceae, Iridacee, Amaryllidacee, Polygonacee, Caryophyllacee, Ericacee, Geraniacee, &c., and there is every reason to depend on their accuracy. In the last two numbers of the ‘ Annales des Sciences Natu- relles,’ which have only appeared in the course of last week, M.L. R. Tulasne has published the most complete and beautiful of Hippuris vulgaris. 263 series of researches, as far as they go, among the many to which this controversy has given origin. *. The facts which are brought forward by this author are confirmatory in the most. important particulars of what had previously been ascertamed by Hof- meister, Unger, and others, but are distinguished by the author’s inquiries having been carried to an earlier period in the develop- ment than had been arrived at by any previous observer in the families to which they refer, namely the Scrophulariacee and the Crucifere. : In the Scrophulariacee generally, as in Hippuris, the embryo- vesicle assumes at an early period an elongated form, and. its subsequent development is identical. Tulasne has traced it to its earliest origin in several species.. He has shown that it is developed originally on the inner surface of the wall of the em- bryonal sac near its summit, but at a point quite separate from that at which the pollen-tube is applied. This vesicle, at first exceedingly minute, grows upwards in the cavity of the embryo- sac, until it assumes a form similar to that seen in Hippuris. These facts are important, as serving to point out. more distinctly the strict correspondence between the morphological modifications of the same development as observed in the Scrophulariacee and other orders, with those possessed of distinct. embryo-sacs, as the Orchidaceae. . The researches. before us also derive an additional interest | from their showing the total maccuracy of the observations of Prof. Wydler of Berne, (which were made on the same) natural order,) who in the year 1838 set himself to support the theory of Schleiden, and from whose alleged facts that. physiologist de- rived some of the most powerful supports of his views. In the Crucifere M. Tulasne. has also accomplished all that can be done to perfect our knowledge of the embryogeny of the order... In particular he has described and figured distinctly the embryonal sac, the existence of which was doubted in that order, and has traced the embryonal vesicle from its earliest condition, that ofa minute cellule attached to the micropyle extremity of the embryo-sac, up to that of a cylindriform cell filled with a granular protoplasm, at the period at which it should seem that fertilization takes. place. | Numerous other points of great importance might be men- tioned as illustrated by this admirable series of researches. They will well reward the perusal of all who take any interest in vege- table anatomy and physiology, and they are illustrated by draw- ings, which exceed in beauty and detail all their predecessors, although many. of these have been beyond all praise. From the accurate knowledge of the facts connected with the . origin and development of the vegetable embryo, into the, pos- > 264 Mr. J. S. Sanderson on the Embryogeny session of which the researches of Unger, Hofmeister, and Tulasne have put! us, we need be at no loss to arrive at certain general conclusions as to the order-in which the various steps of the em- bryogenic process are brought about, and the laws by which it is governed. We shall therefore occupy the remainder of this paper in enumerating as shortly as possible the most important of these generalizations. In order to facilitate description, we shall divide what seem to be the essential phenomena of the embryogenie process in the higher plants into three classes, in the first: of which we shall consider the process of development of the embryo-sac ; in the second the changes which take place within the embryo-sac be- fore, and in the third, after the act of impregnation. We shall first speak of the development of the embryo-sac, or the individualization of a cell of the female organ for reproductive purposes. At a very early period a constituent cell, of what is called in descriptive language by a singular misnomer the placenta, gives rise by successive division to a cylindrical body, which consists of a central series of cells surrounded by others of smaller size. This, by another equally obvious misnomer, 1s called the ovule. From the central series of cells just mentioned one is separated and set apart for reproductive purposes, while the rest are: va- riously developed so as to form coverings to this one. It enlarges at the expense of the rest, and receives the name of embryonal sac, and is strictly analogous to the animal unimpregnated ovum. We next consider the changes which take place in the cavity of the embryo-sae previous to impregnation. At a period considerably prior to impregnation a vesicle is de- veloped, always at the micropyle-end of the embryo-sac, and pro- bably always from a cytoblast. This vesicle enlarges more or less, and contains a fluid granular protoplasm. To this the name embryo-vesicle is assigned. It is analogous to the germ-vesicle in animals, both in its production and subsequent development. Besides the embryo-vesicle other cells are frequently developed at this period, which are destined to conduce to the nutrition of the future embryo. 7 Lastly, we have to consider the changes which take place in the embryo-sac after impregnation. At this period a cell belonging to the male organ (the pollen- grain) becomes so developed that its membrane and that of the embryo-sac are brought in contact ; in consequence of which an interchange of their contents takes place, and under the pe- culiar influence of the one upon the other, the embryo-vesicle begins to develope within it two cells divided from each other by a transverse septum, in the same way as the first change ob- of Hippuris vulgaris. 265 served after animal impregnation is the development of two cells in the germ-vesicle. These cells then multiply to a greater or less extent by transverse division so as to form a confervoid filament. At last, either at the centre or termination of this fila- ment, one cell becomes developed by an endogenous mode of cell- production into a body to which the term embryo-globule is applied, and which is in fact the future embryo, while the rest perform a subordinate function,: being probably merely subser- vient to the nutrition of the embryo. This last process corre- sponds in animals to the successive divisions of the two cells previously referred to, what is called the “ cleaving of the yelk mass,’ on the surface of which the embryo is subsequently de- veloped. The foregoing sketch of what may be considered as the morpho- logical type of the embryogenic development in the higher plants will, it is believed, include all those modifications which oceur in those families which have been hitherto investigated. And consi- dering that. of late years, since the means of research have been so much more complete than formerly, there has been such a remark- able consonance in the results obtained by different observers, there is little reason to apprehend that any new facts are likely to arise, which will render it necessary to modify our generalizations to any great degree. We may therefore consider the controversy for the present settled. The doctrine of Schleiden is now only a matter of history, and as such possesses very great interest. When in 1837 he first brought forward his splendid discoveries as to the previously unknown nature and functions of cells, he founded upon them another doctrine, according to which the existence of sexes in plants was denied, and the so-called male organ alone was supposed to origmate the germ. The history of this celebrated doctrme exemplifies in a remarkable manner the truth of the observation, that, although false facts may do an infinity of mischief in science, false theories are often produc- tive of the greatest benefit. The numerous researches which have been set on foot within the last ten years with a view to the refutation of the doctrines of Schleiden, have not only established the utter baselessness of these last, but have furnished us with a series of details more complete and more conclusive than any which we possess in con- nection with any other subject in the whole range of vegetable anatomy. 266 Mr.J.T.Symeon some Plants observed in Orkney. KX VI.— Notice of some of the rarer Plants observed in Orkney during the Summer of 1849. By Joun T. Symu, Esq.* ~ Havine passed the greater part.of last. summer in Orkney, and during: that time, having examined the natural history of the parts of it which I visited, I now, lay before the Society a notice of a few of the rarer plants which I observed. . I would have drawn up a list of all the species which I met with, but as I had opportunities of botanizing only in the southern part of the © mainland and in the islands of Hoy, Burray and Flota, I have thought it advisable to defer, this until I shall.have made some acquaintance with the botany of the other islands,.which I hope to accomplish next summer. . The flora of Orkney is by no, means extensive, and excepting some alpine plants which are found ata lower cleyation. than usual, it embraces very few species of interest ;—as is to be ex- pected from its bare and. treeless condition and the uniformity of its geological formation; the old red. sandstone, with here and there a trap-dyke, being the only rock to be met with; while the incessant winds charged with saline. particles and the low summer temperature forbid the growth, of the more tender plants, as well as those which rise above the shelter of the sur- rounding vegetation. . , | In addition to. these adverse circumstances, by far the greater proportion of the ground is flat and moorish, which still more contributes to give a sameness to the vegetation ; so that I think we may account for the paucity of species from the physical con- ditions. of the Orkney islands, without having recourse to any theory of centres of vegetation and migration of plants. I shall now proceed to give the names of the plants I met with, nearly in the order in which | noticed them, with the dates when the various trips were made, as extracted from my journal. ' On the 5th of June last, 1 went on board the screw steamer “ Northman,” at Leith, and after a tedious passage of forty hours, arrived in Kirkwall Bay... The mornmg was wet and windy, but being impatient to examine the botany and entomology of a district new to me, and feeling the desire of again walking on terra. firma, as is natural to a landsman after a sea voyage of longer. duration, than. he is accustomed to, I set, out for Swan- bister, the place of my destination, about eight miles south-west of Kirkwall.. I,soon found, however, that novelties or even rarities were not to be expected, for I did not in the whole of my walk find a single plant worth drymg. In. the town of Kirkwall I saw Stachys ambigua (not. yet. in * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Feb. 14, 1850. Mr. J.T. Syme on some Plants observed in Orkney. 267 flower), growing among the nettles at the sides of the lanes. About two miles from.Kirkwall there is a pond and marsh at the side of the road, where Menyanthes trifohata was growing along with Equisetum limosum and Carex ampullacea ; and in the moors along the sides of the roads, I saw Luzula multiflora, Ly- copodium Selago, Salix repens and Primula acaulis, but nothing of any interest until I reached Swanbister, where Scilla verna was in great profusion, and Gymnadenia albida just coming into flower. A few days after I found at Smoogro a curious variety of Plantago lanceolata, with very woolly leaves, lying flat on the ground and much broader than usual. Near this place Sten- hammaria maritima used to occur, but there was no appearance of it. I suppose it must have been covered up with shingle by the sea, during the winter. | | On.the 12th of June I went to Howton Head, about three miles west of Swanbister, to see the station for Primula scotica, which was easily found, but appeared to have flowered very sparingly, as I only saw two plants in seed. | Here I also found Lycopodium selaginoides and Thalictrum alpinum, about 200 feet above the sea ; a curious fact, as where alpine plants are found at so low a level, it is usually where there is high ground behind, from which they have been brought down by burns, &e.; but here there are no hills of any considerable height near, and, in- deed, I never found this nor any alpine plant elsewhere on the mainland. On the 25th of June I had an excursion, in company with Mr. Robert Heddel, to Kirbister Loch, about two miles north-west of Swanbister. Here we found Potamogeton filiformis, 4 or 5 feet long, and with the peduncles 18 inches long (a form which I afterwards observed in the lower Loch ‘of Stennis growing in the brackish water along with dwarfed and discoloured plants of Fucus vesiculosus). In old marl-pits m the loch we found Zannichellia palustris and Potamogeton heterophylius and P. perfoliatus.. After completing the survey of the loch we went to Neversdale, where Dr. Duguid used to find Ajuga pyramidalis abundantly, but which had dis- appeared for the last four years ; and after a very careful search, Mr. RK. Heddel found a single plant of it, of which of course the root was carefully left. Here we also saw Eleocharis uniglumis, Melampyrum pratense B. montanum, and Botrychium Lunaria. But by far the most interesting excursion I made was’ to the Wast hill of Hoy, on the 28th of June, which I owed to the kindness of Mr. Heddel, who took me across in his yacht and pointed out the habitats of most of the very interesting alpine plants which are to be found there. Unfortunately our time 268 Mr.J.T.Syme on some Plants observed in Orkney. . was very limited, as we had to beat against wind and tide, and so did not reach the Bow (at the foot of the hill) till the after- noon. ‘The ascent to the hill is at first not quite so steep as the slope of the debris of Salisbury Crags at) Edinburgh; and here Galium pusillum, Saaxtfraga aizoides and Silene acaulis were abundant, even at the very foot of the hill. After ascending about 500 feet, the red sandstone rock rises nearly perpendicu- larly for about 150 feet, and here we gathered Thalictrum alpi- num, Saussurea alpina, Oxyria reniformis, Sedum Rhodiola, and a Hieracium not in flower, which appeared to be H. murorum ry. Law- soni. Above the rocks the hill is nearly bare of vegetation, and covered with debris, among which Dryas octopetala was growing in great perfection. Sawxifraga oppositifolia and Draba incana also occur on the hill; but we had not time to look for them, as I was most anxious to see the station for Ajuga pyramidalis, . found by Mr. Robert Heddel, at the Burn of Berridale. We accordingly descended into the valley of Rackwick, gathering Lycopodium annotinum on our way, and reached the Burn of Berridale about six o’clock in the evening. This ravine is re- markable as being the only place in Orkney where the birch and mountain-ash are to be seen growing wild. We soon found the Ajuga pyramidalis, which is confined to the west side of the burn near its mouth, and is by no means easily noticed. The barren. plants resemble very much young plants of Digitalis purpurea, and they usually flower under the shelter of bushes of Calluna vulgaris. The plants were small, from 1-3 inches high, but were still in flower, while that which I had seen in Neversdale some days before had its seeds nearly ripe. Melampyrum pratense 8. mon- tanum, Scirpus fluitans and Drosera anglica also occurred here, and Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi in great profusion. There are also bushes of Corylus Avellana and Hedera Helix among the rocks. Rubus suberectus was found by Dr. Duguid on the north-west of Hoy, but we had not time to visit the station before embarking on our return to the Bow. My next trip to Hoy was on the 8rd of July, when I ex- amined part of the south-west coast, in company with Mr. Hed- del. About two miles from Melsetter, Stenhammaria maritima occurred, and on the hills in several places Arctostaphylos alpina and Vaccinium uliginosum. Mr. Heddel has found Lobelia Dort- manna in several of the lakes in Waas, but I did not meet with it myself. On the 17th of August I again visited Howton Head, but found Primula scotica out of flower. I was misled by the plants of it in the garden at Swanbister, which came into flower at this time, being probably delayed in flowering by having been trans- planted in the spring. Anagallis tenella and Habenaria viridis Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 269 were now in flower at this place, but I saw nothing else of any interest. On the 28th of August I paid a visit to the north-west coast of Hoy, and found Drosera anglica in abundance, and Vaccinium uliginosum sparingly, and in the marshes above Rysay Schanus nigricans and Eleocharis multicaulis, both of which I also found in several places in the mainland. On the 31st Stachys ambigua was in flower at Kirkwall. Near Piggar, and in several other places round Swanbister, Anthemis nobilis occurs in plenty and apparently wild in one marshy field in particular, where it covers a large extent of ground, and is now at all events perfectly naturalized. At Swanbister there is a tract of low land called the “ Fidge,” which used to be overflowed by the sea at spring tides, but is now protected from this by a sea-wall built by Mr. Fortescue. Here there are a good many of the plants that are to be found’ in salt marshes, Salicornia herbacea, Cakile maritima, Alsine ma- ritima, Sagina maritima, Carex extensa, Eleocharis uniglumis, Ruppia rostellata, Potamogeton filiformis, Blysmus rufus, and one plant of Stenhammaria maritima. On the rocks called ‘ Bar- nory,” to the south of this, Ligusticum scoticum and the maritime form of Pyrethrum inodorum were seen ; both of these plants also occur in profusion in the island of Burray along with Silene maritima. Avena fatua and strigosa are found in most of the turnip- fields, &e., and appear to be quite indigenous. Festuca ovina var. vivipara is also common, and Radiola millegrana is to be seen in most of the moors. There are a few bushes of Populus tremula and Rosa villosa on the cliffs, on the east side of the Wauk-mill bay between Kirk- wall and Swanbister. ; These are all the plants which I met with that are worth noticing ; but on my next trip to Orkney I hope to be able to visit the north isles, which may perhaps add some others to the list, and make a trip to Orkney of sufficient interest to attract botanists more competent than myself to examine its flora. 84 Great King Street, Edinburgh, Feb. 5th, 1850. XXVIT.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 28.] 77. Aphis Mali, Fabricius. Aphis Mali, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 216; Syst. Rhyn. 298; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 116; Gotze, Ent. Beit. i, 317; Stew. 270 Mr. FB, Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. El. 1.111 5) Turt. a..706;: Shaw, Gen» Zool. viv pl. 58 5» Kalt. Moni Pflan. i. 72. 52. A. Pomi, Deg. Ins. iv. 36. pl. 3. fig. 18+21 ; Latr. Gen. Cr. m. 173.5 A, Oxyacanthe, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 116. 1219. Oxyacanthaphis, Amyot,; Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2° série, v. 478. This species feeds on Pyrus malus, P. communis, Cydonia vul- garis, Mespilus germanica, Sorbus aucuparia, and Crategus oxy- acantha. When very young, and in the middle of March, it has a dark green colour: the head and the limbs are still darker ; the eyes are dark brown: the feelers are half the length of the body: the mouth reaches to the hind-hips: a dark stripe runs along each side of the body: the nectaries are about one-eighth of its length: the legs are rather short and stout: it dwells on the buds with the pale orange young ones of Psylla Pyri.. When full-grown it is green, shining, oval, and convex: the limbs are brownish green: the feelers are setaceous, rather stout, brown, pale green at the base, and less than half the length of the body: the legs are pale green; the feet are brown: the front is broad and convex, and there are no tubereles at the base of the feelers; the first and the second joints of the latter are not angular; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is slender, and rather shorter than the third. lst var. The body is pale yellowish green with three vivid green stripes. 2nd var. The body is grass-green, varied with yellow towards the head: the limbs are pale yellow: the feelers are one-third of the length of the body : the nectaries are one-twelfth of the length of the body. 3rd var. The body is green; the limbs excepting the tips of the feelers are paler. 4th var. The body is green: the feelers are pale green, and very much shorter than the body: the nectaries are green, and from one-fourth to one-fifth of the lesgth of the body : the mouth is green; its tip and the eyes are black : the legs are pale green with brown feet. 5th var. The feelers are shorter than the body, and the nec- taries equal one-tenth of its length. 6th var. The body is pale green : the feelers are pale brown, pale green at the base; and rather more than half the length of tke body: the eyes are dark brown; the mouth is pale ¢ green with a darker tip: the nectaries are less than one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are pale green, and rather short ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. Mr, F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 371 The viviparous winged female. This as a, pupa and when very young is reddish green, but afterwards acquires a rose or pale red colour: the nectaries:are as long as one-eighth of the body : the rudimentary wings are pale red; they are unfolded before the middle of May, and then the insect is deep black: the hind- border of the’ fore-chest is) dark greew: the abdomen is green, and sometimes it has.a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are black, dull green at the base, and much shorter than the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is quite'as long as the third: the mouth is green; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are black, and vary in length from one-sixth to one-tenth of the body: the legs are dull yellow; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wings are colourless and nearly twice the length of the body ; the wing-ribs are green ; the wing-brands are pale brown; the veins are dark brown: the second fork is very short. lst var. Black: the front and the back of the fore-chest; the fore-breast, and the abdomen are dark green: the feelers are a little shorter than the body: the mouth is pale dull yellow with a black tip: the fore-thighs, the shanks except their tips, and the four hinder thighs towards the base are yellow: the wing- ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow; the wing-brands are pale brown ; the other veins are brown. y 2nd var. Green: the head, the disc of the chest, and that of the breast are black, and there is a row of black spots on each side of the abdomen: the feelers are black, and about half the length of the body: the nectaries are about one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are black ; the shanks except their tips, and the thighs towards the base, and sometimes nearly the whole of the fore-thighs are pale yellow : the wing-ribs are some- times pale yellow, and the colour of the wing-brands varies from pale brown to dull green. A 3rd var. The fore-thighs are black with the exception of the ase. | 4th var. The body is grass-green : the discs of the head, of the chest and of the breast ‘are pale reddish brown: the feelers ‘are brown, and shorter than the body : the mouth is pale green with a brown tip: the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are pale green, and about one-sixth of the length of the body: ‘the legs are dull pale green ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are dull green; the brands and the other veins are brown. On the whitethorn in the middle of May. 5th var. While a pupa it is green, with two darker green 272 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. . stripes : the feelers and the legs are pale green; the tips of the former and the feet are brown. _ When the wings are unfolded the insect is black: the borders and the underside of the fore- chest and the abdomen are green: the feelers and the eyes are black: the mouth is green with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are pale yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wing-ribs are pale yellow, the brands are pale brown. On the whitethorn in the middle of June. 6th var. The body is dull green: the head and the dise of the chest are varied with black: the feelers are brown, green at the base, and shorter than the body: the wing-ribs are pale green ; the veins are brown. 7th var. While a pupa it is pale greenish yellow, with three vivid green stripes on the back: the feelers are pale yellow with brown tips and much shorter than the body : the mouth and the nectaries are pale yellow with brown tips, and the latter are nearly one-sixth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet are brown. The winged Aphis is black : the abdomen is green : the feelers are rather short : the nectaries are black: the legs are pale green ; the feet and the tips of the thighs are black : the wing-veins are pale dull green. The fourth branch vein of the wing has a more gentle curve than that of many species, and the angle whence it springs is slight ; the third as usual is obsolete at its source, and it runs nearly half its length before it sends forth its first fork, and more than three-fourths of the same before it sends forth its second ; the second vein diverges slightly from the third as it proceeds to the hind-border; they are nearer to each other at their source than the third is to the fourth ; the third converges gra- dually towards the fourth from the base to the tip ; the first and _ second are nearer to each other at their source than are the second and third, but more remote at their tips. Variations in the wing-veins.—I\st var. The second fork is wanting. t | 2nd var. Both forks are wanting. 8rd var. Like the last, but the second and the third veins meet, and after a short space part, and proceed to their re- spective destinations. 4th var. The second fork in one wing is moderately long, in the other it is very short. The oviparous wingless female. It appears m the middle of the autumn, and when very young it is pale yellow or greenish yel- low: the tips of the feelers, the eyes, the tip of the mouth, and the feet are dark. When a little older it is elliptical, and of a soft pale velvet-like yellow hue : the feelers are black, pale yeHow Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 273 at the base, and rather more than half the length of the body ; the knees and the tips of the shanks are black. When still older it acquires a green tint, especially on the abdomen : the nectaries have black tips, and they are one-sixth, one-eighth or one-twelfth of the length of the body: when full-grown the body is green and spindle-shaped, and the abdomen is lengthened towards the tip: the hind-shanks are hardly thicker or darker than the others. Ist var. Dark green with a bluish black hue, 2nd var. Buff. 3rd var. Pale orange. 4th var. Pale red. 5th var. The body is pale yellowish green, whitish green beneath: the head is brownish: the feelers are about half the length of the body : the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are black, and about one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are yellow ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. | The winged male. It pairs with the oviparous female at the end of October, and is black: the front and the rear of the fore- chest, the fore-breast and the abdomen are dull yellow; the latter is slightly traversed by black bands: the feelers are very nearly as long as the body, and like those of the female are thick, with the exception of the last jomt; the fourth joint is about half the length of the third ; the fifth is very nearly as long as the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is rather longer than the third: the mouth is dull yellow with a black tip : the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the veins and the wing- brands are pale brown ; the second fork is sometimes wanting. 1st var. The mouth is black; its base is dull yellow: the four hinder thighs are black, with the exception of the base. 2nd var. The thighs are black excepting the base. Length of the body 3-3 line; of the wings 11-2} lines. In the beginning of November the winged female is still occu- pied with bringing forth young ones, while the oviparous female is laymg eggs. The leaves of the mountain ash are sometimes crowded with this Aphis in the autumn, and the wind carries them away with their insect-load. The apple-trees sometimes put forth new blossoms soon after the middle of June, the earlier flowers having been much injured by this Aphis and by Psylla Pyri. Mr. Spence mentions that the abundance of Aphis mali caused the failure of the apple crops in Worcestershire, Devon- shire, and Herefordshire, in 1838. Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 18 274 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 78. Aphis Padi, Linn. Aphis Padi, Linn. Syst. Nat. a. 734. 8; Faun. Suen, 981; Fabr. Ent, Syst. iv. 220, 50 ; Reaum. Ins. iii. pl. 28. figs 95 10; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 11D. 1216 ; Stew. El.11..110; Tart. ii. 708 ; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 74. 53. Padifecr, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477, The viviparous wingless female. This Aphis feeds on Prunus Padus, is hatched before the, middle of. March, and is then dull green: the feelers are blackish green, and Jess than half the length of the body: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth is dull, green with a darker tip, and reaches the hind-hips:, there is a dull red spot on each side of the abdomen near the nectaries, which are almost black, and about one-tenth of the length of the body: the legs are blackish green. In April it becomes rather broad, oval and convex, increasing in breadth from the head till near the base of the nectaries ; its colour is now pale green, or grass-green tinged with yellow; the red spot at the base of each nectary is larger than before ; and it is quite filled with young ones, and even the fore-chest is occasionally occupied by these little embryos, which sometimes exceed thirty in number : the feelers are pale yellow with brown tips, and not more than one- fifth of the length of the body; the fourth joint.is more than half the length of the third; the fifth is very nearly as long as the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length of the-fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth: the eyes are black: the forehead is prominent in the middle, and has.a slight tubercle at the inner base of each feeler: the mouth is yellow with a brown tip, and reaches the middle-hips: the legs are yellow; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black; the four hinder shanks are slightly curved; the fore-legs are but little more than half the length of the hind-legs: the nectaries are yellow with brown tips, and about one-twentieth of the length of the body: there is a short tube at. the tip of the abdomen. Before the end of April the mother of a colony gives birth, to.a progeny of young ones that, are very unlike their parent, being much darker and of a blackish green colour, and, covered,with white powder which increases in quantity as they advance in age. The colour when the skin has been, lately shed is sometimes) pale orange or dull olive-green, with a pale green head and almost white limbs. Mr. Hardy has sent me this species! from the neighbourhood of Berwick, in July, but it disappears, from, the bird-cherry near London in the beginning of summer, when;the foliage is often almost destroyed by it and by Yponomeéuta Padella, and it does not return to that tree till the autumn. Mr. F, Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 275 1st var. The body is dark brownish green. 2nd var. The feelers are nearly one- ‘fourth of the length of the bod a syd var. The feclers are half the length of the body. 4th var. The feelers are three-fourths of the length of the body. 5th var. The nectaries are one-twelfth of the length of the 6th var. The fore-legs are longer than usual. The viviparous winged female. The pupa is not only adie guished from the wingless insect by its structure, but also by its darker colour and by its greater activity: the feelers are brown, pale green at the base: the legs are pale green; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown: the rudimentary wings are pale green, The wings are unfolded-in May, and the insect is then pale olive-green ; the limbs are still paler, and the wings are milk- white : it is afterwards black : the abdomen is brassy black above, very dark green and covered with white powder beneath: the feelers are much shorter than the body; the fourth joimt is shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth: the nectaries are as long as one- twelfth of the body: the legs are dull green ; the feet, the tips of the thighs and of the shanks, and the whole of the hind- thighs are black : the wings are colourless, and very much longer than the body : the wing-ribs are almost white ; the wing-brands are green ; the veins are brown. At least eight young ones may be seen in its body while itis yet a pupa: the feelers are a little shorter than the body ; the fifth joint is much shorter than the fourth; the seventh is nearly thrice the length of the sixth: the fore-legs are only a little shorter. than the hind-legs ; the fore-shanks are slightly curved, and very much longer than those of the wingless female : the nectaries are about one-twelfth of the length of the body: the widening of the main vein into the wing-brand begins at about halfithe length of the wing; it is very gradual in its ap- proach towards, and union with, the fore-border, which is rather convex towards the base of the wing: the brand is irregularly spindle-shaped, and the fourth branch-vein springs from ‘the middle of its hind-border; the third branch-vein is, as usual, obsolete before its source from the main-vein ; its first fork occurs soon after one-third of its length, and its second fork soon after five-sixths of its length. Ist var. The legs are black, with the exception of the yellow base of the fore-thighs. 2nd var. The wing-brands are*pale brown. 18* 276 Mr.F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 3rd var. The second fork in the third vein of the fore-wing is wanting. The length of this second fork is often very variable in the same species, and even in opposite wings of the same Aphis. Length of the body 3~—1 line ; of the wings 23-3 lines. 79. Aphis Sorbi, Kaltenbach. Aphis Sorbi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 70. 51. The viviparous wingless female. This species is hatched in the middle of March or somewhat later; and then begins to feed on the buds of the apple-trees: it is very small and of a dark green colour: the head, the limbs, and a stripe on each side of the body are still darker: the feelers are not more than half the length of the body: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth reaches the base of the hind-legs: the nectaries are about one-eighth of the length of the body: the legs are rather short and stout. When full- grown the body is nearly round, dark reddish brown, and thickly covered with white powder: the limbs are black: the front is nearly straight, but has three slight tubercles: the feelers are half the length of the body : the nectaries are about one-ninth of | its length. Ist var. Dull green, short, and very plump: the feelers are brown, dull green at the base, and shorter than the body: the eyes are black: the mouth is dull green with a brown tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are pale yellow, and rather long; the feet, the tips of the shanks and of the four hinder thighs are black. 2nd var. Very dark green: the thighs are black with the ex- ception of the base which is pale yellow: the nectaries are one- eighth of the length of the body. 3rd var. Nearly round, dull reddish green, paler beneath : the feelers are black, and nearly as long as the body: the tip of the mouth is black: the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are gray, excepting the base of the fore-thighs which is dull yellow. Ath var. The feelers are hardly half the length of the body. 5th var. The young one has a large dull tawny spot at the base of each nectary. 6th var. Dark reddish brown: the limbs are black: the feelers are half the length of the body; the nectaries are one-ninth of its length. ~' 7th var. Pale orange. 8th var. Dark orange. 9th var. Pale green. 10th var. Pale buff, darker towards the tip of the abdomen. 11th var. Pale red, short-elliptic: the feelers are white with Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 277 black tips, and as long as the body : the mouth is white ; its tip . and the eyes are black: the nectaries are also black, and as long as one-fifth of the body: the legs are white ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. 12th var. Dull green, plump, and ‘nearly elliptic: the feelers are white with brown tips, and longer than the body: the eyes are black: the mouth is white with a brown tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-fifth of the body : the legs are dull white ; the knees and the tips of the shanks are black. ' 18th var. Dull green, oval, mottled with red at. the tip of the abdomen: the feelers are pale brown, and nearly white towards the base: the mouth is dull green witha brown tip; the nectaries | are brown, and as long as one-fifth of the body ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are also brown. 14th var. Dull green, oval, more or less tinged with red, and covered with a white powder, or mottled with red and green, or all red, or varied with black; there is a row of black spots on each side of the body: the feelers are black, pale yellow towar<'s the base, and nearly as long as the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and nearly one-fourth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow; the feet, the knees, and the tips of the shanks are black. On the mountain-ash. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it resembles the wingless female, but it is rather narrower, and its rudimentary wings are whitish ; these organs are unfolded in May, and the msect is then black and shining: the fore-chest. is red, which colour also prevails on the base and the underside of the abdo- men: the feelers are shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the thighs except the base, the feet and the tips of the shanks, are black: the wings are colourless, and longer than the body; the wing-ribs are. pale yellow ; the veins and the wing-brands are dull yellow; the second fork is very long. Ist var. The fore-border and the hind-border of the fore-chest are green : the abdomen is dull yellowish green ; its disc is black, and there is a row of black spots on each side: the wing- brands and the vems are brown. On the mountain-ash. This species feeds on, Crategus oxyacantha, Pyrus malus, Sor- bus aucuparia and S. domestica ; it appeared in thick clusters on this last tree near London in the summer of 1847, and gave the leaves autumnal red and yellow tints, and great nunbers of humble-bees (Bombi) came to feed on its honey. The oviparous wingless female. This appears at the end of Oc- tober; it is oval, yellow, and rather flat, and has a distinct rim 278 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. on each side of the body: the feelers are black towards the tips, and much longer than the body: the eyes and the tip of the mouth are black: the nectaries have black tips, and are nearly one-fourth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow ; the knees and the tips of the shanks are black. The winged male. This appears in the autumn and pairs with the oviparous female at the end of October : it is deep black: the abdomen is sometimes dark red with a black line along the mid- dle; it has a white bloom beneath: the feelers are slender, and much longer than the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third, but more than half its length ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is a little longer than the fourth: the nectaries are nearly one-fifth of the length of the body: the thighs towards the base, and the shanks except their tips are dark yellow : the wings are very much longer than the body; the wing-ribs, the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale brown; the second vein diverges rather more from the first than it does from the third ; the first fork of the latter vein begins a little after one-third, and the second beyond two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is much curved near its base, but nearly straight towards its tip : the angle whence it springs is slight. It sometimes couples also with the oviparous female of Aphis Mal. Both these species very abundant in the autumn of 1846, but very scarce during that season in 1847. Length of the body 3-1 line; of the wings 23-3 lines. 80. Aphis Euonyme. Aphis Huonymi, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 786, 14; Ent, Syst. iv. 214. 21; Syst. Rhyn. 294. 21; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 2206 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 1. 108; Turt. ii. 705; Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i, 684; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 79. 57. Euonymaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 2 série, v. 478. The viviparous wingless female. This appears on ‘the spindle- tree (Huonymus europeus) in April: it is black, oval, convex, short, broad, very plump, and covered with a white bloom’: the feelers are white, and about one-third of the length of the body ; theirtips are black: the nectaries are about one-fifteenth of the length of the body: the legs are rather short, the shanks are white with black tips; the fore-shanks are dirty white with brown tips. The young one is’ like its mother, but more flat and linear, less intensely black, and without bloom ; its limbs are blackish green, and at the moment’ of its birth its body is dark green. The front of the head is slightly convex, and not notched ; the first and the second joints. of the feelers are not angular ; the Mr, F. Walker’s\ Descriptions of Aphides. 279 fourth joint is shorter than the third ; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter than. the fifth; the seventh is nearly twice the length of the sixth, 1st var. Dark bronze colour. 2nd var. Pale whitish green ; limbs darker. 8rd var. Black and white, or piebald. 4th var. Dark velvet-like red : the feelers are white. with black tips: the mouth also is white ; its tip, the eyes and the nectaries are black: there is a large and somewhat palespot,on the disc of the body: the legs are white ; the four hinder thighs, the fore- knees, the feet and the tips of ‘the shanks are black. . When very young it is pale red, and its legs excepting the feet are nearly all white. It is infested by an Ap hadi The clusters of dead, bodies which stick to the leaves are consumed by little Acari. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it has spots of white powder in a row on each side of the body : when the wings are unfolded it is stout, thick, black, shining, and has a slight metallic tinge: the feelers are more than half the length of the body; the fourth joint is shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than. the fifth; the seventh is hardly twice the length of the. sixth : the mouth is dull green with a black tip: the nectaries) are not more than one-tenth of the length of the body: the legs are black ; the shanks except their tips, the base of the thighs, and nearly the whole of the fore-thighs, are yellow: the wings are colourless, and are very much longer than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands are dull buff; the other veins are brown; the second vein diverges - much more from the first than it does from the third; the first fork of the latter vein begins after one-third, and the second still more beyond two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is more curved at its source than near its tip: the angle whence it springs is very slight. lst var. Pale whitish green with dark limbs. 2nd var. Body black and white. 3rd var. Wings with a slight yellow tinge. 4th var. Body small, black : abdomen dark green; the seventh joint of the feelers is more than twice the length of the sixth. Length of the body 4-3 line ; of the wings 13-2} lines. Variations in the veins of the wings. Ast var.—The fourth branch-vein forms an angle, and a short cross-vein passes from it to the second fork of the third branch-vein: in the opposite wing the branches of the second fork having separated reunite, aaah a little elliptical areolet, and then again divide to form the fork. e : 280 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 2nd var. The second and the fourth branch. -veins are forked near their tips. 3rd var. An additional vein Pa the lower branch of the first fork with the second fork of the third vein. 4th var. There is a spurious or supernumerary vein which proceeds from the third vein a little before its first fork, and passes towards the hind-border of the wing, which however it . does not attain. 5th var. The fourth vein is forked near its tip. 6th var. With an areolet like that of the second var., but larger and triangular. 81. Aphis Ly yehnidis, Y Linn. Aphis Lychnidis, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 734. 7; Faun. Suec. 980 ; Fabr. Syst. Ent. 737. 1; Bie Ins. i. 2. 384. 4; Ent. Syst. iv. 210. 2; Syst. Rhyn. 294. 2; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2208; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 114. 1214; Berk. Syn. i. 1195. Stew. El. iu. 110; Turt. 11. 703; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 92. 67 ; Reaum. Ins. iii. 281. 340. A, Cucubali, Linn. Faun. Suec. 719. Lychnidaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 478. This species feeds from April to November on Lychnis viscaria, L. diurna, and Cucubalus Behen. The viviparous wingless female. This is hatched in April, and is remarkable for its shining and glutinous appearance: the body is rather small, black, oval, very convex and plump, dark green beneath: the feelers are black, slender, more than half the length of the body, pale yellow towards the base which is black : the eyes are dark brown: the mouth is pale green: the nectaries are about one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the sharike are brown. When young it is dark green, or pale greenish red, or pale brown: the head is pale green: the limbs are almost or quite white. The viviparous winged female. The pupa unfolds its wings in the middle of May: it is then black and shining: the fore- border and the hind-border of the fore-chest are dull. tawny, which is also the colour of the abdomen beneath, and at the base above: the feelers are as long as the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is nearly as long as the third: the mouth is black with a pale yellow base : the nectaries are about one-eighth of the length of the body : the legs are dull yellow; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks and the greater part of the hind-thighs are black : the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the we bereia te , Ps/2) its y 2 aes eee A Rees: Livy" v it = ae: at | wt “ a ra! = + i i va = P . Pate Beth Sates 7 7 Leow +% F F a ase wma esa A eka as + , , sere PR» a : ‘ . # ~~ 4 i ‘ at 2 : * ' : ' mig t Pan | a tin lo ‘ 4 a’ i : . es At pe ‘go > ve t i = bd . Po ae = My £ a: - i , ‘ ‘ fon : : i ; rai a Vika oe . Ps t 2 : a f $ _ : ‘6 A i : P wes « . ‘ Pam te : ‘ . 4 ; F A 7 Gi; c 1 . ? = , ~ of . 4 © . * e ‘ . ’ » * ° ‘ , ‘ A,’ ¢ - be - 7 ” saa a : ’ 2 . F ‘i Fie Met & oa f ’ ». Fi « ie % - : . . ? . ; ! ‘ ke GM ‘ ts - rs rg bal : > : . 7 an” 7 r : ‘ > P 7 : gies 7 2 . U + t “ +9 4% Bow ee t - . - - ‘ x si ks + - E . e i ; : 4 7 5 . i . 7 Abe . ats ’ - ¢ cP os ' ‘ : roe z . : 2 : ? 7 : ‘ : é * F ; ; par ij f . ~ ” ‘ . F + 7 . Woon a . te t j rt t ¥ a “ 7 %, . > . ' ‘ t ig: - ’ m w = 4 ¥ < : % aS - r ole Sf ‘ ees, 'S , - te ae 5 V4 , * ~ ‘ - ‘ A 4 . Mi ‘4 : f * 4 : ‘i ¥ f ut es . an area ¢ 5 ae és. ry ee Rs Cre tnt hh L | 5) 2148 | Fe] § 2 : 2 & @ ret | s 5 & 3 "8 2 E = Brea risy sore ener 28 “YOIMSTYD Titeion "a1 ys-satyuing FS *JopnstyD so) ; ; : o& ‘uy “pur AA - -19JULOULIONY, “1OjOWOIVG = 2 “KANYUGC) ‘asunyy younpung 7v Suoysnoy{D ye "Ady 947 fq pun SauIHS-saluawag ‘asunpyy ypuvSajddp yn ‘aequag * AA *Ae7y 2y7 49 SNoLsog 4D “|Wa,A “aN. 49 fuopuorT avau ‘MOIMSIHG 7 Ajaw0g jounynaysozy ay2 fo uapavy ayz qo uosdwoyy ‘apy 49 apom suoynasasqy) yorsojouoazapy Monormia. Trichormius. a BHIIDOHIIOVO a ato! AOAC Biaee SOs agnnisea 39 ee ree D> Crlindrospermum . a Rabfs & thwaites det. LDe CS. 64 Te % rr ¥. hts a N u ied We Be WU ee 3 Val.5. PLIN. Fialfs & Thwaites da, | ST De C.S'.Se THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] No. 29, MAY 1850. scpeeopinesdceses 2, 4 2.2 2 3 OVE OVAL: « onscessienshtakacraeonde 2 4 1 63° 1 8 ME SHVAU | aap te ceeesocqtcvemneseir ess rere wre 011i Height from. palate to tip of nose 1 5 bsil¢ 10 oad ——-— from palate to top of forehead. 2 2 1 93. 1.10 of teeth ‘series. vsicdesviesvesanees 0 9: O 92,010 There is a specimen in the Museum which Mr. Waterhouse has described as a variety (Hist. Mamm. n. 415). It is very di- stinct in appearance from either of the above, but best agrees with the specimen from the Brazils in the blackness and slenderness of the whiskers and the smoothness‘of the upper cutting-teeth, and the blackness of the tip of the tail, but differs in the general co- lours being much blacker, and in the underside of the body and tail being nearly black and only very slightly grizzled, and espe- cially in the tips of some of the spines on the sides being yellow. { strongly suspect it will prove a third species, to which the name of C. tricolor might be attached. XXX V.—On the characteristic Fossils of the Chalk Formation. By L. Von Bucu*. Communicated by Prof. J. Nicox. TuRrovuGHovT all the members of the chalk formation, three chief forms of organic beings seem especially adapted to serve as cha- racteristic fossils. These are the Ammonide, the Trigonia, and * From Betrachtungen iiber die Verbreitung und die Grenzen der Kreide- Bildungen. Bonn, 1849. 382 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils the Exogyre. A few words explaining the general character of these forms may not prove unacceptable. 1. Tart AMMONID. It is well known, that the Ammonites, still so remarkably abundant in the lowest cretaceous beds, or the Néocomien, ra- pidly decrease in the higher strata; so much so, that even in the upper chalk they no longer occur, and that every trace of them has since vanished from the surface of the earth. There is how- ever something very remarkable in the manner of this disappear- ance. The greater number of the Ammonites seem to ‘suffer from the disease which at length expels them from creation. The whorls in many no longer lie exactly im one plane, but the one side projects somewhat forwards and draws the other after it. Soon after they even lose the power to attach themselves closely to the previous whorl; and these are now unconnected (Ff. A. Romer, Kreide, p. 135), when the Crioceras, which is only found in the chalk, is formed. The formation of such unattached whorls soon exceeds the power of the animal to bend its body, and thus to contract itself into such protecting lmits,—it is compelled to extend itself lengthwise, and the singular forms of the Toxoceras, the Ancyloceras, the Ptychoceras, finally those of the Hamites, and of the Baculites, straight like a staff and directed perpendicularly upwards, are produced, and are the last attempts of the animal to maintain its existence. Subsequently nothing appears in nature which can remind us of this kind of Cepha- lopod. All these forms therefore, diverging from the perfect Am- monite, mark in the most decided manner one or other portion of the cretaceous formation,—they are leading forms, which, where they occur, exclude the supposition of any other formation. It is truly remarkable, that in the same manner as the Ammo- nide vanish from the world, in the same manner exactly do the Nautilide make their appearance in the oldest strata. The en- tirely straight Orthoceratites are the most ancient of all known Cephalopods ; they endeavour, at least when young, to attach themselves to the previous whorl, an attempt which, however, must be given up in its further growth, when the animal can only increase lengthwise ;—the Lituite is produced ;—the Clymenie succeed in attaching themselves throughout to the previous whorl, in a continuous spiral entirely situated in one plane ; the Nautilus finally—of which a weak remnant, the Nautilus pompi- lius, has continued to the present time—surrounds all the pre- vious whorls with the last one, and thus withdraws itself more perfectly from the attacks of its enemies. The Ammonite va- nishes through a series of forms intermediate between it and the of the Chalk Formation. | 383 outstretched Baculite; the Nautilus on the other hand arises through a similar series of forms from the long-extended Ortho- ceratites. Very many Ammonites of the chalk possess another peculiarity by which they are easily recognized, and consequently also the formation in which they are found. The plications (Falten) or ribs on the sides become always stronger and thicker the nearer they approach the back; in the Jura Ammonites they become weaker from below upwards; on the margin of the back itself they are often so much expanded (aufgeblaht) that they do not pass over the back and cannot unite with each other from the two sides. The sipho then remains (d/eibt zuriick) in a deep furrow. The secondary plications (Hiilfsrippen) are of equal strength with the chief plications, especially on the margin of the back, but they disappear even on the middle of the side and rarely unite with the chief plications. This gives the whole form an unhandsome, almost) clumsy aspect, which distinguishes it very much from the handsome Jura Ammonites. Instances may be taken from very different families: Am. Syriacus, interruptus, Rhotomagensis, denarius, varicosus, Sow. &c. This formation evidently arises from the endeavour of the upper half of the ani- mal to move quicker forwards on the back than the lower ventral portion can follow. It is just this endeavour also that produces the singular form of the Scaphites. On more close investigation it would evidently be pronounced a disease of the Ammonite, were not the form too constant, and did it not show too complete an agreement in widely distant regions. It is universally seen in all Scaphites, that they only then first forsake the regular form of an Ammonite when the last septum is formed. The shell sud- denly expands immoderately, the former law of the increase of the whorls is entirely suppressed, the lateral ribs and promi- nences are disproportionately separated from each other, new ribs run down from the back and push themselves strongly for- wards. ‘The ventral side separates itself entirely from the whorl, and the shell grows in a straight, no longer spiral direction ; yet not long; the expanded portion again contracts, the last chamber appears as if drawn together, it anew curves round towards the centre, but by this contraction the life of the animal is soon ter- minated. If it is a disease of the Ammonites, then it is a real epidemic which has attacked the Ammonites in the cretaceous period, for the Scaphites are far from ‘rare, of very various forms, and almost peculiar to the middle cretaceous strata ; hence they must be especially regarded as characteristic fossils for the cre- taceous formations. And these deposits even on the Missouri are no less marked by them than by the large Inocerami. For one of the most beautiful Scaphites, the S. Nicolletii, which 384 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils has not yet been figured, was brought from the Black Hills im lat. 46° *, by F, Romer. 2. Tar TRIGONLA. Not only by thew numbers, but still more by the richness of their specific divisions, by the peculiar prominence of individuali- zation, do the species of the remarkable genus 7rigonta: attam, their maximum point in the lower chalk. They do not long maintain. themselves at this elevation; like so many other races they quickly decline again, and the only species.of Zrigonia still living, in the warm waters of the Pacific near the Fidji islands, is but a very miserable remnant of the fine forms which are. still preserved in the rocky strata. From this multiplicity of forms many might easily be selected as fully characteristic of the chalk ; these would however be isolated, and found not universally, but perhaps only in a few localities. On the contrary, that remark- able family of Trigonie, which Agassiz has named. ‘ Ziigonie scabre,’ is dispersed over every land where the chalk occurs, and such a Trigonia is alone sufficient to determine the age. of, the formation in which it occurs. The peculiar and prominent cha- racteristic of these forms is a remarkably produced ventral mar- gin, when the area of the posterior side is brought, as usually happens, into a concave position. This is produced by the very oblique angle at which the posterior and anterior sides meet at the hinge, an angle which seldom exceeds 60°, whereas in other families these two sides meet at a right angle. Along with this all the Scubre appear much intumesced at the hinge, and fall quickly off with some degree of acuteness before attaining the posterior termination. The sides are adorned with ribs, running down perpendicularly, of which only a few curve round below the hinge and become united on the anterior surface. These ribs are divided, crenulated, by more or less acute divisions, placed close together, and they are also sometimes slightly curved towards the posterior area, when the side of the shell declines. somewhat more quickly backwards. From such minute distinctions Agassiz and D’Orbigny have formed many distinct species, Trigonia scabra, _aliformis, carinata and others. However, the characters on which these various species have been founded have no fixed limits, but pass insensibly into each other ; the numerous crenulations of the Trigonia carinata are easily lost on the Tr. scabra and aliformis ; the depression of the posterior part of 77. aliformis is very often altogether wanting. On the other hand, the number of the ribs, with nearly equal size, continues almost constant. Eighteen to twenty ribs are almost invariably counted on the sides of these T7r7- * A description of this new species is then given by the author.— TRANS. ‘ of the Chalk Formation. 385 gonie, of about 24 inches in size, as well in France as in England and America. This is also the case with the Mexican Trigonia, described (Bulletin de Bruxelles, tom. vii. no. 10) by MM. Nyst and Galeotti, which they have named 7?. plicato-costata. It is not distinct from the Trigonia crenulata of Lamarck and Agassiz, and when of the same size has the same number of ribs on the side. | When thus limited and again referred to the oldest name proposed by Sowerby of Trigonia aliformis, this remarkable Tri- gonia is dispersed over the whole extent of America, and every- where characterizes the middle chalk. Even the Trigonia tho- racica described by Morton from Alabama is now recognized by | him as Trigonia aliformis. M. Galeotti relates that the Trigonia discovered and published by him occurs in the marls of a very extensive limestone formation in the middle of the great and principal Cordillera of Anahuac, twelve French miles W.N.W. from the town of Tehuacan in the district of Puebla, and four to seven thousand feet above the sea level. In that place it is so abundant and large that it may be considered the chief and most characteristic fossil of the whole formation. It is wonderful, says Galeotti, to find in one place such vast accumulations of fossil shells, fragments of so many Ammonites several feet in diameter, or of gigantic stems of corals ; so much so, that perhaps there is no other locality on the whole surface of the earth, where over several square miles such an immense mass of organic remains are dispersed. Some Ammonites are figured by Galeotti and de- scribed by Nyst, but neither the description nor the figure gives a clear view of the whole; they remind us chiefly of the Ammo- nites Carderont of D’Orbigny. This same Trigonia again appears in South America, in the mountains of 8. Fé de Bogota, whence they were first brought to us by Von Humboldt (Pétréf. recueillies en Amérigue, p. 8. f.10). It occurs here dispersed over a wide space, from Socorro on the north to Tocaymo on the south of Santa Fé. It also shows the same depression of the lower border, the same acute angle, scarcely exceeding 60°, of the anterior and pos- terior margin, the same number of perpendicular plications on the sides, and the same crenulations on the plications. It seems therefore without sufficient foundation that some naturalists be- heve this Trigonia to be a new species. D’Orbigny has quoted it with some doubt as Trigonia subcrenulata*, and Lea under the name of Trigonia Tocaymaanaty. Since now the mountains of Santa Fé are proved most distinctly by the organic remains in- closed in the strata to belong to the middle cretaceous series, as I have endeavoured to prove in the description of Humboldt and ‘ 7 Shey agp de Colombie par M. Boussingault: Paris, 1842, p. 52. pl. 4. ; T Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. vii. p- 6. pl. 9. £.8. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.v. 25 386 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils Degenhardt’s ‘American Fossils’ (Berlin, 1839), and as still more clearly appears from Alcide D’Orbigny’s learned work on Bous- singault’s collections, it follows that the strata discovered by Galeotti above Tehuacan must be joined, with all their organic remains, to the middle chalk. The collections made by Burkart, Councillor of Mines in Bonn, in the mountains of Guanaxuato, contain nothing opposed to this view. We do not again find this Trigonia further south in America, in Peru or in Chili, at least it. has not yet’ been observed in the cretaceous strata so common in all this region. On the other hand it appears in other quarters of the globe. The enterprising and talented Director Kraus of Stuttgart has brought from Zwartkopp, Algoa Bay at the Cape of Good Hope, a Trigonia which in all essential characters agrees with the Zrigonia aliformis—even the acute angle, under 60°, of the anterior and posterior margins, and the direction of the ribs with the fine crenulations on them. Herr Kraus has named this shell Trigonia ventricosa. It is almost surprising to find this same Trigonia aliformis in the chalk hills which appear as if blown by the winds over the vast peninsula of Hindostan, quite in the south, near the point at Verdachellum to the south-west of Pon- dichery, and nearly in the same circumstances as in Europe and America. Prof. Edward Forbes, the most distinguished paleon- tologist in England, affirms that he could find no distinction whatever between the Indian Trigonie and those from Black- , down*, Along with it Cardiwm Hillanum, Pecten quinquecostatus, orbicularis, obliquus, occur, so that Mr. Forbes has no difficulty in referring the strata of the hill of Verdachellum to the upper greensand and the gault, or exactly the place to which the thick beds of St. Fé de Bogota, of Tehuacan and of Alabama, must be referred. Still the Indian beds contain a great number of forms which are peculiar to them alone, and perhaps bear some rela- tion to tropical conditions of climate, and which by themselves might be a reason for suspecting that these hills form a very highly developed tertiary formation. The Trigonia alone is suf- ficient to lead us to a better conclusion. It is a characteristic fossil. 3. Tue Exocyre. Still more even than the Trigonia, we may regard the Ezogyre as a stamp impressed on the whole crétaceous formation. These singular oysters appear for the first time in the Jura deposits, but only small, hardly an inch in size, and in most cases (Hzo- gyra virgula, Knorrii, spiralis, airiformis) scarcely larger than beans. Wherever they are several iaches in size, it may be un- conditionally assumed that they declare the formation to be cre- * Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. vii. P. iii. p. 151. pl. 14. f. 3. of the Chalk Formation. 387 taceous. They then exhibit great diversity of form, but are at the same time so remarkably regular in their geological position, that each of the four divisions of the chalk may be distinguished by certain forms of Exogyre ; and hence they are of the greatest importance for determining to which of these divisions of the chalk a particular bed belongs. The beak of all the Ezogyre is very much twisted, sometimes turned round two or three times like a ram’s*horn. This twisting is always found on the right side of the deeper (lower) valve, when the hinge or beak is turned towards the observer. On this side of the beak also there always appears a more or less distinct, narrower or broader depression, which is continued from the margin to the beak. In the inte- rior of the shell this depression forms a swelling on which the muscular impression is seen. Hence it is evidently the muscle that pulls up the mantle and along with it also the shell which it produces, and thus causes the furrow or depression on the ex- terior surface. This is a chief character of all the Ezogyre, which is wanting in the Gryphee and still more in the oysters. This also explains why the right side of the Exogyre is always the smaller one, and much less expanded than the left side. All the Exzogyre may be divided into two sections accord- ing to the form of this side with the muscle :—into those in which this side is vertical to the surface of greatest expansion in the shell, and then forms a sharp keel on the back,—and those in which this side expands somewhat in a wing-like form, with a rounded and not a projecting back; that is (1) the Exogyre carinate, and (2) the Ezogyre expanse. Singularly enough these two divisions correspond to the geological occurrence of the genus ;—the first section, or the Ezogyre carinate, appearing especially in the lower; the other section, or the Exogyre ex- panse, mostly in the upper strata of the chalk deposits. These two divisions are represented in a remarkable manner by the Exogyra Couloni, or aquila, Goldfuss, and the Ez. columba ; the first characteristic of the Néocomien, the second of the upper chloritic chalk [chalk-marl]. Throughout the whole of Europe this Ezogyra columba is never looked for in vain, but in North America it has not yet been seen except in Texas, and there only of a small size (Romer). Its place appears to be supplied by the large, scaly, wide-expanded Hxogyra costata, Say, which, ac- cording to Morton’s statement, occurs wherever the cretaceous strata are found. On the other hand, the absence of Exogyra Coulont from this portion of America is quite in accordance with its position in the lower beds which are wanting in North America. 388 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. XXXVI.—Descriptions of British Aphides. By Francis Warxer, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 281. ] 82. Aphis Pruni. 9 Aphis Prum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 213. 14; Syst. Rhyn. 296. 14; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2202; Geoffr. Ins..1. 497. 10; De- geer; Ins..11..49. 5. t. 2. f. 1-8; Reaum. Ins. ii. t. 23, f. 9-10; Scopoli, Ent. Carn. 138. 406; Rossi, Faun. Etr, 260. 1374; Stew: El. u. 110; Turt. u. 704; Schrank, Faun. Boie, ui. 115. 1217 ; Gotze, Ent. Beitr. 1.312; Latr. Gen. Cr. ii. 173 ; St. Farg. et Serv. Encyel. x. 245 ; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 52. 37; Ratz. Forst. Ins. m. 216, A. Arundinis, Fabr. Syst. Ins. 385. 7; Ent. Syst. iv. 212. 8; Syst. Rhyn. 295. 8; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2202; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 54. 38. Prunifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 476. Calamaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24° série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This Aphis dwells beneath the leaves of the plum-tree (Prunus domestica), and is said to feed also on P. spinosa and on P. Armeniaca, from the middle of June to the end of October. It exudes much floccose matter with which the leaves on which it feeds are covered; the body is light green, elliptical, long, narrow, and thickly covered with white powder: the limbs are white: the feelers have brown tips, and are much shorter than the body: the tip of the mouth, the feet, andthe tips of the shanks are brown, and. the eyes are darker : the nectaries are pale green with black tips, and about one- twentieth.of the length of the body: the front is rather narrow, and nearly straight: the first and second joints of the feelers are not angular; the fourth joint is very much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. It also sometimes appears in abundance on Arundo Phragmitis and on A. Epigyos, and it assumes there a variety of tints, which will be mentioned when its history is more fully detailed. The viviparous winged female. The pupa much resembles the larva, but is shorter, and the tips of the rudimentary wings are pale brown. The winged Aphis is also light green, and very much covered with white powder: the head, the middle chest, and the middle breast are black or gray: the feelers have the same colours, and vary in length, being a little shorter or much shorter than the body; the fourth joint is more than half the length of the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 389 twice the length of the sixth: the eyes are dark red or black : the mouth is green or pale green; its tip and the nectaries are black, the latter are about one-twelfth or one-twentieth of the length of the body: the legs are pale green; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are white or colourless and much longer than the body; the wing- ribs, the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale green, the latter are sometimes pale brown; the other veins are brown; the first vein is more perpendicular than is usual in this group, and the second vein diverges much more from it than it does from the third; the first fork of the latter vein is a little after one-third and the second much more after two-thirds of its length; the fourth vem is curved moderately and equally throughout. its length, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. Ist var. The legs are white ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. , } The oviparous wingless female. The body is small, slender, nearly linear, rather flat, smooth, whitish green tinged’ with yellow, not shining: there is a dark green stripe along the back : the head is yellow: the feelers are black, pale yellow at the base and about half the length of the body: the eyes are dark red : the mouth and the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and the latter are hardly one-tenth of the length of the body: the . legs are pale yellow and rather short ; the knees, the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. ‘On Elymus or Calamagrostis are- narius. 1st var. The body is green: the eyes are nearly black. 2nd var. The back of the body hasa bluish tinge. On Salsola Kali in the beginning of October near Fleetwood. The wingless male. Like the oviparous female, but. smaller : the feelers are about half the length of the body. Length of the body 3-3 line ; of the wings 24 lines. 83. Aphis Lythri, Schrank. Aphis Lythri, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1. 115. 1215; Kalt: Mon. Pflan, i. 51. 36. Lythraphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This insect feeds on Lythrum Salicaria in the summer. It is small, pale green, oval, shining, and slightly convex: the feelers are pale yellow, and shorter than the body, their tips and the eyes are black: the mouth and the nectaries are also pale yellow with black tips, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are pale yellow, and moderately long; the feet are darker. While young it is nar- rower and more linear.. The front has three small tubercles ; the first and the second joints of the feelers are not angular; the fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter 390 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. 1st var. The body is dull yellowish green varied with red: the feelers are dull yellow, black towards their tips, and a little shorter than the body: the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are dull yellow with black tips: the legs are yellow; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. Found in September, near Newcastle, by Mr. Hardy. The viviparous winged female. The body is black and rather small: the borders and the underside of the fore-chest and the | abdomen are dark yellowish green; the dise of the latter is black: the feelers and the nectaries are black, and the latter are nearly one-fifth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wings are colourless and very much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow; the brands and the veins are brown. : Length of the body 3 line; of the wings 2 lines. 84. Aphis Tussilaginis, n. s. The viviparous wingless female. This species was found in the latter part of October near Lancaster on Tussilago Farfara. The body is large, convex, narrow, linear and brown: the head is black : the feelers are pale yellow, and as long as the body ; the tips of the joints are black : the mouth is pale yellow, and reaches the hind-hips; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are pale yellow, black at the base and at the tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are long and pale yellow ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. While young it is linear pale greenish yellow, and has a large lively green spot in the middle of the body. 1st var. The abdomen is yellowish brown: the feelers are black, pale brown towards the base, and nearly twice the length of the body : the nectaries are yellow with black tips; they are also black at the base, where there is a large spot of the same — colour. The viviparous winged female. The body is brown : the borders and the underside of the fore-chest are pale green : the abdomen is pale green with a row of narrow black bands along its back, and a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are black, and a little longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are long and yellow; the hind-thighs except the base, the feet, and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are colourless; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the other veins are brown. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 391 85. Aphis Dianthi, Schrank. Aphis Dianthi, Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 114. 1213; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 42. 29, A. vulgaris, Kyber, Germ. Mag. i. A. Rape, Curtis, Journ. Roy. Agric. Soe. ui. 53. pl. C. fig. 1-3. A. dubia, Curtis, Journ. Roy. Agric. Soe. i. 54. pl. C. f. 4. A. vastator, Smee, The Potatoe Plant, &c. 81. A, Solani? Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 15. 5. Dianthaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2% série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. The body is small, oval, dull, rather flat, pale yellowish green ; it has a row of punctures and a slight rim on each side: the feelers are pale yellow, black towards the tips, and a little more than half the length of the body: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one-sixth of the body: the tube at the tip of the abdomen is also pale. yellow with a darker tip: the legs are pale yellow and moderately long; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. Ist var. The body is mottled with red. 2nd var, The feelers are longer than the body ; the tips of the latter joints are darker: the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the tips of the feet are darker. When young it is pale yellow, linear and flat. 3rd var. The body is pale red. 4th var. Body rose-colour: the head is almost white: the limbs are white : the eyes, the feet, the tip of the mouth, and the tips of the nectaries are black: the feelers are nearly as long as the body ; the nectaries are one-fifth of its length. 5th var. The body is pale yellowish green, tinged with red : the feelers are a little shorter than the body : the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the body : the legs are pale greenish yellow ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. 6th var. The body is pale red, slightly streaked with black ; the head is yellow: the feelers and the mouth are pale yellow with black tips, and the former are longer than the body: the nectaries are pale yellow, and as long as one-fourth of the body ; its tip and the eyes are black: the legs are yellow; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. : 7th var. The body is pale whitish green: the feelers are pale green, black towards the tips, and much shorter than the body : the eyes are dark red : the mouth and the nectaries are pale green with black tips : the legs are pale green : the feet and the tips of the shanks are darker. On Sonchus. 8th var. The body is grass-green and shining: the head is pale yellow : the feelers are white, black towards the tips, and rather more than half the length of the body : the mouth is white with 392 Mr. F. Walker's Descriptions of Aphides. a black tip: the tube at the tip of the abdomen and the nectaries are white ; the latter have darker tips and are as long as one- fourth of the body: the legs are greenish white; the knees are brown ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. 9th var. Like the last, but the body is deep green and mottled with dark colour: the feelers are black, yellow at the base: the nectaries are pale yellow with dark tips: the thighs are green ; the shanks are yellow, with black tips. 10th var. The nectaries are slightly spindle-shaped. 11th var. The body is yellow : the borders of the abdomen are black : the feelers are black, yellow at the base, and shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body : the legs are pale red ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. Mr. Hardy, on Urtica urens. 12th var. The body is dull green tinged with buff: the feelers are pale yellow, darker towards their tips, and a little shorter than the body: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth and the nectaries are pale yellow with brown tips, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are also pale yellow; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. On Carduus. 13th var. The body is small, oval, convex, pale green, not shining, whitish towards the head: the feelers are pale yellow, black towards the tips, and longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and about one-fourth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow, and rather long ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. An Aphis of this variety has one hind-shank much longer than the other, and black in the middle as well as at the end. 14th var. The body is rose-colour mottled with pale yellow: the head and the limbs are yellowish white : the feelers are longer than the body ; the tips of the joints are black : the eyes are very dark red: the mouth and the nectaries have black tips, and the latter are about one-fifth of the length of the body: the feet are _ black. 15th var. The body is green, and shining. 16th var. The body is yellow. 17th var. The body is red. 18th var. The body is bright red. 19th var. The body is pale orange. 20th var. The body is streaked with black. 21st var. The body is nearly all black. These colours vary in intensity, and are either separate, or mixed together on the body, which is sometimes dull, sometimes shining. The limbs also vary in colour: the feelers are rather less or Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 393 rather more than the length of the body ; their colour passes from pale yellow, or pale green to brown or black; the dark colour begins at the last jomts and at the tip of each joint, and spreads thence over the whole feeler: the eyes are bright red, or dark red, or brown, or black: the mouth is dull yellow, or pale yellow, or green, or pale green; its tip is brown or black: the nectaries likewise vary in colour, they have black or brown tips, and are one-fourth or one-fifth of the length of the body: the legs have the same variations in colour, and also vary slightly in length ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are brown or black; the thighs are paler than the shanks, and the dark colour in the former sometimes occupies: half their length ; the hind-shanks and even the hind-thighs) are some- times but very rarely brown or black: the hmbs as usual \are almost white when the skin has been lately shed. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it 1s red: the feelers are yellow, black towards the tips, and as long as the body: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one- fourth of the body: the legs are pale red; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black : the rudimentary wings are whitish or pale green, or with brown or black tips. When the wings are unfolded the insect is black: the borders of the fore-chest, the fore-breast, and the abdomen are greenish yellow : the feelers are hardly shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow witha black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale brown ; the other veins are brown. Ist var. The body is dull green varied with black and red : the feelers are pale yellow towards the base, and a little longer than the body. 2nd var. The body is rose-colour: the limbs and the rudi- mentary wings are white. 3rd var. The body is black, and very small: the abdomen is dull green : the feelers are much shorter than the body: the mouth is dull yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the veins are pale brown. 4th var: While a pupa it is pale greenish yellow: the feelers are yellow, brown towards the tips, and a little shorter than the body : the nectaries also are yellow with brown tips, and nearly one-fifth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow; the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown. The winged Aphis is as variable in colour as the wingless : it 394 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. — is greenish black, or black, or brown, or pale brown, or bright yellow: the borders of the fore-chest and the fore-breast are yellow, or red, or reddish brown, or green: the abdomen is yellow, or green, or dark green, or reddish brown tinged with green ; its dise is usually more or less black, and it has sometimes one or two rows of black dots on each side: the feelers are black, but sometimes pale green at the base: the mouth is green, or pale green, or pale yellow; its tip is black: the tube at the tip of the abdomen is yellow: the nectaries are sometimes only one-sixth of the length of the body: the greater part of the hind-thighs is some- times black, and more rarely all the thighs are black from the middle to the tips, or even from near the base to the tips: the wing-ribs are pale yellow, or pale green, or yellowish white ; the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale yellow or pale brown ; the other veins are pale brown or brown. Length of the body 3 line ; of the wings 2 lines. Variations in the wing-veins. The third vein has no second fork. It feeds on the following plants :— Thalictrum minus. Ranunculus bulbosus. hirsutus. repens. acris. Aquilegia vulgaris. Papaver Rheas. Fumaria officinalis. Nasturtium officinale. Cochlearia Armoracza. Alliaria officinalis. Erysimum barbarea. Capsella Bursa-pastoris. — Cakile maritima. Brassica oleracea. Rapa. campestris. Napus. Sinapis arvensis. alba. | nigra. Raphanus sativus. Raphanistrum. Dianthus. Euphorbia Peplus. Crepis tectorum. Potentilla anserina. Pyrethrum imodorum. Myosotis scorpioides. Inula dysenterica. Digitalis. Sonchus. And on many other hot-house, green-house, cultivated and wild plants which will be mentioned in a future notice of this Aphis. Leontodon taraxacum. Plantago lanceolata. Mentha hirsuta. Heliotropium Peruvianum. Beta vulgaris. maritima. Calceolaria pinnata. Callistemma. Tussilago. Geranium Robertianum. Spergula arvensis. Bunias Kakile. Galium Mollugo. Crocus. Dianthus Caryophyllus. prolifer. Tulipa. Fuchsia coccinea. globosa. micrantha. Narcissus. Mesembryanthemum. Hyacinthus. Verbena. Tropzolum tricolor. Solanum tuberosum. Polygonum Persicaria. Pimelea sylvatica. Myrtus. Citrus. Ruscus androgynus. Cactus. Zoological Society. 395 The following extracts from the observations of Mr. William Curtis in the year 1800 refer chiefly to this species, or to A. Malve,.on columbine : “In very cold weather Aphides are oviparous, for this obvious reason: the eggs are capable of resisting cold more powerfully than the young. On the 22nd of November I found a con- siderable number of eggs which. had been deposited in some auricula plants by a small green Aphis, which infests plants very generally, while the same species, on a geranium that 1 kept within doors, produced young. In mild winters I have observed iu the month of January the same species of Aphis in great numbers on the same species of Primula, without doors, and all the females viviparous. These are facts that prove that all Aphides are not oviparous and viviparous at the same season, but that some may be wholly viviparous; that all such as are both oviparous and viviparous do not lay eggs towards the mid- dle of autumn, nor at all during the winter, unless a. certain degree of cold takes place.” ‘Seasons sometimes oceur very irregularly indeed, on an average, perhaps, once in four or six years, in which they (the Aphides) are multiplied to such an extent that the usual means of diminution fail in preventing them from doing irreparable injury to certain crops. In severe winters we have no doubt but that Aphides are very con- siderably diminished; m very mild winters we know that they are very considerably increased ; for they not only exist during such seasons, but continue to multiply.” “ The common green Aphis, which is so generally destructive, lives during the winter season on such herbaceous plants as it remained on during the autumn, either in its egg or perfect state. Ifthe weather be mild, it multiplies greatly on such herbage ; as the spring advances, in May the males and females of these insects acquire wings: and thus the business of increase, hitherto confined, is widely and rapidly extended.” [To be continued. | PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 27, 1849.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. MonoGRAPH OF THE LARGE AFRICAN SPECIES OF NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA BELONGING OR ALLIED TO THE GENUS SATUR- nia. By J. O. Westwoop, F.L.S. erc. (Continued from p- 306. P Section C. Sp. 13. Sarurnia Eprmetuea. SV. alis anticis subfalcatis; sub- Suscis striga communi subapicali obscura extus pallide griseo 396 Zoological Society. marginata ; macula minuta mediana triangulart vitrea ; posticis acute angulato-caudatis, ocello magno medio fulvo iride nigra an- nulo puniceo cinereoque cincta, margine antico alarum obscuriori.— Expans. alar. antic. unc. 5-6. Hab. m Guinea. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Phalena Attacus Epimethea, Drury, vol. ii. pl. 13. fig. 1; Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. a. p. 414 ; Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. 2404; Cramer, Ins. t.. 176 A ; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. 29. The antennee of the male are rather small, with only 34 rays on each side, thirteen of the apical joints being destitute of rays. The palpi are small and distinct, rather dependent, but not extending be- yond the hairs of the face. Sp. 14. Sarurnia Atcinog, Cramer. 8S. alis anticis falcatis rufo-badiis ; anticis costa lata alba, striga communi recta trans- versa prope basin, fascia lata alba pone medium in qua striga recta fusca; anticis macula mediana vitrea subquadrata, pos- ticis ocello ovali pupilla vitrea, iride lata fulva, annulo nigro cireumdata. Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 6. Syn. B. Alcinoe, Cramer, pl. 322 A. B. Caffraria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 31. fig. 2&2... Saturnia Caffra, Boisduval in Dele- gorgue,; Voy. dans l Afriq. Austr. 11. p. 601. Hab. in Caffraria, Amazoolu.. In Mus. Britann. The palpi are distinct and slender, but do not extend beyond the hairs of the clypeus. The antenne of the males have 54 rays on each side, the two basal rays of each joint converging inwardly and being bent more obliquely, -so that the tips of the rays form four distinct rows; all the rays are moreover set on more obliquely than m the typical species. The antenne of the female are moderately pectinated, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obliterated. A beautiful figure of this species 1s given in Mr. Angas’s plate of Zoolu Moths, fig. 15. Sp. 15. Sarurnia Atrnpa, Drury. 8. alis rufo-brunneis mar- gine externo saturatiori strigisque variis undulatis obscuris presertim pone medium, macula semiovali mediana vitrea, pos- ticis ocello magno pupilla vitrea tride fulva annulo nigro cincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 73. Hab. Sierra Leone. Syn. Phalena Attacus Alinda, Drury, Illustr. ii. pl. 19; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 26. 10. I have not seen a specimen of this species. Sp. 16. Sarurnia Puapusa, Drury. S. als anticis falcatis griseo-fuscis anticis strigis tribus transversis saturatioribus maculaque parva triangulari mediana vitrea; posticis obscu- riortbus ocello maximo pupilla minuta vitrea, tride lata nigra annulis concentricis anguste sanguinea, pallide punicea, et fer- ruginea circumeincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 7%. Hab. Sierra Leone. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Phalena Attacus Phedusa, Drury, Ulustr. ii. pl. 24 & 25. Zoological Society. 397 Bombyx Saturnus, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. a. p.409.;. Oliv. Ene. Méth. v. 27.11. The palpi are short and thin, but distinct. The antennee are short, each joint emitting four rays lying flat. | The specimen in the British Museum collection is pale russet- coloured beneath with a pinkish bloom, the centre of each wing with a group of brown spots much larger in the hind- than in the fore- wings; a small brown spot also occurs at the base of the hind- wings. Sp. 17. Sarurnia Tyrruena, Westw. 8. alis anticis falcatis griseo-fuscis basi rubidis, striga undulata prope basin alteraque lunulata subapicali fuscis, macula parva mediana subtrigona vitrea ; limbo apicali rufo ; alis posticis rufis ocello magno ovali nigra pupilla parva vitrea ; striga undata obscuriort, limbo lato pallide griseo-fusco. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 4-53. Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann. The fore-wings are pale greyish-brown, sometimes with a reddish tinge ; they are acute at the tip in both sexes, but the outer margin is considerably more emarginate than in the female; the base of the wing is red, and near the base is a red, very much angulated striga almost suffused into the ground colour of the wing, and outwardly edged with a slight dusky striga ; across the middle of the wing is a waved but nearly obsolete striga, and in the middle of the wing to- wards the fore-margin is a small subtriangular vitreous spot ‘without any appearance of ocellus; beyond the middle is a row of reddish arches mwardly slightly edged with a thin dusky line. The hind-wings are redaish, with a broad pale greyish-brown border ; in the middle of the wing is a large round black spot, with a ve small vitreous lunar spot in the middle, preceded and followed by a slight dusky waved striga. The body above is of the ground colour of the wings, with the hind part of the thorax marked with red. The underside of the body, collar, and spot at the base of the hind- wings are white. The head, anternz and legs dark brown. The wings beneath are very pale buff,with the centre of each marked by a large brown irregular spot, traversed by the pale veins. Antenne of the male with 32 rays on each side (four from each joint). One-third of the apical part of each antenna is destitute of rays. The antennee of the female are slightly pectinated for two-thirds of the base, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obsolete. The tips are serrated. The palpi are deflexed, and the tips appear just beyond the hairs of the lower part of the face. Var. Smaller, with the fore-wings and body destitute of the red colour, and the hind-wings fulvous with the outer margin purplish- grey, with the eye as in the others. Sp. 18. Sarurnia Forpa, Westw. S. pallide griseo-fusca 3, pal- lide cervino-lutea $ , striga subobsoleta pone medium, posticis 398 Zoological Society. etiam ocello parvo subvitreo, fusco, medio; alis posticis maris angulato-subcaudatis ; feemine rotundatis. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 45-43. Hab. in Natalia. Mus. Brit. Male with the fore-wings very slightly emarginate along the outer margin; hind-wings produced into a strong angle in the middle of the hind-margin ; all on the upper side of a silky, pale brownish-grey, uniform colour, traversed by a slightly distinct, slender, brown striga beyond the middle. The hind-ones marked moreover in the middle with a small, round, dusky spot, having an indistinct vitreous lunule in the middle, and surrounded. by an indistinct whitish circle. The antennze are dark brown; those of the male are moderately bipectinated, each having about thirty-six rays on each side, a few of the apical joints being destitute of rays, and some of the preceding having the second. tay gradually becoming obsolete. The female antenne are only slightly serrated, the second spur on each side of each joint being obliterated. The veins are those of the typical Saturnie. The female has the body and wings of a pale reddish buff, with the _ dusky striga beyond the middle almost obliterated, and the dusky spot in the middle semicircular. On the underside the hind-wings have also a small oval dark spot towards the base. Sp. 19. Sarurnia AnGasana, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis isabellinis, fascia pallide grisea ante medium, strigaque tenur oblique fusca pone medium maculaque parva semi-ovali vitrea mediana; posticis ocello magno nigro, pupilla minuta vitrea, annulis concentricis testaceo, puniceo-albo, et sanguineo cincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 52. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. Isabelle-coloured or pale rufous brown, with an irregular pale greyish bar before the middle, followed by an oblique darker fascia, on the outside of which is a small semi-oval talc-like spot ; beyond this, extending from near the tip of the wings towards the middle of the inner margin, is a nearly straight, slender, darker line, edged with greyish on each side; the apical margin of the wing beyond the dark line becoming grey, shaded off to the ground colour of the wmg. The hind-wings have a large ocellus, black in the centre, with a minute vitreous dot in the middle, with a red lead-coloured ring outside the black, followed by a fleshy-coloured one, and this by a purple-carmine one: the outside of the ocellus rests upon a dark, slender, curved line. The collar and underside of the body whitish ; head and legs darker olive-brown ; antennee black. Wings beneath pale reddish buff, of a redder brown near the tip, with the dusky subapical line as above, and the vitreous spot pre- ceded and followed by a dark claret-brown spot : hind-wings destitute of the ocellus, which is replaced by an indistinct claret-brown spot, followed by a red-brown fascia, widest at the anal margin. Near the base is also a small brown spot. | | The antennze of the female are serrated, the two terminal rays of each joint nearly obliterated, with one-fourth at the apex. simple. Zoological Society. 399 This species is figured by Mr. Angas in his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera, fig. 16. Sp. 20. Sarurnia Acetes, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis obscure fulvis striga valde undulata cinerea prope basin ocello medioert mediano fusco et vitreo strigaque recta fusca sub- apicali, posticis magis ferrugineis ocello magno medio pupilla vitrea, iride nigra annulo albo cincta strigaque tenui transversa fusca recta prope medium (). Expans. alar. antic. unc. 64. Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostr. The fore-wings are of a dark reddish fulvous eolour, tinged with red-brown between the middle and the apex. Near the base is a very irregular, rather indistinct, ashy-purplish striga, and in the middle of the wing is an oval moderate-sized ocellus, the basal half being brown, and the apical half vitreous, the latter surrounded by a slender brown line ; halfway between this ocellus and the apical margin of the wing is a straight, slender, brown line, running from near the apex of the wing towards the middle of the inner margin. The hind-wings are of a much redder hue, especially on the anterior portion, with a slight appearance of the sub-basal ashy striga of the fore-wings near the base; the middle of the wing occupied by a large ocellus, with a vitreous centre, having a rather broad greyish-black iris surrounded by a white ring, the outer extremity of which rests on a slender dusky striga running from near the outer angle of the wing towards the middle of the anal margin. The body is rich brownish fulvous, with an ashy-brown collar and legs. The antennee black and very slightly pectinated in the female, consisting of about thirty-five joints, the first twenty-five emitting a pair of short slender branches from the base, the tip of the joints being also slightly serrated ; the ten terminal joints are shorter, each emitting a single branch set on in front of each joint, the branches of the preceding joints being set on the upper and lower edges. The wings beneath are paler buff-brown, with a broad, subapical, dusky bar, undulated externally ; the eye of the fore-wings less di- stinct, and that of the hind-wings replaced by two brown spots and a vitreous patch. Near the base of the wings is also a round brown dot. Sp. 21. Sarurnia Isis, Westw.. S. alis griseis nigro fuscoque irro- ratis, striga fusca valde dentata ante medium alterisque duabus nigris pone medium, ocello parvo vitreo antice nigro; posticis ocello maximo ornatis, pupilla nigra postice subvitrea, tride ob- secure fulva annulisque concentricis nigro, subluteo, pallide car- neo, purpureo-rufescenti, iterumque carneo et pone hanc striga curvata nigra, apice obscure albido limbo griseo. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 5}. Syn. Saturnia Isis, Westwood in Jard. Nat. Library, Entomol. vol. vii. p. 138. pl. 13. S. Maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. 5. fig. 1 (nec Ph. Maja, Drury, Il. vii. pl. 24. fig. 3). Wings of a very pale grey colour, especially the anterior pair, which are almost entirely covered with fine black and brown scales. 400 Loological Society. The centre of these wings is ornamented with a small oval ocellus, the basal half of which is covered with black scales, and the outer half is vitreous: between this and the base is a very curved ‘and irre- gularly dentate dark striga, and immediately behind the eye is a nearly straight, slender, brown bar. This is succeeded by slender black wavy bars, the space between which and the apex of this wing is di- vided as it were into three compartments, the first of which is covered with small brown scales; the second is paler, and covered with very fine black speckles, and the apical part is much darker, with large black speckles ; the apical margin of the fore-wings is slightly waved. The hind-wings are entirely covered on the upper side by a most magnificent eye-like spot, surrounded by successive rings of various colours. The oval pupil is black, but the part furthest removed from the body is denuded of scales, and would be vitreous were not the underside of the wings clothed with scales: this is surrounded by a narrow fulvous iris; then black; then a broader oval ring of dirty clay colour; then a narrow oval of pale flesh-colour; then a broad, — rich, claret, oval rmg: between this and the base of the wing is first a bar of flesh-colour, then black, shaded into claret ; towards the ex- tremity of the wing the claret is succeeded by a half-ring of flesh- colour; then a narrow one of black; then of pale buff stone-colour, and another moderately broad of grey speckled with black, extending to the extremity of the wings. The thorax is dark and rich brown coloured, with two white bands across the neck and two across the extremity of the thorax whitish; the abdomen is buff, with black dots. The margin of the wings is scalloped. ) Beneath, all the wings are very pale buffish white with dark speckles; the fore-wings are marked nearly as on the upper side, but the hind- wings have only a very small eye in the centre, having a black pupil with a fulvous orbit surrounded by a slender black circle ; immediately connected with the posterior part of this eye is a curved row of brown arches, between which and the apex of the wings is another and more slightly marked series of black scallops. The palpi are distinct, forming a small brown muzzle, but they are not visible from above ; they, as well as the rest of the head, are brown. The spiral tongue appears to be wanting. The antennee of the male are considerably elongated, with the rays bent backwards instead of lying flat, and there are eighty-eight rays on each side of the antennee, the rays ex- tending to the tip, so that the antennee are composed of about forty - four or forty-six jomts. The antenne of the female are setaceous, and only slightly bipectinated, being gradually more slender from about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex, each joint emitting four rays, the joint at each point of emission being swollen. The female has the wings rather shorter, and not at all emarginate along the apical margin. Sp. 22. Sarurnia nictirans, Fabr. 8S. alis margine apicali integro, fusco incarnatis medio obscuriore, striga tenuissima angulata prope basin alteraque recta subapicalt fuscis pune- toque parvo medio vitreo; posticis concoloribus ocello magno Zoological Society. 401 medio pupilla parva vitrea, iride flava, annulis niyro, puniceo et albo cincta, strigaque transversa nigra subapical. Expans. alar. antic. fere une. 5. Hab. in Africa tropicali. In Mus. Banks. (Soc. Linn. Lond.), Mus. Britann. et nostro. | Syn. Bombyw nictitans, Fab. Ent. Syst. mi. a. 413. The antenne of the male are 39-jointed, with fifty-eight rays on each side (four from each of the twenty-nine or thirty basal joints), the rays lyimg nearly flat. The antennze of the female are about 42-jointed, only slightly serrated, each joint having two serratures on each side, the basal one being most prominent, the-antennee becoming gradually more slender to the tips. The palpi are short, but distinct and deflexed. Sp. 23. Sarurnia Atopta, Westw._ 8. alis anticis fuseo-albidis, striga recta puniceo-alba ante medium maculaque parva trian- gulari mediana vitrea, strigaque postica recta fusca externe pu- niceo-tincta, posticis etiam bistrigatis ocelloque parvo vitreo, iride obscure lutea circulo nigro alteroque late puniceo-albo cir- cumdata. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 43. Hab. ? In Mus. Britann. Fore-wings brownish buff, with a pale pinkish white, nearly straight fascia across the wings before the middle, edged towards the base with a fine dark line, the other side shaded off to the ground colour of the wings; beyond the middle is a small triangular vitre- ous spot, bounded at the base by the transverse veinlet closing the discoidal cell; beyond the middle is a straight, slender, dark striga, edged with pale pinkish white; the outer margin of these wings slightly emarginate; hind-wings entire, somewhat oval, brownish buff, the middle with a pale rosy tint, bearing an ill-defined whitish fascia towards the base, and another, followed by a dusky line, beyond the middle ; the middle of the wing occupied by an ocellus, with a small glassy centre, surrounded by dirty buff, and this by a black circle and a larger, pale pinkish white one; thorax in front with a white trans- verse fascia; antennze dark brown. The antennze of the male are small, moderately short, the rays flat, thirty-four rays on each side, one-fourth of the antenne at the tip - being destitute of rays. ' The palpi are distinct, but small. Sp. 24. Sarurnia Erura, Westw. S. alis omnibus apice un- dulatis, anticis subfalcatis, posticis in medio in caudam trun- catam productis ; fusco-albidis fusco irroratis, anticis dimidio basali pallidiore, strigis tribus fuscis undatis 2nda magis distincta mediana et cum ocello parvo medio conjuncta ; posticis ocello maximo; pupilla lunata vitrea iride nigra circulo tenut luteo, 2do migro, 3tio latiore luteo-fulvo, 4to albo ; striga basali angulata alterisque duabus pone medium undulatis nigris ; parte antica alarum puniceo-rufa. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 52. Hab. ? In Mus. D. Loddiges. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 26 402 Zoological Society. The fore-wings of this fine species are rather narrow and subfalcate, with the apical margin rather waved; they are of a buff-brown, very much irrorated with darker scales, the basal half of the wing and costa being much paler; they are traversed by three very oblique brown strigee, of which the middle one is the thickest ; the anterior one is very much waved and dentated, the second much-waved,. having at- tached to it near the middle of the wing a small oval ocellus, of which the anterior half is brown and the other half vitreous: the third fascia arises on the costa from a larger brown spot. The hind-wings are similarly coloured to the apical portion of the fore-ones, except. that the anterior portion is of a rich pinkish red, which extends half round the ocellus, which is large and central, having a small semicircular vitreous pupil surrounded by a black iris round which is a very slender luteous ring, and another black, followed by a pinkish-buff broader ring, and this by a white one. Across the base of the wing is a brown angulated striga, being the continuation of the central one of the fore-wings, and from the inner margin of the ocellus runs a waved one to the anal margin, followed by another running across the wing parallel to the apical margin. The apical part of the wing is much freckled with brown, and a thin brown line runs just within the mar- gin. The thorax is dark brown, with a pale buff collar; the hind- part pale, with a short black bar. Wings beneath coloured as above, except that the fore-ones are tinged on the inner margin with pink, which colour is entirely wanting in the hind-wings, which are more freckled with brown than above, the ocellus being replaced by a small brown spot. The pectinations of the antennze of the only specimen I have seen (which is probably a female) are comparatively short, each antenna having thirty-eight rays on each side (four from each joint), and about one-fourth of the antenneze at the apex is destitute of rays. The palpi are very small, but distinct. This fine insect is unique in the collection of Conrad Loddiges, Esq., of Hackney, who is not aware of its locality ; but from its rela- tionship to S. Isis, I have but little doubt of its being a native of Africa. Section D. Sp. 25. Sarurnia Lucrna, Drury. 8S. als anticis falcatis, pos- ticis rotundatis, omnibus albido-griseis fusco multum rivulosis strigis undulatis submarginalibus, anticis maculis nonnullis me- diis ocelloque parvo apicali nigris. Expans, alar. antic. unc. 63. Hab. Sierra Leone. : Syn. Phalena Attacus Lucina, Drury, Mlustr. iii. pl. 34. fig. 1 ; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. 31. I have not seen any specimen of this insect, the veins of which agree rather with Saturnia than Lasiocampa, although the antennze seem but narrowly pectinated. Sp. 26. Saturnia Nenta, Westw. S, alis anticis apice rotun- datis ; plumbeo-nigris apicibus magis fuscis luteoque irroratis striga tenui irregulari nigra obliqua, ante medium alteraque Zoological Society. 403 minus distincta at magis obliqua, et ad costam valde angulata, macula media irregulart albida ; posticis nigricanti-fuseis basi puniceis macula magna media pallide flava. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 4}. Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostro. This curious species has the fore-wings broad, with the fore-margin rather suddenly angulated beyond the middle, and with the apical margin rounded, the extreme tip forming a small, rounded, slightly detached lobe. The general colour of the wing is a dark leaden- coloured blackish-brown, slightly irrorated with fulvous scales, espe- cially towards the tip of the wing, which is rather paler and more varied than the rest. At about one-third from the base runs an ob- lique, black, irregular striga, which is followed by another more slender and indistinct, and more slanting, being suddenly strongly angulated near the costa, where it terminates in a strong black dash. Between the strigee is an ill-defined fulvous-buff patch in the middle of the wing. The hind-wings are blackish brown, with the base pink, and with a large, very pale yellow patch in the middle. The body is blackish brown and slightly irrorated. The abdomen is much swollen in the only specimen I have seen. Beneath, the wings are very much freckled with grey, black, buff and white, especially beyond the middle; the fore-wings have a large patch of rose-pink along the in- side at the base, followed at some distance by a rather broad, very pale yellow bar; the hind-wings want the pink colour, but have the pale yellow patch as on the upper side. The antennz of the female consist of twenty-two joints, emitting only a pair of rays from the base of each, the apical pair being indi- cated by a very slight serration, followed by about twelve joints at the tip which are destitute of rays. The palpi are porrected into a short distinct muzzle. From these characters it will probably be necessary to form this species into a separate subgenus, when the male shall be known. The veins of the wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia. Sp. 27. SarurnrA Heritxia, Westw. 8S. alis apice undulatis, anticis angulatis brunneo-fulvis valde irroratis, medio fulvescenti fascia obliqua fusca abbreviata; posticis macula magna sul- phurea, limbo lato fusco, fulvo irrorato. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 43. Hab. Sierra Leone (D. Morgan). In Mus. Brit. Wings fulvous-brown, much varied with darker and lighter shades, and with numerous small dark dots and streaks ; the base with a grey shade much-mottled with small dark brown patches; before the middle of the wing is an ill-defined, pale, nearly syuare patch, resting on the median vein, but extending narrowly along the costal margin, which is much marked with dark dots; the middle of the wing is more uniformly fulvous brown, with a dark, very oblique dash arising from the costa, which is considerably curved beyond the middle: a dark brown oval patch also rests on the middle of the last branch of the median vein ; the apical margin of the wing is scalloped and dark 26% AOA Zoological Society. brown, preceded by a paler patch marked with undulating fulvous- brown lines ; the hind-angle of the wing being much dotted with dif- ferent shades of fulvous and brown. The hind-wings have a large sulphur-white patch occupying the base of the wings, except the extreme base, which is pink. The remainder is brown, varied with minute fulvous spots, the anal angle being more mottled. On the underside the wings are paler and richer coloured, more decidedly mottled ; the fore-wings having the base suffused with pink. The veins are fulvous. The antennee are but slightly pectinated. The body is fulvous-brown, the thoracic portion tinged with pink. Sp. 28. Sarurnia AGATHYLLA, Westw. S. alis anticis subfalcatis posticis denticulatis; supra pallide rufo-fulvis (in. specimine nostro unico valde detritis), in medio ut videtur exocellatis. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 33. Hab. Congo. In Mus. Brit. A single specimen only of this insect exists in. the British Museum, having. the wings so completely denuded of scales, except at the base, that it is impossible to give a detailed charater ; their outline is how- ever entire. The anterior ones are subfalcate, aan the hind ones are denticulated along the outer margin, the tooth at the extremity of the middle branch of the median vein being the most acute. All that remains of the colouring of the fore-wings is a reddish-fulvous buff, which seems indeed to have extended all over these wings, as well as over the hind-wings, which are suffused with pink on the upper side towards the anterior margin. On the under side the wings are co- loured as above; the fore-wings are also suffused with pink along the posterior margin at the base, and they, as well as the hind-wings, have the anterior margin somewhat streaked transversely with brown. I can discern no trace of eyes in the middle of the wings. The body both above and below is fulvous brown, as are also the antennee and legs. The basal joint of the antenne is clothed beneath with a thick mass of hairs ; each is furnished with eighty rays, each of the twenty joints succeeding the basal one emitting four rays, one close at the base and one close at the apex on each side, the inside of the two on each side being furnished with fine hairs, the tips of which come in contact with each other. The thirteen terminal joints are destitute of rays. The palpi are quite distinct, but scarcely extend beyond the hairs of the face. Section E. Sp. 29. Sarurnia (HeENucHA) Grima, Hiibner. 8. alis an- ticis nigris albo irroratis lunulisque magnis albis, ocello medio Sulvo maculam mediam virgatam includente ; posticis basi puni- ceis medio albis maculis duabus nigris, majori ocellum fulvum (cum lunula alba) includente, limbo nigro albo irrorato, maculis marginalibus albidis. Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 3. Hab. Africa meridionali. Syn. Phalena (Henucha) Grimmia, Hiibner, Exot. Schm. F. 3, 4. Zoological Society. 405 Sp. 30. Sarurnia (Henvucna?) De_ecorcuel, Bdv. 8S. als anticis (maris) valde falcatis ; posticis subtriangularibus ; om- nibus (famine) subrotundatis et parum sinuatis ; anticis brun- neis basi costa et limbo apicali cinerascentibus, pone medium macula parva vitrea angulata; posticis basi et antice roseis, limbo fusco, striga alba ; medio nigro, ocello fulvo, lunula vitreo annuloque nigro. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 2~24. Hab. in Terra Amazoolu, et apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. : Syn. Saturnia Delegorguei, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans PAfriq. Austr. ii. p. 601. The antennz of the male are 32-jointed, each of the fourteen basal joints emitting four rays, the second ray in one joint and the first of the following joint being close together, and only gaping at the tip: one- third of the antennee at the tip is simple ; the rays are set on at right angles, lying flat. The antennee of the female are very shortly pec- tinated on each side, except about one-fourth of the length at the tip. The veins of the wings differ from those of the typical Saturnia mn having the outer branch of the post-costal vein arising from the middle of the transverse veinlet which closes the discoidal cell, and the two small vitreous spots, forming the angulated spot above described, rest on the outside of the veinlet, being divided from each other by the outer branch of the post-costal vein. Sp. 31. Sarurnia (Henucua ’) Smrvax, Westw. S. alis anticis maris valde falcatis obscure fulvis (g) seu griseo-fuscis ( 2), Sascia lata obliqua livida seu castanea utrinque linea tenut pal- lida marginata, anticis plaga magna subtriloba vitrea ; posticis lunula parva media vitrea. Expans. alar. unc. 23-23. Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann. et Saunders. The fore-wings of the male are rather narrow and very much hooked at the tip, and angulated beyond the middle of the costa, fulvous brown, palest along the fore-margin, with a rather broad, very oblique fascia a little beyond the middle of the wing, of a rich chestnut colour, shaded to purplish towards the costa; nearly straight along the fore- edge, but much-arched on the outer margin, both edges being marked with a pale, slender, buff line: beyond the middle of the fore-wing is a large, irregular, somewhat trilobed vitreous spot, outwardly edged with a dark line, and succeeded by a pale buff one. The apical por- tion of the wing beyond the fascia is fulvous buff, shaded to brown in the middle, and to purple. There is also a small dark dot in the middle of the costa. The hind-wings are fulvous, the middle with a darker oblique fascia tinged with purple, with a pale line on each side; the outer margin curved, and in the middle of this fascia is a small lunate vitreous spot. The female has the fore-wings slightly waved along the outer mar- gin: the general colour of the wings is darker and more ashy than in the male, the fulvous colour replaced by ashy brown. 406 Zoological Society. The head and a large patch on the thorax are dark fulvous brown in the male, chestnut in the female. The antennee of the males are scarcely pectinated beyond the middle; there are twenty-two rays on each side. The apical half simple, with only numerous short setee at the extremity of the joints. The antennee of the female are quite simple and setaceous. The veins of the wings are arranged as in the last species, the ocellus of the fore-wing resting on the outside of the transverse veinlet closing the discoidal cell, and being divided into two parts by the outer branch of the postcostal vein*. Sp. 32. Sarurnia (Urora) Sinopg, Westw. S. alis anticis integris, posticis breviter caudatis; anticis fulvo brunneis fasciis duabus albis singula strigam fuscam includente, punctoque parvo ovali media alba, posticis livide puniceis puncto medio albo fas- ciague pone medium alba. ; Expans. alar. antic. unc. 3. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. The wings of the male are entire and nearly straight; along the apical margin they are buff-brown or pale reddish brown, with a transverse white bar before and another beyond the middle, each edged on each side with a thin black line, and bearing a black streak along its middle. Iu the middle of the wing is a small oval white spot edged with black. Hind-wings livid pink, with a white spot in the middle, followed by a white fascia: apical portion of the wing fulvous brown, produced into a short, broad, somewhat triangular tail, obtuse at the tip. Beneath similarly marked, but with all the colouring dull, Body, legs and antennze fulvous brown. The antennee are rather short, and consist of forty-eight joints, each joint with one short ray on each side; the rays set on obliquely and directed backwards, the tips of the rays being turned forwards. There are no traces of palpi to be perceived. The veins of the fore-wings are arranged. as in the typical Saturnia. Sp. 33. Sarurnia (ApHELIA) Apotirnaris, Bdy. 8S. alis ex- terne rotundatis albis venis nigricantibus, anticis maculis duabus parvis mediis flavis fusco-cinctis ; apice nigricanti striga com- muni extus dentata cum margine postico parallela, margine fusco- nigricanti maculis flavis ornato; abdomine albo apicibus seg- mentorum flavidis ; serieque dorsali laterali et ventrali punc- torum nigrorum, pronoti margine antico flavido. Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 3. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Saturnia Apollinaris, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans Y Afriq. Austral. ii. p. 601. The texture of this insect, as described by Boisduval, is ‘ mince et délicate’’ ; the same author states that it is “‘ tout autant une Liparide * Mr. Angas has represented this species in his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera, figure 12, Zoological Society. 407 qu'une Saturnide.”” The veins of the fore-wings are however ar- ranged as in the typical Saturnie; but the antenne are different, consisting of about thirty-six joimts, bipectinated in both sexes with only thirty-four rays on each side, each joint except one or two at the apex emitting only a pair of rays, which are rather short. The palpi are distinct and turned upwards, extending rather further than the hairs of the face: the spiral tongue is distinct. Boisduval states that this species “‘ vole en plein jour. Une année, aux environs de Port Natal, on aurait pu en prendre par centaines en quelques heures. Deux ou trois jours aprés il n’existait plus. La fe- melle que nous est inconnue ne vole pas, pe ghee méme est-elle aptére, et tous les males voltigeaient sans doute 4 sa recherche.” The-femule is however winged and scarcely distinguishable from the male, as I have ascertained by extracting eggs from the abdomen of a specimen in the British Museum collection, which M. Boisduval would doubt- less have taken for a male. : The structure of the antennee and presence of a spiral tongue, together with the fragile texture of the insect, will require:a subgenus for its reception. May 22.—Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DescRIPTION OF SOME CORALS, INCLUDING A NEW BRITISH CorRAL DISCOVERED BY W. MacAnprew, Esa. By J. E. Gray, Ese., F.R.S. erc. As yet only a single living species of recent stony coral has been recorded as inhabiting our coast. I am aware that M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime have described the Torbay coral as belonging to two species and to different genera, viz. Desmophyllum Stokesit, Aun. Sci. Nat. ix. 255. t. 7. f. 12, 12 a, and Cyathina Smithii, 1. c. ix. 288 ; but from the varieties in form, and especially in the contraction of the base, which I have seen in specimens on the same stone, I believe the genera and species have been established on very unessential cha- racters. I may state, that from the observations I have been able to make, I believe that the recent corals are very much more influenced by ex- ternal circumstances, by the rarity or the abundance of food that the animals are able to procure, and by the roughness or quietness of the water they happen to inhabit, and the stations they may accidentally occupy, than the describers of corals even the most recent are willing to allow. ‘This greatly added to the difficulty of distinguishing the species ; and if this is the case with the recent corals which we receive in a good state, how much more difficult must it be to distinguish those only found in a fossil, and often in a worn and imperfect con- dition ! The British coral here noticed is perfectly distinct from the former, and from any European coral that has come under my examination ; and when I showed it to M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime on their 408 Zoological Society. late visit to this country, they stated that it was quite unknown to them, and most nearly allied to an Australasian species. It belongs to the genus Flabellum, established by the late M.. Lesson in his ‘ Illustrations of Zoology’ in 1831 for a coral from the Japanese Seas. And more lately (in 1841) Dr. A. Philippi established a genus under the name of PAyllodes for some fossil allies. Dana, in his work on Zoophytes in 1846, has applied the name of Euphyllia to this genus. Quoy and Gaimard referred one of the species to the genus Turbi- nolia. The only specimen of the coral found by Mr. MacAndrew is un- fortunately in an imperfect state, having been broken by the dredge, and I have some doubts if it absolutely belongs to the genus Fla- bellum, as it appears rather to form a more or less circular expanded disk, than a compressed wedge-shaped body. But Messrs. Milne- Edwards and Haime appeared to have no doubt of its belonging to that genus when it was shown to them, and I have therefore adopted their opinion until more perfect specimens are found to verify or cor- rect our knowledge. It may be described as follows :— FLABELLUM MacANnDREWI. | Coral expanded, subcircular? ; outline irregular, torn, with acute marginal processes ; outer surface smooth, polished, as if varnished ; septa thin, far apart, very finely crenulated on the edge in three series ; the primary plates large, the secondary nearly as large, but much more narrow near the centre; the tertiary plates small, very narrow. Hab. North Sea. The single imperfect specimen here described was found about twenty-five miles from East Shetland, in ninety fathoms water. Mr. MacAndrew has kindly presented the specimen to the British Museum collection. we M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime, in their monograph of the genus Flabellum, published in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ ix. p- 256 (in 1848), describe forty-three species, and divide them into three sections, thus :— a, Coral becoming free by the progress of age. * Coral becoming free by the cessation of the adherence of the pedicel—Flabellines pédicellés. | ** Coral becoming free by the rupture of its base—F.. tronquées. b. Coral always fixed by its enlarged base—F. fixées. The last section is very distinct from the two former, and might almost form a separate genus, for which I should be inclined to retain Dana’s name of Luphyllia. The other two sections are separated from one another by very slight characters, which I believe are not even sufficient to separate the specimens of the same species, for some specimens from the same localities retain their narrow base, while in others this part is more or less truncated. Indeed from the numerous specimens of this genus which I have Zoological Society. 409 been enabled to examine in the Japanese boxes which are sent to the Canton market, and from thence to London, and others brought from Northern China by Mr. Fortune, I have little doubt that the species is very variable. I had come to this conclusion, and arranged all the specimens together in one’ tray in the British Museum, before Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime came to examine the corals in the Museum for description in their papers in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for 1848 ; and the examination of the characters given by these natu- ralists for their several species has not induced me to change my opinion, which has, on the contrary, been strengthened by a second comparison. I may state that we have in the British Museum two very distinct _ recent species:—1. Flabellum affine, Edwards and Haime, n. 3). t. 8. f. 10, from Australia, which has very close plates. 2. Flabel- lum Pavoninum, n. 1, from Japan and North China. And Milne- Edwards and M. Haime have described another from the Falkland Islands, brought to France by M. Dupetit Thouars, and hence called Flabellum Thouarsii, n. 10. t.8.f. 5, which appears to be distinct from the two former. From the examination of the numerous specimens of Flabellum Pa- voninum which I have been enabled to compare and collect, I am in- clined to believe that all the specimens which are brought from the Japanese Seas belong to a single species, which I believe will include as varieties the following species described by M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime, viz.:— 1. Flabellum distinctum, n. 2. The specimen in the British Mu- seum, from which this species is described, came from Japan, _and not the Red Sea, as stated in the work cited. 2. F. debile, n. 23. t. 8. f. 2. 3. F. Sumatrense, n. 24. 4. F. spinosum, n. 25. t. 8. f. 4, 5. F. aculeatum, n. 26. t. 8. f. 3. 6. F. compressum, n, 20 = Fungia compressa, Lamk. 7. F. Bardi, n. 32. From Japan. 8. F. Cumingii, n. 33. t. 8. f. 11. 9. F. elongatum, n. 34. t. 8. f. 7. 10. F. profundum, n. 35. China (Fortune). F. spheniscus, n. 42? ll. F. crassum, n. 36. t. 8. f. 8. ' 12. F. erenulatum, n. 37. 13. F. elegans, n. 38. From Japan; B. M. 14. F. Candeanum, n. 39. t. 8. f. 13. 15. F. Stokesii, n. 40. t. 8. f. 12. 16. F. Oweni?, n. 41. t. 8. f. 9. I thought at first that these specimens might be separated into two, according to the colour, some being red, with the sides of the coral keeled, and others white, with the sides more or less rounded; Fla- bellum Pavoninum, Lesson, being the type of one species, and Fungia compressa, of Lamarck, of the other. But there are specimens red on one side and white on the other, and some on the other hand keeled on one edge and rounded on the other; some with elongated spines 410 Zoological Society. on one edge, and spiniferous or only with a slight tubercle on the oppo- site one ; sometimes one edge has two spines and the other only one, or a tubercle, and the extent of the truncation of the base differs in every example. The same examination has also induced me to believe that the spe- cimen which these authors have described under the name of Placo- trochus levis, p. 283. t. 8. f. 15, is only a variety of the same species ; and that Acanthocyathus Grayii, 293. t. 9. f. 2, 1s only a specimen of _ the same species which has lost its compressed form. I have not * seen Rhizotrochus typus, p. 282. t. 8. f. 16, or Blastotrochus nutriz, p- 284. t. 8. f. 14; but from the figures, I have great suspicions that they are only modifications of the same species. o give some idea of the variations produced by local causes in corals, I may state that the specimens which Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime have described under the generic name of Heterocyathus, are only specimens of the genus Cyathus which have been changed in form from their having grown attached to a spiral shell which was inhabited by parasitic crustacea. I have specimens showing all the grades of change, from the nearly normal conical form of the genus to the truncated form which has been described as the type of the genus Heterocyathus. 'This form was well-described by Spengler in ‘Nova Acta Hafnize,’ i. 240, and noticed by Gmelin under the name of Madrepora Cochlea, p. 3763. Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime described two species of this genus under the names of H. equicostatus, t. 10. f. 8, and H. Rous- seanus, t. 10. f. 9. Of the former he appears only to have seen a single specimen. We have in the British Museum three very distinct species, which may be thus described :— 1. H. Cocuiea = Mad. Cochlea, Gmelin, 8. N. H . equicostatus, Milne-Edwards and Haime, 324. t. 10. f. 8. Coral subcylindric, hard, white, with narrow, equidistant, distinct grooves, crenulated on the edges; base rather dilated ; lamine nar- row, sharp-edged, very unequal, grooved on each side, and with crowded columns in the centre of the star. je Hab. Chinese Seas. The holes on the outer surface are large and distinct. 2. H. HEMISPHAERICA. Coral subcircular, depressed, subhemispherical, nearly flat below, regularly convex above; sides rounded ; plates of star broad-topped, as if truncated, covered on top and sides with very numerous crowded spines and tubercles ; centre of star roundish, with small columella. Hab. Chinese Seas. The plates of this species resemble those figured as belonging to H. Rousseanus, l. c. 325. t. 10. f.9; but the shape of all the two specimens in the Museum, which are nearly similar, is quite distinct from the view of the side of that species. 3. H. EUPSAMMIDES. Coral polymorphous, base flat, sides shelving, sinuous, surface covered with very close, irregular, sinuous, denticulated ridges, and Linnean Society. . 41] pierced with numerous minute pores; star irregular, compressed or sinuous ; lamin narrow, then cribellated on the surface, and with an oblong, elongated, convex, cribellated centre. . Var. star more or less contracted in the centre, forming two more or less distinet roundish stars. Hab. Chinese Seas. This species is immediately known from the former by the pecu- liarity of the surface, which is like that of Caryophyllea ramea, and by the convex elongated form of the centre of the star. I have described these three species together on account of their having the same form and habit, but the structure of the surface and the great difference in the form and conformation of the stars induce me to believe that they probably belong to three very distinct families of corals. Since I described these corals I have shown the two latter species to M. Milne-Edwards, who states that they had not before come under his observation. LINNAZAN SOCIETY, May 24, 1849.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair. This day, the anniversary of the birth of Linnzus, and that ap- pointed by the Charter for the Election of Council and Officers, the President opened the business of the day, and the Secretary read the following notices of those Members of the Society with whose decease he had become acquainted during the year. Sir John Barrow, Bart. George Bennett, Esq. Edwin Charles Charlton, Esq. Edward Forster, Esq., the late lamented Treasurer of the Society, was the third son of Edward Forster, Esq., for fifty-two years Governor of the Russia Company of London, and was born at Walthamstow in the county of Essex on the 12th of October 1765. He passed the greater part of his childhood in the neighbourhood of Epping Forest, and from the age of fifteen became particularly attached to the study of English botany, which he ardently culti- vated through a long and active life. He was a partner in the eminent banking-house of Lubbock, Forster and Company, and to within a few hours of his death took a leading part in the business of the bank. In 1800 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society, of which he became Treasurer in 1816, and one of the Vice-Presidents in 1828; and his kindliness of disposition, unre- mitting attention to his duties, and zeal for the interests of the Society, will long endear his memory to all its members. He was a man of very active habits ; rising daily at 6 o’clock, usually spending an hour before breakfast in his garden, in which he cultivated many of the rarer and more obscure British species, and taking a great deal of bodily exercise, which, together with his extreme temperance, probably contributed greatly to the prolongation of his life. His death, which took place in the 84th year of his age, at his residence, 412 Linnean Society. Ivy House, Woodford, on Wednesday the 2lst of February in the present year, was ovcasioned by an attack of cholera, contracted, as was supposed, a few days previously at the Refuge for the Destitute, of which valuable charity he had long been a most zealous and liberal supporter. He was buried on the lst of March in the family- vault at Walthamstow, in the immediate neighbourhood of which his whole life had been spent. Mr. Forster possessed a very complete and well-arranged herba- rium of British plants, and particularly devoted himself to those of his native county of Essex; and he had long entertained the intention of publishing its ‘‘ Flora,’’ the manuscript of which he has left in an imperfect state. His contributions to our ‘ Transactions’ are limited to two papers ; the one ‘‘ On Vicia angustifolia, Smith,’’ in vol. xvi. ; and the other ‘‘ On Esula major Germanica of Lobel,” in vol. xvii. George Gardner, Esq., was born in Glasgow in May 1812, and was educated for the medical profession in the University of that city. He displayed at an early period a taste for the study of natural history, but botany in particular was his favourite pursuit. At that time Sir William Hooker filled the Chair of Botany in that Univer- sity, and Mr. Gardner so far attracted his notice as to lead him to open to him the range of his fine herbarium, and aliow him the free use of his extensive botanical library. The ardent zeal of the young student urged him to make the best use of these rare advantages, and his progress was great and rapid. His numerous attainments and many excellent qualities soon obtained him the steady friendship of his generous teacher, and he continued the pursuit of his studies till the end of 1835, when having expressed his eager desire to explore the botanical treasures of tropical climates, Sir William Hooker obtained the cooperation of twenty-four subscribers who contributed towards the expenses of his journey and agreed to purchase sets of the dried plants he proposed to collect, while a number of others engaged to receive from him such living plants as he might select on account of their beauty or rarity. Among the latter was the late Duke of Bedford, who was one of the young botanist’s most liberal patrons, and Brazil was selected as the most appropriate field for his exertions. | Previous to his departure, he published a pocket herbarium en- titled ‘ Musci Britannici,’ on the plan of Funke’s ‘ Deutschlands Moose,’ where dried specimens illustrative of each species were neatly fixed according to the arrangement in Hooker’s ‘ British Flora.’ Mr. Gardner embarked at Liverpool on his projected expedition in May 1836, and arrived in July following at Rio de Janeiro. The receipt of his first set of 400 species, collected on the Corcovado and moun- tain ranges immediately surrounding that city, showed how faithfully and successfully he discharged the duties of his mission, and proved the harbingers of the extremely fine collection he subsequently made in the interior of Brazil. ‘The next field of his exertions was the lofty range of the Organ Mountains covered with primeval forests, which he explored with great success, being the first to scale the loftiest peak of that range, where he obtained much to reward his Linnean Society. 413 exertions. His activity was unceasing, and his time entirely devoted with the greatest ardour to a pursuit which presented him with so many novelties and opened to him so attractive a career. During his researches among the riches of this fertile region he acquired such a knowledge of the Portuguese language, and studied so to adapt himself to the habits of the people, as to enable him to carry into effect his original design of traversing the interior provinces of Northern Brazil, in quest of their botanical productions, which until that period had only been investigated by Pohl, Von Martius, A. St. Hilaire, and our countryman Dr. Burchell, and were compa- ratively little known to botanists in general. With this view he embarked at Rio de Janeiro, and reached Pernambuco in July 1837 : he spent three months in exploring that province, visiting the Rio San Francisco, which he ascended as high as the falls of Pedro Affonco; hence he returned to Pernambuco, and proceeded by sea to Aracaty, from which point he penetrated inland, making very large collections in the provinces of Ceara and Piauhy. His inten- tion was to cross to the westward and explore the banks of the To- cantins, and ascending along the course of that river to penetrate by this route as far as the city of Goyaz, and if possible to reach the cities of Cuyaba and Matto Grosso; but the political disturbances then raging in Piauhy obliged him to alter his course in a more southerly direction: this had the advantage of offering a long tract yet untrodden by any botanist, and he accordingly traversed the westernmost portion of the province of Pernambuco and crossed the more eastern parts of that of Goyaz, examining in his way the high table-lands in these districts, which afforded him a rich harvest. Crossing then the Serra Geral, near Arrayas, he entered the pro- vince of Minas Geraés, where he added greatly to his collections, especially among the rarities of the Diamond district, and after tra- versing this entire province he again reached Rio de Janeiro at the end of 1840. Hence he paid a second visit to the Organ Mountains and the rich mountain country in the neighbourhood of the Parahyba River, and finally embarked with his collections for Liverpool, where he arrived in July 1841, having been absent five years and two months, during which period his collections amounted to upwards of 6000 species of Phanerogamous plants, consisting of fine and well- selected specimens, in excellent preservation. His many interesting letters to Sir William Hooker, written at various stages during his travels, were published from time to time in the ‘ Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ the ‘ Annals of Na- tural History,’ and the ‘ Journal of Botany ;’ but in 1846 he prepared a more popular Account of his Journey, which was published in an 8vo volume under the title of ‘ Travels in the Interior of Brazil.’ He likewise contributed, after his return to England, several botanical memoirs to the ‘ London Journal of Botany’ on Chresta, Pycnocephala, Trochopteris, Bowmannia, Hockinia, and several other new genera; and in 1842 he commenced an Enumeration and description of the plants he had collected during his travels, which he continued to publish from time to time in the same journal. In 1843, in conjunction 414 Linnean Society. with Mr. Fielding, he published a ‘ Sertum Plantarum,’ containing figures and descriptions of many of the novelties of that gentleman’s collection, and he also contributed several other descriptions of his plants for Hooker’s ‘Icones Plantarum.’ He became a Fellow of the Linnzan Society in 1842; and published in the 19th volume of our ‘Transactions’ a paper ‘‘on Peltophyllum, a genus allied to Triuris.” 3 In September 1843, at the recommendation of his friend Sir Wm. Hooker, he received from Government the appointment of Super- intendent of the Botanic Garden of Ceylon. The first object of his ambition in entering upon the duties of this appointment was the formation of a complete Flora of Ceylon, to which he constantly devoted his time and energies. In order to compare the relations of the botany of Ceylon with that of the Southern Peninsula of India, he made an excursion to Madras in the beginning of 1845, where he had the opportunity of consulting the rich herbarium of Dr. Wight, in company with whom he herborized extensively in the Neilgherry Mountains, where he formed a very interesting collection. After his return to Ceylon he made several journeys into the interior, and to many distant parts of the island, adding thus constantly and extensively to his collections. During five years he made great progress in the accumulation of materials towards his projected Flora, which he expected to complete for publication in 1851. In allusion to this great object of his ambition he wrote in 1844: ‘« I trust to be able to publish, in the course of a few years, a Flora of the island worthy of the richness and beauty of its vegetation and of the en- couragement afforded me by the home and local Governments. This, however, as you are well able to judge, will be a work of no little labour, as it must contain descriptions of from 4000 to 50U0 species, being considerably more than half of the plants defined by Linnzeus in the last edition of his ‘ Species Plantarum.’ ” He returned about the middle of last year from one of his long excursions made in company with Sir Emerson Tennent to Jaffna, Trincomalee, and the eastern districts of the island: subsequently he was constantly occupied in examining and registering the characters of the plants of the large collection made during that journey, and frequently complained of pain in the head, which he attributed to too close application to these sedentary pursuits. He therefore gladly availed himself of an inyitation from Lord Torrington, ‘Governor of the island, to juin him at Newera Ellia, the famed Sanitarium of Ceylon, to which place he repaired on the 10th of March last. He arrived there in excellent spirits, at three in the afternoon, and after lunching with the Governor and his family re- tired to rest after his long ride, when he was suddenly attacked by a fit of apoplexy, which rendered him quite insensible, and of which he died in a few hours. In communicating this sad news by the last overland mail, Lord Torrington, Sir Emerson Tennent, and many other persons of consideration in the island, spoke of it not only as an irreparable public loss, but expressed extreme regret upon being thus suddenly deprived of an invaluable friend, for whom they felt the Linnean Society. 415 most sincere affection ; for Mr. Gardner possessed in a rare degree the faculty of making friends in every direction. The cheerfulness of his disposition, his never-tiring energy, the variety and extent of his acquirements, his desire to impart information wherever required, his vivacity and pleasing conversational powers, secured him wherever he went the esteem and friendship of all well-informed persons. Thus has been suddenly cut off in the prime of his life one of the most active of the practical botanists of the day. It is much to be desired that the work which he has advanced so far towards completion may not be lost to science, and that a successor may be found fully competent to arrange the large mass of materials already accumulated ; and in carrying out this object, it isto be hoped, the merit which belongs to this deserving botanist will be recorded to the full extent of his due. Independently of the labours already noticed, Mr. Gardner had just completed for publication a ‘ Ma- nuai of Indian Botany ;’ an elementary work of that nature having been long a great desideratum to the numerous students of botanical science in India. In addition to his contributions before mentioned, he published in the ‘ Calcutta Journal of Natural History,’ several interesting memoirs, viz. on the Cyrtandracee of Ceylon, on Anstru- theria, Sarcandra, &c., Carria, Dysodidendron, Leucocodon, and on Christisonia, &c., together with a valuable paper on the Podoste- macee of the island and of Southern India, to which he added descriptions of the plants of this order met with during his travels in Brazil. William Gordon, Esq., M.D. William Horton Lloyd, Esq., well known to us all as one of the most constant attendants on our Meetings, and for his liberal feel- ings and kindliness of disposition, was born at Chapel-Allerton in the - neighbourhood of Leeds in the year 1784. His family, although not boasting any great descent, were very respectable manufacturers in Manchester. He was himself destined for the bar, and studied the law for a considerable time; but. conscientious scruples with regard to the oath induced him to relinquish his idea of adopting the legal profession, and he devoted himself to the cultivation of his taste for natural science and antiquities, for which he had a strong. pre- dilection. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1807, and was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, and one of the earliest Members of the Zoological Society, of the Horticultural Society, of the British Association, and of several other scientific and literary institutions. For the Linnean Society in particular he always en- tertained the warmest regard ; and although he never published any- thing, he constantly took a deep interest in the progress of science, He died at his house in Park Square on the 18th of February in the present year, having suffered for a year or two previously several slight paralytic attacks, but retaining his faculties little impaired almost to the last. Alexander MacLeay, Esq., for more than a quarter of a century Secretary to this Society, was born in the county of Ross on the 24th of June 1767. His father, who was Provost of the town of 416 | Linnean Society. Wick, was also a Deputy-Lieutenant of the county of Caithness, and the representative of one of the most ancient families in the north of Scotland. Mr. MacLeay was educated for commercial pursuits, which he relinquished early in life, and: became in 1795 Chief Clerk in the Prisoners of War Office, in 1797 head of the de- partment of Correspondence of the Transport Board, and. in 1806 Secretary of that Board, which office he filled until the abolition. of the Board in 1818, when he retired upon a pension. | In the year 1825 he was solicited by the late Earl Bathurst to undertake the im- portant office of Colonial Secretary to the government of New South Wales, which he held until the close of 1836. Having fixed. his re- sidence in the colony, with which he had now hecome completely identified, he was chosen in 1843 to be the first Speaker of the Le- gislative Council then established; and in that capacity conducted. himself with so much ability, judgment and impartiality, as to receive on his retirement from its duties in May 1846 the marked approbation of both sides of the House. In 1794 Mr. MacLeay became a Fellow. of the Linnean Society, and in 1798 he succeeded Mr. Marsham in the office of Secretary, which he held until his Colonial employment compelled. him: to re- linquish it in 1825. The following Minute of Council on that occa- sion, which was subsequently adopted-by a General. Meeting of the Society, expresses the high sense universally ratertainn? by the Members of his long and useful services :— ‘*The Linnean Society of London take the earliest opportunity after the retirement of Alexander MacLeay, Esq. from the Secre- taryship of the Society, to record upon their Minutes the high esti- mation in which he is held by them on account of twenty-seven years of unremitted and unrequited labour devoted to the interests of sci- ence ; and that in quitting for a time this sphere of usefulness to fill an honourable station in a distant country, he carries with him the cordial esteem and sincere regret of this Society.”’ As a naturalist, Mr. MacLeay devoted himself almost. exclusively to the study of insects, of which he had formed, previous to his quitting England, the finest and most extensive collection then ex- isting in the possession of a private individual. Of this great class of animals he possessed an intimate knowledge, without, however, having published anything on the subject, although he had made preparations for a monograph of the singular genus Paussus, in which ‘his cabinet was peculiarly rich. He became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1809, and was also a Foreign Member of the Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, and a Corresponding Member of the Academy of Turin. : Mr. MacLeay married early in life a relation of the house of Bar- clay of Urie, by whom he had a numerous family. He died at Syd- ney, New South Wales, on the 18th of July 1848, in the 82nd year of his age. William Pilkington, Esq. r Robert James Nicholl Streeten, M.D. John Frederick Walter, Esq., M.D. Linnean Society. 417 Among our Foreign Members, the Society and the scientific world have sustained a severe loss by the death of Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher, Professor of Botany in the Univer- sity of Vienna, and Director of the Botanic Garden of that city. He was born at Presburg on the 24th of June 1804, and there acquired his school education. His higher studies were pursued partly at Pesth and partly at Vienna, where in 1823 he became a pupil of the Archiepiscopal Seminary, being then destined for the church. But after the completion of his theological education, and when he had already taken the minor orders, family circumstances determined him to re-enter the secular state in 1826. ‘Two years afterwards he was attached to the Imperial Library at Vienna, and the circum- stances of his parents placed him in a state of easy independence. From the time of his quitting the ecclesiastical profession he devoted himself enthusiastically to the study of natural history, and more especially of botany, and to that of the languages of Eastern Asia, particularly Chinese. In botany he soon acquired so distinguished a reputation as to mark him out for the Keepership of the Herbarium in the Imperial Cabinet of Natural History; and-in 1840, on the death of Baron Jacquin, he became Professor of Botany and Director of the Botanic Garden, which establishment he exerted himself greatly to reorganize and improve. Of the numerous and important works, which have proceeded from his pen, the ‘ Genera Plantarum’ is that on which his fame will chiefly rest, as a work of immense-labour, great research and pro- found botanical science. ~ It will long continue to be a book of standard reference to the systematic botanist, of whose labours it is a constant and indispensable companion. In private life Professor Endlicher was a most excellent and amiable man. He died at Vienna on the 28th of March of an apo- plectic attack, caused as some physicians presumed by an effusion of pus from the pars petrosa of the left side into the brain, as he had suffered for many years from a polypus in the ear. On the previous Monday he had received his friends with his usual calmness and serenity, complaining only of a slight headache ; but at midday on Wednesday he lost his speech and became insensible, and about seven o'clock in the evening he ceased to exist, leaving a large circle of warmly attached friends to deplore his premature loss. Two Associates have also to be added to the list of deaths :— Mr. David Cameron and Mr. William M‘Nab. At the election which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop of Norwich was re-elected President ; William Yarrell, Esq., was elected Treasurer; John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary; and Richard Taylor, Esq., Under-Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected into the Council in the room of others going out, viz. : Thomas Bell, Esq., Francis Boott, M.D., John Gould, Esq., John Hogg, Esq., and Richard Horsman Solly, Esq. Among the presents announced by the Secretary were the follow- ing :— The herbarium of the late Thomas Walter, Esq., author of the ‘Flora Caroliniana ;’ presented by John Fraser, Esq., A.L.S. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 27 418 Linnean Society... A Portrait of the late Sir Joseph Banks, Baronet, K.B., painted by the late Thomas Phillips, Esq., R.A.; presented by, Captain Sir E. Home, Bart., R.N. A Lithographed Portrait. of the Right. Rev. the Lord Bishop of Norwich, Pres. L.S., by T. H..Maguire ; presented by G,, Ransome, Esq., F.L.S. There were also. presented by. W. A. Bromfield, M.D.,..F. L.S., specimens of a Luzula growing abundantly at Apse Castle, near Shanklin, Isle of Wight, and described by Dr. Bromfield as having the divaricate and reflexed panicle of. Z. pilosa, with the fruit, of L. Forsteri, excepting that the seeds are scarcely above one-third or one-fourth the size of those of the latter species. The capsules (not yet ripe) seem to be naturally smaller than in L. Forsteri, and much shorter than the sepals, which thus appear to conceal them.’ /Be- sides their much smaller size, the seeds of the plant exhibited appear to be rounder than in J. Forsteri, with a_ still shorter and.very obtuse appendage, and to come later to maturity than in that .or L. pilosa, as was shown by the accompanying specimens of, both, in which-the capsules had attained to nearly) their full dimensions, whilst those of the new plant were much less advanced.. This new form is the prevailing one at Apse Castle, greatly exceeding either of the two others or L. sylvatica (which also grows there) in .quan- tity, and is extremely plentiful on dry slopmg banks amongst bushes, and either growing alone or intermixed with the other three, . The form of the seeds proves, in Dr. Bromfield’s opinion, that it cannot be a variety of L. pilosa, whilst their very small size and the form of the capsule militate against its connection with L. Forsteri. .So far as yet observed, the plant is taller than either, of these, with longer roots and lower stem leaves; the leaves as broad as in L. pilosa, and from their greater length more lax or drooping. at their extremities. The panicle, though much like that. of ZL. pilosa, would seem to be less compounded, and narrower or more oblong in contour, and this last character coupled. with the small size of the capsules first drew Dr. Bromfield’s attention to what he would otherwise have regarded as merely L. pilosa. It seems impro- bable that it should_be a hybrid between L. pilosa and L. Forsteri, being so much more plentiful than the assumed parents, to say nothing of the very minute seeds, so different in this respect from those of either. Dr. Bromfield has not met with it as yetin any — other locality but that above mentioned. June 5.—Thomas Horsfield, M.D., V.P., in the Chair. Read a paper ‘‘ On Jchneumon Atropos, Curt.” By George New- port, Esq., F.R.S. & LS. Several years ago the author obtained many specimens of this in- sect both in the larva and perfect states at Canterbury, chiefly in the year 1829, but he has not met with them since 1834. He has taken the perfect insect in the month of July, and has many times reared it from the larva state in which it is a parasite within the body of the larva of Sphinx ligustri, on which he considers it to be more common than on that of Acherontia Atropos, Mr. Newport gives Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 419 © some account of the habits and circumstances of its growth. It occurs in the body of the Sphine larva and in the pupa from August to the following April, at which time it changes to a nymph, and remains in this state for a month to six weeks and comes forth in June. The anatomy of the larva was then described and shown to be in every particular in strict accordance with the condition of life under which this parasite exists, and confirmatory of the view of the author that the habits of different species are invariably in accord- ance with peculiarities of function, and that these are dependent mainly on differences of detail of structure. ‘ BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. » March 14, 1850.—Professor Fleming, President, in the Chair. Mr. M‘Nab exhibited a specimen of Stenocarpus Cunninghami in flower ; a flowering spadix of Areca triandra, a palm which perfected its fruit in the Botanic Garden last season; and a cluster of male flowers of Chamerops humilis. Dr. M‘Donald exhibited a specimen of the leaf of Phormium tenax grown in Argyllshire. The leaf was 6 feet 3 inches long, and’ 54 inches broad. He stated that the plant thrives well in that part of Scotland, without any protection during winter. He also mentioned that in many places on the Mull of Cantyre, myrtles, hydrangeas, fuchsias, and other delicate plants, succeed admirably, without pro- tection. Mr. M‘Nab exhibited a specimen of Potentilla tridentata, sent by Mr. Westwood as a part of the plant picked by him and Mr. C. Stew- art, on Ben Wyvis, Ross-shire, about ten years since. Mr. M‘Nab undertook to investigate the Ben Wyvis station for this plant during the ensuing season. , Mr. M‘Nab also exhibited from Mr. Ramsay a specimen of red fibrous matter attached to wood, taken from the wooden water-house of the Water Company on the Pentland Hills. The substance ap- peared to be very peculiar, and was remitted to Dr. Greville for ex- amination. i Specimens of plants from the Quitinian Andes were presented from W. Jameson, Esq., of Quito, arranged according to their localities, as follows :— I. Specimens of the Flora of Pomasqui and San Antonio, lat. 0° 0': height above the level of the sea 8697 feet. If. Plants from the level of Quito, lat. 0° 13’ S.: altitude 9524 feet above the level of the sea. III. Plants from the Region of Shrubs, from 11,000 to 13,000 feet above the sea level. IV. Those of the lofty range of the Andes, as Pichincha, Chim- sh and Antisana, from 13,000 to 15,500 feet above the level of the sea. Specimens of plants from Simla were exhibited from Lieut. R. Maclagan. Simla is in lat, 31° 6’ N.; long. 77° 13! 22" EB. Alti- tude, 7040 feet. ars 420 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Temperature. ur Maximum. Minimum. Rain in inches. 1841. 83:5 June 8. 29-0 Jan. 22 and 23. 1842. 82°0 May 31. 2775 Feb, 5 61°226. 1843. 81°8 June 19, 31°5 Jan. 10 93°147. 1844, 77:3 .,, .22., 24°3 Jan. 13 and 15. 103-938. 1845. 78°2..,,.20., 29°3 Feb. 17. 116°363. 1A A ae mA DAS Seehg HOTS ER a 113°145. Mean. 54°29 ¢ Dr. Balfour read a description of Sabal umbraculifera, a: palm which is now in fruit in the Botanic Garden: It has'a stem of 9 or 10 feet in height, still covered by the bases of the fallen leaves, which, in the progress of development, become split in a curious way at the place where they join the stem. ©The plant has thirty flabelliform fronds, the petioles of which are 12 feet in length, and the laminz7 or 8 feet long, with about 100 lacinice or folds.» The branching spadices are 6 feet in length; they are surrounded by numerous partial spathes, and at present exhibit enormous clusters, containing ‘several thousand fruits of the size of large grapes. The fruit has a fleshy mesocarp, and contains only one perfect seed, which has a brown spermoderm, a cartilaginous white uniform perisperm, and a small dorsal:embryo. Specimens of the large fruiting spadix, the split petiole, and reticulum of the palm, were exhibited. Dr. Balfour also described Phoenix sylvestris, a specimen of which is flowering at present in the Botanic Garden. \ This palm ‘has pin- nate fronds 7 or 8 feet in length, and a spatha which splits on one side at its upper part, forming a boat-shaped. crowning of the spadix: A specimen of a spathe inclosing a’branching spadix of male flowers was exhibited. Dr. Douglas Maclagan read the following Notice regarding some articles of the Vegetable Materia Medica. Prunus Virginiana.— Under this name, borrowed from the United States’ Pharmacopeeia, a bark has, during the last year or’so, been employed in considerable quantity in this country as a medicine, and has found favour with several medical men. ‘This, it is presumed, is the bark which is officinal in the United States, and which, though bearing in the Pharmacopceia, U.S., the designation of Prunus Vir- giniana, is not the bark of the plant which was so named by Linnezeus. The Prunus Virginiana of Linneeus is a small shrub, resembling Ce- rasus Padus, bearing a small dark red globular astringent fruit, which is known in America by the name of Choke Cherry. The Prunus Virginiana of the United States’ Pharmacopeeia is the bark of a tree of from 60 to 100 feet high, the Cerasus serotina (DC.), the Wild or Black Cherry of the Americans, but which Michaux appears to have confounded with the shrubby plant, and has also named Cerasus Virginiana. Sir W. Hooker, in the ‘ Flor. Boreal. Amer.,’ adopts Michaux’s name for the large tree, but has obviously transposed the two names, for he quotes Linnzeus’s synonym of Prunus Virginiana for the large tree, and applies the name C, serotina (DC.) to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 421 shrubby plant, and calls the fruit. of the large tree Choke Cherry, whereas it. should be Wild Cherry or Black Cherry. Hooker’s description of the large tree, under the name of Cerasus Virginiana, corresponds with that given by Wood and Bache, in the United States’ Dispensatory, of the same tree, under the name of C. serotina, DC., with the synonym C. Virginiana of Michaux, and answers to specimens sent from Canada by Dr. Philip Maclagan ; whilst Hooker’s description of the shrub under the name of C. sero- tina answers also to specimens sent from the same quarter. The two plants appear to be very distinct in every respect, except the: names, which have thus been transposed, and confused. The nomenclature may be satisfactorily arranged by calling the shrub O::Virginiana (Torrey and Gray), and the large tree C. serotina (DC:). » At the same time it must be added, that Sir W., Hooker (Flor. Bor. Am.) expresses doubts as to their specific difference, re- marking that the serratures and tufts of hair on the underside of the leaves. are undoubtedly variable, and that: in point of form of foliage it is not easy even to distinguish the American shrub from our C. Padus. |The large tree, C. serotina (DC.), which is the species officinalin the United States’ Pharmacopeeia, on account of its bark, is also. used: as timber by the American cabinet-maker. Sir W. Hooker gives Canada as a doubtful: station for it, but. it.is found in Canada West, where Dr. P. Maclagan saw one specimen cut down which was 80 feet high. The bark, as found in the shops of the United States, is thus de- seribed by, Wood and Bache : —It.is in pieces of various sizes, more or, less. curved. laterally, usually destitute of epidermis, of a, lively reddish cinnamon colour, brittle and pulverizable, presenting a reddish gray fracture, and affording a fawn-coloured powder. When» fresh it has the odour of peach leaves, and yields by distillation, aceording to, the experiments of Dr. Procter, a volatile oil, conjoined with hydrocyanic acid; the same is got from cherry-laurel leaves. It contains also a bitter principle and tannin. The Americans use the bark recently dried, as it deteriorates by keeping. The bark, as it was last year brought to the shops in Edinburgh, is im narrow strips, varying in length from a few inches to a foot and a half, with a smooth gray epidermis, which curls itself off in horizontal. strips, a character which is very marked in C. serotina in its native woods. .On pulling off the epidermis, a suberous layer of a greenish white colour and silky lustre is exposed. The inner bark is of a bright cinnamon-red, inclining to orange, and.there are often found adhering to it portions of a very white alburnum. . This wood is tough, and) not easily pulverized. It is bitter and very astringent to the taste... On inquiry as to the source from whence this bark, which was sent from London, was derived, it was stated to be the officinal American bark of British growth. Now, C. sero- tina is not a common tree in Britain. This bark is, from its. appear- ance, not that of C. Padus, nor of the shrubby C. Virginiana, from which circumstances, as well as from its general aspect, Dr. Maclagan concludes that it is.merely the bark of C. avium. | 422 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. » The druggists here, dissatisfied with this English bark, have got the officinal substance imported from America. It is now. brought in 1 lb. packages, as made up in America; is in small fragments not more than an inch long, is free from epidermis, and otherwise corre- sponds with Wood and Bache’s description. Dr. Maclagan made various experiments with different samples of the English bark, to determine whether or not it would yield any hydrocyanic acid ; but though he subjected four separate portions to distillation, he could not obtain from it.the least trace of this active principle. It is obvious, therefore, that the bark of English growth wants one of the most important constituents of the American bark, and is comparatively of little value. Dr. Maclagan’s trials of it in practice had not tended to raise it in his estimation. It did not ap- pear to have any special advantage over other bitters of which there are plenty, and from the great quantity of altered tannin and. extractive which is taken up in the infusion, it even appeared. frequently to disagree with the stomach. From the American imported. bark, however, Dr. Maclagan separated hydrocyanic acid in small quantity by distillation. It made a very bitter infusion, and deposited. some tannin on cooling. Alcohol appears to take up more of the bitter, and water more of the astringent matters of these barks. Even the American bark, however, which is now in the best shops substituted for the English, does not appear to possess that combination of - sedative and calmative action with tonic power, for-which it is pre- ferred in the United States, and did not appear to be so useful, and cannot be so uniform in quality, as a combination of some of our common. bitters, such as colombo with hydrocyanic acid, a form of prescription which had. proved very efficacious in his hands... In fact the want of calmative property had led to its being generally prescribed with hydrocyanic acid added. to it, and thus it did not appear. to Dr. Maclagan to have any special advantages. | The fact that the bark of the C. serotina yields hydrocyanated oil has been established by the experiments of Procter quoted above ; that the bark of C. Padus yields hydrocyanic acid also has been long known. Dr. Maclagan had made some experiments with the fresh twigs of C. Virginiana from the Botanic Garden of Edinburgh, and found that it yielded hardly any volatile oil, not enough to render the distilled product milky, but it gave a certain amount of hydro- cyanic acid. ts - From two ounces of fresh bark distilled with water, he obtained a distillate which gave 0:08 of real hydrocyanic acid ; but the decoction contained little tannin, was barely bitter, and had rather a sweetish taste. It was obvious, therefore, that the bark of the shrubby C. Virginiana would be of little use as a medicine. Dr. Maclagan likewise examined the bark of C. Padus. From two ounces of the fresh bark he got by distillation a fluid which had a distinct layer of oil on the surface, and contained 0°26 of real hy- drocyanic acid, or more than three times the amount got from C. Virginiana. 'The decoction of C. Padus also was richer in tannin, and was strongly and agreeably bitter. Dr, Maclagan had not had Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 423 opportunity of examining the fresh bark of C. avium or of C. serotina, but from the examination of the English and American commercial barks, which he presumed to be derived from these trees respect- ively, and from the above examination of C. Padus, it appeared to him that if any such bark was to be used in this country at all, that of the last-named species would probably answer as well as any other. — | Dr. Maclagan likewise exhibited specimens of, and made some remarks on, the following medicinal plants, which are in use in America, though little known in this country :— Triosteum perfoliatum, Linn.—The bark of the root is cathartic, and in large doses emetic, and as such is employed in America under the name of Fever-root. | Phytolacca decandra, Willd.._Poke-weed. The root and_ berries are emeto-cathartic and somewhat narcotic, and have been used in America in chronic rheumatism. In many of its actions it appears to resemble mezereon. Oh, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Linn.—Thoroughwort. ‘The leaves are esteemed tonic and diaphoretic, and have been used with success in intermittent fever. It appears from the statements of Wood and Bache to have arrested intermittent fevers chiefly by acting as an emetic, and can hardly be looked upon as possessing the properties of an anti-periodic. : : Ariseema atrorubens, Biume ; Arum triphyllum, Willd.—Indian Turnip. The recent root is extremely acrid, but when dried becomes bland, and yields its starch readily, quite white and pure. The half- dried root has been used as a stimulant expectorant in chronic catarrh, and when mixed with sugar, as a stimulant application to sore mouths in children. The starch resembles under the microscope that of drum maculatum, being in small grains of a rounded form, but frequently presenting a somewhat angular aspect. Podophyllum peltatum, Linn.—May-apple, or Mandrake. The root is an efficient purgative, acting very like jalap, and applied to the same class of cases in which that drug is used. The leaves have the character of being somewhat narcotic, but the fruit, which. is sometimes called Wild-lemon, is eaten with impunity. Mr. M‘Nab read the following list of the times of appearance in flower of plants in the open borders of the Botanic Garden, Edin- burgh, from 15th February till 14th March, 1850, in continuation of a similar list presented at the February meeting :-— Feb. 15. Hepatica triloba, vars. Feb. 22. Daphne Mezereon. 16. Crocus Susianus (cloth of 22. Knappia agrostidea. gold). 23. Primula denticulata, 16. Corylus Avellana (hazel). 23. Vinea minor. 18. Leucojum vernum. 24. Petasites vulgaris, 18. Symplocarpus foetidus. 25. Daphne Laureola, 18. Viola odorata. 25, Dondia Epipactis. 20, Capsella Bursa-pastoris. 25. Potentilla Fragariastrum. 21. Arabis albida. 26. Crocus sulphureus, and 21. Bellis perennis. other garden vars. 21. Lamium purpureum. 27. Tussilago Farfara. 4.24: Miscellaneous. Feb. 28. Nordmannia cordifolia. Mar. 11. Scilla bifolia, ceerulea (13th Mar. 1. Hyoscyamus Scopolia. of March). 1. Primula nivalis. 11, Pulmonaria mollis. 2. Doronicum caucasicum. 11. Vinca major. 2. Tussilago nivea. 12. Tussilago alba. 4. Narcissus pumila. 12. Sisyrinchium grandiflorum. 5. Anemone Pulsatilla. 13. Hyoscyamus Physaloides. 7. Asarum Europeum. 13. Cheiranthus Cheiri. | 8. Omphalodes verna. 14. Draba aizoides. 9. Iberis sempervirens, 14. Aponogeton distachyon (in 11, Cardamine hirsuta. _ Open-air pond). 11. Erythronium Dens-Canis. 14. Symphytum caucasicum. ll. Seilla bifolia, alba. 14. Ribes sanguineum. Mr. Evans stated that he had made similar observations. on. the flowering of plants in the Experimental Garden. In a warm situa- tion Sisyrinchium grandifiorum and Primula denticulata werein flower on the 19th of February. Bellis perennis flowered on the 25th of February, and the Apricot on the Ist of March, Specimens of dye-woods were sent for exhibition by Michael Con- nal, Esq. Mr. Stark exhibited specimens of Leptothrix tinctoria and Chylo- cladia refleca from Mr. Ralfs ; also of Sphacelaria plumosa in fruc- tification, S. scoparia from Arran, and S. filicina from the county — of Down, Ireland. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Pathology of the Silk-Worm (Bombyx Mori, L.). _Examina- tion of the Blood. By F. KE. Gutrin-MENEVILLE. Tue author has directed. his attention to that most terrible malady which attacks the silk-worm, and is known in the nurseries by the name of Museardine, _ It depends upon a microscopic plant belonging to the group Botrytis, which developes itself in the worm whilst living, and destroys it at the very period at which it spins the precious cocoons which ought to repay all the care and expense bestowed upon the animal, The blood of a healthy silk-worm examined as it leaves the body, exhibits under the microscope, globules analogous to those of the human blood ; but these globules are developed and reproduced from each other during the entire course of the life of the animal, and pass through the following phases, which may be observed in the same drop of blood. . At first there are minute globules exhibiting in their centre simply a single opake pomt; the globule when grown larger presents a nucleus composed of several granules of equal size. Ata third period, these granules become disaggregated and tend towards the circumference of the globule; finally, they push outwards the various points of its external envelope upon which they press; hence the circumference of the globule presents projections resembling buds which soon open and give passage to the granules which have pro- duced them ; these when once set free in the serum become surrounded by a transparent membrane, and form new globules in the first stage of development. . These curious facts, which the author only admits Miscellaneous. 425 after numerous observations, and having verified them in several other species of insects, are still less astonishmg than those which charac- terize the pathological state of the same blood. The blood of the worms when affected with other maladies than muscardine, contains fewer globules in proportion to the proximity of the'death of the animal. But the appearance of the blood explains the disappearance of the globules. At first, those found in it in small numbers are all mature, or have even already discharged their granules externally ; whilst globules in progress of development are entirely absent, but in their place are observed corpuscles in every respect resembling the granules of the nucleus of the mature globules. These corpuscles, which are all alike, move with rapidity, although there appears to be no cause for their motion, which moreover pre- sents all the characters of voluntary motion. | M. Guérin, by numerous observations which have been verified by other persons, has acquired the conviction that these corpuscles are the granules which have escaped from the nucleus of the globules existing in the blood. These granules under the influence of the morbid state have not been able to form new globules, and then enter upon a kind of independent vitality which begins the disorga- nization of the diseased individual by that of its nutritive fluid. We can now understand the absence of the globules in the earliest periods of their development, and the constantly greater diminution of the glo- bules in proportion as the animal approaches its end ; it is a source which flows off without renovation. M. Guérin-Meneville gives the name of Hematozoides to the animals thus developed in the diseased blood. He has also met with them in other insects ; and what is still more curious, is that he has succeeded in producing them at pleasure in healthy insects, by causing them to endure hunger for some days ; so that, at least in insects, depauperization of the blood from the action of debilitating causes of any kind is caused by the inaptitude of the existing nucleolar granules to form new ones. This result undoubtedly deserves great attention. But muscardine has presented to M. Guérin some facts of a still more remarkable character. In it, whether the worm has acquired the disease naturally, or some sporules of Botrytis bossiana which produces muscardine have been placed upon its body with the point of a needle, even before the morbid condition is announced by any external signs, the blood begins to exhibit the heematozoids; they increase every hour, and intermixed with them very short navicular bodies are soon seen, but which speedily become developed, even under the mere influence of moisture into’the thallus or root of the muscardice Botrytis. At this period of the disease, M: Guérin has seen one of the most curious phenomena in organic nature, and one which bears upon several long-debated questions ; he has seen the Hematozoides, those animated corpuscles which originated from the nucleolar granules, gradually become transformed into the thallus of the Botrytis. They acquire a more elongated form, the motion still existing ; then when they have acquired a further state of elongation, the motion ceases, and the animate matter is metamorphosed into vegetable matter, which however continues to grow more and more. 426 Miscellaneous. So that after the death of the muscardic worm, the blood is filled with the thallus in ‘every stage of development. In the latter case, crystals of a perfectly definite form are mixed with the thallus ; these are products of some chemical reaction, and are undoubtedly the cause of the rigidity of the dead body of the muscardic worm. By means of abstractions of the circulating fluid, which are very easily effected, M. Guérin is able to satisfy himself of the state of health of silk-worms, or to predict to the silk-worm cultivator the invasion of such and such diseases; and this is useful, especially in muscardine ; for by ceasing to feed those worms which are dcomed to an inevitable death, an enormous quantity of mulberry-leaves are ceconomized, and the pecuniary loss entailed by such accident is con- siderably diminished. The reproduction of the globules of the blood appears to be quite new and of extreme importance in a physiological point of view. It explains very simply the unequal diameters of the globules of the blood of the Invertebrata, and directs us to researches in other species of this extensive group with a view of ascertaining the same facts, and to'the Vertebrata themselves to find its analogies. In the latter, the perfect uniformity in the globules of the blood might @ priori indicate a want of analogy; but, if real, we must first accurately determine it ; if it be only apparent, we must discover the truth which is still unknown. On the other hand, we must bear in mind, that in the Vertebrata, the nutritive fluid is met with in different states ; the chyle, lymph, and blood. The blood is its ultimate expression, the terminal or perfect state ; it is probably not in it therefore that we must seek for these pheenomena of degeneration of the globules.. Those of the lymph, which are colourless and smaller, have long been regarded as an earlier stage of them. . By a coincidence which is at least remarkable in the ‘frog, the triton, and the tortoise, where it has been possible to make observations upon the lymph, the size of the lymphatic globules pointed out by authors is exactly that of the nuclei of the globules of the blood in the same animal; the shape, certainly, differs, but the re- lation of size is constant... Lastly, there is a curious fact connected with this question: Schultz, who has obseryed the formation of the area vasculosa in the embryo of birds, states that the nucleus is the first part which appears; the vesicle being ultimately formed around it.—Gazette des Hdpitaux, Feb. 2, 1850. BRITISH MUSEUM, To the Editor of the Annals of Natural History. Sir,—Having been in the habit of continually using the Natural History collection in the British Museum, never finding any difficulty, and knowing by experience that it is the most completely arranged, and far more easy of access than any other collection im the country, or on the continent, I was surprised to read in the Report of the British Museum Commissioners, the following words as the bases of all their observations on the Department :— ‘Being aware from the Memorial presented to the First Lord of the Treasury on the 10th of March 1847, by a very numerous body of Miscellaneous. 427 the cultivators of natural history science, that a wide-spread dissatisfac- tion prevails among them relative to the actual condition of and means of access to the vast and valuable materials in the Natural History, Departments of the British Museum, we have necessarily directed our attention to this subject of complaimt.” I was induced to look for. the memorial, and you may well suppose my astonishment to find that it contains no such complaints, but was entirely devoted to another subject....The words of the memorial.are as follows: “A strong feeling pervades the naturalists of our country that the pro- motion of the science of natural history is very inadequately provided for by the present constitution of the Trustees of the British Museum.” The complaint here made was rectified by the election of Dr. Buck- land as a Trustee. If the other statements of the Commission are no more accurate than the above, their Report cannot be of much value, and the ex- penses incurred by their three years’ occupation is a useless expendi- ture. —F.R.S, ) ECHINOCACTUS EYRIESIIL. : | Highgate, April 17, 1850. My per Sir,—You will remember my calling your attention some time ago to the characters which are assumed by Echinocactus Eyriesti. The artificial divisions which have been made of the Cac- taceee have always seemed to me unsatisfactory. The’ point is one of some interest to those who conceive, as I confess that I do, that clearness and definiteness of principle in the characterization of genus and species is a matter of much importance to the progress of natural history. I think I can satisfy any reasonable person that Hchino- cactus EKyriesii cannot be separated from Cereus, if Dame Nature is to be taken as a guide instead of mere arbitrary fancy.’ I'take 2. Eyriesii alone now, because it seems to be regarded as typical of the genus, and because I have had the longest opportunities of obser- ving it. T wezieilieg nobody will contend that the mere matter of the time which it takes for a plant (or anything else) to reach maturity and its characteristic form, is to fix the determination of genus. This may, when strongly marked, be well enough for a specific distinction, but it cannot, surely, yield a generic one. Else, on every principle of logic, each different kind of Cereus must make a different genus. If two plants, belonging to the same family, and in the characters of whose flowers no essential distinction can be pointed out, assume, when arrived at mature age, a tendency to a similar habit, it seems to me that we get only mto confusion, and make all classification mere moonshine, if we do not put them ito the same genus. Now to my friend Hehinocactus Hyriesii. And I call it my friend, because, though not by any means a frequent denizen of the green- house, I am sure it ought to be so, if purity, elegance, and fragrance in a flower can give a claim, The gardeners pretend it is a shy bloomer. That must be owing to bad management: I do not know any cactus which is a freer bloomer. I have never passed a year without a constant succession, on the same plant, of its exquisite and delicately fragrant flowers. I have several plants of it.. One of 428 Miscellaneous. these I have had for more than ten years. It must be thirteen years old, from my observation of the rate of growing. . At three years old it was, according to the received descriptions, ‘ subglobose,” &e. But with its growth, it has altogether lost this character. And, while the flowers are identical in general characters with those of the Cereus,—very much more identical in detail with many: species of the Cereus than those of different received ‘species of Cereus are. with one another,—it is quite impossible to separate the plant itself, in its general habit, from any characters taken from a general survey of the Cereus. ‘The plant in question stands beside a specimen of Cereus whose flower that of the Echinocactus very nearly resembles, and which is remarkably full-grown and stout. Both plants grow tall.and straight.. Both have deep straight ribs... And, in both, the tubercles are arranged, with reference to one another on the adjoining ribs, in a regular figure, the quincuncial,—a matter, which will, I think, be remarked in all the numerously ribbed species of Cereus, and.a similar character of regular relative arrangement in those which have only three or four ribs.. The Echinocactus is now nearly a foot. high. It has continually, and regularly, grown in height, but. does not get any broader. ) 1 could enlarge on some other points of character; but this letter has already become longer than I intended. I will only add, that young plants sometimes run into the long thin form of so many of the Cereus. I haye had young shoots of Echinocactus which could not be distinguished from young shoots of even Cereus flagelliformis ; —which will be admitted to be about as extreme a comparison as could be made. Thinking that any observations which can tend to the elucidation, or fixation (if I may say so), of the important and interesting question of What is.a Genus? cannot be wholly useless, I place the above very much at your service. I am, my dear Sir, very truly yours, W., Francis, Ph.D. J. Toutmin SMITH. CAUSE OF THE POTATO DISEASE. The precise cause of the potato disease is still unknown; but we are able at least to eliminate certain presumed causes, and to prove where the disease begins, and how it reaches the tubers. _ It is pretty generally admitted at present that the parts of the plant exposed to the air are first attacked, and that their diseased state precedes that of the tubers, and probably causes it. The following is a rather curious proof that such is the case. M. de Gheldere of Thourout in Belgium grafted some tobaeco plants upon potatoes, according to Tschudy’s method. Success was probable, as the Nicotiana and Solanum belong to the same family. The grafts did not merely take, a fact of itself very interesting, but the plants happening to be in a field of potatoes entirely attacked by the disease, the grafted stocks alone remained exempt. If the tubers were sound in this case, it can only be attributed to the presence of the leaves of tobacco not liable to the disease, instead of leaves of the potato itself. The fact Miscellaneous. 429 is recorded in M. Ch. Morren’s Report on the Exhibition of the pro- ducts of Belgian agriculture and horticulture, 1847.—Bibliotheque Universelle, Feb. 1850. On the Nature of the Gregarine. By Dr. F. Stern, The author has raised the number of species of insects in which Gregarine occur to 68. Previously it was known only of 29. With the addition of the Myriapoda, Crustacea and Annelides (the Lum- brict contain some in their male organs ; Henle), the number amounts to 80. They are for the majority voracious and carnivorous animals ; at all events they never feed upon fresh vegetable matter. This dis- tribution of the Gregarine in species whose kind of life is so exclusive. evidently proves that their germs are introduced with the food. The body of the Gregarine is an ovoid, fusiform or cylindrical sac, everywhere closed, without any trace of mouth or anus. In some species the body is simple, but most frequently it is separated into two parts. The anterior portion forms a hemispherical or conical segment, separated from the remainder by a strangulation. A verti- cal septum corresponds to this constriction, and thus divides the in- terior cavity into two portions. This septum had not been previously observed. In other species the body is divided into three cavities by two strangulations and two corresponding internal septa. In accordance with these differences of organization, the author separates the Gregarine into three natural families :— 1. The Monocystidee or simple Gregarine, without strangulation and without internal septum. | 2. The Gregarinariee, or ordinary Gregarine with the body di- vided into two parts. 3. The Didimophydee, or Gregarine whose body is divided into three portions, as if it resulted from the adhesion of two individuals, one from each of the preceding families. . The envelope of the Gregarine consists of a hyaline, transparent, smooth and elastic membrane. Sometimes the outer surface is pro- longed into immoveable filaments or into vibratile cilia (Henle found the latter to be the case in the Gregarine from the Lumbrici). The interior presents not a trace of organization ; it is filled with a liquid, probably albuminous, in which a considerable number of globules float, which the author considers to be globules of fat. The young individuals contain a less number, and are consequently more transparent. Dr. Stein confirms the presence of a nucleus placed freely in the contents of the Gregarine. It is always simple in the Monocystide@ and the Gregarinariee ; one species of the third family exhibited two, another contained but one. Although the re- production of these singular organisms is still quite obscure, several facts appear to throw some light upon the subject. One of the most important is the following observation of Von Siebold. The thin intestines of a dipterous larva (Sciara nitidicollis) con- tain, along with numerous Gregarine (G. caudata), a large number of round vesicles filled with innumerable minute bodies of a turnip shape, called Navicellee by Von Siebold. They are composed of a soft nucleus, and of a hard and transparent envelope. Henle again 430 Miscellaneous. met with them in the genital organs of a Lumbricus, accompanied by true Gregarine. These two facts evidently demonstrate a relation between the Navicellee and the development of the Gregarine.. Nu- merous observations made by Dr. Stein on the development of the Navicelle in the Lwmbricus, prove that these are only stages of meta- morphosis of the Gregarine. After having observed some trans- itions between the genus Zygocystis (a Gregarina where two indivi- duals adhere by the anterior portion of their body) and the cysts in _ which the Navicellee are developed, Dr. Stem compares their forma- tion to the reproduction by conjugation observed in some Confervee. Observations made upon other Gregarine inhabiting the intestinal canal of insects appear to confirm this view. It would thence result that two individuals unite at first by juxtaposition. In these adult pairs each individual assumes an oval shape. The interior septum separating the cavity of the body into two portions is re-absorbed ; the two individuals then appear like two hemispheres pressed one against the other; they then secrete a gelatinous liquid, which solidifies, en- veloping the two. Lastly, the particular membrane of each individual is re-absorbed, and their contents unite into a single granular sphere, which is gradually converted into Navicelle. These bodies, called germinating granules by Dr. Stein, are frequently met with in the excrements of different insects, either free from their cysts or still - contained in their envelopes (for instance in Tenebrio molitor).. From _ thence they arrive with the food in the intestinal canal of other indi- viduals, where on their development they give rise to Gregarine.— Muller’s Archiv and Bibl. Univ., August 1849. WAY IN WHICH TOADS SHED THEIR SKINS. I have a small house under my care for growing cucumbers. There is a bed in the middle of it, and the soil is about 3 feet high from the ground (7. e. to the top of the hills where the plants are in). A person therefore standing in the house can examine an ob- ject placed on the hill with ease. Last Saturday, about 7 o’clock a.m., ’ I uncovered the house, and went in to see that all was right, when to my surprise I saw my pet companion, a fine toad, apparently in the agonies of death. It was seated at the end of the ridge or hill of soil; its mouth or rather under-jaw opening every few seconds (the top jaw did not move), the eyes shut, and the body violently con- vulsed each time- the jaw opened, and with each convulsion of the body the right fore-foot was raised to the head. I placed myself in front of it, and perceived that it was drawing something mto its mouth each time the jaw moved ; at that instant the right eye opened, it then inflated the body on the left side and drew in the right, placing at the same time the left fore-foot on the head behind the eye and drawing it down to the mouth ; it then appeared to hold its foot in the mouth for about a second, when it drew it out, and I di- stinctly saw the three points of skin that came off its toes outside its lips till the next opening of the jaw, when they were drawn into the mouth. When it drew its foot over its left eye (which before was shut), it broke out as bright as ever. Some folds of the skin adhered to the left leg, but by two or three motions of the jaw they were Meteorological Observations. 431 gone, and in about .a minute the skin was drawn off the lips—the toad had eaten its own skin, and there it stood with its new covering as bright as if it had been fresh varnished. I endeavoured to touch it, to feel if it was clammy, but the creature gave a vigorous jump, and the soil adhered to its legs. I looked at it in an hour afterwards ; it had then begun to resume its dingy brown colour. The time it took to get off its head-dress was only a few minutes. It appeared to me that each time its jaw opened it drew the skin forward, while it distended the body on the side to be uncovered. W, TuRNER.— Gardeners’ Chronicle, Mar. 1850. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1850. Chiswick.—March 1, Hazy: very fine: overcast. 2. Densely overcast. 3. Cloudy. 4, Cloudy: clear and frosty at night. 5. Frosty: fine: cloudy. 6,7. Foggy: fine: clear. 8. Hazy. 9. Slight fog: fine: clear, 10. Very fine. 11, Clear and fine: frosty. 12. Frosty: very fine: clear. 13. Frosty, with slight fog: very fine. 14. Overcast. 15. Overcast: clear, with sharp frost at night. . 16, Frosty: overeast: clear.. 17, Frosty: cloudy: sunshine occasionally : clear and frosty. 18, Frosty and fine. 19, 20, Cloudy. 21. Cloudy and cold: clear and frosty. 22. Hoar-frost: cloudy. 23, Heavy clouds: sleet-showers. 24. Slight fall of snow-flakes: severe frost at night. 25. Clear and frosty: cloudy: clear: frosty. 26. Overcast. 27. Foggy: slight haze: frosty. 28. Slight haze : bright sun with dry cold air: clear and frosty. 29. Foggy: cloudy: clear, $0, 31. Overcast. Mean temperature of the MOnth ....cccssesscceeescssesseneees ST 71 Mean temperature of March 1849 ........sc00e. jauasadowenas 41 °56 Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-three years 42 °81 Average amount of rain in March oc.ic.s.ccecescecssecsseecsees 1°36 inch. Boston. —March 1,2. Cloudy. 3. Fine: rainr.m. 4. Cloudy. 5—7.. Fine. 8,9. Cloudy. 10, Fine. 11. Cloudy. 12,13, Fine. 14, 15, Cloudy. 16. Cloudy: rain a.m. 17, 18, Fine. 19, Cloudy: rain a.m. 20. Cloudy. 21, Fine. 22. Cloudy. 23. Fine: rain early a.m. 24, Cloudy : snow a.m. and p.m. 25, Cloudy, 26,27, Fine. 28. Fine: rain a.m. 29, 30. Fine, 31, Cloudy: rain A.M. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire —March 1. Fine: a shower early a.m. 2, Slight shower during night: thick p.m. 3. Rain heavy a.m.: cleared, 4. Frost: clear and fine. 5. Moistallday. 6, Mild and growing: moist. 7. Fine spring day. 8, Still finer: clear and warm, 9. Dull and moist; slight shower. 10. Clear and fine: slight shower. 11. Frost: clearand bright. 12, Frost: cloudy. 13, Frost, notso severe. 14,15. Mild: cloudy: no frost. 16. East wind: dull. 17. Dull: raw: cold: shower, 18. Dull and cloudy, but mild. 19, Dull a.m. : cleared: rainr.m. 20. Very fine: slight drizzle. 21. Fine, though raw a.m. 22. Dry, but cloudy: stormy p.m. 23. Frost: snow: wind, 24. Hard frost: snow: calmp.m, 25. Frost very hard: thermometer 213°. 26. Frost slight : heavy snow a.m, 27. Frost severe: snow again, 28. Frost still harder: clear, 29. Frost still. - 30, Frost moderate: hail: rainr.m. $1. Rain: cloudy and foggy P.M. Mean temperature of the month .........+ decedadndecusadsebecees 40S Mean temperature of March 1849 ...cccccecececeeecees svcceeee 41 ‘8 Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-eight years. 39 °6 Average rain in March for twenty-three years ............08. 2°35 inches, Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Showers: drops. 2. Drizzle. 3. Cloudy: showers. 4, Snow; cloudy. 5. Damp: rain. 6. Drizzle: cloudy. 7. Damp, 8, Fine: drizzle. 9, Cloudy: showers, 10, Sleet: aurora. 11. Bright: clear: aurora. 12, Drizzle, 13. Damp: drizzle. 14. Drizzle: damp. 15. Bright: damp. 16. Cloudy. 17. Drops: showers. 18, Hazy: cloudy. 19, Cloudy. 20. Bright: drops. 21. Cloudy: drops. 22. Showers: snow-showers. 23, Hail-showers: snow-showers. 24. Snow-drift: snow-showers. 25. Snow- showers; large halo, 26, Snow-showers, 27, 28, Bright: snow-showers, 29 Bright; clear, 30, Cloudy, 31, Drops; cloudy, | | £2 |PL-0 65-0 €1.0 PS-0F |€f-2P |S-FE |P-LP 9-LE '99.92 ¥L-8¥ B10.08 £86-62 010-08 120-08 61-62 60-08 ov-0f a 1 sreresieeeees GQ, | 80. | +as |-pout| *s | as | I | oF |F9E| OS| 17) EF | SS 89-62% |PS-6Z | 0S.6% | £V-6% | oF-6z 'LEL-68 |1SL-6% "4e sseerslogig|trrerles**| egg | +a | casa | cas | 6€| IF | SE] Bh] 1%) LE | SS | 89.6% |98-6z | 99-62 | £4.66 | 89-62 PPL-6z SE6.60| ‘of Zo. |"*"""*| FO. ("| «as | cas |emss | cas | 68 | ge |¥9%| BP] If) 6% | OF |66-6z |10.0€ |Sg-6z | 26-62 | 8-62 g00.0€ POI-0f| “62 Bi. [eeeseteeiees| eg | cos | cu | om | 1€| LE |.08) €F| Lo) 91 | GF |£0-0€ |00.0€ | $6.62 | 26-62 | 0L.6% ZHO-0E 9O1.0E | “8% Sle [erties] oe | com | om | ca | BE} OF | 2S) wh iS-9s) 91 | FH | 96.62 | 48-62 | 08-66 9.60 | 8-62 ‘01-62 L€6-6% | *LtO Go. |**s7\"777""] 10. | smu | cam | em | ms | GE] LE | f6e) for) €% 61 | oP | €3-6% LL-6% | OL-6% | 69-63 | 05-62% |L9L-6z |16L-6% °9% gz. | 8s [| ca | cm |emua!| a | PE | SE | F1s| Ob) 64) FI | BV |0L-6z | 8E-6% | FS-66 | 89-66 | SP.62 91-62 691-62; “S% rtteeeleneeee serene gg. | oo | ce | emu | mu | 66 | 62 |¥8z) LE| Z& 3% | BV 61-6 | 91-60 01-62 9-62 66-6 ZOV-66 769-62, ‘Ve ZI- 61-0 OT- |to- | ‘a |‘mu lean] u | 62! Se |¥ez| Lh PE Lo | bP | F9-6z |SP-6z | 19-6% 8F-6% 02-60 POS-6z 625-60 “€% QIe freessrereeieseees| ou | ma] em | cm | 18 | eh | FLE| 8h) BE Of | GP 69-60 gl-6% |66-6% 86-62 SL-6% Fgl.6% V1Z-0€ 2 steeeslssreee ceeees|serers! emer | cou | om | a | feb | €b | of) 6h) IP 61 | HH PI-OE |6%-0F 02.0€ |61-0€ LL-66 ZOI-.0F 7720.08 | "1a sercesleseres seeees}oerees! sou | cas | om | cou | 6€| LP | 9€| 0G) Ib €€ | Sh BOF |0Z-0€ O1-0f C1-0€ %g.6% 291.06 POI-0F “0% 10. |"**"*" Eo. ||} mypeo| a | cu | u_| PP | for |FIb\ fos) Sh VE | 6F GB-0F | LL-OF | O1-0€ 80-08 | LL-6% 111-0 TET-OF | “6I ZO. [trees mom! s | a | cau | ob | LP | If) Bh €€| BS | HH 0-0€ |€%-0€ E1-0€ 00-08 L8-6% 161.08 98z-0€ “ST ssstesleneeee go, leereee| om | ms | cou | cou | Cb | §Gh |¥9e/for| €€ LI | Bh |PeOF €%-0F | 1%-0F 0%-0€ 00-0F 10€.0€ £0.08 “LT £0. |oo.0 sc ttt'| ems | cou |-mun| cau | $eb | $oh |F17| GF Ih €% | Bb (ZEOE |9E-0F 7-0. | GB-0F 98-62 ZPI-O€ SLZ.0F | “OI CO. |rererecreeee[etee| sma [tms-'s| ‘oua | cau | ¥Eh | ob | 6E) to) 17) -8t | LV OF-0€ |9b-0€ | ZE-0F |OP-0F Lo-Of 668-08 67P-0F | °S1 PO. |rrrree ceeees|eeeee*| unea | ‘a—'s| ou | cau | PP | Ch | 17| 2S) SP, VE Lv §1G9-0€ |19.0€ | 17-0€ | ZP-0€ 90-0€ gSP-0F |SLP-0€ | “VI PO. [eres cerees|eees) emu lem sma | cma | ob | LP | ze) €$| €€ Of | LE LP.OF /OF.0€ | 1F-0 | OF.0£ ZI.0€ PSP.0F 8zS-0€ ‘e1@ “Stieltereeh eo+conlseiaedl Sage ML ON: ae cb | Sch | 6z| gh EE. 16 | IG |8E-0€ |SE.0€ | PH.OF | PP-OF | 2z-0€ 6PS-0F |PSS-08 | “aI LO. [-sereeceereeleereee| om | cmt | cma | can | £b | fh | 6%) 8h, 9E 0% | BP \8E-0€ |OP-0€ | OF-0F 8£-0€ b0-0€ VIP-0€ |LOV-0F| “IT OG. [rreeeeseeeeeeseeee! ema | cm | emu | ema | 66 | OF | g&| 0G) OF gs | FG |SI-0€ |PL.6% 02-0€ | £0.0F | $g.6z €bz-0€ 890-08 ‘Ol QO» [rsereritereeeioreees! omy | aS | *mss |. *@ zp| ov | 1 oF EF Lz | OS |0L-6z | 89.6% | 96-62 | £0-08 ($g.6% 8L1-0F LEd-0F 6 steeeelog g irrteeei*e"'*| sms |88-MU| “msm | “OU Lv | iv | ov| So! PF) BE | LV | €B0€ |$z.0F | 61.0€ | 9%-0£ | 00-0€ ZzE-0F '€€V-0F | “8 LO. |rrresleeeeee|oeeeee) em | ems | cm | cms | gh | 42h | ob| €S) oh] I | 99 |QI-0€ |L1-0€ | ZE.0€ | LE-0€ |€0-0F OLP-0F £9.08 | *L Ef. [ereeeeceereeteeeees] om | cms [mum] cms | LP | eh | 2ZE} 19] €F| L] | OG |BI-0€ | 96-62 | €€.0€ | OF-0€ | 01.08 L¥S.08 1Z9-0€ | °9 QT. [rseees seeeee| error] smusan | caus [ems | om | €Zb | LP | SE} 0S) SE|-9% .| Bh |$6-6 | 68-62 | gz-0F | 02-0F | 90.08 92-08 9ES.08| “S D QB |r| go. [rrrr*] cass | cau | cu | cu | 9 | Ze | FOE) sh] Ob) 0% | PH | L0.0€ | £0.08 | 81-0F | 66-62 | L9-6z (606-62 €hE:08 | “F OZ. [reel] go. | cu | ms |emss| “s | Se] oh lich| Sh] OF| LE | FS | £9-6z°|PE-6z | gh.62 | OP-62 | LE-62 199-62 glg-62)| “€ 6Ie [reeeeelereees[eeree] ems | cs | ms | cms | Seb | Seb | abl] gh] gb EF | €S | £P-6% | 89-62 | 0L-6z | 76-62 | 08-62 |880-0€ [062-08 | “% EQ. [rreeee|sereeeleees] om | cm |emsm] cms | Fob | Sh | op| ES) IF) BE | €S: |%8-6% | 89-62 | 00.0€ | 66-62 | 98-66 (602-08 ole-0F| “I fe) ~ » = z ‘urd | cure | card | ‘wre . ; “ore yy ecles| |e |eflen| F lcs ge | be BF |ee| 5 | z | 98 Ke Bef Oo] Bee) OM] ‘oser 42\/F>|5|23| 48 | Fe] & 2 ee ae eae genes ’s ; ; AS . ae BER ee 2 "e| F *e “Young. | -souuing BP | yoga | °. Touyag —_|2uus-sensuNG Fe omens | aS =o “Urey “pur ; *JOJIULOW IYI, *19jJaMLOIe S ey *KANYUQG ‘asunpy youmpuny 4D ‘uoysno[p “7 aay 247 fq pun {TUIHS-saluaMacy ‘asunpy Ypsvdagddp yo ‘sequac] * AA *A8Y 947 fg {NoxLsog qm “\[eaAQ “aN 4g fuopuorT avau ‘MOIMSIH 70 Ajara0g jounynaysopy ay Jo uapsn~y ay} 70 uosdwoyy, “aj 49 apo suorwauasgg yorsopouoazapy Nat. Hist.S. 2.Vol.5. PURI. Sonne ee Day kSon Lith” to the Queen. J Daviason, de et lith np Nat HistS.2.Vol. 5.PUXIV. on Lith! to the Gueew. Day ks ' J Davdsar del. et lcth. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. e [SECOND SERIES.] No. 30. JUNE 1850. . - : “RANYUG) ‘asunpy younpuvg yy “uoysnojyD *d “Ady 9y7 fig pun {HUIHS-saluawacy ‘asunyy yzuvsajgddpy yw ‘vequag * AA *Aay 242 49 ‘NOLSOGE — jp “\WROA “AN AQ Suopuo'y Lvau “AILMSIHD 7D Ajarv0g poLnijnayaozy ayn fo uapavg) ay} 0 uosdwoyy ‘apy 49 apow — = yw trout, 241. Blackwall, J., on the salmon and bull- Books, new :—Thompson’s ‘Natural History of Ireland, 218. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro- ceedings of the, 143, 307, 419, 508. Botany of South America, contribu- tions to the, 29, 204, 247. — ; sag aes observations on the genus, Bou, i British Museum, notice concerning Annelide, fossil, description of a, 509. the, 426. Aorurus, characters of the new genus, 455. Browallia, observations on the genus, Aphanizomenon, on the British spe- 204. | Brunsfelsia, observations on the genus, Aphelosetia, new species of, 117. 247. Aphides, descriptions of, 24, 269, 388. Arctopithecus, characters of the genus, Argyromyges, new species of, 118. Arthromitus, characters of the genus, Ascaris, new species of, 314. Aspidogaster conchicola, on the deve- lopment of, 452. Attus, new species of, 51. Babington, C. C., on the British spe- cies of Chara, 81, 239. Balfour’s, Dr., description of Sabal species, 173. Broome, C. E., on British Fungi, 365, Bryozoa, freshwater, on the anatomy of the, with descriptions of new Bucephalus polymorphus, on the de- velopment of, 451. Bulimus, new species of, 61. Caillat, M., on the employment of tar to preserve wheat from the attack of the weevil, 236. umbraculifera, 420. birds, 310. Ball, J., on a new species of Veronica, 47; on Odontites verna and its 125. allies, 70; on Rhinanthus angusti- Ball, Dr. R., on powerful bears, pro- bably cozval with the great fossil deer of Ireland, 254. Callimome, new species of, 126. Cannabis indica, observations on, 483, Caprimulgide, new species of, 310. Cassin, J., on some new species of Caudonia, characters of the new genus, Cerapterus, new species of, 493. Cercolabes, on some species of, 380. Bears, on the former existence of, in Ireland, 234, 313. Benson, W. H., on the characters of several new Helices, 213 ; on some new or imperfectly described species of Planorbis, 348. Berkeley, Rev. M. J.,on British Fungi, Birds, new species of, 77, 134, 224, Cercopithecus, new species of, 54. Cestoid worm, new genus of, 43. - Cestoideze, on the arrangement of the, Chalcis, new species of, 130, Chalk formation, on the characteristic fossils of the, 381. Chara, on the British spezies of, 81. Charadrius virginiacus, on the occur- rence of, at Malta, 40. Chelifer, new species of, 53. 310; gigantic, of New Zealand, 226. Christison, A.,on Cannabis indica,483. Choloepus, characters of the genus, INDEX. Cistudo, new species of, 62. Cladophytum, characters of the genus, 74 mig Clark, W., on the terebrating Mol- lusea, 6; on the recent Foraminifera, 161; on the Littorinidz, 352. Cleghorn, H.., on the plants used for forming hedges andfences in South- ern India, 144. Closterium Ehrenbergii, observations on the conjugation of, 1. Cobbold, 8., on peculiar cells found in the style and other parts of some Proteacex, 144. Cocks, W. P., description of Echino- rhynchus spinosus, 71. | Confervaceze, new genera of, 72. _ Corals, description of some new, 407. Coryneum, new species of, 458. Cotswold hills, heights of some points of the, 255. Cottus Gobia, on the embryology of, 453. Cultrides, new species of, 224. Curtis, J., on some of the smaller British moths, with descriptions of new species, 110. Cyelostoma, new species of, 60. Cylindrospermum, on the British spe- cies of, 337. Cyprea, new species of, 133. Cypreea umbilicata and C. eximia, new species of, 514. Cystotricha, description of the genus, 457. Cytispora, new species of, 379. Dandridgia, new species of, 52. Davidson, T., on Lamarck’s species of fossil Terebratule, 433; on the in- ternal structure of Terebratula pec- tunculoides, T. pulchella, &c., 449 ; on the genus Waltonia, 474. Davy, Dr. J., ona peculiarity of struc- ture observed in the aorta of the _wild swan, 139. Dawson, J. W., on specimens of the wheat midge from Nova Scotia, 152. Delphinide, descriptions of three new species of, 48. Denny, H., on the former existence of gigantic bears in Ireland, 313. ieee: linearis, on the animal of, 162. Depressaria, new species of, 116. Diatomaceous pe on deposits of, in the county of Antrim, 121. Didymium, new species of, 365. 521 Diplodia, new species of, 371. Dipus Agyptius, notes on the dissec- tion of, 135. Discella, description of the genus, 376. Dolichospermum, on the British spe- cies of, 335. Dolomedes, new species of, 50. Donacia sagittaria, metamorphoses of, 238. Dujardin, F., on the mouthless Acari, 317. Echinobothrium, characters of thenew enus, 43. Echinocactus Eyriesii, observations on, 427 Echinorhinus spinosus, notice respect- ing, 71. Encyrtus, new species of; 126. Endlicher, Prof., notice of the late, 417. ene characters of the genus, 2. : ; Entophyta, presence of, in living ani- mals, 71 Entozoa, new species of, 314; on the embryology of some, 450. Epeira, new species of, 52. Equus Hemionus, notes on the skull of, 140, Ericydnus, new species of, 133. Eriospora, description of the genus, 455. Eudorea, new species of, 115. Excipula, new species of, 456. Foraminifera, on the recent, 161. Forster, E., notice of the late, 411. eT of the chalk formation, on the, 81. errs observations on the genus, 249. Fruit, on decay in, 77. Fungi, notices of British, 365, 4565. Gage, Miss C., on plants found in the island of Rathlin, 145. Gardner, G., notice of the late, 412. Gaskoin, J. S., on new species of Mar- ginella, 62; on new species of Cy- prea, 133. Glands, odoriferous, of the Inverte- brata, on the structure of the, 154. Glareola, new species of, 224. Glyceria, on a supposed new species of, 104. Gorgonia, new species of, 510. Gould, J., on a new species of Nut- cracker, 134. Gracillaria, new species of, 120. Gray, G. R., on a new species of Par- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 34 522 rot, 77; on a new species of Gla- reola, 224 ; on anew species of Cul- trides, 224. ‘Gray, J. E., on three new species of Delphinidz, 48; on some new or little known species of Monkeys, 54; on a new species of Herpestes, 56; on a new species of box tor-. toise, 62; on the skull of Equus Hemionus and Equus Kiang, 140; on a very large roe-deer .m the collection of the Earl of Derby, 224; on the genus Bradypus of Linneus, 225; on the species of Cercolabes confounded under the name of C. prehensilis, 380; on some corals, including a new British co- ral, 407 ; on the operculum of gas- teropodous Mollusea, 476; on the British specimensof Regalecus,501; on a new species of Gorgonia, 510 ; onnew species of Cypreea umbilicata and C. eximia, 514, Gregarinz, on the nature of the, 157, 316, 429. Guérin-Meneville, F. E., on the pa- thology of the silk-worm, 424. Hancock, A., on the anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa, 173; on a spe- cies of Hydra found m the North- umberland Lakes, 281. Helices, on the characters of several new, 213. Hendersonia, new. species of, 373.: Henfrey, A., on the development. of the spores and elaters of Marchantia olymorpha, 496. Pe acpi! of, 56. Hippopotamus, its arrival at the Zoolo- gical Gardens, and its description by Prof. Owen, 515. Hippuris vulgaris, on the embryogeny uP 259. Huxley, G., on the animal of Trigonia, 141. Hydra, notes on a species of, 281. Hydrachna concharum, on. the deve- lopment of, 453. Hydropsalis, new species of, 310. Hyett, W. H., on the heights of some points of the Cotswold hills, 255. Hyoscyamus, observations on the ge- nus, 467. i observations on the genus, 17. Ichneumon Atropos, observations on, 418. INDEX. Ipswich Museum, proceedings of the, J omens . G., on British Odostomiz, a Koelliker, M., on the genus Grego- rina, 157. Lagenorhynchus, new species of, 49. Leidy, Dr., on the presence of Ento- phyta in healthy living animals, 71 ; on the characters and_ intimate structure of the odoriferous glands of the Invertebrata, 154; on Nycto- therus, a new genus of Polygastrica, 158 ; on some new genera and spe- cies of Entozoa, 314. Lepidoptera, nocturnal, monograph ee =~ large African species of, 290, Leptoglossis, observations on the ge- nus, 34. Leucophyllum, observations on the genus, 252. | Link, Prof. H. F., on the structure of the Orchidacez, 36. Linnean Society, proceedings of the, 411, 493. Littorinide, observations on the, 352. Lloyd, W. H., notice of the late, 415. Lycett, J., on Trichites, a fossil ge- nus of bivalve mollusks, 343. Maclagan, Dr. D., on some articles of the vegetable Materia Medica, 420. Maclagan’s, Lieut. R., account of an excursion from Simla to the Bu- renda Pass, 307. MacLeay, A., notice of the late, 415. Marchantia polymorpha, on the deve- lopment of the spores and elaters of, 496. Margaranthus, observations on the genus, 251, Marginella, new species of, 62. Melville, Dr., on the ideal vertebra, 57. Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, on the watery secretion of ‘the leaves and stems of the, 171. Meteorological observations, 79, 159, 239, 319, 431, 518. Miers, J., on the botany of South America, 29, 204, 247; on the ge- yg Hyoscyamus and Physochlna, 467. Moggridge, M., on the distribution o! plants, 511. Mollusca, terebrating; on the, 6; gas- teropodous, on the operculum of, 476, | INDEX. Monkeys, descriptions of some new or little known species of, 56. Monormia, on the British species of, 326. ‘ Montacuta ferruginosa, notes on, 210. Moths, on some nondescript or 1m- perfectly characterized ‘species of, LhO0o.2 Mygale, new species of, 50. Myxormia, description of the genus, Newport, G., on Ichneumon Atropos, 418 ’ New DS is i on the gigantic birds of, 147. Nostochinez, observations on the,321. Nucifraga, new species of, 134. ctotherus, characters of the genus, 158. vi ontites verna and its allies, obser- servations on, 70. : ostomiz, British, notes on the, 108. rchidacex, observations structure of the, 36: Ormyrus, new species of, 127. Orthagoriscus mola, notice of the eap- on the } ture of, 53. ; i 4 / Owen, Prof., on the gigantic birds of New Zealand, and on’ the’ geogra- phical. distribution of animals, 147 ; on powerful bears, probably coval with the great fossil deer of Ireland, 234 ; on the hippopotamus at the Zoological Gardens, 515. Pachyneuron, new species of, 128. Palmon, new species of, 130. Paludicella, new British ‘species of, 201. _ Panstenon, new species of, 132. Paradoxurus Typus, notes on the dis- section of, 135. , Parlby, Major, om the capture of Or- thagoriscus mola off the Chesil Bank, Dorsetshire, 53. Pausside, new species of, 493. Pentaplatarthrus, new species of, 495. Perris, M., on the metamorphoses of Donacia sagittaria, 238. Phalangium, new species of, 52. Phoenix sylvestris, description of, 420. Pholadidea papyracea and P. lamel- lata, on the identity of, 7. Phoma, new species of, 368. Physochleena, observations on the ge- nus, 467. Pilacre, new species of, 365. 523. Planorbis,' on some new species of, - B48.: : Plants of the island of Rathlin, 145 ; of Orkney, notice of some of the rarer, 266; mode of distribution of, 511 localities for rare British, 146, 418, 419. Plumatella, new British species of, 200.5) Potato disease, cause of the, 428. Presidency of the Linnzan Society, 78. . ‘Proteaceze, ‘on peculiar cells foiind in the style and other parts of certain species of, 144. Prunus virgimiana, notice respecting, 420. Psittacus, new species of, 77. Pteroglossis, characters of the genus, 32. ys Pteromalus, new species of, 128.. Puccinia, new species of, 462. Quatrefages, 4. de, on a fossil Anne- lide from the chalk, 509. M Ralfs, J., on the Nostochineze, 321._ Reeve, L., on a new species of Buli- mus, 61 . Regalecus, on the British specimens of, 501. Rhimanthus major and R. angusti- folius, observations on, 70. ‘Salmon and bull-trout, notes on the, 241. Salpiglossis, observations on the ge- nus, 29. Sanderson, J. S:, on the embryogeny of Hippuris vulgaris, 259. Saturnia, monograph of the African species of, 296. , Savage, T. S., on the species of Ter- mitide of West Africa, described by Smeathman as T. bellicosus, 92. Scabiosa arvensis, on a double variety of, 501. Scolicia prisca, description of, 509. | Septoria, new species of, 379. Shells, new, 60, 62, 108, 133, 213,348. Sibbald, Dr. A., on the plants of the Valley of Fatana, Taheite, 143. Silk-worm, examination of the blood of the, 424. Smiera, new species of, 129. , Smith, J. T., observations on Echino- cactus Eyriesii, 427. Smith, Rev. W., on the conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbérgii, 1; on de- posits of diatomaceous earth, 121. 524: Sowerby, G. B., on a new species of Tomigerus, 59; on two newly dis- covered species of Cyclostoma, 60. Sphzeronema, new species of, 371. Spheeropsis, new species of, 374. ies oy Ze Sareie? ae Py ot toe, ae = = <= ot age nu ime Pure tt mere TH La nde fae aH a : SE bee cae >, Va Fit. i Li in ' ‘ EA tee miata ts ae = sks) 7 PR vanes t a Mh dit, pee —— oo ¥; ~~. $0 ’ * re E Taw a eth asaits 7 + £ L, § ven <“€ Sing 3 © 18: Let ad TORtEME! A PUI ahaes ud 5 pa emeate erie Hie s rr oe aes eee GS rate ee re ae 7s LZ ae 4 ss FS iS le ! ESE Ge met Ty re embers " Lal eine a pies "b Fi ' z ae = mie erst Ret ate DEAE PIE OED Peeyhoey em, Fee ke is ee ; +o": ee ry * 4 q Por et ae > ry eb ’ ay Tal ibe iP Scie PAE , id a : , ré vee y . paiva ier Maen Meats an at ify BPE Ripe COR ob pe eit aor eevee fi gy . si APE ier OF iio pr ay ans plat +> ek Ti P z giao ‘shoe i H hehe } i, } ‘ : Se 6. ae : # . Ab: f tier ‘eb bree Fs, Pies aed ERE st j Tas al f saat evra T ¥, } FEM Ht] 1) a , Baap 9 at) Pee ope t tap : ; ah ad a at ot he ' es Aware t pretae cfd” i PMA hs Pete Sei mr rN. da wed pre Gig of ip pp i ANT { i Wd We) ea AS ite ad Jy oe > teh & idle vt rank Rath eta 44 it hep tees ai Se ee ‘ Stree opty t i 3 } i a eet aad r ty ROR phos ’ F fF 4 Fy Lees Bopanif me BS fig igh 20 MR BST Beseth ' 4 i 4 , vives $ Be park ape ierted asl oie ctr be ritreet Y at ms i See? i Wi aeueShG ff We bias apt ete kde ed Safe a ‘ be > 2 fia FOETR Ee PR! Poke os is pee ers be Re Werp Methe sc berlaatet bh ite Me pete! ete Lepchon ote ra i pb te SRP dan a ort shat SE oe eg eee r . . ; gaa D MPERpe hres y asies RE WARNE BO hel RoE Phy ait etd LR ee ta tet kg Ba Ute rear at Some Th bi } ig Tal DS Beret erd hE ; e re fea Hea ae Cade 4 ; Met ae TS Lae ri ' LE ap v6 : oily * MI dor } ot : oes ' Or weren ae ie , SEEGER Dyed é Moa os